大学英语四级(CET-4)历年真题大全[89-07年39套]_英语四六级整合_英语四六级真题版本二此版为主此文件夹会持续更新_四级真题_1.四级真题+答案解析+听力音频(1989-2025)_1989—2007年6月CET4

目录 1989年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.........................................................................................1 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..................................................................................1 SectionA....................................................................................................................................1 SectionB....................................................................................................................................2 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...................................................................................4 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes)...............................................................................10 PartIVCloze(15minutes)..............................................................................................................15 1989年1月四级参考答案....................................................................................................................19 1989年1月四级听力原文....................................................................................................................20 1990年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.......................................................................................23 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)................................................................................23 SectionA..................................................................................................................................23 SectionB..................................................................................................................................24 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes).................................................................................26 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes)...............................................................................32 PartIVCloze(15minutes)..............................................................................................................37 PartVWriting(30minutes)............................................................................................................40 1990年1月四级参考答案....................................................................................................................41 1990年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.......................................................................................42 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)................................................................................42 SectionA..................................................................................................................................42 SectionB..................................................................................................................................43 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes).................................................................................45 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes)...............................................................................51 PartIVClose(15minutes)..............................................................................................................56 PartVWriting(30minutes)............................................................................................................59 1990年6月四级参考答案....................................................................................................................60 1991年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.......................................................................................61 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)................................................................................61 SectionA..................................................................................................................................61 SectionB..................................................................................................................................62 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes).................................................................................64 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes)...............................................................................70 PartIVClose(15minutes)..............................................................................................................75 PartVWriting(30minutes)............................................................................................................78 1991年1月四级参考答案....................................................................................................................80 1991年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.......................................................................................81 1淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)................................................................................81 SectionA..................................................................................................................................81 SectionB..................................................................................................................................82 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes).................................................................................84 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes)...............................................................................90 PartIVClose(15minutes)..............................................................................................................95 PartVWriting(30minutes)............................................................................................................98 1991年6月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................100 1992年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................101 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................101 SectionA................................................................................................................................101 SectionB................................................................................................................................102 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................104 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................110 PartIVClose(15minutes)............................................................................................................115 PartVWriting(30minutes)...........................................................................................................118 1992年1月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................119 1992年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................120 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................120 SectionA................................................................................................................................120 SectionB................................................................................................................................121 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................123 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................128 PartIVClose(15minutes)............................................................................................................133 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................136 1992年6月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................137 1993年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................138 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................138 SectionA................................................................................................................................138 SectionB................................................................................................................................139 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................141 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................146 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................151 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................154 1993年1月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................155 1993年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................156 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................156 SectionA................................................................................................................................156 SectionB................................................................................................................................157 2PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................159 PartIIIvocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................164 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................170 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................173 1993年6月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................174 1994年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................175 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................175 SectionA................................................................................................................................175 SectionB................................................................................................................................176 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................178 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................183 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................188 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................191 1994年1月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................192 1994年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................193 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................193 SectionA................................................................................................................................193 SectionB................................................................................................................................194 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................196 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................201 PartIVClose(15minutes)............................................................................................................206 PartVWriting(15minutes)..........................................................................................................209 1994年6月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................210 1995年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................211 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................211 SectionA................................................................................................................................211 SectionB................................................................................................................................212 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................214 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................219 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................224 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................227 1995年1月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................228 1995年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................229 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................229 SectionA................................................................................................................................229 SectionB................................................................................................................................230 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................232 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................237 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................242 3淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................245 1995年6月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................247 1996年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................248 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................248 SectionA................................................................................................................................248 SectionB................................................................................................................................249 PartIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes)..............................................................................251 PartIIIReadingComprehension(35minutes).............................................................................256 PartIVTranslation(15minutes)...................................................................................................262 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................263 1996年1月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................264 1996年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................266 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................266 SectionA................................................................................................................................266 SectionB................................................................................................................................267 PartIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes)..............................................................................269 PartIIIReadingComprehension(35minutes).............................................................................274 PartIVTranslation(15minutes)...................................................................................................280 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................281 1996年6月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................282 1997年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................283 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................283 SectionA................................................................................................................................283 SectionB................................................................................................................................284 PartIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes)..............................................................................286 PartIIIReadingComprehension(35minutes).............................................................................291 PartIVShortAnswerQuestions(15minutes)..............................................................................297 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................298 1997年1月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................299 1997年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................300 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................300 SectionA................................................................................................................................300 SectionBCompoundDictation.............................................................................................301 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................302 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................308 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................313 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................316 1997年6月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................317 1998年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................319 4PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................319 SectionA................................................................................................................................319 SectionBCompoundDictation.............................................................................................320 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................321 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................327 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................332 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................335 1998年1月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................336 1998年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................338 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................338 SectionA................................................................................................................................338 SectionB................................................................................................................................339 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................341 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................347 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................352 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................355 1998年6月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................357 1999年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................358 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................358 SectionA................................................................................................................................358 SectionB................................................................................................................................359 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................361 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................367 PartIVShortAnswerQuestions(15minutes)..............................................................................372 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................373 1999年1月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................374 1999年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................375 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................375 SectionA................................................................................................................................375 SectionB................................................................................................................................376 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................378 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................384 PartIVShortAnswerQuestions(15minutes)..............................................................................389 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................390 1999年6月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................392 2000年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................393 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................393 SectionA................................................................................................................................393 SectionB................................................................................................................................394 5淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................396 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................402 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................407 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................410 2000年1月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................411 2000年1月四级听力原文..................................................................................................................412 2000年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................414 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................414 SectionA................................................................................................................................414 SectionB................................................................................................................................416 PartIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes)..............................................................................418 PartIIIReadingComprehension(35minutes).............................................................................423 PartIVTranslation(15minutes)...................................................................................................429 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................429 2000年6月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................431 2001年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................433 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................433 SectionA................................................................................................................................433 SectionB................................................................................................................................434 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................436 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................442 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................447 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................450 2001年1月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................451 2001年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................452 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................452 SectionA................................................................................................................................452 SectionBCompoundDictation.............................................................................................453 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................454 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................460 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................465 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................468 2001年6月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................469 2002年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................470 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................470 SectionA................................................................................................................................470 SectionB................................................................................................................................471 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................473 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................479 6PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................484 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................488 2002年1月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................489 2002年1月四级听力原文..................................................................................................................490 2002年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................493 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................493 SectionA................................................................................................................................493 SectionB................................................................................................................................494 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................496 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................502 PartIVShortAnswerQuestions(15minutes)..............................................................................507 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................508 2002年6月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................510 2002年6月四级听力原文..................................................................................................................511 2003年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................515 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................515 SectionA................................................................................................................................515 SectionBCompoundDictation.............................................................................................516 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................517 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................523 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................528 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................532 2003年1月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................533 2003年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................535 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................535 SectionA................................................................................................................................535 SectionB................................................................................................................................536 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................538 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minute)..............................................................................544 PartIVShortAnswerQuestions(15minutes)..............................................................................549 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................550 2003年6月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................552 2003年6月四级听力原文..................................................................................................................554 2003年9月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................557 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................557 SectionA................................................................................................................................557 SectionB................................................................................................................................558 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................560 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................566 7淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 PartIVShortAnswerQuestions(15minutes)..............................................................................572 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................573 2003年9月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................574 2003年12月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷...................................................................................576 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................576 SectionA................................................................................................................................576 SectionB................................................................................................................................577 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................579 PartIIIVocabulary(20minutes)...................................................................................................586 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................591 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................594 2003年12月四级参考答案................................................................................................................595 2004年6月19日大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷...........................................................................596 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................596 SectionA................................................................................................................................596 SectionBCompoundDictation.............................................................................................597 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................598 PartIIIVocabularyandStructure(20minutes).............................................................................604 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................610 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................613 2004年6月19日四级参考答案........................................................................................................614 2004年6月19日四级听力原文........................................................................................................616 2005年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................618 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................618 SectionA................................................................................................................................618 SectionBCompoundDictation.............................................................................................619 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................620 PartIIIVocabulary(20minutes)...................................................................................................626 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................632 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................635 2005年1月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................636 2005年1月四级听力原文..................................................................................................................638 2005年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................................640 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................640 SectionA................................................................................................................................640 SectionB................................................................................................................................641 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................642 PartIIIVocabulary(20minutes)...................................................................................................649 PartIVShortAnswerQuestions(15minutes)..............................................................................654 8PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................655 2005年6月四级参考答案..................................................................................................................656 2005年6月四级听力原文..................................................................................................................658 2005年12月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷...................................................................................662 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................662 SectionA................................................................................................................................662 SectionB................................................................................................................................663 PartIIReadingcomprehension(35minutes)................................................................................665 PartIIIVocabulary(20minutes)...................................................................................................671 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................676 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................679 2005年12月四级参考答案................................................................................................................680 2005年12月四级听力原文................................................................................................................682 2006年6月17日大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷...........................................................................686 PartIListeningComprehension(20minutes)..............................................................................686 SectionA................................................................................................................................686 SectionB................................................................................................................................688 PartIIReadingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................690 PartIIIVocabulary(20minutes)...................................................................................................696 PartIVCloze(15minutes)............................................................................................................701 PartVWriting(30minutes)..........................................................................................................705 2006年6月17日四级参考答案........................................................................................................706 2006年6月17日四级听力原文........................................................................................................707 2006年6月24日大学英语新四级(CET-4)真题试卷.......................................................................711 PartIWriting(30minute)..............................................................................................................711 PartIIReadingcomprehension(skimmingandscanning)(15minute).......................................711 PartIIIListeningComprehension.................................................................................................714 SectionA................................................................................................................................714 SectionB................................................................................................................................716 SectionC................................................................................................................................718 PartIVReadingcomprehension(readingindepth)(25minutes)................................................718 SectionA................................................................................................................................719 SectionB................................................................................................................................719 PartVCloze(15minutes).............................................................................................................723 PartVITranslation(5minutes).....................................................................................................726 2006年6月24日新四级参考答案....................................................................................................727 2006年6月24日新四级听力原文....................................................................................................730 2006年12月23日大学英语新四级(CET-4)真题试卷.....................................................................735 PartIWriting(30minutes)............................................................................................................735 9淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 PartIIReadingComprehension(SkimmingandScanning)(15minutes)...................................735 PartIIIListingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................738 SectionA................................................................................................................................738 SectionB................................................................................................................................740 SectionC................................................................................................................................742 PartIVReadingComprehension(readingindepth)(25minutes)...............................................742 SectionA................................................................................................................................742 SectionB................................................................................................................................743 PartVCloze(15minutes).............................................................................................................747 PartVITranslation(5minutes).....................................................................................................750 2006年12月23日新四级参考答案..................................................................................................751 2006年12月23日新四级听力原文..................................................................................................754 2007年6月23日大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷...........................................................................759 PartIWriting(30minutes)............................................................................................................759 PartIIReadingComprehension(SkimmingandScanning)(15minutes)...................................759 PartIIIListingComprehension(35minutes)...............................................................................762 SectionA................................................................................................................................762 SectionB................................................................................................................................764 SectionC................................................................................................................................766 PartIVReadingComprehension(readingindepth)(25minutes)...............................................767 SectionA................................................................................................................................767 SectionB................................................................................................................................768 PartVCloze(15minutes).............................................................................................................771 PartVITranslation(5minutes).....................................................................................................774 2007年6月23日四级参考答案........................................................................................................776 10淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1989年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark thecorresponding letterontheAnswer Sheet with alinethroughthe centre. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they had to finish in the evening. This is most likely to have taken place at the office. There fore, A) “At the office” is the best answer. You should choose [A] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with asingle linethrough thecentre. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)He lent herhis extrapen. B) Hewas afraid oflosing his pen. C)Heoffered her apencil. D)He said hedidn’t haveany extraink. 2. A)The teacherreviewed aprevious lesson. B)Theteacher taught anew lesson. C)Theteacher postponed theclass untilFriday. D)The teachermade thestudents write inclass. 3. A)It’s going to attract a lotof students. B) It’sgoing tobea lotof fun. C)It’sgoing torequire a lotof reading. D)It’s going to work out quitewell. 1淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 4. A)Sheagrees tolend himthecar. B) Sheoffers him thecar. C)Sherefuses to lendhimthe car. D)Sheis pleased to lend himthe car. 5. A)Tothebeach. B)Toa movietheatre. C)Toa play. D)Toa restaurant. 6. A)Policeman and driver. B) Policeman and thief. C)Teacher and pupil. D)Directorand actress. 7. A)He is often latefor meals. B) Heis expecting aletter from abroad. C)Hewrote to his family lastmonth. D)He is anxious togo back home. 8. A)He is modest. B) Heis satisfied. C)Heis proud. D)He is upset. 9. A)Europe. B) Here. C)Canada. D)California. 10. A)The train is crowded. B)Thetrain islate. C)Thetrain isontime. D)The train is out oforder. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best 2淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)The crust. B)Theground. C)Theplate. D)The boundary. 12. A)Two. B) Seventy. C)Seven. D)Twelve. 13. A)The east coast ofNorthAmerica. B)Thewest coast ofNorthAmerica. C)Themiddleof theAtlanticOcean. D)The middleofthePacific Ocean. PassageTwo Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)They want to attract attention. B) It isfashionable to wear such clothes. C)Theappear respectable insuch clothes. D)Ridinga motorcycle makes one dirty. 15. A)It is efficient. B) It isexciting. C)It isconvenient. D)It is dangerous. 16. A)If healways wears protective clothing. B) If he can seeeverything around him clearly. C)If he isvery careful. 3淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)If hehas alot ofdefenders. PassageThree Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)He was struck bylightning. B) Hehad acar accident. C)Hewas very old. D)He fell down in his yard. 18. A)His wife. B)Aclock. C)Atree. D)Lightning. 19. A)Hiding under atree. B) Entering thehouse. C)Driving acar. D)Lying ontheground. 20. A)Afallfrom thetree. B)Theunexpected return of hiswife. C)Another flash of lightning. D)Anotherheavy blow. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 reading passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide onthe best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through thecentre. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. More than 30,000 drivers and front seat passengers are killed or seriously injured each year. At the speed of only 30 miles per hour it is the same as falling from a third-floor windows. Wearing a seat belt saves lives; it reduces your chance of death or serious injury bymorethan half. Therefore drivers or front seat passengers over 14 in most vehicles must wear a seat 4淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 belt. If you do not, you could be fined up to ￡50. it will not be up to the drivers to make sure you wear your belt. But it will be the driver’s responsibility to make sure that children under 14 do not ride in the front unless they are wearing a seat belt of some kind. However, you do not have to wear a seat belt if you reversing your vehicle; or you are making a local delivery or collection using a special vehicle; or if you have a valid medical certificate which excuses you from wearing it. Make sure these circumstances apply to you before you decide not to wear you seat belt. Remember you may be taken to court for not doing so, and you may be fined if you cannot prove to the court that you have been excused from wearing it. 21. Thistextis taken from ________. A)a medical magazine B) apolicereport C)alegal document D)a government information booklet 22. Wearing aseat belt in avehicle ________. A)reduces roadaccidents bymore thanhalf B) saves lives whiledriving at a speed upto30miles perhour C)reduces thedeath rate in trafficaccidents D)saves morethan 15,000liveseach year 23. It isthedriver’s responsibilityto ________. A)make thefront seat passenger wear a seat belt B) makethefront seat children under 14wear aseat belt C)stop children riding in thefront seat D)wear aseat belt each timehe drives 24. According to the text, which of the following people riding in the front dos not have towear aseat belt? A)Someonewho isbacking intoa parking space. B) Someonewho is picking upthechildren from thelocal school. C)Someonewho is delivering invitation letters. D)Someonewho isunder 14. 25. For somepeople, it may bebetter ________. A)towear a seat belt for health reasons B) notto wear aseat belt forhealth reasons 5淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)toget valid medical certificate before wearing aseat belt D)topay a finerather than wear aseat belt PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. If you want to stay young, sit down and have a good think. This is the research finding of a team of Japanese doctors, who say that most of our brains are not getting enough exercise—and as a result, weare ageing unnecessarily soon. Professor Taiju Matsuzawa wanted to find out why otherwise healthy farmers in northern Japan appeared to be losing their ability to think and reason at a relatively early age, and howtheprocess ofageing could be slowed down. With a team of colleagues at Tokyo National University, he set about measuring brain volumes ofa thousand peopleof different ages and varying occupations. Computer technology enabled the researchers to obtain precise measurements of the volume of the front and side sections of the brain, which relate to intellect (智能) and emotion, and determine the human character. (The rear section of the brain, which controls functions like eating and breathing, does not contract with age, and one can continuelivingwithout intellectual oremotional faculties.) Contraction of front and side parts—as cells die off—was observed I some subjects intheir thirties, butit was stillnot evident in somesixty- and seventy-year-olds. Matsuzawa concluded from his tests that there is a simple remedy to the contraction normally associated withage—usingthehead. The findings show in general terms that contraction of the brain begins sooner in people in the country than in the towns. Those least at risk, says Matsuzawa, are lawyers, followed by university professors and doctors. White collar workers doing routine work in government offices are, however, as likely to have shrinking brains as the farm worker, bus driverand shop assistant. Matsuzawa’s findings show that thinking can prevent the brain from shrinking. Blood must circulate properly in the head to supply the fresh oxygen the brain cells need. “The best way to maintain good blood circulation is through using the brain,” he says, “Think hard andengage in conversation. Don’trely onpocket calculators.” 26. Theteam of doctors wanted to find out________. A)why certain peopleage sooner than others B) howto makepeople livelonger C)thesizeof certain people’s brains D)which peopleare most intelligent 27. On what are their research findings based? A)Asurvey offarmers in northern Japan. 6淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B)Testsperformed onathousand old people. C)Thestudy ofbrain volumes ofdifferent people D)The latest development ofcomputertechnology. 28. Thedoctor’s test showthat ________. A)our brains shrink as we growolder B) thefront section ofthebrain does not shrink C)sixty-year-oldshave the betterbrains than thirty-year-olds D)somepeople’s brains have contracted more than otherpeople’s 29. Theword “subjects” inParagraph 5means ________. A)something to beconsidered B) branches ofknowledge studied C)persons chosen to bestudied in an experiment D)any memberof astateexcept thesupreme ruler 30. According tothe passage, which people seem to age slowerthan the others? A)Lawyers. B) Farmers. C)Clerks. D)Shop assistants. PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. On June 17, 1744, the officials from Maryland and Virginia held a talk with the Indians of the Six Nations. The Indians were invited to send boys to William and Mary College. Inaletter thenextday the refused theoffer as follows: We know that you have a high opinion of the kind of learning taught in your colleges, and that the costs of living of our young men, while with you, would be very expensive to you. We are convinced that you mean to do us good by your proposal; and we thank you heartily. But you must know that different nations have different ways of looking at things, and you will therefore not be offended if your ideas of this kind of education happen not t be the same as yours. We have had some experience of it. Several of our young people were formerly brought up at the colleges of the northern provinces: they were taught all your sciences; but, when they came back to us, they were bad runners, ignorant of every means of living in the woods… they were totally good for nothing. We are, however, not the less obliged by your kind offer, though we refuse to accept it; and, to show our grateful sense of it, if the gentlemen of Virginia will send up a dozen 7淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 of their sons, we will take care of their education, teach them in all we know, and make men ofthem. 31. Thepassage is about ________. A)thetalk between the Indians and theofficials B) thecolleges ofnorthern provinces C)theeducational values of theIndians D)theproblems oftheAmericans inthemid-eighteenth century 32. TheIndians’chief purpose inwriting theletterseems to be to________. A)politely refuse a friendly offer B) express theiropiniononequal treatment C)showtheirpride D)describe Indian customs 33. According tothe letter,theIndians believed that ________. A)it would bebetter for theirboys to receivesomeschooling B) they were beinginsulted bytheoffer C)they knew moreabout science than the officials D)they had abetter way of educating young men 34. Different from theofficials’view ofeducation, theIndians though ________. A)young women shouldalso be educated B) they had different goals ofeducation C)they taught different branches ofscience D)they should teach thesons oftheofficials first 35. Thetoneof theletteras awholeis best described as ________. A)angry B) pleasant C)polite D)inquiring PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. In what now seems like the prehistoric times of computer history, the earth’s postwar era, there was quite a wide-spread concern that computers would take over the world from man one day. Already today, less than forty years later, as computers are 8淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 relieving us of more and more of the routine tasks in business and in our personal lives, we are faced with a less dramatic but also less foreseen problem. People tend to be over-trusting of computers and are reluctant to challenge their authority. Indeed, they behave as if they were hardly aware that wrong buttons may be pushed, or that a computermay simply malfunction(失误). Obviously, there would be no point in investing in a computer if you had to check all its answers, but people should also rely on their own internal computers and check the machinewhen they have thefeeling that somethinghas gone wrong. Questioning and routine double-checks must continue to be as much a part of good business as they were in pre-computer days. Maybe each computer should come with the warning: for all the help this computer may provide, it should not be seen as a substitute forfundamental thinkingand reasoning skills. 36. Whatis themain purpose ofthispassage? A)Tolook back to theearly days ofcomputers. B)Toexplainwhat technical problems may occur with computers. C)Todiscourage unnecessary investment incomputers. D)Towarn against amentally lazy attitudetowards computers. 37. According to the passage, the initial concern about computers was that they might ________. A)change our personal lives B) takecontrol oftheworld C)createunforeseen problems D)affect ourbusinesses 38. Thepassage recommends thosedealing with computers to________. A)be reasonably doubtful about them B) checkall theiranswers C)substitutethem for basicthinking D)use them forbusiness purposes only 39. The passage suggests that the present-day problem with regard to computers is ________. A)challenging B) psychological C)dramatic D)fundamental 40. It can be inferred from thepassage that theauthorwould disapprove of________. 9淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)investment in computers B) theuseof one’s internal computer C)double-check oncomputers D)complete dependence oncomputers for decision-making Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four Choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asingletimethrough the centre. 41. Mary’s score on the test is the highest in her class; she ________ have studied very hard. A)may B) should C)must D)ought to 42. ________ thatthe trade between thetwo countries reached its highest point. A)During the1960’s B) It was in the1960’s C)That it was in the1960’s D)It was the1960’s 43. Hesuggested ________to tomorrow’sexhibition together. A)us to go B) wewent C)weshall go D)we go 44. No agreement was reached in the discussion as neither side would give way to ________. A)theother B) any other C)another D)other 45. With agreement was reached I the discussion as neither side would give way to ________. 10淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)mustn’t go B) wouldn’t go C)oughtn’t to go D)shouldn’t have gone 46. If you want ________you haveto get the fundsomewhere. A)that thejob is done B) thejob done C)tohave done thejob D)thejob that is don 47. There ismore land inAustralia than thegovernment knows ________. A)what todowith B) howto do C)todowith it D)todoit 48. It’snouse ________menot to worry. A)you tell B) your telling C)foryou to have told D)having told 49. Ihave two boys but ________ofthem likes sweets. A)both B) neither C)either D)none 50. Only byshoutingat the topofhis voice ________. A)was heable to makehimselfhear B) hewas ableto makehimselfhear C)hewas ableto makehimselfheard D)was heable to makehimselfheard 51. ________ such agood chance, heplanned to learn more. A)Tobe given B) Having been given 11淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Having given D)Giving 52. If it ________toomuch trouble, I’dloveacup of tea. A)isn’t B) wasn’t C)weren’t D)hadn’t been 53. My sister’s professor had her ________ her paper many times before allowing her topresent it tothe committee. A)rewritten B) torewrite C)rewrite D)rewriting 54. silveris thebest conductor ofelectricity,copper ________it closely. A)followed B) following C)tofollow D)being followed 55. They are considering ________before theprices go up. A)of buying the house B) withbuying thehouse C)buying the house D)tobuythehouse 56. Shewas glad that her success would ________for thewomen who would follow. A)make things easier B) makeit easier C)beeasier D)be easier to make 57. They will haveit finished in________. A)three quarter of an hourtime B) three quarters ofan hourtime C)three quarter ofan hour’s time 12淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)three quarters ofan hour’s time 58. A Dream of the Red Chamber is said ________ into dozens of languages in the last decade. A)tohave been translated B) totranslate C)tobe translated D)tohave translated 59. Hewent ahead ________all warnings about the danger ofhis mission. A)incase of B) becauseof C)regardless of D)prior to 60. Weobject ________punishinga wholegroup for oneperson’s fault. A)against B) about C)to D)or 61. Jack is good, kind, hard-working and intelligent; ________; I can’t speak too highly ofhim. A)as aresult B) ina word C)bytheway D)onthecontrary 62. The man to whom we handed the forms pointed out that they had not been ________ filled in. A)consequently B) regularly C)comprehensively D)properly 63. Ishall have companion in thehouseafter allthese ________years. A)single B) sole C)alone 13淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)lonely 64. After along and exhaustingjourney,they arrived ________. A)tillthe last B) at last C)bytheend D)at the end 65. Noneofthe servants were ________whenMr.Smith wanted tosend amessage. A)available B) attainable C)approachable D)applicable 66. Ican’t ________what that object is. A)make up B) makeover C)makeout D)make for 67. Iwant tobuyanew tieto ________thisbrown suit. A)go into B) go after C)go with D)go by 68. The newest satellite can ________ a thousand telephone conversations and a colour TVprogram at thesame time. A)carry B) extend C)bring D)take 69. Ican ________somenoisewhileI’mstudying, but Ican’t stand loud noises. A)come upwith B) catch upwith C)putupwith D)keep upwith 14淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 70. When the whole area was ________ by the flood, the government sent food there by helicopter. A)cut away B) cut down C)cut up D)cut off Part IVCloze (15minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. In recent years, more and more foreigners are involved in the teaching programs of the United States. Both the advantages and the disadvantages __71__ using faculty (教师 [总称]) from foreign countries __72__ teaching positions have to be __73__, of course. It can be said that foreign __74__ that makes the faculty member from abroad an asset ( 财 富 ) also __75__ problems of adjustment, both for the university and for the individual. The foreign research scholar usually isolates __76__ in the laboratory as a means of protection; __77__, what he needs is to be fitted __78__ a highly organized university system quite different from __79__ at home. He is faced in his daily work __80__ differences in philosophy, arrangements of courses and methods of teaching. Both the visiting professor and his students __81__ background in each other’s cultures. Some __82__ of what is already in the minds of American students is __83__ by the foreign professor. While helping him to __84__ himself to his new environment, the university must also __85__ certain adjustments in order to __86__ full advantage of what the newcomer can __87__.It isn’t always known how to make __88__ use of foreign faculty, especially at smaller colleges. This is thought to be a __89__ where further study is called __90__. The findings of such a study will be of value to colleges and universities withforeign faculty. 71. A)with B) for C)of D)at 72. A)in B) on C)for D)within 15淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 73. A)thought B) measured C)balanced D)considered 74. A)situation B) circumstance C)background D)condition 75. A)carries B) creates C)emerges D)solves 76. A)himself B) oneself C)him D)one 77. A)otherwise B) moreover C)however D)also 78. A)into B) by C)to D)with 79. A)those B) which C)what D)that 80. A)toward B) with C)to 16淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)at 81. A)have B) possess C)need D)lack 82. A)concept B) feeling C)plan D)intelligence 83. A)ordered B) asked C)insisted D)required 84. A)place B) adapt C)put D)direct 85. A)remain B) keep C)make D)cause 86. A)take B) make C)do D)be 87. A)show B) afford C)express D)offer 88. A)powerful B) creative 17淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)imaginary D)advanced 89. A)scope B) range C)field D)district 90. A)on B) for C)upon D)at 18淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1989年1月四级参考答案 Part I 1. C 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. D 9. C 10. B 11. A 12. C 13. B 14. D 15. D 16. C 17. B 18. B 19. A 20. D PartII 21. D 22. C 23. B 24. A 25. B 26. A 27. C 28. D 29. C 30. A 31. C 32. A 33. D 34. B 35. C 36. D 37. B 38. A 39. B 40. D Part III 41. C 42. B 43. D 44. A 45. D 46. B 47. A 48. B 49. B 50. D 51. B 52. A 53. C 54. B 55. C 56. A 57. D 58. C 59. C 60. C 61. B 62. D 63. D 64. B 65. A 66. C 67. C 68. A 69. C 70. D Part IV 71. C 72. A 73. D 74. C 75. B 76. A 77. C 78. A 79. D 80. B 81. D 82. A 83. D 84. B 85. C 86. A 87. D 88. B 89. C 90. B 19淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1989年1月四级听力原文 SectionA Example: M: Is itpossiblefor you towork late, Miss Grey? W:Work late? Isupposeso, ifyou really think it’s necessary. Q:Where doyou thinkthis conversation most probably tookplace? 1. W: Could you lendmeapen? Minehas just run out ofink. M: I’m afraid Idon’t havean extra one.Woulda pencil do? Q: Howdid theman respond to thewoman’s request? 2. W:What did you doin class today? M:Theteacher went over last Friday’slesson. Q:What didthe teacher do? 3. W: It looks liketheEnglish courseis going to bea lotofwork. M: Didn’t you seethereading list is enormous? Q:What didthey thinkoftheEnglish course? 4. M: CanI useyour new car,Auntie? W:Yes,ofcourse, ifyou drive itcarefully. Q:What’s theaunt’s answer? 5. M:The Golden Lion sounds likeanice place to eat. W: Ok, let’s go there. I hear that they have a complete menu and a warm atmosphere. Q:Where are theman and woman going? 6. M:Whydidn’t you stop when we first signaled? W: I’msorry.Will Ihave topay afine? Q:What istheprobable relationship between the manand the woman? 7. M: Ihaven’t heard from my family since lastmonth. W: Don’t worry,Bill. Overseas mailis often slow. Q:What canwe learn about theman from theconversation? 8. W: Jack, howare you doing with your paper? 20淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 M: I’vewritten and rewritten it somany times that Iwonder when Ican finish it. Q:What canwe learn about theman? 9. M: Has Georgereturned from Europe yet? W: Yes, but he had been only here for three days before his company sent him to Canada. Q:Where isGeorge now? 10. W:Excuseme. Doyou know whenthetrain willarrive? M: I’m sorry. The train is behind schedule. You have to wait another twenty minutes. Q:What dowelearn from this conversation? Section B Passage1 The earth is composed of several layers. The top layer of the earth is called the earth’s crust. The earth’s crust is divided into seven sections. These sections are called plates. When two plates push against each other, or when two plates rub against each other, an earthquake will occur.An earthquake causes the ground above the plate to shake. The shaking iscaused bythe motion oftwo plates. Earthquakes are likely to happen at the boundaries of the earth’s plates. Each of these plates is about 70 kilometers thick. Let’s take a look at the general boundaries of oneofthese seven majorplate. Take the NorthAmerican plate for an example. The left boundary of this plate is the west coat of North America and the east boundary of this plate is through the middle of the Atlantic Ocean. That is, this plate extends from the west coast of North America to themiddleof theAtlantic Ocean. Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. Whatis thetop layer oftheearth called? 12. Howmany majorsections isthe earth’s crust divided into? 13. Whichofthe following istheleft boundaryof theNorthAmerican plate? Passage2 Nowadays motorcycling is fast becoming one of America’s most popular sports. However, there are several things about motorcycling that the average citizen dislikes. Motorcyclists frequently look dirty; in fact, there are dirty. On the road there is little to 21淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 protect them from mud, insects, and bird droppings. For practical reasons they often dress in old clothing which looks much less respectable than the clothing of people who ridein cars. For thesamereason motorcyclistsusually wear dark colors. Of course the danger of motorcycling also helps account for many people’s low opinion of the sport. Its defenders, however, claim that careful cyclists are in less danger than is commonly believed.Acyclist must drive s if everybody around him wanted to kill him. He must pay careful attention to his driving. From that point of view, a man on a motorcycleis safer than aman in a car. Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. Whydomotorcyclists often dress in oldand dark clothing? 15. Whatis theaverage citizen’s opinion about motorcycling? 16. Howcan amotorcyclist be safer than acar driver? Passage3 Robert Edwards was blinded in an automobile accident nine years age. He was also partially deaf because of old age. Last week, he was walking near his home when a thunder-storm approached. He took shelter under a tree and was struck by lightning. He was knocked to the ground and woke up some 20 minutes later, lying face down in water below a tree. He went into the house and lay down in bed. A short time later, he awoke; his legs couldn’t move and he was trembling, but, when he opened his eyes, he could see the clock across the room in front of him. When his wife entered, he saw her for the first time in nine years. Doctors confirm that he has regained his sight and hearing apparently from the flash of lightning, but they are unable to explain the reason. The only possible explanation offered by one doctor was that, since Edwards lost his sight as a result of a hard blow in a terrible accident, perhaps the only way it could be restored was by another blow. Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. Whatcaused Robert Edwards’s blindness? 18. Whichwas thefirst thing that hesawafter being struck bylightning? 19. Whatwas Edwards doingwhen hewas struck bylightning? 20. Whatcaused Edwards to regain hissight according to one ofthedoctors? 22淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1990年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark thecorresponding letterontheAnswer Sheet with alinethroughthe centre. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they had to finish in the evening. This is most likely to have taken place at the office. There fore, A) “At the office” is the best answer. You should choose [A] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with asingle linethrough thecentre. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)The man wants to go toLosAngeles. B)Theman wants to go to San Francisco. C)There are noflights to LosAngeles fortherest oftheday. D)There are two direct flights to LosAngeles withinthe next two hours. 2. A)He enjoys writing homeevery week. B) Henever fails towrite aweekly letterhome. C)Hedoesn’t write homeoncea week now. D)He has been asked to writehomeevery week. 3. A)Because she has got an appointment. B) Because shedoesn’t want to. C)Because shehas towork. D)Because she wants toeat ina newrestaurant. 23淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 4. A)The teacherpostponed themeeting. B)There won’tbe atest this afternoon. C)Thestudents will beattending themeeting. D)The students willtake anEnglish testthis afternoon. 5. A)On thewhole, sheliked thefilm. B) Shedidn’t see thefilm. C)Thefilm was very exciting. D)The filmwasn’t as good as she’dexpected. 6. A)Around 5:00. B)Around 3:00. C)At 2:00. D)At 1:00. 7. A)He had to work overtime. B) Hewas held upin traffic. C)His car ranout of gas. D)He had a trafficaccident. 8. A)John Smith isn’t in right now. B) John Smithcan’t cometo thephone right now. C)John Smithdoesn’t want tospeak tothecaller. D)The caller dialed thewrong number. 9. A)Yesterday. B)Three days ago. C)Twodays ago. D)Early last week. 10. A)Shegot uplater than usual. B)Thebus was late. C)Sheforgot she had classes. D)Her clock was slow. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best 24淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)4,000years ago. B) 3,000years ago. C)2,000years ago. D)1,000years ago. 12. A)The smallbowl was put abovethe large bowl. B)Thelarge bowl was put above thesmallbowl. C)Thesmall bowl was put insidethe largebowl. D)The large bowl consisted oftwo equal parts. 13. A)Horsemen. B) Brass doors. C)Drops ofwater. D)Metal balls. PassageTwo Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)They are themostattractivewomen in Britain. B)They are themost popularfilm stars. C)They are thefirst women news announcers onBritish television. D)They appearalmost every night inTVplays. 15. A)At 10intheevening. B)At 9in theevening. C)At 9in themorning. D)At 10inthe morning. 16. A)Peoplestilltalk a lotabout it. B) Fewer peoplewatched Susan’s programme from then on. C)Anna’sphotographs appeared frequently in newspapers. 25淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)The number ofviewers ofher programme thatday increased bymillions. PassageThree Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)It is completely flat. B) It has few rivers. C)It has many large lakes. D)It is hilly. 18. A)The soilhas beenoverworked. B)Theclimate is cold. C)Theweather is too dry. D)The soilis sandy. 19. A)By raising cattle. B) By working onfarms. C)By working infactories. D)By raising sheep. 20. A)At school. B) From theirparents. C)From books. D)In factories. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 reading passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide onthe best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through thecentre. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Oceanography has been defined as “The application of all sciences to the study of thesea”. Before the nineteen century, scientists with an interest in the sea were few and far between. Certainly Newton considered some theoretical aspects of it in his writings, but hewas reluctant to go tosea tofurther his work. 26淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 For most people the sea was remote, and with the exception of early intercontinental travelers or others who earned a living from the sea, there was little reason to ask many questions about it, let alone to ask what lay beneath the surface. The first time that question “What is at the bottom of the oceans?” had to be answered with any commercial consequence was when the laying of a telegraph cable from Europe to America was proposed. The engineers had to know the depth profile (起伏形状) of the route to estimatethelength ofcable that had to bemanufactured. It was to Maury of the US Navy that the Atlantic Telegraph Company turned, in 1853, for information on this matter. In the 1840s, Maury had been responsible for encouraging voyages during which soundings (测声) were taken to investigate the depths of the North Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. Later, some of his findings aroused much popularinterest in his bookThe Physical Geography oftheSea. The cable was laid, but not until 1866 was the connection made permanent and reliable. At the early attempts, the cable failed and when it was taken out for repairs it was found to be covered in living growths, a fact which defied contemporary scientific opinionthat there was nolifein thedeeper parts of thesea. Within a few years oceanography was under way. In 1872 Thomson led a scientific expedition (考察), which lasted for four years and brought home thousands of samples from the sea. Their classification and analysis occupied scientists for years and led to a five-volumereport, thelast volumebeingpublished in 1895. 21. The proposal to lay a telegraph cable from Europe to America made oceanographic studiestake on________. A)an academicaspect B) amilitary aspect C)abusiness aspect D)an international aspect 22. It was ________that asked Maury forhelp in oceanographic studies. A)theAmerican Navy B) someearly intercontinental travelers C)thosewhoearned alivingfrom thesea D)thecompany which proposed tolay an undersea cable 23. Theaim ofthe voyages Maury was responsible forinthe1840s was ________. A)tomake somesoundingexperiments in theoceans B) tocollect samples of seaplants and animals C)toestimate thelength ofcable that was needed D)tomeasure thedepths ofthetwo oceans 24. “Defied” inthe5th paragraph probably means “________”. 27淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)doubted B) gave proofto C)challenged D)agreed to 25. Thispassage ismainly about ________. A)thebeginnings of oceanography B) thelaying ofthefirst undersea cable C)theinvestigation ofocean depths D)theearly intercontinental communications PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. Normally a student must attend a certain number of courses in order to graduate, and each course which he attends gives him a credit which he may count towards a degree. In many American universities the total work for a degree consists of thirty-six courses each lasting for one semester.Atypical course consists of three classes per week for fifteen weeks; while attending a university a student will probably attend four or five courses during each semester. Normally a student would expect to take four years attending two semesters each year. It is possible to spread the period of work for the degree over a longer period. It is also possible for a student to move between one university and another during his degree course, though this is not in fact done as a regular practice. For every course that he follows a student is given a grade, which is recorded, and the record is available for the student to show to prospective employers.All this imposes a constant pressure and strain of work, but in spite of this some students still find timefor great activity in student affairs. Elections to positions in student organizations arouse much enthusiasm. The effective word of maintaining discipline is usually performed by students who advise the academic authorities.Any student who is thought to have broken the rules, for example, by cheating has to appear before a student court. With the enormous numbers of students, the operation of the system does involve a certain amount of activity.A student who has held one of these positions of authority is much respected and itwill beof benefit tohim later inhis career. 26. Normally astudent would at least attend ________classes each week. A)36 B) 20 C)12 D)15 28淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 27. According tothe first paragraph anAmerican studentis allowed ________. A)tolivein adifferent university B) totake aparticular coursein a different university C)toliveat homeand drive to classes D)toget two degrees from two different universities 28. American university students are usuallyunder pressure ofwork because ________. A)their academicperformance will affect their future careers B) they are heavily involved in student affairs C)they have toobserve university discipline D)they want to runfor positions ofauthority 29. Some students are enthusiastic for positions in student organizations probably because________. A)they hate theconstant pressurestrain oftheirstudy B) they willthen beable tostay longer intheuniversity C)suchpositionshelp them get betterjobs D)such positionsare usually well paid 30. Thestudent organizations seem, tobe effective in________. A)dealing withthe academicaffairs oftheuniversity B) ensuring that thestudents observe university regulations C)evaluating students’performance bybringing them before a court D)keeping upthestudents’enthusiasm for social activities PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. Do you find getting up in the morning so difficult that it’s painful? This might be called laziness, but Dr. Kleitman has a new explanation. He has proved that everyone has adaily energy cycle. During the hours when you labor through your work you may say that you’re “hot”. That’s true. The time of day when you feel most energetic is when your cycle of body temperature is at its peak. For some people the peak comes during the afternoon. For others it comes in the afternoon or evening. No one has discovered why this is so, but it leads to such familiar monologues (自言自语) as: “Get up, John!You’ll be late for work again!” The possible explanation to the trouble is that John is at his temperature-and-energy peak in the evening. Much family quarrelling ends when husbands and wives realize what these energy cycles mean, and which cycle each member of the family has. You can’t change your energy cycle, but you can learn to 29淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 make your life fit it better. Habit can help, Dr. Kleitman believes. Maybe you’re sleepy in the evening but feel you must stay up late anyway. Counteract (对抗) your cycle to some extent by habitually staying up later than you want to.If our energy is lowin the morning but you have an important job to do early in the day, rise before your usual hour. This won’t change your cycle, but you’ll get up steam (鼓起干劲) and work better at your low point. Get off to a slow start which saves your energy. Get up with a leisurely yawn and stretch. Sit on the edge of the bed a minute before putting your feet on the floor. Avoid the troublesome search for clean clothes by laying them out the night before. Whenever possible, do routine work in the afternoon and save tasks requiring more energy or concentration foryour sharper hours. 31. If a person finds getting upearly aproblem, most probably ________. A)he isa lazyperson B) herefuses to followhis own energy cycle C)heis not surewhen his energy islow D)he isat hispeak in theafternoon orevening 32. Whichofthe following may lead to family quarrels according to thepassage? A)Unawareness of energy cycles. B) Familiar monologues. C)Achange in afamily member’senergy cycle. D)Attemptsto control the energy cycle ofother family members. 33. If one wants to work more efficiently at his low point in the morning, he should ________. A)change his energy cycle B) overcomehis laziness C)get upearlierthan usual D)go tobed earlier 34. Youare advised to rise witha yawn and stretch because itwill ________. A)help to keep your energy for theday’s work B) help you to control your temper early in theday C)enable you toconcentrate onyour routine work D)keep your energy cycle undercontrol all day 35. Whichofthe following statements isNOTTRUE? A)Getting offtowork wit aminimum effort helps saveone’s energy. B) Dr.Kleitman explainswhy people reach their peaks at different hours ofday. 30淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Habit helps aperson adapt tohis own energy cycle. D)Children have energy cycles, too. PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. We find that bright children are rarely held back by mixed ability teaching. On the contrary, both their knowledge and experience are enriched. We feel that there are many disadvantages in streaming (把…按能力分班) pupils. It does not take into account the fact that children develop at different rates. It can have a bad effect onboth the bright and the not-so-bright child. After all, it can be quite discouraging to be at the bottom of the topgrade! Besides, it is rather unreal to grade people just according to their intellectual ability. This is only one aspect of their total personality. We are concerned to develop the abilities of all our pupils to the full, not just their academic ability. We also value personal qualities and social skills, and we find that mixed-ability teaching contributes to allthese aspects oflearning. In our classrooms, we work in various ways. The pupils often work in groups: this gives them the opportunity to learn to co-operate, to share, and to develop leadership skills. They also learn how to cope with personal problems as well as learning how to think, to make decisions, to analyze and evaluate, and to communicate effectively. The pupilslearn from each otheras well as from theteacher. Sometimes the pupils work in pairs; sometimes they work on individual tasks and assignments, and they can do this at their own speed. They also have some formal class teaching when this is appropriate. We encourage our pupils to use the library, and we teach them the skills they need in order to do this efficiently. An advanced pupil can do advanced work: it does not matter what age the child is. We expect our pupils to do their best, not theirleast, and we give them everyencouragement to attain thisgoal. 36. In thepassage theauthor’s attitudetowards “mixed-ability teaching” is ________. A)critical B) questioning C)approving D)objective 37. By “held back”(Line 1)theauthor means “________” A)made to remain in thesameclasses B) forced tostudy Ithelower classes C)drawn totheir studies D)prevented from advancing 31淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 38. The author argues that a teacher’s chief concern should be the development of the student’s ________. A)personal qualities and social skills B) totalpersonality C)learning ability and communicative skills D)intellectual ability 39. Whichofthe following isNOTMENTIONEDin thethird paragraph? A)Group work gives pupils theopportunity tolearn to work togetherwith other. B) Pupilsalso learn to develop theirreasoning abilities. C) Group work provides pupils with the opportunity to learn to be capable organizers. D)Pupilsalso learn how toparticipate in teaching activities. 40. Theauthor’s purpose inwriting this passage is to________. A)argue for teaching bright and not-so-bright pupils in thesameclass B) recommend pairwork and group work forclassroom activities C)offeradvice ontheproper use ofthelibrary D)emphasizethe importanceofappropriate formal classroom teaching Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four Choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asingletimethrough the centre. 41. The bridge was named ________ the hero who gave his life for the cause of the people. A)after B) with C)by D)from 42. There were notickets ________ for Friday’sperformance. A)preferable B) considerable C)possible D)available 32淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 43. It wasn’t such agood dinner ________shehad promised us. A)that B) which C)as D)what 44. They decided to chase thecow away ________itdid moredamage. A)unless B) until C)before D)although 45. ________ student witha littlecommon sense shouldbe ableto answer the question. A)Each B)Any C)Either D)One 46. All________is a continuoussupply ofthebasic necessities oflife. A)what isneeded B) forour needs C)thethingneeded D)that is needed 47. ________ with the size of the whole earth, the highest mountain does not seem high at all. A)When compared B) Compare C)Whilecomparing D)Comparing 48. ________ shefirst heard ofthe man referred to as a specialist. A)That was from Stephen B) It was Stephen whom C)It was from Stephen that D)It was Stephen that 49. If these shoes are too big, asktheclerk tobring you asmaller________. 33淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)suit B) set C)one D)pair 50. Many new ________ will be opened up in the future for those with a university education. A)opportunities B) necessities C)realities D)probabilities 51. Hemust havehad an accident, orhe________then. A)would have been here B) had to behere C)should behere D)would be here 52. It was essential that the application forms ________ back before the deadline (截止 日期). A)must besent B) would besent C)besent D)were sent 53. We________our breakfast when an old man came tothedoor. A)just have had B) have justhad C)justhad D)had justhad 54. Therain was heavy and ________the land was flooded. A)consequently B) continuously C)constantly D)consistently 55. Thechildren went there towatch theiron tower________. 34淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)toerect B) beerected C)erecting D)being erected 56. Theengine ________smokeand steam. A)gives up B) gives in C)gives away D)gives off 57. Themanager promised tokeep me________of howourbusiness was going on. A)tobeinformed B) oninforming C)informed D)informing 58. Don’t ________this news to thepublicuntilwe give you thego-ahead. A)release B) relieve C)relate D)retain 59. Shenever laughed, ________lost hertemper. A)or sheever did B) nordid sheever C)ordid sheever D)nor sheever did 60. Thegoals ________he hadfought all his lifenolonger seemed important to him. A)after which B) forwhich C)withwhich D)at which 61. I should like to rent a house, modern, comfortable and ________ in a quiet neighborhood. A)all inall 35淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) above all C)after all D)over all 62. ________ wehave finished thecourse, we shall start doing morerevision work. A)For now B) Nowthat C)Ever since D)By now 63. Whatyou have doneis ________thedoctor’s orders. A)attached to B) responsibleto C)resistant to D)contrary to 64. John regretted ________to themeeting last week. A)not going B) notto go C)nothaving beengoing D)not to begoing 65. They ________in spiteoftheextremely difficultconditions. A)carried out B) carried off C)carried on D)carried forward 66. Mrs. Brown is supposed ________for Italy last week. A)tohave left B) tobe leaving C)toleave D)tohave been left 67. My camera can be________to take pictures in cloudy orsunny conditions. A)treated B) adjusted C)adopted 36淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)remedied 68. Anewtechnique ________,theyields as awhole increased by20per cent. A)wording out B) having worded out C)having been worded out D)tohave been worded out 69. Childrenwho are over-protected bytheirparents may become ________. A)hurt B) damaged C)spoiled D)harmed 70. When Mr.Jones gets old,he will________over his businessto his son. A)take B) hand C)think D)get Part IVCloze (15minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. The United States is well-known for its network of major highways designed to help a driver get from one place to another in the shortest possible time. __71__ these wide modern Roads are generally __72__ and well maintained, with __73__ sharp curves and many straight __74__, a direct route is not always the most __75__ one. Large highways often pass __76__ scenic areas and interesting small towns. Furthermore, these highways generally __77__ large urban centres which means that they become crowded with __78__ traffic during rush hours, __79__ the “fast, direct” way becomes a very slow route. However, there is __80__ always another route to take __81__ you are not in a hurry. Not far from the __82__ new “superhighways”, there are often older, __83__ heavily traveled roads which go through the countryside. __84__ of these are good two-lane (双车道) roads; others are uneven roads __85__ through the country. These secondary routes may go up steep slopes, along high __86__, or down frightening hillsides to towns __87__ in deep valleys. Through these less direct routes, longer and 37淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 slower, they generally go to places __88__ the air is clean and the scenery (风景) is beautiful, and the drivermay have a__89__to get afresh, clean __90__ofthe world. 71. A)Although B) Because C)Since D)Therefore 72. A)stable B) splendid C)smooth D)complicated 73. A)little B) few C)much D)many 74. A)selections B) separations C)series D)sections 75. A)terrible B) possible C)enjoyable D)profitable 76. A)to B) into C)over D)by 77. A)lead B) connect C)collect D)communicate 78. A)large 38淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) fast C)light D)heavy 79. A)when B) for C)but D)that 80. A)yet B) still C)almost D)quite 81. A)unless B) if C)as D)since 82. A)relatively B) regularly C)respectively D)reasonably 83. A)and B) less C)more D)or 84. A)All B) Several C)Lots D)or 85. A)driving B) crossing C)curving D)traveling 39淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 86. A)rocks B) cliffs C)roads D)paths 87. A)lying B) laying C)laid D)lied 88. A)there B) when C)which D)where 89. A)space B) period C)chance D)spot 90. A)view B) variety C)visit D)virtue PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition about What Would Happen If There Were No Power in three paragraphs. You are given the first sentence or part of the first sentence of each paragraph. Your part of the composition should be no less than 100 words, not including the words given. Remember to write clearly. You should write this composition ontheComposition Sheet. 1. Ever since early this century, electricity has become an essential part of our modern life. 2. If there were noelectricpower. 3. Therefore. 40淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1990年1月四级参考答案 Part I 1. A 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. D 6. B 7. B 8. D 9. C 10. A 11. A 12. A 13. D 14. C 15. A 16. D 17. D 18. A 19. C 20. B PartII 21. C 22. D 23. D 24. C 25. A 26. B 27. B 28. A 29. C 30. B 31. D 32. A 33. C 34. A 35. B 36. C 37. D 38. B 39. D 40. A Part III 41. A 42. D 43. C 44. C 45. B 46. D 47. A 48. C 49. D 50. A 51. A 52. C 53. D 54. A 55. C 56. D 57. C 58. A 59. B 60. B 61. B 62. B 63. D 64. A 65. C 66. A 67. B 68. C 69. C 70. B Part IV 71. A 72. C 73. B 74. D 75. C 76. D 77. B 78. D 79. A 80. C 81. B 82. A 83. B 84. D 85. C 86. B 87. A 88. D 89. C 90. C 41淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 42/788 1990年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark thecorresponding letterontheAnswer Sheet with alinethroughthe centre. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they had to finish in the evening. This is most likely to have taken place at the office. There fore, A) “At the office” is the best answer. You should choose [A] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with asingle linethrough thecentre. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)Every day. B) Every otherday. C)Every week. D)Every other week. 2. A)Saturday morning. B) Saturday afternoon. C)Sunday morning. D)Sunday afternoon. 3. A)The unsmilingfaces. B)Thesun. C)TheLondoners. D)The weather. 421990年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 43/788 4. A)Maria’s friends don’t call hervery often. B) Maria doesn’t liketo talk onthephonewith her friends. C)Maria likesto talk onthephone with herfriends. D)Maria doesn’t haveany friends. 5. A)The chemistry book. B)TheEnglish book. C)Themath book. D)The history book. 6. A)Hold thephone. B) Makeanother call. C)Pay themanager avisit. D)Ask thewoman to find Mr.Whitefor him. 7. A)He willpay avisitto Prof.Wang. B) Hewill congratulateProf.Wang. C)Heis ready tohelp Prof.Wang. D)He willtell Prof.Wang the good news. 8. A)Totake a bus. B)Tomake aphonecall. C)Todoshopping. D)Togive them tothe woman. 9. A)Listening to theradio. B) Reading anewspaper. C)Watching television. D)Watching a sportsgame. 10. A)He hasn’tseen any movieforalongtime. B)Themoviehe sawwas “Gone withtheWind”. C)It isone ofthebest movies he has ever seen. D)He likes seeing movies very much. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best 43淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 44/788 answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions11to13basedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)Go and visitfriends. B) Have adinner togetherwith friends. C)Go around making newfriends. D)Play jokes onfriends. 12. A)For seven hundred years. B) For several decades. C)For several hundred years. D)For seventy years. 13. A)Anewmeans oftransportation from London toAustralia. B)Anewly-published newspaper inLondon. C)Anon-existentisland in thePacific. D)Anewkind ofItalian noodle. PassageTwo Questions14to17arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)More than ninemillion. B)About half amillion. C)Morethan fivemillion. D)About two and a halfmillion. 15. A)It is forstudents of thesamecommunity only. B) It only offers a two-year basiccourse. C)It only trains students tobe officemanagers. D)It only accepts students rejected byuniversities. 16. A)One who is staying in that state as awriter. B) Onewhose homeis in thatstate. C)Onewho has been inthe army. 441990年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 45/788 D)One who has been in health services. 17. A)Community colleges in theU.S. B)Thenumber ofhigh school graduates. C)Highereducation in theU.S. D)The differencebetween private and state universities. PassageThree Questions18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 18. A)He had to get a job. B) Hewas afraid offailure. C)Hewanted tojointheArmy. D)He wasn’t interested instudying. 19. A)Attendingpatients. B) Repairing machines. C)Driving taxis. D)Delivering letters. 20. A)Sheencouraged him. B) Shewas disappointed. C)Sheexpressed doubt. D)Shewas shocked. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 reading passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide onthe best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through thecentre. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. You are a German living in Berlin. One day you’re walking down the street, minding your own business, when suddenly a stranger approached with a smile on his face. After stopping you, he holds a small electronic device close to his face and speaks slowly into it, saying, in English: “Can you tell me where I can buy some sauerkraut?” What should you do? (a) Run away; (b) Call the police; or, (c) Listen closely for the 45淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 46/788 device tosay,in German,“Konnen Siemirbittesager,which Sauerkraut Kaufen Kann?” The most appropriate response would be (c) because the person in front of you is only a tourist trying to enjoy himself. The device is said to he the world’s first portable transistor—a hand-held microcomputer that—at the same time converts one spoken language intoanother. The four-pound battery-operated product is called the Voice, and it is the creation of Advanced Products and Technologies anAmerican electronics company. When the Voice is introduced in the United States in late April—at a price of $1,500—it will be capable of converting spoken English into Italian, German, French and Spanish. The product comes with separate cartridges (盒式储存器) for each of the four languages, which can be changed when the user travels from one country to another. The item will be sold in Europe soon after the U.S. Introduction, with cartridges that covert Italian, German, French and Spanish intoEnglish. The Voice uses a microchip (微型集成块) and artificial Intelligence to translate Languages. It is started by voice command and produces voice output through a built-in speaker. Then the user makes a statement or asks a question, the Voice immediately repeats what has been said in another Language. 21. Thestranger holding theVoiceseems to be ________. A)asking for someinformation B) greetingthe German C)amusing himself D)practising hisGerman 22. TheGerman sentence “Konnen SieKann?” means ________. A)“Why don’t you ask thepoliceman.” B) “Wouldyou listen closely for thedevice to say?” C)“Can you say itagain, please?” D)“Can you tellme where Ican buysomesauerkraut?” 23. Theword “speaker” inthe last paragraph refers to ________. A)theperson who speaks to thedevice B) acomponent part oftheVoice C)theperson who speaks German D)thespeech produced bytheVoice 24. Whichofthe following isNOTTRUE? A)The voiceis an inventionofan electronics company. B)Thevoice is ahand-held translator. C)Thevoice is newproduct in wideuse. 461990年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 47/788 D)The voiceis mainly amicrocomputer. 25. TheVoicecan translate ________. A)from German intoany oftheotherfour languages mentioned B) from and intoEnglish byusingthe samecartridges C)between any two of theabove-mentioned languages D)from English into any ofthe otherfour languages or theother way round PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. Computers may oneday turn night into day—with good old, natural sunlight. Colossal computer-controlled mirrors, thousands of feet across, may one day orbit theearth, reflecting sunlight ontoadarkened United States. Some Scientists say that 16 of these mirrors, each about a half mile across, could aim their reflected light at one area on the earth that was about 200 miles by 300 miles. That muchlight would equal about 56moons. The mirrors would be so high that they could catch the sun’s light as it was shining on the other side of the earth. The mirrors could orbit—thousands of miles high—at the same speed as the earth turns on its axis (轴). That way, the mirrors would always be overthesame spot. The aluminum-coated (涂铝的), plastic mirrors could be folded up and packed into a spaceship, according to the scientists. Once released a few hundred miles in space, the mirrors, powered by a solar-powered engine, could mark the rest of the trip into space on theirown. The scientists say that the computer-controlled mirrors could also be made to tilt (倾 斜) slowly, so the reflected sunlight would sweep slowly along the surface of the earth. For example, as night fell, the mirrors could be tilted to light up Boston. Later on, as darkness spread slowly westward. Chicago, for example, then San Francisco could be lit up. The reflected sunlight would allow these cities to save up electricity. And in emergencies, such as power-failures, themirrors could light uptheaffected area. What no one knows yet is what effect this artificial daytime would have on plants, animals, and humans. Would it confuse some animals and harm plants that are used to regular day-night cycles? The scientists recommend that studies be done to find out what had effects there might be. 26. Theword “colossal” inLine 3mostlikely means ________. A)nuclear-powered B) orbiting C)giant D)spinning 47淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 48/788 27. Whichofthe following isNOTTRUEof themirrors? A)They would bemade ofplasticand coated withaluminum. B)They could be launched directly into space. C)They would stay inthe samepositionover theearth. D)They could reflect sunlight to alarge area ontheearth. 28. The reflected light should sweep slowly along the surface of the earth because the mirrors ________. A)would be operated bysolar-powered engines B) would orbit thousands ofmiles high to catch thesun’s light C)could movearound theearth at thesame speed as theearth turns onitsaxis D)could be madeto adjust theirangles 29. Thepurpose forturning night intoday isto ________. A)confuse animals and plants B) light upmore cities C)saveenergy and deal with emergencies D)enable people towork longer hours 30. Thewriter ofthis passage ________. A)gives an objectiveaccount of themirrors B) seems to bemuchworried about theeffect ofthemirrors C)is infavour of thewideuseof themirrors D)suggests that artificial daylight is harmful to livingbeing PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. As supplier of most of the food we eat and of raw materials for many industrial processes, agriculture is clearly an important area of the economy. But the industrial performance of agriculture is even more important than this. For in nations where the productivity of farmers is low, most of the working population is needed to raise food and few people are available for production of investment goods or for other activities required for economic growth. Indeed, one of the factors related most closely to the per capital income (人均收入) of a nation is the fraction of its population engaged in farming. In the poorest nations of the world more than half of the population lives on farms. This compares sharply with less than 10 per cent inWestern Europe and less than 4 per cent in theUnited States. In short, the course of economic development in general depends in a fundamental way on the performance of farmers. This performance in turn, depends on how 481990年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 49/788 agriculture is organized and on the economic environment, or market structure, within which it function. In the following pages the performance of American agriculture is examined.It is appropriate tobegin witha conversationof itsmarket structure. 31. Thispassage ismostprobably ________. A)a news item B) part of anintroduction ofa book C)part of alecture D)an advertisement 32. Whatis mostimportant toagriculture is ________. A)theamount of food it produces B) theper capital incomeof farmers C)itsindustrial performance D)theproduction ofinvestment goods 33. Theword “this” in Line 4refers to________. A)theprovision of food and raw materials B) theproductivity offarmers C)theproduction ofinvestment goods D)theeconomy as a whole 34. Theperformance of farmers essentially determines ________. A)thesizeoftheworking population B) theorganization ofagriculture C)themarket structure D)thegeneral development of economy 35. Thispassage willmost probably befollowed byadiscussion of________. A)thestructure ofAmerican farming population B) themarket structure ofAmerican agriculture C)thevarious functions ofAmerican agriculture D)theorganization ofAmerican agriculture PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. Before 1945, hardly anyone outside of New Mexico had ever heard ofAlamogordo. In 1960 its population numbered 21,723. Ever since 1898, when the town had been built 49淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 50/788 by the Southern Pacific Railroad, Alamogordo had been a lonely town. The land around itwas largely desert, and largely empty. Because it was isolated and because the weather was almost always clear and peaceful, a spot of desert nearAlamogordo was chosen as the last site for the first atomic bombever exploded.The secret nameof thetest was Zeo. At dawn on July 16, 1945, the atomic bomb was set off. Observers agreed that they had witnessed something unlike anything ever seen by men before, a huge, colorful fireball, more brilliant than the sun flashing as it rose for miles into the air. Never before had men released so much power at one time, nor had any nation ever possessed weapon as terrible and destructive as theatomicbomb. For several weeks, the test was kept secret. When an atomic bomb was dropped from an American plane on Hiroshima, Japan, newspapers and radio stations all over America told of the test of the bomb in New Mexico. Almost everybody was amazed to learn where the bomb had been made and tested; the deserts of the Southwest had hidden thesecret well. When news of the atomic bomb and its destructiveness was announced, people all over the world wondered what other new weapons were being prepared in the New Mexico desert. Some people doubted that the secret of making atomic bombs could be kept from other countries. Some even doubted the wisdom of using so powerful a weapon. But no one doubted that a new kind of war—and a new kind of world—had begun atAlamogordo, one summermorning in1945. 36. Whatis themain topicofthis passage? A)The secret ofAlamogordo. B)Anewkind of war. C)Thedestructive force of thefirst atomicbomb. D)The selection ofthe test sitefor thefirst atomic bomb. 37. Whichofthe following isthemain reason for choosingAlamogordo as the testsite? A)It always hadan enjoyable climate. B) It was connected toothercities byarailway. C)Its location would hidethesecret well. D)It was situated in southwestern New Mexico. 38. When was theatomicbomb dropped onHiroshima? A)As soon as thesecret was revealed B)At dawn onJuly16,1945 C)Immediately after thetest D)Several weeks after thetest 501990年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 51/788 39. After thefirst atomicbomb explosion, everybody agreed that ________. A)it was wise tochooseAlamogordo as thetest site B) man had entered the age ofnuclear warfare C)itwas not wiseto usesuch a powerful weapon D)it was not possibleto keepthe technology ofmaking atomicbombs secret 40. Thetoneof thispassage is oneof________. A)anxiety B) satisfaction C)encouragement D)fear Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four Choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheetwith asingletime through thecentre. 41. Theboy’s father bought hima large toy train ________. A)which toplay with B) toplay withit C)toplay with D)at which to play 42. ________ you poorrecord in school, we thinkyou should study harder. A)In viewof B) In charge of C)In spiteof D)In case of 43. There are morethan fifty proposals ________at theconference. A)discussed B) tobe discussed C)discussing D)having been discussed 44. Police have ________ to the public to come forward with any information which might helpthem in theirinquiries. A)urged 51淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 52/788 B) claimed C)appealed D)called 45. Iam sorry I________your glasses offthedesk when I was wiping it. A)drew B) hit C)struck D)knocked 46. Whydon’tyou have a night out?It would take your ________offyour worries. A)cares B) heart C)head D)mind 47. Somehard plastics can be________ metals in manufacturing machine parts. A)substituted for B) taken theplace of C)replaced in D)given way to 48. His understanding made adeep impression ________theyoung girl. A)in B) on C)for D)to 49. They have been trying toarrive at a practical solution________the problem. A)in B) to C)on D)with 50. In many American families, parents feel that children should make important decisions ________. A)tothemselves B) onthemselves 521990年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 53/788 C)ofthemselves D)bythemselves 51. There is hardly an environment on earth ________ some species of animal or other has not adapted successfully. A)towhich B) wherever C)so that D)as to 52. Some metals are better conductors of electricity than others ________ means that theformer have atom thatcontain morefree electron than thelatter. A)that B) this C)which D)it 53. Agood friend is onewho will________you when you are introuble. A)stand for B) stand by C)stand upto D)stand upwith 54. Thespeaker ________hisnotes before thelecture. A)ran down B) ran into C)ran out D)ran over 55. Ifind this treatment very ________to myhealth. A)advisable B) invaluable C)beneficial D)worthy 56. Don’t have himfor a friend. He’s ________acriminal. A)anything but B) butfor 53淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 54/788 C)rather than D)nothing but 57. Mostdoctors recognizethat medicine is ________. A)an art as much itis ascience B) as much an art as it is ascience C)as an art as muchit is science D)much an art as itis ascience 58. As a________president,his views are treated with respect when he isinterviewed. A)prior B) previous C)late D)former 59. It ishighly desirable that anew president ________forthiscollege. A)appointed B) beappointed C)is appointed D)has been appointed 60. The supply of electric power to Madrid and neighboring districts has had to be ________. A)weakened B) omitted C)restricted D)lowered 61. If the earth suddenly ________spinning, wewould all fly offit. A)had stopped B) stopped C)has stopped D)would stop 62. Is itadvisable to ________ourbodyto thesunlight. A)reveal B) display C)expose 541990年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 55/788 D)show 63. Hedemanded that we explain what was happening, ________? A)hadn’t we B) didn’t we C)hadn’the D)didn’the 64. It was impossibleto avoid ________bythe stormyweather. A)being much affected B) tobe much affected C)having much affected D)tohave been muchaffected 65. ________ in England. Anne Bradstreet both admired and imitated several English poets. A)Having bornand educated B)Tobe born and educated C)Sinceborn and educated D)Born and educated 66. After searching for half an hour, she realized that her glasses ________ on the table allthe time. A)had beenlying B) had been lain C)have been lying D)were lain 67. They hurried there only tofind themeeting cancelled. In fact, they ________at all. A)might nothave gone B) mustn’t havegone C)needn’t have gone D)wouldn’t havegone 68. Thetimehas come ________wecan makeextensiveuse ofnuclear energy. A)when B) while C)as 55淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 56/788 D)since 69. Hardly ________thehelicopter ________when thewaiting crowd ran toward it. A)had ...,landed B) has ...,landed C)did...,land D)was...,landing 70. ________ thepunishment was unjust. Helen accepted itwithout complaint. A)However B) Solongas C)Even though D)Since Part IVClose(15 minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. An elderly woman died yesterday after being knocked down by a motorist. The driver had __71__ no attempt to brake (刹车). When a policeman asked him, a man of __69__, to read the number plate of a car parked on the __72__ side of the road, the man said this was __73__, because it was foggy. In fact, it was a sunny day, __74__ several attempts, get from __75__ distance of two metres, the man __76__ failed to read the number plate __77__. He said he had never needed glasses, though he had been __78__ in a similar accident the day before. The question __79__ fitness to drive comes up every time some, medical condition __80__ to an accident like this. Last week traffic accidents __81__ the death of two motorists, one of __82__ died as a result of blackouts (眩晕) while driving. The __83__, a man whose car hit a tree, had __84__ from blackouts for years. The second died __85__ his sports car crashed at 60 m.p.h. He had a brain disease which causes him to __86__ consciousness when he had a headache. With such cased __87__ mind, it is not surprising that __88__ prevention organizations are trying to __89__thegovernment to introduce stricter__90__over drivers. 71. A)done B) made C)given D)had 72. A)contrary 561990年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 57/788 B) further C)across D)opposite 73. A)uncertain B) unreal C)unfair D)untrue 74. A)After B) For C)With D)At 75. A)any B) some C)a D)such 76. A)too B) even C)yet D)still 77. A)correctly B) definitely C)perfectly D)exactly 78. A)linked B) associated C)involved D)combined 79. A)to B) of C)in D)with 57淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 58/788 80. A)directs B) guides C)conducts D)reads 81. A)created B) resulted C)caused D)formed 82. A)whom B) these C)which D)those 83. A)former B) one C)other D)first 84. A)troubled B) suffered C)undergone D)tolerated 85. A)when B) till C)where D)although 86. A)loose B) lost C)lose D)lock 87. A)on B) in C)at 581990年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 59/788 D)within 88. A)accident B) accident’s C)accidents D)accidental 89. A)enable B) affect C)drive D)persuade 90. A)arrangements B) controls C)measures D)warnings PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you areallowed 30 minutes to writea composition on thetitle: Make Our City Greener, your composition should be based on the followingoutline: 1. 城市绿色的状况 2. 绿化的好处(如：清洁空气，美化城市，改善气候…) 3. 怎样才能实现绿化 Your composition should be no less than 100 words. Write your composition on the Answer Sheet. Remember towrite itclearly. 59淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1990年6月四级参考答案 Part IListeningComprehension 1. B 2. D 3. D 4. C 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. C 11. D 12. C 13. D 14. A 15. B 16. B 17. C 18. A 19. D 20. A Part II Reading Comprehension 21. C 22. D 23. B 24. C 25. D 26. D 27. B 28. D 29. C 30. A 31. B 32. C 33. A 34. D 35. B 36. A 37. C 38. D 39. B 40. B Part IIIVocabulary andStructure 41. C 42. A 43. B 44. C 45. D 46. D 47. A 48. B 49. B 50. D 51. A 52. C 53. B 54. D 55. C 56. D 57. B 58. D 59. B 60. C 61. B 62. C 63. D 64. A 65. D 66. A 67. C 68. A 69. A 70. C Part IVClose 71. B 72. D 73. C 74. A 75. C 76. D 77. A 78. C 79. B 80. D 81. C 82. A 83. D 84. B 85. A 86. C 87. B 88. A 89. D 90. B 601991年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 1991年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark thecorresponding letterontheAnswer Sheet with alinethroughthe centre. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they had to finish in the evening. This is most likely to have taken place at the office. There fore, A) “At the office” is the best answer. You should choose [A] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with asingle linethrough thecentre. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)Bill always comes ontime. B) Bill willbe ontime. C)Bill willbe lateagain. D)Bill won’t come. 2. A)They don’t knowhowtospend themoney theyhave. B)They don’t knowhowto spendthenexttwo weeks. C)They need money badly. D)They only havepart-time jobs. 3. A)One. B)Two. C)Three. D)Four. 61淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 4. A)These figures are not correct. B)These figures are correct. C)These figures are probably correct. D)These figures are probably not correct. 5. A)In October. B) InApril. C)Sheisn’t certain. D)BetweenApril and October. 6. A)Jane speaks three languages. B) Janespeaks four languages. C)Janespeaks English only. D)Jane does not speak English. 7. A)The damage tothe store. B)Thepossibleharm to thepeoplenearby. C)Thepunishment given to thecrazy man. D)The reason for thecrazy action. 8. A)Sheis going togive upbiology. B) Shespends halfof hertimeon biology. C)Toher,biology is difficult,but math is not. D)Toher,math is even moredifficultthan biology. 9. A)There was a shower. B)There was acar accident. C)There was afire. D)There was a heavy snow. 10. A)They are very rewarding. B)They are tooeasy. C)They are inexpensive. D)They are not worth thetrouble. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best 621991年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions11to14basedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)The speaker’sfriend. B)Thespeaker. C)Thefriend’s mother. D)The mother’sfriend. 12. A)They are strangers. B)They are neighbours. C)They are friends. D)They are old schoolmates. 13. A)Toreturn the shoes to thestore. B)Topay themanager avisit. C)Tobuymoreof the12-dollar shoes. D)Tocomplain about theprice ofthe shoes. 14. A)12dollars B) 20dollars C)Less than 12dollars D)More than 12dollars PassageTwo Questions15to17arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 15. A)Short and cool. B) Long and cool. C)Long and hot. D)Short and hot. 16. A)Because the pricewas too high. B) BecauseAlaska has an extremelycold winter. C)Because they thoughtAlaska was a useless land. 63淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Because the climaticdifference there istoo great. 17. A)No, onlyafew became rich. B) No, nonebecame rich. C)No, very few peoplehad actually found gold. D)Yes,hundreds ofthousands ofpeople became rich. PassageThree Questions18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 18. A)Shewas drivingalong acountry road. B) Shewas lying near alonely road, trembling. C)Shewas lying in ahospital bed. D)Shewas tellingan astonishingstory to adoctor. 19. A)Shefainted duetotheeffects ofsomedrug. B) Shewas stopped bya policeman and treated rudely. C)Shewas attacked byrobbers. D)Shewas stopped and forced to entera flying saucer. 20. A)The women made upan astonishing story. B)Thewomen had intended toleave her husband without aword. C)Thewomen had been taken over a thousand milesaway from herhome. D)The women had been dishonestto her husband. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. The aim of the teacher is to get his pupils as quickly as possible over the period in which each printed symbol is looked at for its shape, and arrive at the stage when the pupil looks at words and phrases, for their meaning, almost without noticing the shapes oftheseparate letters. When a good reader is at work he does not look at letters, nor even at words, one by 641991年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 one however quickly; he takes in the meaning of two, three, or four words at a time, in a single moment. Watch carefully the eyes of a person who is reading, and it will be seen that they do not travel smoothly along the lines of print, but they move by jumps separated by very short stops. The eyes of a very good reader move quickly, taking long jumps and making very short halts (停顿); the eyes of a poor reader move more slowly, taking only short jumps and stopping longer at each halt. Sometimes, when he meets a difficulty,heeven goes backwards tosee again what has already beenlooked at once. The teacher’s task is therefore clear: it is to train his pupils to take in several words at a glance (one eye-jump’) and to remove the necessity for going backwards to read somethinga second time. This shows at once that letter-by-letter, or syllable-by-syllable, or word-by-word reading, with the finger pointing to the word, carefully fixing each one in turn, is wrong. It is wrong because such a method ties the pupil’s eyes down to a very short jump, and the aim is to train for the long jump. Moreover, a very short jump is too short to provide any meaning or sense; and it will be found that having struggled with three or four words separately, the pupil has to look at them again, all together and in one group, in order to get themeaning of thewholephrase. 21. Whichofthe following isclosest in meaning tothe firstparagraph? A) Pupils should be trained to reach quickly the stage of reading without having to concentrateonthe separatesymbols. B) Pupilsshould lookat each printed symbol for itsmeaning as well as foritsshape. C) Teachers should help their pupils avoid looking at the shape of the printed symbols. D)Teachers should tell theirpupils thedifferent stages of theirstudy. 22. In asingle moment, agood reader picks up________. A)several words B) several phrases C)several sentences D)several lines 23. According tothe passage, which ofthefollowing isFALSE? A)The eyes ofagood reader make short halts and long jumps. B)Theeyes of abadreader take inthe meaning ofone word at a time. C)Theeyes of abadreader take onlyshort jumps. D)The eyes ofagood reader movesteadily. 24. Onemay havetoread something asecond timeif________. A)there is enough time 65淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) onereads toofast C)thepassage is very long D)one reads word byword 25. Themain idea ofthelast paragraph isthat ________. A)word-by-word reading is highly inefficient B) thepupil’s eyes should focus ongroups of syllables instead ofsingle syllables C)pupilshave to movetheireyes back and forth whenreading D)finger pointingin reading helps thepupil concentrate onmeaning PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. Television has changed the lifestyle of people in every Industrialized country in the world. In the United States, where sociologists have studied the effects, some interesting observations have been made. Television, although not essential, has become an important part of most people’s lives. It alters peoples’ways of seeing the world; in many ways, it supports and sustains (维持) modern life. Television has become a baby-sitter, an introducer of conversations, the major transmitter of culture, a keeper of tradition. Yet when what can be seen on TV in one day is critically analyzed, it becomes evident that television is not a teacher but a sustainer; the poor quality of programming does not elevate (提高) people into greater understanding, but rather maintains andencourages thelife as itexists. The primary reason for the lack of quality in American television is related to both the history of TV programming development and the economics of TV. Television in America began with the radio. Radio companies and their sponsors first experimented with television. Therefore, the close relationship which the advertisers had with radio programs became the system for American TV. Sponsors not only paid money for time withinprograms, but many actually produced theprograms. Thus, in American society, television is primarily concerned with reflecting and attracting society rather than experimenting with new ideas. Advertisers want to attract the largest viewing audience possible, to do so requires that the programs be entertaining rather thaneducational, attractive rather than challenging. Television in America today remains, to a large extent, with the same organization and standards as it had thirty years ago. The hope for further development and true achievement toward improvingsociety will require a change in theentire system. 26. According tothe authorAmerican television is poorinquality because ________. A)advertisers are interested in experimenting withnew ideas B) itis stillat an early stage ofdevelopment, compared with theradio C) the programs have to be developed in the interests of the sponsors for economic 661991年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 reasons D)it iscontrolled byradio companies 27. Thesecond paragraph is mainly about ________. A)TVas thesustainer ofAmerican life B)TVas themajortransmitterof culture C)theeducational effect ofTVonsociety D)thestrong influence and thepoorquality ofAmericanTV 28. In theauthor’s viewAmericanTVshould ________. A)be critical but entertaining B) becreativeand educational C)change with thedevelopment ofsociety D)attract as many viewers as possible 29. The author believes that television in the United States has become important to mostpeople because ________. A)it promotes family unity B) ithelps them develop theirspeaking ability C)itaffects theirlife inmany ways D)it challenges society 30. Theauthor’s attitudetowardsAmerican television is ________. A)critical B) praising C)doubtful D)sympathetic PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. “...Weare not about to enter the InformationAge but instead are rather well into it.” Present predictions are that by 1990, about thirty million jobs in the United States, or about thirty percent of the job market, will be computer-related. In 1980, only twenty-one percent of all United States high schools owned one or more computers for student use. In the fall of 1985, a new survey revealed that half of United States secondary schools have fifteen or more computers for student use. And now educational experts, administrators, and even the general public are demanding that all students become “computer literate (慢点…的).” “By the year 2000 knowledge of computers will be necessary in over eighty percent of all occupations. Soon those people not educated in 67淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 computeruse willbe compared tothose who are print illiterate today.” What is “computer literacy”? The term itself seems to imply soon extent of “knowing” about computers, but knowing what. The current opinion seems to be that this should include a general knowledge of what computers are, plus a little of their history and something ofhowthey operate. Therefore, it is vital that educators everywhere take a careful look not only at what is being done, but also at what should be done in the field of computer education. Today most adults are capable of utilising a motor vehicle without the slightest knowledge of how the internal-combustion engine works. We effectively use all types of electrical equipment without being able to tell their histories or to explain how they work. Business people for years have made good use of typewriters and adding machines, yet few have ever known how to repair them. Why, then, attempt to teach computers by teaching how orwhythey work? Rather, we first must concentrate on teaching the effective use of the computer as thetoolis. “Knowing how to use a computer is what’s going to be important, we don’t talk about ‘automobileliteracy.‘Wejustget inourcars and drivethem.” 31. In 1990, the number of jobs having nothing to do with computers in the United States willbe reduced to ________. A)79million B) 30million C)70million D)100million 32. Theexpression “Print illiterate”(Para. 1,Line 16)refers to ________. A)one who has never learnt printing B) onewho is not computerliterate C)onewho has never learnt toread D)one who is notable to useatypewriter 33. Thefirst paragraph is mainlyabout ________. A)recent predictions ofcomputer-related jobs B) thewideuse ofcomputers inschools C)theurgency ofcomputer education D)publicinterest incomputers 34. According to the author, the effective way to spread the use of computers is to teach ________. A)what computers are 681991年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 B) howto usecomputers C)where computers can beused D)howcomputers work 35. Whichofthe following statements isFALSE? A)What toteach about computers should be reconsidered. B)Thosewho are not educated incomputer usewill find it difficultto get ajob. C)Human society has already entered theInformationAge. D)Those who want tousecomputers should knowhowcomputers operate. PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. Editor: While a new school term is about to begin, perhaps we should reconsider the matter of examinations. In July, two writers (Letters to the Editor) praised the cancellation of examsbecause they believe“testsdon’t tell thewholestory.” As a teacher who has worked in four countries, I have had the experience that a student who earns good marks is generally a good student, and that a student’s final mark in a subject is usually a grade average of the year’s work. Of course there are exceptions, butthey donot have thefrequency that would give an unfair picture ofa student’s ability. The simple fact is that proper class work, diligent exam studies and good marks are almost certain indicators of a student’s future performance. Theopposite, almost certainly, incompetence. There is no acceptable substitute for competition and examination of quality. How can teachers and future officials determine what a student has learned and remembered? Should we simply take the student word for it? Any institution that “liberates” students from fair and formal exams is misguided, if not ignorant. And surely the “graduates” of such institutions will lack trustworthiness, not to mention being rejected by foreign universities forgraduate orotherstudies. When all is said and done, I sense that a fear of failure and a fear of unpleasant comparison with others is at the bottom of most ban-exams (废除考试) talk. Excellence and quality fear nothing. On the contrary, they seek competition and desire the satisfactionofbeing thebest. 36. Whichofthe following willtheauthor ofthis passageprobably agree with? A)Testsare noteffective inmeasuring thestudents’abilities. B)Testsare an effectivemeasure ofthestudents’abilities. C)Testscan only measure someofthestudents’abilities. D)Testsmay notbe useful for measuring students’abilities. 69淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 37. Thetwo writers mentioned in thefirst paragraph ________. A)opposed judging students bytheresults ofexams B) musthave proposed otherways oftestingstudents C)regarded exams as away ofpunishing students D)seem to beworried about thepoor marks oftheirstudents 38. According tothe letter,astudent’s final mark ________. A)is often encouraging B) often gives a fair pictureoftheyear’s work C)often proves unreliable D)often tellswhether helikes thesubject of not 39. If a student graduated from a university which does not require exams he would ________. A)have to continuehis studies B) have afeeling of failure C)beincompetent D)not beadmitted byforeign institutions 40. According to the letter, those who dislike the idea of examinations are probably afraid of________. A)competing with other students B) being graded unfairly C)working too hard D)being dismissed from school Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecentre. 41. It is not difficult to ________ the idea that machines may communicate information tous. A)admit B) receive C)accept D)convince 701991年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 42. Ihave notthe least ________ofhurting your feelings. A)concept B) intention C)mind D)purpose 43. As the shortage of certain metals approaches, others must be found to take their ________. A)share B) place C)role D)shape 44. Thenew power stationis reported ________within three years. A)tohave completed B) tohave been completed C)having Been completed D)tocomplete 45. Mary is in bedwith afever and shecan’thope to ________thecoldin afew day. A)get over B) get away C)get off D)get out 46. Although theweather was very had, thebuses stillran on________. A)list B) plan C)schedule D)arrangement 47. The situation today is obviously quite different from ________ it was only 50 years ago. A)what B) which C)when D)such 71淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 48. Soon, Americans hope, the rains will return and ease the hardship ________ U.S. farmers. A)faced B) faces C)facing D)toface 49. Ever sincethefamily moved to thesuburbs last year,they ________better health. A)could have enjoyed B) have been enjoying C)had enjoyed D)are enjoying 50. It ismuch easier to talk about social change than to ________. A)bring it on B) bring itabout C)burning itup D)bring it out 51. Janewas hit onthehead bythe robberand was knocked ________. A)mindless B) unaware C)brainless D)unconscious 52. Helikes doing somereading at hometo thecinema. A)than to go B) than going C)morethan going D)rather than togo 53. ________ neglecting our education, my father sent my brother and me to a summer school. A)Accused of B)Accusing of C)That hewas accused of D)Tobe accused of 721991年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 54. I bought a new house last year, but I ________my old house yet, so at the moment I have two houses. A)didnot sell B) donotsell C)had not sold D)have not sold 55. She didn’t regret paying 200 dollars for the bookcase. As a matter or a fact, she would gladlyhave paid ________forit. A)as much twice B) much as twice C)as twice much D)twice as much 56. By thetimeyou get toBeijing tomorrow,I________for Shanghai. A)am leaving B) should haveleft C)willleave D)have already left 57. It was essential that all the necessary documents ________ to the president’s office being theend of thismonth. A)be handedin B) mustbe handed in C)should D)had beenhanded in 58. Thecar is quite________ofpetrol. A)economic B) economical C)saving D)sparing 59. Thetrafficwas very heavy; otherwise I________here 50minutes sooner. A)would be B) should be C)had been D)would have been 73淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 60. ________ his great wealth, healways remained aman ofsimpletastes. A)Except for B)With regard to C)Despite D)Although 61. The socks were too small and it was only by ________ them that he managed to get themon. A)spreading B) extending C)lengthening D)stretching 62. Language can be defined as a tool by which human beings ________ with one another. A)associate B) connect C)communicate D)correspond 63. As asmall boy,he was slow________learning toread and write. A)on B) with C)in D)about 64. Tonywas ________a mileofthehotel when heranout of petrol. A)within B) inside C)about D)off 65. It has been rather costly to install the machinery, but it will prove to be worth the money ________. A)inthelongrun B) inconclusion C)at long last D)at the end 741991年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 66. Idon’t knowwhy he________in themiddleofa sentence. A)broke off B) brokeout C)brokethrough D)broke away 67. I’m sorry Andy didn’t want to go to the conference. ________ willing to go we would have paid all hisexpenses. A)Being B)Washe C)Hehad been D)Had hebeen 68. Theministerwas the person ________. A)whom thestate dinnerwas given in honour B) forwhom the statedinnerwas given honour C)whosehonour thestatedinner was given D)inwhose honourthestatedinner was given 69. Theyoung driver looked over theenginecarefully lest it________ontheway. A)goes wrong B) would go wrong C)went wrong D)should go wrong 70. John had been working hard and ________. A)so his brother had B) so hadhis brother C)so was his brother D)so his brother did Part IVClose(15 minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Albert Einstein is said to have been asked by a student, “what finding helped you 75淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 most when you were __71__ the theory of relativity?” Einstein replied without __72__ moment’s hesitation. “Finding howto __73__about theproblem.” The same __74__ is told about Sir Isaac Newton and __75__ other scientists. We have no proof __76__ any of these well-known conversations __77__ took place, but we are prepared to __78__ that they did, and, if so, that the __79__ was the same one Einsteingave, __80__this isthe“way scientistswork __81__science progresses.” Scientists usually work toward models of the process of structure they are studying. __82__ we have models of the structure __83__ the universe and of the atom, models of the process __84__ which the genetic (遗传的) pattern is passed from one building block of life to __85__ models of the economic system and __86__ on. Some models are mathematical, but a __87__ does not have to have equations (方程) or even diagrams; the __88__ requirement is no doubt that it __89__ an insight (洞察) into the relationships thatdetermine __90__something works as itdoes orhowit isput together. 71. A)designing B) inventing C)revealing D)developing 72. A)a B) the C)an D)some 73. A)know B) learn C)think D)argue 74. A)event B) news C)story D)information 75. A)any B) more C)few D)several 76. A)that 761991年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 B) since C)which D)as 77. A)naturally B) actually C)eventually D)regularly 78. A)forget B) consider C)believe D)realize 79. A)question B) answer C)conversation D)topic 80. A)although B) because C)unless D)once 81. A)while B) or C)and D)but 82. A)Otherwise B) Nevertheless C)Still D)Thus 83. A)of B) in C)with D)over 77淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 84. A)for B) by C)on D)to 85. A)either B) other C)both D)another 86. A)so B) later C)further D)straight 87. A)structure B) pattern C)process D)model 88. A)urgent B) important C)original D)unnecessary 89. A)provide B) willprovide C)provided D)is provided 90. A)when B) what C)why D)whether PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition about “Bicycle – An Important Means of Transport in China”. You should base your composition onthefollowing outline: 781991年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 1. 为什么自行车在中国这样普及。 2. 和汽车比较。 3. 自行车在中国的前途。 Your composition should be no less than 100 words. Remember to write your compositionontheComposition Sheet. Bicycle –An ImportantMeans ofTransport InChina. 79淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1991年1月四级参考答案 Part IListeningComprehension 1. B 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. C 6. B 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. A 11. A 12. A 13. C 14. D 15. D 16. C 17. A 18. B 19. D 20. C Part II Reading Comprehension 21. A 22. A 23. D 24. D 25. A 26. C 27. D 28. C 29. C 30. A 31. C 32. C 33. C 34. B 35. D 36. B 37. A 38. B 39. D 40. A Part IIIVocabulary andStructure 41. C 42. B 43. B 44. B 45. A 46. C 47. A 48. C 49. B 50. B 51. D 52. C 53. A 54. D 55. D 56. B 57. A 58. B 59. D 60. C 61. D 62. C 63. C 64. D 65. A 66. A 67. D 68. D 69. D 70. B Part IVClose 71. D 72. A 73. C 74. C 75. D 76. A 77. B 78. C 79. B 80. B 81. C 82. D 83. A 84. B 85. D 86. A 87. D 88. B 89. A 90. C 801991年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 81/788 1991年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark thecorresponding letterontheAnswer Sheet with alinethroughthe centre. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they had to finish in the evening. This is most likely to have taken place at the office. There fore, A) “At the office” is the best answer. You should choose [A] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with asingle linethrough thecentre. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)Shepaid ￥40.00for thecoat. B) Her husbandpresented it to heras a gift. C)Shebought the coat onher fortieth birthday. D)Her friend sent it toher as abirthday gift. 2. A)Tokeep his old car and get a newone. B)Toleave it inthe garage toberepaired. C)Tosell hiscar fora newone. D)Toget his car repaired later. 3. A)Husband andwife. B) Fatherand daughter. C)Doctorand patient. D)Teacher and student. 81淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 4. A)The man went to theconcert, but thewoman didn’t. B)Thewoman went to theconcert, but themandidn’t. C)Thespeakers didnot go to theconcert. D)Both speakers went to theconcert. 5. A)An Englishtextbook. B)AChinesetextbook. C)Achemistry hook. D)Ahistorybook. 6. A)The woman goes toschool during theday and works at night. B)Thewoman has to work tosupport herself. C)Thewoman’s classes are not difficult. D)The woman studies at night. 7. A)Shefeels that hewon’t accept anything. B) She’s surehealready has a pocket calculator. C)Shethinkshe has almost everything he wants. D)She’s afraid he wants morethan she can afford. 8. A)Tomsurvived the accident. B)Tomwas killed in theaccident. C)SomeonesavedTom’s life. D)It did littledamage toTom’s car. 9. A)The train is crowded. B)Thetrain islate. C)Thetrain isempty. D)The train is ontime. 10. A)No, all therooms are taken. B)Yes, thereis adouble room. C)Yes, thereare some sparerooms. D)Yes,there is asingle room. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best 821991年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 83/788 answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)Her husband had got ahigherposition. B) Her husbandhad lost his job. C)Shewanted tohave a cleaner house. D)Shewanted to moveto NewYork. 12. A)His telephone went out oforder. B)Thebuyers had toleave soon. C)Hebegan towork at 8a.m. D)He had made an appointment with herfor 8a.m. 13. A)Toreturn the shoes to thestore. B)Topay themanager avisit. C)Tobuymoreof the12-dollar shoes. D)Tocomplain about theprice ofthe shoes. 14. A)12dollars B) 20dollars C)Less than 12dollars D)More than 12dollars PassageTwo Questions15to17arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 15. A)Short and cool. B) Long and cool. C)Long and hot. D)Short and hot. 16. A)Because the pricewas too high. B) BecauseAlaska has an extremelycold winter. C)Because they thoughtAlaska was a useless land. 83淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Because the climaticdifference there istoo great. 17. A)No, onlyafew became rich. B) No, nonebecame rich. C)No, very few peoplehad actually found gold. D)Yes,hundreds ofthousands ofpeople became rich. PassageThree Questions18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 18. A)Shewas drivingalong acountry road. B) Shewas lying near alonely road, trembling. C)Shewas lying in ahospital bed. D)Shewas tellingan astonishingstory to adoctor. 19. A)Shefainted duetotheeffects ofsomedrug. B) Shewas stopped bya policeman and treated rudely. C)Shewas attacked byrobbers. D)Shewas stopped and forced to entera flying saucer. 20. A)The women made upan astonishing story. B)Thewomen had intended toleave her husband without aword. C)Thewomen had been taken over a thousand milesaway from herhome. D)The women had been dishonestto her husband. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 reading passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide onthe best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through thecentre. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. The aim of the teacher is to get his pupils as quickly as possible over the period in which each printed symbol is looked at for its shape, and arrive at the stage when the pupil looks at words and phrases, for their meaning, almost without noticing the shapes oftheseparate letters. When a good reader is at work he does not look at letters, nor even at words, one by 841991年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 85/788 one, however, he quickly takes in the meaning of two, three, or four words at a time, in a single moment. Watch carefully the eyes of a person who is reading, and it will be seen that they do not travel smoothly along the lines of print, but they move by jumps separated by very short stops. The eyes of a very good reader move quickly, taking long jumps and making very short halts (停顿); the eyes of a poor reader move more slowly, taking only short jumps and stopping longer at each halt. Sometimes, when he meets a difficulty,heeven goes backwards tosee again what has already beenlooked at once. The teacher’s task is therefore clear: it is to train his pupils to take in several words at a glance (one eye-jump’) and to remove the necessity for going backwards to read somethinga second time. This shows at once that letter-by-letter, or syllable-by-syllable, or word-by-word reading, with the finger pointing to the word, carefully fixing each one in turn, is wrong. It is wrong because such a method ties the pupil’s eyes down to a very short jump, and the aim is to train for the long jump. Moreover, a very short jump is too short to provide any meaning or sense; and it will be found that having struggled with three or four words separately, the pupil has to look at them again, all together and in one group, in order to get themeaning of thewholephrase. 21. Whichofthe following isclosest in meaning tothe firstparagraph? A) Pupils should be trained to reach quickly the stage of reading without having to concentrateonthe separatesymbols. B) Pupilsshould lookat each printed symbol for itsmeaning as well as foritsshape. C) Teachers should help their pupils avoid looking at the shape of the printed symbols. D)Teachers should tell theirpupils thedifferent stages of theirstudy. 22. In asingle moment, agood reader picks up________. A)several words B) several phrases C)several sentences D)several lines 23. Teachers encouragethe useofdictionaries so that ________. A)students will beable toexpress theirideas more freely B) teachers will have less troubleincorrecting mistakes C)studentswill have moreconfidence in writing D)students will learn to be independent ofteachers 24. The writer seems to think that the teacher’s judgement on that sensitive piece of writing is________. A)reasonable 85淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) unfair C)foolish D)careless 25. Themajorpoint discussed inthepassage is ________. A)theimportance ofdeveloping writing skills B) thecomplexities ofspelling C)thecorrect way of markingcompositions D)therelationship between spelling and thecontent of acomposition PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. A breakthrough (突破) in the provision of energy from the sun for the European Economic Community (EEC) could be brought forward by up to two decades, if a modest increase could be provided in the EEC’s research effort in this field, according to the senior EEC scientists engaged in experiments in solar energy at EEC’s scientific laboratories at Ispra, near Milan. The senior West German scientist in charge of the Community’s solar energy programme, Mr. Joachim Gretz, told journalists that at present levels of research spending it was most unlikely that solar energy would provide as much as three per cent of the Community’s energy requirements even after the year 2000. But he said that with a modest increase in the present< sums, devoted by the EEC to this work it was possible thatthe breakthrough could be achieved bytheend of thenextdecade. Mr. Gretz calculates that if solar energy only provided three per cent of the EEC’s needs, this could still produce a saving of about a billion pounds in the present bill for imported energy each year. And he believes that with the possibility of utilizing more advanced technology in this field it might be possible to satisfy a much bigger share of theCommunity’s futureenergy needs. At present the EEC spends about $2.6 millions a year on solar research at Ispra, one of the EEC’s official joint research centres, and another $3 millions a year in indirect research with universities and other independent bodies. 26. Thephrase “bebrought forward” (Line 2,Para. 1)most probably means ________. A)be expected B) becompleted C)beadvanced D)be introduced 27. Some scientists believe that a breakthrough in the use of solar energy depends on ________. 861991年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 87/788 A)sufficient funding B) further experiments C)advanced technology D)well-equipped laboratories 28. According to Mr. Gretz, the present sum of money will enable the scientists to provide________. A)more than3~, 6oftheEEC’s needs after theyear 2000 B) only3% oftheEEC’s needs before theyear 2000 C)less than 3%of theEEC’s needs before the year 2000 D)3% oftheEEC’s needs after theyear 2000 29. Whichofthe following isNOTtrue according to thepassage? A)The EEC spends one billionpounds onimportedenergy each year. B) At the present level of research spending, it is difficult to make any significant progress inthe provisionof energy from the sun. C) The desired breakthrough could be obtained by the end of the next decade if investment were increased. D) The total yearly spending of the EEC on solar energy research amounted to almost6million. 30. Theapplication of advancedtechnology to research in solar energy ________. A)would lead to abig increase in research funding B) would makeit unnecessary toimport oil C)would makeit possibletomeet thefuture energy needs oftheEEC D) would provide a much greater proportion of the Community’s future energy needs PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. Just seven years ago, the Jarvik-7 artificial heart was being cheered as the model of human creativeness. The sight of Barney Clark-alive and conscious after trading his diseased heart for a metal-and-plastic pump-convinced the press, the public and many doctors that the future had arrived. It hadn’t.After monitoring production of the Jarvik-7, and reviewing its effects on the 150 or so patients (most of whom got the device as a temporary measure) the U.S. Food and Drug Administration concluded that the machine was doing more to endanger lives than to save them. Last week the agency cancelled its earlier approval, effectively banning(禁止)thedevice. The recall may hurt Symbion Inc., maker of the Jarvik-7, but it won’t end the 87淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 request for an artificial heart. One problem with the banned model is that the tubes connecting it to an external power source created a passage for infection. Inventors are now working on new devices that would be fully placed, along with a tiny power pack, in the patient’s chest. The first sample products aren’t expected for another 10 or 20 years: But some people are already worrying that they’ll work-and thatAmerica’s overextended health-care programs will lose a precious $2.5 billion to $5 billion a year providing them for a relatively few dying patients. If such expenditures (开支) cut into funding for more basiccare, thenet effect could actually be adecline in thenation’shealth. 31. According tothe passage theJarvik-7 artificial heart proved to be________. A)a technical failure B) atechnical wonder C)agood life-saver D)an effectivemeans to treat heart disease 32. From thepassagewe knowthat Symbion Inc ________. A)has been banned bythegovernment from producing artificial hearts B) willreview the effects ofartificial hearts before designing new models C)may continueto work onnewmodels ofreliable artificial hearts D) can make new models of artificial hearts available on the market in 10 to 20 years 33. Thenew models ofartificial hearts are expected ________. A)tohave aworking lifeof10 or 20years B) tobe set fully in thepatient’s chest C)tobe equipped with an externalpower source D)tocreate anewpassage forinfection 34. Theword “them”in Line 7,Para. 2refers to ________. A)doctors who treat heart diseases B) makers ofartificial hearts C)America’s health-care programs D)new models ofartificial hearts 35. Somepeople feel that ________. A)artificial hearts are seldom effective B) thecountry should not spend so much moneyonartificial hearts C)thecountry is not spending enough money onartificial hearts D)America’s health-care programs are notdoing enough forthenation’s health 881991年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 89/788 PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. A raped means of long-distance transportation became a necessity for the United States as settlement (新拓居地) spread ever farther westward. The early trains were impractical curiosities, and for a long time the railroad companies met with troublesome mechanical problems. The most serious ones were the construction of rails able to bear the load, and the development of a safe, effective stopping system. Once these were solved, the railroad was established as the best means of land transportation. By 1860 there were thousands of miles of railroads crossing the eastern mountain ranges and reaching westward to the Mississippi. There were also regional southern and western lines. The high point in railroad building came with the construction of the first transcontinental system. In 1862 Congress authorized two western railroad companies to build lines from Nebraska westward and from California eastward to a meeting point, so as to complete a transcontinental crossing linking the Atlantic seaboard with the Pacific. The Government helped the railroads generously with money and land. Actual work on this project began four years later.The Central Pacific Company, starting from California, used Chinese labor, while the Union Pacific employed crews of Irish laborers. The two groups worked at remarkable speed, each trying to cover a greater distance than the other. In 1869 they met at a place called Promontory in what is now the state of Utah. Many visitors came there for the great occasion. There were joyous celebrations all over the country,with parades and theringing of church bells tohonorthe great achievement. The railroad was very important in encouraging westward movement. It also helped build up industry and farming by moving raw materials and by distributing products rapidly to distant markets. In linking towns and people to one another it helped unify the United States. 36. The major problems with America’s railroad system in the mid 19th century lay in ________. A)poor qualityrails and unreliablestopping systems B) lack of financial support fordevelopment C)limited railroad lines D)lack ofa transcontinental railroad 37. Thebuilding ofthefirst transcontinental system ________. A)brought about arapid growth ofindustry and farming in thewest B) attracted many visitors totheconstruction sites C)attracted laborers from Europe D)encouraged peopleto travel all over thecounty 38. Thebest titleforthis passage would be________. 89淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)Settlements SpreadWestward B)TheCoast-to-Coast Railroad:AVital Link C)American Railroad History D)The Importance ofTrains intheAmerican Economy 39. Theconstruction of thetranscontinental railroad took ________. A)9years B) 7years C)4years D)3years 40. Whatmost likely madepeople think’about atranscontinental railroad? A)The possibility ofgovernment support forsuch atask. B)Theneed to exploreUtah. C)Theneed to connect theeast coast with thewest. D)The need todel, clop therailroad industry inthe west. Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four Choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheetwith asingletimethrough thecentre. 41. We had a party last month, and it was a lot of fun, so let’s have ________ one this month. A)another B) more C)theother D)other 42. It was difficult toguess what her ________to thenews would be. A)impression B) reaction C)comment D)opinion 43. Idecided to go tothe library as soonas I________. A)finish what I did B) finished what I did 901991年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 91/788 C)would finishwhat Iwas doing D)finished what Iwas doing 44. There were some________flowers onthetable. A)artificial B) unnatural C)false D)unreal 45. We are interested in the weather because it ________ us so directly-what we wear, what we do,andeven howwe feel. A)benefits B) affects C)guides D)effects 46. Willall those________the proposal raise theirhands? A)inrelation to B) incontrast to C)inexcess of D)infavor of 47. Childrenare very curious ________. A)at heart B) inperson C)onpurpose D)bynature 48. The match was cancelled because most of the members ________ a match without a standard court. A)objected to having B) were objected tohave C)objected to have D)were objected to having 49. Theteacher doesn’t permit________inclass. A)smoke B) tosmoke 91淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)smoking D)tohave asmoke 50. IlikewatchingTV________to thecinema. A)more thanto go B) than going C)morethan going D)rather than togo 51. Iappreciate ________to your home. A)tobeinvited B) tohave invited C)having invited D)being invited 52. I hope my teacher will take my recent illness into ________ when judging my examination. A)regard B) counting C)account D)observation 53. You________all thosecalculations!Wehave acomputer todothat sort ofthing. A)needn’t have done B) mustnot have done C)shouldn’t have done D)can not have clone 54. Important people don’t often have much free time as their work ________ all their time. A)takes away B) takes over C)takes up D)takes in 55. When Iwas very young, Iwas terribly frightened ofschool, butIsoon ________it. A)got off B) got across 921991年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 93/788 C)got away D)got over 56. Many peoplecomplain oftherapid ________of modern life. A)rate B) speed C)pace D)growth 57. San Francisco isusually cool in thesummer,but LosAngeles ________. A)is rarely B) rarely is C)hardly is D)is scarcely 58. The speaker, ________ for her splendid speeches, was warmly received by the audience. A)having known B) being known C)knowing D)known 59. American women were ________ the right to vote until 1920 after many years of hard struggle. A)ignored B) neglected C)refused D)denied 60. Icouldn’tfind ________,and so Itookthisone. A)a large enough coat B) an enough large coat C)alarge coat enough D)a coat enough large 61. Ialways ________what Ihave said. A)get to B) holdto 93淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)lead to D)see to 62. No sooner had wereached thetopof thehill________we all sat down to rest. A)when B) then C)than D)until 63. Evidence came up ________ specific speech sounds are recognized by babies as young as 6monthsold. A)what B) which C)that D)whose 64. He moved away from his parents, and missed them ________ enjoy the exciting life inNewYork. A)toomuch to B) enough to C)very much to D)much so as to 65. Hewas ________ofhaving asked such a sillyquestion. A)sorry B) guilty C)ashamed D)miserable 66. The last time we had a family reunion was ________ my brother’s wedding ceremony four years ago. A)in B) at C)during D)over 67. What________would happen ifthedirector knew you felt that way? A)doyou suppose B) you suppose 941991年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 95/788 C)willyou suppose D)you would suppose 68. ________ the advances of science, the discomforts of old age will no doubt always bewith us. A)As for B) Besides C)Except D)Despite 69. How close parents are to their children ________ a strong influence on the character ofthechildren. A)have B) has C)having D)tohave 70. He________when thebus came to asuddenstop. A)was almosthurt B) was hurt himself C)was tohurt himself D)was hurting himself Part IVClose(15 minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Geography is the study of the relationship between people and the land. Geographers (地理学家) compare and contrast __71__ places on the earth. But they also __72__ beyond the individual places and consider the earth as a __73__ The word geography __74__ from two Greek words, ge, the Greek word for “earth” and graphein, __75__ means “to write.” The English word geography means “to describe the earth.” __76__ geography books focus on a small area __77__ a town or city. Others deal with a state, a region, a nation, or an __78__ continent. Many geography books deal with the whole earth. Another __79__ to divide the study of __80__ is to distinguish between physical geography and cultural geography. The former focuses on the natural world; the __81__ starts with human beings and __82__ how human beings and their environment act __83__ each other. But when geography is considered as a single subject, __84__ 95淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 branch can neglect the other.Ageographer might be described __85__ one who observes, records, and explains the __86__ between places. If all places __87__ alike, there would be little need for geographers. We know, however, __88__ no two places are exactly the same. Geography,__89__,isa pointof view,aspecial way of __90__at places. 71. A)similar B) various C)distant D)famous 72. A)pass B) reach C)go D)set 73. A)whole B) unit C)part D)total 74. A)falls B) removes C)results D)comes 75. A)what B) that C)which D)it 76. A)Some B) Many C)Most D)Few 77. A)outside B) except C)as D)like 961991年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 97/788 78. A)extensive B) entire C)overall D)enormous 79. A)way B) means C)habit D)technique 80. A)world B) earth C)geography D)globe 81. A)second B) later C)next D)latter 82. A)learns B) studies C)realises D)understands 83. A)upon B) for C)as D)to 84. A)neither B) either C)one D)each 85. A)for B) to C)as 97淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)by 86. A)exceptions B) sameness C)differences D)divisions 87. A)being B) are C)be D)were 88. A)although B) whether C)since D)that 89. A)still B) then C)nevertheless D)moreover 90. A)working B) looking C)arriving D)getting PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition of no less than 100 words on Changes in People’s Diet. Study the following table carefully and your composition must be based on the information given in thetable. Writethreeparagraphs to: 1. statethechanges inpeople’s diet (饮食)inthe past fiveyears; 2. give possiblereasons for thechanges; 3. drawyour ownconclusions; 4. you should quoteas few figures as possible. 981991年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 99/788 Food Year 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 Grain 49% 47% 46.5% 45% 45% Milk 10% 11% 11% 12% 13% Meet 17% 20% 22.5% 23% 21% Fruit and vegetables 24% 22% 20% 20% 21% Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 99淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1991年6月四级参考答案 Part IListeningComprehension 1. B 2. C 3. C 4. C 5. D 6. D 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. A 11. A 12. B 13. D 14. B 15. B 16. C 17. A 18. D 19. A 20. D Part II Reading Comprehension 21. B 22. D 23. A 24. B 25. D 26. C 27. A 28. C 29. A 30. D 31. A 32. C 33. B 34. D 35. B 36. A 37. A 38. B 39. D 40. C Part IIIVocabulary andStructure 41. A 42. B 43. D 44. A 45. B 46. D 47. D 48. A 49. C 50. C 51. D 52. C 53. A 54. C 55. D 56. C 57. B 58. D 59. D 60. A 61. B 62. C 63. C 64. A 65. C 66. B 67. A 68. D 69. B 70. A Part IVClose 71. B 72. C 73. A 74. D 75. C 76. A 77. D 78. B 79. A 80. C 81. D 82. B 83. A 84. A 85. C 86. C 87. D 88. D 89. B 90. B PartVWriting(略) 100淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1992年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversation s. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices markedA)，B)，C), andD)，and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they had to finish in the evening. This is most likely to have taken place at the office. Therefore, A) “At the office” is the best answer. You should choose [A] on the Answer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough the centre. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)Givethe woman what shewants. B) Help thewoman ina moment. C)Tellthewoman what heis doing. D)Stop hiswork immediately. 2. A)He wants thewoman tocall himagain. B) Hewill call thewoman in two weeks. C)Hewants herto fix thewatch within oneweek. D)He willfix thewoman’s watch. 3. A)Tosee thedoctor. B)Togo to aparty. C)Tomake anappointment. 101淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Tolook after herchildren. 4. A)Sheis eagerto knowwhat thepresent is. B) Sheis notanxioustoknowwhat itis. C)Shedoesn’tknow what sheis asked to wait for. D)Shereally doesn’tcare about thepresent. 5. A)The program was ontoo late. B) HisTVset was out oforder. C)Hedoesn’t think much ofthePresident. D)He had a lateclass. 6. A)The teacherpostponed theconference. B)There won’tbe atest this afternoon. C)Thestudents will beattending theconference. D)The students took ascience test this afternoon. 7. A)Shethinks his lectures are boring. B) Shethinkshis tests are too long. C)Shedoesn’tlikehis choice oftest questions. D)Shedoesn’t thinkhe prepares hislectures well enough. 8. A)Shethinks hetalks too much. B) Shethinkshe issimple-minded. C)Shethinkshe isalways very frank. D)Shethinks hedoesn’t likespeaking. 9. A)On foot. B) By bus. C)By car. D)By bike. 10. A) ￡7. B) ￡9. C) ￡11. D) ￡15. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 102淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A)，B)，C), and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions11to13basedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)They are in agood temper. B)They likemusic. C)They want tosay something. D)They sing forenjoyment. 12. A)They makesome signs. B)They keep from otherbirds. C)They keep silent. D)They hidethemselves. 13. A)It spreads out its tail. B) It dances. C)It uses shells and flowers tomake agarden. D)It flies high in thesky. PassageTwo Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)They hungmeat in thesun. B)They cooked meat withsalt. C)They preserved meat withice. D)They kept meat underground. 15. A)He began touse chemicals. B) Hepreserved foodwith sugar. C)Hekept food in cans. D)He sealed food injars. 16. A)Development ofthecanning industry. B) Foodprocessing and chemicals. 103淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Foodindustry in different countries. D)Preserving food-past and present. PassageThree Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)In theUnited states. B)At Sutter’s Fort. C)In Sweden. D)In Switzerland. 18. A)He left thefarm. B) Hekept itasecret to himself. C)Hetold Sutterabout it. D)He tried tofind more gold. 19. A)Because too many people came there forgold. B) Because Sutterwas not good at farming. C)Because thearmy occupied it. D)Because Suttergave upfarming. 20. A)It made hima veryrich man. B) It brought himgreat misfortune. C)It had little effect onhis life. D)It cause the death ofhis wife. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices markedA)，B)，C), and D). You should decide on thebest choice andmark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Time was—and not so many years ago, either—when the average citizen took a pretty dim view of banks and Banking. That this was so, it should be said, was to no small extent the fault of banks and bankers themselves. Banks used to be—and a few still are—forbidding structures. Behind the little barred windows were, more often than not, 104淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 elderly gentlemen whose expression of friendliness reflected the size of the customer’s account, and nothing less than a few hundred thousand in the bank could have inspired thesuggestionof asmile. And yet the average bank for many year was, to the average citizen, a fearful, if necessary, instrument for dealing with business—usually big business. But somewhere in the past quarter century, banks Began to grow human, even pleasant, and started to attract the little man. It is possible that this movement began in medium-sized towns, or in small towns where people know each other by their first names, and spread to big towns. At any rate, theresults have been remarkable. The movement to “humanize” hanks, of course, received a big push during the war, when more and more women were employed to do work previously performed by men. Also more and more “little” people found themselves in need of personal loans, as taxes became heavier and as the practice of installment (分期付款) buying broke down the previously long—held concept that there was something almost morally wrong about being in debt.All sorts of people began to discover that the intelligent use of credit (信贷) could beextremely helpful. 21. The author believes that the unfriendly atmosphere in banks many years ago was chiefly due to________. A)theouter appearanceof bank buildings B) unfriendliness of customers toward banks C)economicpressure ofthetime D)theattitudeof hankers 22. Thebanks ofmany years ago showed interest only in________. A)regular visitors B) rich customers C)friendly businessmen D)elderly gentlemen 23. When didbanks begin togrow human? A)Sometimebefore thewar. B)Afew years ago. C)During thewar. D)In thelast century. 24. Whathelped to pushthe “humanization” ofbanks? A)More and more “little”peoplebecame customers of banks. B)Theelderly gentlemen in banks were replaced bywomen. C)Morebanks were set upinsmall and medium-sized towns. 105淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)The sizeofthecustomer’s account was greatly increased. 25. Average Peopleseldom borrowed money from bank in thebankbecause ________. A)thebank buildings looked forbidding B) they were comparatively rich before thewar C)they thought it was notproper to be indebt D)they rarely spent morethan they could earn PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. Last summer, Transportation Secretary Elizabeth Dole announced a new rule: Unless states representing two-thirds of the country’s population pass compulsory (强制 性的) seat-belt-use laws by April 1989, all new vehicles will have to be fitted with air bags orautomatic seat belts. The rule wouldn’t have been necessary but for one simple fact. Even though seat belts could prevent nearly half of the deaths in fatal car accidents, 85 percent of the populationsimply won’t wear them. Why not? Behavioral engineers have found that there are all sorts of reasons—usually unstated. These are some of the most popular. It’s safer to be thrown from a car man trapped.According to E. Scott Geller, that’s a faulty argument. “In fact”, he says, “being thrown from a car is twenty-five times more dangerous than being trapped”. It won’t happen to me; I’m a good driver. But what about the other person who may be a terrible driver? The data show that the average incidence (发生率) for all accidents inone perdriver every10years. My car will end up underwater or on fire, and I won’t be able to get out.According to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), only 0.5 percent of all injury-producing accidents occur under these conditions. “If you’re wearing a belt, you’ve got a better chance of being conscious and not having your legs broken—distinct advantages in getting out of adangerous situation”. I’m only going a few blocks. Yet 80 percent of accidents happen at speeds or less that25miles per hour,75percent happen within 25miles ofhome. 26. Before 1989,inthe United States ________. A)theuse ofseat beltswas not compulsory forthemajority ofthepopulation B) anew lawrequiring theuseofseat belts had just been passed C)peoplehad tochoose between the useofseat beltsor theuseof airbags D) almost fifty percent of the people involved in car accidents were saved by seat Belts 106淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 27. Theword “trapped”(Para. 3,Line 3)means tobe________. A)held upin a trafficjam B) confined inthe car C)caught in anaccident D)pulled into acar 28. Oneofthe reasons why many drivers refuse to wear seat beltsis because________. A)they don’t thinkthat it is comfortableto wear seat belts B) they don’t believe that an accident involving aterrible driveris highly probable C)they believe that nodangeris involvedin just drivinga few blocks D)they think that few drivers are willing to wear seat belts 29. It can be inferred from thepassage that ________. A)seat belts shouldbe replaced byair bags B) eighty-fivepercent ofall drivers are likelyto Break trafficrules C) all drivers, whether good or bad, are liable to have an accident at one time or another D)wearing seat belts willget drivers out ofdangerous situations 30. Thepurpose ofthewriter in writing thispassage is ________. A)tourge thegovernment to pass thelawsooner B) totell howdangerous car-driving can be C)tocriticise thosewho refuse to useseat belts D)toprove thenecessity ofthenew rule PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. For well over 2000 years the world’s great religions have taught the virtues of a trusting heart. Now there is another reason to merit the wisdom of the ages: scientific evidence indicates that those withtrusting hearts willlivelonger,healthierlives. As a result of the work published in the 1970s by two pioneering heart specialists, Meyer Friedman and Ray H. Rosenman, nearly everyAmerican is aware that bloodType. A people are impatient, and easily moved to hostility and anger. Many have come to believe that Type As are at a much higher risk of suffering heart attack or dying of heart disease than others. The driving force behind hostility is a cynical (愤世嫉俗) mistrust of others. If we expect others to mistreat us, we are seldom disappointed. This generates anger and leads us to respond with hostility. The most characteristic attitude of a cynic is being suspicious of the motives of 107淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 people he doesn’t know. Imagine you are waiting for an elevator and it stops two floors above for longer than usual. How inconsiderate (不替别人着想的) You think. In a few seconds, you have drawn hostileconclusions about unseen peopleand their motives. Meanwhile, your cynical mistrust is leading to noticeable physical consequences. Your voice rises. The rate and depth of your breathing increases. Your heart is beating faster and harder, and the muscles of your arms and legs become tight.You feel “charged up”,ready for action. If you frequently experience these feelings, you may be at increased risk of developing serious health problems.Anger can add totherisk ofheart and otherdiseases. 31. According tothe author,people withtrusting hearts are ________. A)usually intelligent and wise B) usually very religious C)less likelyto get heart diseases D)not likely to bemistreated byothers 32. The book by Meyer Friedman and Ray H. Rosenman most probably discusses ________. A)friendliness and hostility B) trustand mistrustofpeople C)heart diseases and death rate D)people’s characters andtheirblood types 33. According to the passage, if you have a fixed idea in mind that people will mistreat you, you willalways find it________. A)tobedisappointing B) tobe pleasing C)tobe wrong D)tobeso 34. Acynic, in thepassage, is aperson ________. A)who is always ready to fight B) who usually has doubts about thepeople around him C)whosebehaviour usually leads toserious health problems D)whose behaviour usually seems strangeto thepeople he knows 35. Theauthor’s intention inwriting thepassage isto ________. A)advise peopleto be patient B) analyze thedanger ofheart diseases 108淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)persuade people to betrustful D)praise thewisdom oftheold people PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. “Time is a problem for kids,” states a news report for a new Swiss watch. Children in some countries “learn time slowly” because “they don’t wear watches” and “parents don’t really know how to teach them time”. The kids grow up with this handicap and become adults—and then can’t get to work on time. Is there an answer to this problem? ofcourse—it’s theFlik Flak, made byafamous Swisswatch company. The Flik Flak is being marketed as something teaching watch for children aged 4 to 10. The watch itself does not teach kids how to tell time, of course it merely “captures their imagination” by presenting the “hour” hand as a beautiful red girl named Flak and the “minute” hand as a tall blue boy named Flik. Flik points to corresponding “blue“ minutes on the dial, while Flak points to red hour numbers. The characters and the colors combined with parental help, are supposed to teach young children how to tell time. The watch comes equipped with a standard battery and a nylon band. Peter Lipkin, the United States sales manager for the Flik Flak, calls it Kidproof: if it gets dirty you can throw the whole watch in the washing machine.” The product is being sold in select department stores in Europe, Asia and the United States for a suggested price of $25. Parents who buy the watch may discover that it is one thing for kids to tell time; it’s quite anotherfor them to beontime. 36. From thenews report weknow that ________. A)parents are patient when teaching children time B) parents havelittle ideaofhowto teach children time C)children tend tolearn timequickly D)children enjoy wearing theFlik Flak watch 37. Theauthor doesn’t seem to believe________. A)children willbe ontimeifthey havelearnt howto tell time B) aFlik Flak can help parents teach theirchildren howto telltime C)theFlik Flak can capture children’s imagination D)children usually havetrouble tellingtimeifthey don’t wear watches 38. Theword “handicap”(Para. 1,Line4) means ________. A)displeasure B) discouragement C)disappointment 109淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)disadvantage 39. Flik andFlak in thepassage stand for ________. A)a tallboyand abeautiful girl B) theminutehand andthe hourhand C)theSwisswatch company D)thedesigners ofthe watch 40. TheUnited States sales manager calls thenew watch kidproofbecause ________. A)it isdesigned to teach children tobe ontime B) itproves to beeffective in teaching children time C)itis made soas not tobe easily damaged bychildren D)it isthe children’s favourite watch Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A)，B)，C), andD). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecentre. 41. Ican’t understand howyou ________theseunpleasant surroundings. A)put out B) putdown C)putupwith D)put forward 42. ________ you decide totake upyou should try to makeit asuccess. A)Whatever B) Unless C)Whenever D)If only 43. If Harry did not attend the conference last night, he ________too much work to do. A)must have had B) musthave C)had had D)had tohave had 44. John often attends public lectures at the University of Oxford, chiefly ________ his 110淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 English. A)toimprove B) improving C)tohave improved D)improved 45. It was suggested at the meeting that effective measures ________ to solve the problem. A)were taken B) betaken C)mustbe taken D)take 46. Iam ________of your stupidconversation. A)annoyed B) worried C)angry D)tired 47. They are building thedam in ________withanother firm. A)comparison B) association C)touch D)tune 48. Most parents encourage their children to take an active part in social events, ________ thoseevents donot interfere withtheir studies. A)lest B) though C)unless D)provided 49. Orlando, a city inFlorida, ________ for itsmain attraction, MagicKingdom. A)which iswell known B) is well known C)well known D)being well known 111淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 50. Heis ________awriter as a reporter. A)more B) rather C)notso much D)not much 51. Jimis sorry ________soimpolite to your guest lastSaturday. A)tobe B) having been C)being D)tohave been 52. I suppose that when I come back in ten years’ time all these old houses ________ down. A)will have beenpulled B) willhave pulled C)willbe pulling D)will bepulled 53. To be sure, some insects can build complex societies ________ different types of individualsperforming different tasks. A)taken from B) madeof C)composed of D)developed from 54. The students will put off the outing until next week, ________ they won’t be so busy. A)when B) as C)since D)while 55. I have not found my book yet; in fact, I am not sure ________ I could have done withit. A)whether B) why C)what 112淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)when 56. If you do not fasten your safety belt, your chances of being ________ will be greater. A)beaten B) hurt C)damaged D)stricken 57. “________” formany years, thewriter suddenly became famous. A)Having ignored him B)Tobe ignored C)Tohave been ignored D)Having beenignored 58. Thisbird’s large wings ________it to fly very fast. A)able B) enable C)unsure D)cause 59. Thepicture exhibitionbored meto death. I wish I________to it. A)have not gone B) didnot go C)had not gone D)should not have gone 60. Idon’t swim not, butI ________when I was a kid. A)used toit B) usedto doing it C)usedto D)used todo 61. Ifound my daughter sittingin thekitchen, crying ________. A)strongly B) bitterly C)heavily D)deeply 113淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 62. Youare getting tooold for football.You’dbetter________tennis instead. A)take in B) takeup C)takefor D)take over 63. When the two young people were married, the ceremony was anything ________ up todata. A)but B) beside C)except D)apart from 64. Hedidn’tmention anything about theparty,________the date. A)either even B) even nor C)even neither D)not even 65. After being rescued from the air crash, the people agreed that they had much to ________. A)thank B) bethanked C)bethankful D)be thankful for 66. This new method not only saves time but also saves energy ________ operating on two batteries instead tofour. A)in B) on C)by D)for 67. What________to himis whether the joballows him to pursuehis studies. A)matters B) refers C)happens D)applies 114淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 68. He said that very clearly so that nobody was in any ________ about what was meant. A)doubt B) wonder C)question D)consideration 69. It ispredicted that heavy rains are ________to flood thearea inafew days. A)frightening B) threatening C)scattering D)warning 70. In most of the United States, the morning newspaper is ________ by school age children. A)directed B) discharged C)derived D)delivered Part IVClose(15 minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A)，B)，C), and D) onthe right side of thepaper.You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on, the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. When television first began to expand, very few of the people who had become famous as __71__ announcers were able to be equally effective __72__ television. Some of the difficulties they experienced when they were trying to __73__ themselves to the new medium were technical. When __74__ on radio, for example, they had become __75__ to seeing on behalf of the listener. This art of seeing for others __76__ that the announcer has to be very good __77__ talking. Above all, he has to be able to __78__ a continuous sequence (序列) of visual (视觉的) images which add meaning __79__ the round the listener hears. In the __80__ of television, however, the announcer sees __81__ with the viewer. His duty, __82__, is completely different. He is there to make __83__ that the viewer does not __84__ any point of interest, to help him focus __85__ particular things, and to help him __86__ the images on the television screen. __87__ his radio colleague, he must know the __88__ of silence and how to use it at those __89__ when the pictures speak for__90__. 115淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 71. A)television B) advertisement C)radio D)newspaper 72. A)of B) in C)at D)on 73. A)adopt B) adjust C)alter D)adapt 74. A)working B) listening C)appearing D)showing 75. A)practised B) experienced C)determined D)used 76. A)guarantees B) means C)convinces D)warns 77. A)at B) with C)in D)of 78. A)reflect B) create C)cause 116淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)affect 79. A)to B) in C)on D)about 80. A)occasion B) matter C)example D)case 81. A)something B) everything C)nothing D)anything 82. A)moreover B) therefore C)furthermore D)nevertheless 83. A)clear B) definite C)sure D)easy 84. A)miss B) ignore C)drop D)catch 85. A)to B) at C)in D)on 86. A)reveal B) expose 117淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)understand D)translate 87. A)Unlike B) Besides C)Like D)As 88. A)price B) cost C)value D)worth 89. A)minutes B) periods C)times D)moments 90. A)them B) him C)themselves D)himself PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition in no less than 100 words, on the topic: Is Failure a Bad Thing? Your composition should bebased onthefollowing outline(give inChinese) 1. 失败是常有的事? 2. 人们对失败有各种不同的态度。 3. 我对失败的态度。 You should write your composition in three paragraphs. Remember to write your compositionin readable handwriting ontheright sideofthis sheet. IsFailureaBadThing? 118淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1992年1月四级参考答案 Part IListeningComprehension 1. B 2. D 3. A 4. A 5. D 6. B 7. C 8. C 9. B 10. B 11. C 12. A 13. C 14. A 15. D 16. D 17. D 18. C 19. A 20. B Part II Reading Comprehension 21. D 22. B 23. A 24. B 25. C 26. A 27. B 28. C 29. C 30. D 31. C 32. D 33. D 34. C 35. C 36. B 37. A 38. D 39. B 40. C Part IIIVocabulary andStructure 41. C 42. A 43. A 44. A 45. B 46. D 47. B 48. D 49. B 50. C 51. D 52. A 53. C 54. A 55. C 56. B 57. D 58. B 59. C 60. C 61. B 62. B 63. A 64. D 65. D 66. C 67. A 68. A 69. B 70. D Part IVClose 71. C 72. D 73. B 74. A 75. D 76. B 77. A 78. B 79. A 80. D 81. B 82. B 83. C 84. A 85. D 86. C 87. A 88. C 89. D 90. C PartVWriting(略) 119淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1992年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA 1. A)The man should stay alittle longer. B)Theman should leave at once. C)Theman will miss thetrain. D)The man musttry to catch thelast train. 2. A)Walking. B) Boating. C)Shopping. D)Driving. 3. A)Twenty minutes. B)Twenty-fiveminutes. C)Fifty minutes. D)Fifty-five minutes. 4. A)Go and buyanew dress. B)Try to get sometickets. C)Go and see aperformance. D)Do some sewing at home. 5. A)Do thework for thewoman. B)Takecare ofthe woman. C)Worktogether with thewoman. D)Drive thewoman home. 6. A)The man is showing thewoman round thecity. B)Thewoman is askingthe way. C)Theman is a stranger to thecity. D)The two persons are talkingabout sendingletters. 7. A)Buying acar costs too much. B) Driving lessons are too expensive. 120淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Takingthebus is moreconvenient. D)Driving is too dangerous. 8. A)By twelve o’clock. B) By threeo’clock. C)By nineo’clock. D)By two o’clock. 9. A)Sheis going tosee her unclethere. B) Shehas arelative who oncelived there. C)Shewillvisitthe city soon. D)Sheused tohave an apartment there. 10. A)7:30 B) 8:00 C)8:30 D)7:00 Section B PassageOne Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)In green forests. B) In theNorth Poleregion. C)In thePacific Ocean. D)In dry deserts. 12. A)Snakes likewarmth. B) Snakes liketo stay in thesun. C)Snakes are usedto extra-hotweather. D)Snakes are good swimmers. 13. A)They are unintelligent. B)They are not very intelligent. C)They are fairly intelligent. D)They are very intelligent. PassageTwo 121淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)He was talking to apoliceman. B) Hewas making aphone call. C)Hewas watching a film. D)He was shopping. 15. A)Her beautiful figure. B) Her unusual height. C)Her attractive manners. D)Her fashionable handbag. 16. A)He was arrested bythepolice. B) Hewas only making ajoke. C)Hehad taken the woman’sbag bymistake. D)He was acting in afilm. PassageThree Questions18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)6million dollars. B) 25million dollars. C)70million dollars. D)400million dollars. 18. A)An engine room. B)Abig kitchen. C)Ahigh building. D)Agreat theatre. 19. A)More than 200. B) Morethan 300. C)Morethan 400. D)More than 600. 20. A)The giant jet willbe forced to land. B)Thegiant jet will crash. C)Themechanical pilotswill dothejob. 122淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)The engines ofthegiant jet willstop working. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Looking back on my childhood, I am convinced that naturalists are born and not made. Although we were all brought up in the same way, my brothers and sisters soon abandoned their pressed flowers and insects. Unlike them, I had no ear for music and languages. I was not an early reader and I couldnot domental arithmetic. Before world I we spent our summer holidays in Hungary. I have only the dim memory of the house we lived in, of my room and my toys. Nor do I recall clearly the large family of grandparents, aunts, uncles and cousins who gathered next door. But I do have a crystal-clear memory of the dogs, the farm animals, the local birds and, above all theinsects. I am a naturalist, not a scientist. I have a strong love of the natural world, and my enthusiasm has led me into varied investigations. I love discussing my favorite topics and enjoy burning the midnight oil while reading about other people’s observations and discoveries. Then something happens that brings these observations together in my conscious mind. Suddenly you fancy you see the answer to the riddle (谜), because it all seems to fit together. This has resulted in my publishing 300 papers and books, which somemight honourwith thetitleofscientific research. But curiosity, a keen eye, a good memory and enjoyment of the animal and plant world do not make a scientist: one of the outstanding and essential qualities require is self-discipline, quality I lack. Ascientist requires not only self-discipline but all training, determination and a goal. A scientist, up to a point, can be made. A naturalist is born. If you can combinethetwo, you get thebest of both worlds. 21. Thefirst paragraph tells us that theauthor________. A)was born to anaturalist’s family B) losthis hearing when he was a child C)didn’t likehisbrothers and sisters D)was interested inflowers and insects in hischildhood 22. Theauthor can’t remember his relatives clearly because ________. A)he didn’t livevery longwith them B) hewas fully occupied withobserving nature C)hewas tooyoung when helived with them D)thefamily was extremely large 123淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 23. It can be inferred from thepassage that theauthorwas ________. A)nomore thanaborn naturalist B) anaturalist but not ascientist C)ascientist as well as anaturalist D)first of all ascientist 24. The author says that he is a naturalist rather than a scientist probably because he thinkshe ________. A)lacks someofthequalities required ofa scientist B) has agreat deal oftroubledoingmental arithmetic C)justreads about other people’s observations and discoveries D)comes upwith solutionsina mostnatural way 25. According tothe author,aborn naturalist shouldfirst ofall be________. A)full ofambition B) full ofenthusiasm C)knowledgeable D)self-disciplined PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. Sporting activities are essentially modified forms of hunting behaviour. Viewed biologically, the modern footballer is in reality a member of a hunting group. His killing weapon has turned into a harmless football and his prey (猎物) into a goalmouth. If his aimis accurate and hescores agoal, he enjoys thehunter’s triumph ofkillinghis prey. To understand how this transformation has taken place we must briefly look back at our forefathers. They spent over a million years evolving (进化) as cooperative hunters. Their very survival depended on success in the hunting-field. Under this pressure their whole way of life, even their bodies, became greatly changed. They became chasers, runners, jumpers, aimers, throwers and prey-killers. They cooperated as skillful male-group attackers. Then about ten thousand years ago, after this immensely long period of hunting their food, they became farmers. Their improved intelligence, so vital to their old hunting life, was put to a new use—that of controlling and domesticating their prey. The hunt became suddenly out of date. The food was there on the farms, awaiting their needs. The risks and uncertainties ofthehunt were nolonger essential for survival. The skills and thirst for hunting remained, however, and demanded new outlets. Hunting for sport replaced hunting for necessity. This new activity involved all the original hunting sequencer but the aim of the operation was no longer to avoid starvation. Instead the sportsmen set off to test their skill against prey that were no longer essential 124淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 to their survival, to be sure, the kill may have been eaten, but there were other, much simplerways of obtaininga meaty meal. 26. Theauthor believes that sporting activities ________. A)are forms ofbiological development B) are essentially forms oftaming theprey C)have actually developed from hunting D)have changed the ways ofhunting 27. For overa millionyears, ourforefathers were basically ________. A)any memberof theopposing team B) thegoal-mouth C)thegoal keeper D)thefootball 28. For overa millionyears, ourforegathers were basically ________. A)co-operating hunters, B) successful farmers C)runners and jumpers D)skillful sportsmen 29. Theword “operation”(Para. 4, Line 4)refers to________. A)domesticating animals B) hunting C)prey killing D)sports activities 30. Whichofthe following best summarizes the main ideaofthe passage? A)It is farming that gives humanbeings enoughleisure timefor sporting activities. B) Farming is very important in human civilization because it saves human beings from risks and uncertainties of huntingfor survival. C) It is hunting that provides human beings with much simpler ways of obtaining meaty meals. D) Sporting activities satisfy the desire of modern man to exercise hunting skills which his forefathers developed for survival. PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassages. 125淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 The world is known to us through many senses, not just hearing, smell, vision, and at closerange, touch and taste. Our skins let us know whether the air is moist or dry, whether surfaces are wet without being sticky or slippery. From the uniformity of slight pressure, we can be aware how deeply a finger is thrust into water at body temperature, even if the finger is enclosed in a rubber glove that keeps the skin completely dry. Many other animals, with highly sensitive skins, appear to be able to learn still more about their environment. Often they doso withoutemploying any ofthe fivesenses. By observing the capabilities of other members of the animal kingdom, we come to realise that a human being has far more possibilities than are utilised. We neglect ever so many of our senses in concentrating on the five major ones. At the same time, a comparison between animals and man draws attention to the limitations of each sense. The part of the spectrum (光谱) seen by colour-conscious man as red is non-existent for honey-bees. But a bee can see far more in flowers than we, because the ultra-violet (紫外 线) to which our eyes are blind is a stimulating (刺激的) part of the insect’s spectrum, and, for honey-bees at least, constitutesa separatecolour. 31. From thepassage, we realisethat ________. A)man possesses as many senses as animals B) man possesses a few moresenses than animals C)man possesses far more senses than thefivemajorones D)man has fully utilised his senses 32. Whichofthe following isTRUE? A)The honey-beeis blindto red. B) Manis morecolour-conscious than thehoney-bee. C)Thehoney-bee can seefar more colours than man. D)Man issensitivetotheultra-violet. 33. Wecan realisehowdeeply afinger is put intowater at bodytemperature ________. A)from thesenseof direct touch B) through skincontact C)from theeven distributionof pressure D)through the difference in temperature 34. Thephrase “sensitiveskins”(Para. 2Line 6)mostprobably means ________. A)skins that are sticky orslippery B) skinsthat are delicate C)skinsthat are completely dry D)skins that are quick tofeel and respond 126淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 35. Whatis themain idea ofthepassage? A)Allsenses have theirlimitations. B) Manhas not fully utilized all his senses. C)Insects are moresensitivetocolours than man. D)Man isnot as good as animals inlearning about theenvironment. PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. America is a country on the move. In unheard-of numbers, people of all ages are exercising their way to better health. According to the latest figures, 59 percent of American adults exercise regularly-up 12 percent from just two years ago and more than double the figure of 25 years ago. Even non-exercisers believe they would be more attractive and confident ifthey were more active. It is hard not to get the message. The virtues of physical fitness are shown on magazine covers, postage stamps, and television ads for everything from beauty soaps to travel books. Exercise as a part of daily life did not catch on until the late 1960s when research by military doctors began to show the health benefits of doing regular physical exercises. Growing publicity(宣传) for races held inAmerican cities helped fuel a strong interest in the ancient sport of running. Although running has leveled off in recent years as Americans have discovered equally rewarding-and sometimes safer-forms of exercise, such as walking and swimming, running, remaining themostpopular form of exercise. As the popularity of exercise continues to mount, so does scientific evidence of its health benefits. The key to fitness is exercising the major muscle groups vigorously (强 有力的) enough to approximately double the heart rate and keep it doubled for 20 to 30 minutes at a time. Doing such physical exercises three times or more a week will produce considerableimprovements inphysical health inabout three months. 36. According to the passage, what was the percentage ofAmerican adults doing regular physical exercises two years ago? A)About 70% B)Almost 50% C)Nearly 60% D)More than 12% 37. Agrowing interest in sports developed after ________. A)research showed theirhealth benefits B) peoplegot themessage from magazinecovers andpostagestamps C)scientificevidence ofhealth benefits was shown onTVads D)an increasing numberof races were held inAmerican cities 127淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 38. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the phrase “leveled off” (Para. 2, Line 8)? A)“become verypopular” B) “stopped being popular” C)“stopped increasing in popularity” D)“reached its lowest level inpopularity” 39. It can be learnt from thepassage that thehealth benefits ofexercise ________. A)are yet tobe proved B) are to befurther studied C)are self-evident D)are supported byscientificevidence 40. Whichofthe following would bethebestTITLE for thepassage? A)Exercise-The Road toHealth. B) Different Forms ofExercise. C)ScientificEvidence ofHealth Benefits. D)RunningAPopularForm ofSport. Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) 41. Language has always been—as the phrase goes—the mirror to society. English is no ________. A)explanation B) excuse C)exception D)expectation 42. An investigation was made intotheaccident, ________fifty peoplewere killed. A)for that B) where C)when D)inwhich 43. Someconfusion has ________about who can join theassociation. A)arisen B) lifted C)raised 128淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)retained 44. It was unwiseof him to________theunreliable data inhis speech. A)add to B) referto C)keep to D)point to 45. The money will be used to keep a space vehicle on the moon busy ________ back totheearth photographs and other information about thesurface ofthemoon. A)tosend B) being sent C)tobe sent D)sending 46. The ceremony was not for the ________ of the dead, but for the comfort of the living. A)purpose B) sake C)respect D)impression 47. Even ifIhad known her address, I________timetowrite to her. A)can not have had B) willnot have had C)mustnot have had D)might nothave had 48. It suddenly occurred to Anne that money couldn’t ________ all that Bob had suffered in thepast fiveyears. A)make upfor B) makeout C)liveupto D)livethrough 49. Ithink theRedTeam willwin thefinal game; it’s ________that theywill. A)almost surely B) rather possibly C)very likely 129淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)quitecertainly 50. Televisionwas not invented byany oneperson.________intobeing overnight. A)Nor has it sprung B) Nordoes itspring C)Nordidit spring D)Nor can itspring 51. Sheaccused theman________ breaking into her house. A)of B) for C)at D)with 52. He often stopped at the sound of his own steps and was afraid to look ________ shoulder. A)over B) back C)round D)beyond 53. Go straight intothecave and find out what’s inthere, ________? A)don’t you B) doyou C)willyou D)can you 54. Thepersons that havethe greatest influence ________children are theirteachers. A)in B) on C)for D)to 55. Cambridge has announced plans to establish a business school ________ the master’s degree in business administration. A)representing B) presenting C)offering 130淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)supplying 56. Many Europeans ________thecontinent ofAfrica inthe19thcentury. A)exploded B) explored C)exposed D)expanded 57. Thepoliceare ________therecords ofall thoseinvolved inthecrime. A)looking into B) lookingafter C)lookingout D)looking on 58. Building that railway was very difficultand involved ________ten tunnels. A)dig B) having dug C)tohave dug D)digging 59. ________ withthepicture. Mary toreit to pieces. A)Dissatisfying thoroughly B) Being thoroughly dissatisfied C)Todissatisfy thoroughly D)Tobe thoroughly dissatisfied 60. ________ you are familiar with the author’s ideas, try reading all the sections as quicklyas you possiblycan. A)As long as B) Ever since C)Sothat D)Now that 61. ________ its hot sun and beautiful beaches. Hawaii is a fine place to live in or to visit. A)As B)With C)From 131淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)For 62. Bob’s leggot hurt ________thePurpleMountains. A)whilehe is climbingup B) whilewe were climbingup C)whilewe climbed up D)whilehe climbed up 63. There are certain ________ when you must interrupt people who are in the middle ofdoing something. A)conditions B) situations C)occasions D)environments 64. The time is not far away ________ modern communications will become widespread in China’s vast countryside. A)when B) as C)until D)before 65. It was proposed that thematter________discussed at thenextmeeting. A)will be B) has C)be D)would be 66. Hedidn’tgo to theparty,but hedoes wish he________there. A)would be B) has been C)would have been D)had been 67. Pickmeupat 8o’clock. I________my bathbythen. A)may have B) willbe having C)can havehad 132淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)will have had 68. Shewas so angry that shefelt like________something at him. A)tothrow B) tohave thrown C)throwing D)having thrown 69. Youshould hirea more________manager thantheone you currently have. A)sufficient B) effective C)respective D)efficient 70. Pupilswho pass the testwill be________to thenextgrade. A)promoted B) proceeded C)progressed D)proposed Part IVClose(15 minutes) What do we mean by a perfect English pronunciation? In one __71__ there are as many different kinds of English as there are speakers of it. __72__ two speakers speak in exactly the same __73__, we can always hear differences __74__ them, and the pronunciation of English __75__ a great deal in different geographical __76__ How do we decide what sort of English to use as a __77__ This is not a question that can be __78__ in the same. Way for all foreign learners of English __79__ you live in a part of the world, __80__ India or West Africa, where there is a long __81__ of speaking English for general communication purposes, you should __82__ to acquire a good variety of the pronunciation of this area. It would be a __83__ in these circumstances to use as a model BBC English or __84__ of the sort. On the other hand, if you live in a country __85__ there is no traditional use of English, you must take __86__ your model some form of __87__ English pronunciation. It does not __88__ very much which form you choose. The most __89__ way is to take as your model the tort of English you can __90__mostoften. 71. A)meaning B) case C)sense D)situation 133淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 72. A)Not B) None C)No D)Nor 73. A)way B) form C)sort D)type 74. A)from B) among C)of D)between 75. A)varies B) changes C)shifts D)alters 76. A)parts B) areas C)countries D)spaces 77. A)direction B) model C)symbol D)guide 78. A)given B) responded C)answered D)satisfied 79. A)Because B)When C)Whether 134淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)If 80. A)like B) in C)as D)near 81. A)tradition B) use C)custom D)habit 82. A)propose B) aim C)select D)tend 83. A)fashion B) nonsense C)mistake D)possibility 84. A)everything B) nothing C)things D)anything 85. A)that B) where C)which D)wherever 86. A)as B) with C)on D)to 87. A)practical B) domestic 135淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)new D)native 88. A)care B) affect C)matter D)trouble 89. A)sensitive B) effective C)ordinary D)careful 90. A)listen B) find C)notice D)hear PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition based on, thefollowing twoquestions: 1. 你在英语学习中有哪些困难? 2. 你是如何克服这些困难的? Your composition should be no less than 100 words. Write this composition on the Answer Sheet. Remember towrite itclearly. HowI Overcame my Difficulties inLearning English 1361992年6月四级参考答案 137/788 1992年6月四级参考答案 Part IListeningComprehension 1. B 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. D 7. C 8. D 9. A 10. D 11. D 12. B 13. D 14. A 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. C 19. C 20. A Part II Reading Comprehension 21. A 22. D 23. C 24. B 25. D 26. B 27. C 28. B 29. B 30. D 31. A 32. B 33. D 34. A 35. C 36. C 37. A 38. D 39. C 40. B Part IIIVocabulary andStructure 41. D 42. A 43. D 44. A 45. B 46. C 47. C 48. C 49. B 50. A 51. C 52. C 53. B 54. D 55. B 56. D 57. C 58. B 59. C 60. A 61. D 62. D 63. A 64. B 65. D 66. A 67. A 68. B 69. C 70. C Part IVClose 71. B 72. B 73. D 74. A 75. B 76. A 77. D 78. D 79. C 80. C 81. C 82. D 83. A 84. C 85. A 86. D 87. C 88. D 89. A 90. B 137淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1993年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA 1. A)Go over thelist. B) Do someshopping. C)List everything her friend needs. D)Go for anouting. 2. A)The man did mostof thetalking. B)Theman and thewoman robbed thebank. C)Thewoman was wearing a black sweater. D)The man and thewoman had dark hair. 3. A)The traffic. B)Theweather. C)Their health. D)Their time-table. 4. A)John missed atest. B) John has kept his job. C)John has stolen acar. D)John was called a thief. 5. A)TobuyFrank anew car. B)TodriveFrank’scar. C)Tohelp Frank sell his car. D)Tohelp Frank repair his car. 6. A)English. B) Englishand Education. C)Education. D)Neither English norEducation. 7. A)As big as sheexpected. B) Muchbigger than sheexpected. 138淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Not as big as sheexpected. D)So smallthat she isnot satisfied. 8. A)The rent is too high. B) Hecan’t afford thehigh taxes. C)Hedoesn’t want to livein thesuburbs. D)It’s too far away from his office. 9. A)No. He has tofinish hishomework. B) No. He doesn’t likegoing to theclub. C)Yes. He’llgo after he finished hishomework. D)Yes.He’llwrite his paper after hereturns. 10. A)Because Maria doesn’t likefootball. B) Because Maria fell ill. C)Because hedidn’t havethetime. D)Because he can’t stand football. Section B PassageOne Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)His friend bought them forhim. B) Hebought them himself. C)Hebooked them quiteawhileago. D)He got them free ofcharge. 12. A)Her husband was taking her outto thetheater. B) Her husbandhad got her ajob inhis office. C)Her husbandwas going to buyher somenice gifts. D)Her husbandhad found his lostmoney. 13. A)He had lost thetickets forthe theater. B) Hehad losthis briefcase. C)Hehad left his briefcase at home. D)He had left theticket in theoffice. PassageTwo 139淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)Lack ofelectricity. B) Shortageof books. C)Lack ofclean water. D)Shortage ofexperts. 15. A)Asystem which trains doctors. B)Agroup ofexperts who can provide professional advice. C)Acomputer program which can provide professional advice. D)Asystem which trains computerexperts. 16. A)It is not easy tosee theshortage ofexperts inthevillages. B) Many doctors and engineers are sent to the villages to make up for the shortage ofexperts. C)Expertmedical systems are widely used in developing countries. D)Expert systems are owned bywealthy farmers and businessmen. PassageThree Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)Tolearn Spanish. B)Totourthecity. C)Tosee theancient art. D)Tovisit friends. 18. A)By taxi. B) By bus. C)By subway. D)By foot. 19. A)He got lost. B)Ataxiwas faster. C)Helost hismap. D)The policeman advised him to. 20. A)He was greatly disappointed. B) Hewas pleased to get there finally. C)Hewas pleased with hisknowledge ofSpanish. 140淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)He was at aloss about what to do. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. With fifteen years Britain and other nations should be well on with the building of huge industrial complexes for the recycling of waste. The word rubbish could lose its meaning because everything which goes into the dumps (垃圾堆) would be made into something useful. Even the most dangerous and unpleasant wastes would provide energy ifnothingelse. The latest project is to take a city of around half a million inhabitants and discover exactly what raw materials go into it and what go out. The aim is to find out how much of these raw materials could be provided if a plant for recycling waste were built just outside the city. This plant would recycle not only metal such as steel, lead and copper, butalso paper andrubber as well. Another new project is being set up to discover the best ways of sorting and separating the rubbish. When this project is complete, the rubbish will be processed like this: First, it will pass through sharp metal bas which will tear open the plastic bags in which rubbish is usually packed; then it will pass through a powerful fan to separate the lightest elements from the heavy solids; after that grounders and rollers will break up everything that can be broken. Finally,the rubbish will pass under magnets (磁铁), which will remove the bits of iron and steel; the rubber and plastic will then be sorted out in the final stage. The first full-scale giant recycling plants are perhaps fifteen years away. Indeed, with the growing cost of transporting rubbish to more distant dumps, some big cities will beforced to build theirown recycling plants before long. 21. Thephrase “bewell onwith...”(Para. 1,Line 1)mostprobably means ________. A)have completed what was started B) get ready to start C)have achieved agreat deal in D)put an end to 22. Whatis NOTmentioned as a part oftherecycling process described inParagraph 3? A)Breaking upwhatever is breakable. B) Sharpening metal bars. C)Separatinglight elements from the heavy ones. D)Sorting outsmall pieces ofmetal. 23. What’s themain reason for bigcities tobuild theirownrecycling plants? 141淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)Todeal with wastes inbetter way. B)Toprotect theenvironment from pollution. C)Toget raw materials locally. D)Toget bigprofits from thoseplants. 24. Thefirst full-scale huge recyclingplants ________. A)began to operate fifteen years ago B) willprobably takeless than fifteen years tobuild C)willbe builtfifteen years later D)will probably be inoperation in fifteen years 25. Thepassage is mainly about ________. A)a cheap way toget energy B) thelocation ofrecycling plants C)newways ofrecycling wastes D)theprobably ofcity environment PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. By 1970, according to a World Wildlife Fund report, only about 4,500 tigers survived throughout the world-half of them in India. Mr. Foresters, who followed and counted tiger footprints, estimated that in May 1972 only about 1,800 tigers existed in India. Project Tiger Supported by W. W. F. was immediately launched. Nine tiger reserves were created, with armed guards protecting them. The project provided opportunities for researchers from India and abroad to study tigers in the reserves and gather previously unavailable information about their habits. Studies show that a male tiger may control a hunting territory of between 10 and 20 sq.kms, depending on its age, size and strength. The territory of male includes the smaller territories of three or four tigresses. A tiger marks the boundaries of its territories by spraying urine (尿) and other bodily liquids on bushes. But it tries to avoid territorial fights, being guided by the distinctive body smell of other tigers. Tigers fight to death only when a tigress is defending her young, or when a tiger is guarding a tigress from the attentions ofothermales. The popular image of the tiger is that of a merciless and unconquerable hunter. But studiesshow that itcatches only one of20victims (牺牲品) ittries toattack. Fears have recently developed that Project Tiger has been too successful. It has enabled the tiger population to double (by mid-80s), but India’s human population has also grown out of control. Currently it is 750 million and likely to be 900 million by the end of the century. Land problem is becoming serious and many rural people feel bitter about the fact that some rich forests are reserved for tigers.Agrowing number of attacks 142淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 bytigers onman has added to thehostility(敌意). 26. Theultimateaim ofProjectTiger isto________. A)study thegrowth rate of tigers B) protect tigers from being killed C)promotethebreeding ofyoung tigers D)analyze thebehavioral patterns of tigers 27. Studieshave shown that ________. A)a tigress never attacks until attacked B) thetigress is notas fierce as thetigers C)atiger usually fights another tiger to defend its own territory D)thetiger isnot an efficient hunteras iscommonly described 28. According tothe passage, atiger’s territory ________. A)remains unchanged B) is often defended bytigresses C)expandsas thetiger grows up D)is thecause of mostfights 29. Somepeople are afraid that ProjectTiger ________. A)has been carried toofar B) has not received enough attention C)has failed toachieve itsgoal D)is not worth themoney spent onit 30. Theauthor seems ________. A)tobeenthusiastic about ProjectTiger B) tohave a matter-of-fact attitudetowards ProjectTiger C)tohave a hostileattitudetowards ProjectTiger D)tobesatisfied withProjectTiger PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. In only two decades Asian Americans have become the fastest-growing U.S. minority (少数民族).As their children began moving up through the nation’s schools, it became clear that a new class of academic achievers was emerging. Their achievements are reflected in the nation’s best universities, where mathematics, science and 143淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 engineering departments have taken on a decidedly Asian character. This special liking for mathematics and science is partly explained by the fact thatAsian-American students who began their educations abroad arrived in the U.S. with a solid grounding in mathematics but little or no knowledge of English. They are also influenced by the promise of a good job after college. Asians feel there will be less unfair treatment in areas like mathematics and science because they will be judged more objectively. And the return on the investment in education is more immediate in something like engineering than with an arts degree. MostAsian-American students owe their success to the influence of parents who are determined that their children take full advantage of what the American educational system has to offer. An effective measure of parental attention is homework. Asian parents spend more time with their children than American parents do, and it helps. Many researchers also believe there is something in Asian Culture that breeds success, such ideals that stress family values and emphasizeeducation. Both explanations for academic success worry Asian Americans because of fears that they feed a typical racial (种族的) image. Many can remember when Chinese, Japanese and Filipino immigrants (移民) were the victims of social isolation. Indeed, it was not until 1952 that laws were laid down giving all Asian immigrants the right to citizenship. 31. While making tremendous achievements at college, Asian-American students ________. A)feel they are mistreated because of limited knowledge ofEnglish B) are afraid that theiracademic successes bear astrongAsian character C)stillworry about unfair treatment in society D)generally feel it ashameto have to depend ontheirparents 32. Whatare themajor factors that determine thesuccess ofAsianAmericans? A)Asolidfoundation in basicmathematics andAsianAmericans? B) Hard work and intelligence. C)Parental help and alimited knowledgeof English. D)Asian culture and theAmerican educational system. 33. FewAsian-American students majorin human sciences mainlybecause ________. A)their English is not good enough B) they are afraid they might meet with unfair judgement inthese areas C)there isa widedifferencebetweenAsian andWestern cultures D)they know littleaboutAmerican cultures andWestern cultures 34. Whydothetwo “explanations”(Para. 3,Line1) worryAsianAmericans? A) They are afraid that they would again be isolated from American society in 144淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 general. B) Peoplewould thinkthatAsian students rely ontheir parents for success. C)AsianAmerican would be athreat to other minorities. D)American academic achievements have taken ontoo strong anAsian character. 35. Theauthor’s tonein thispassage is________. A)sympathetic B) doubtful C)critical D)objective PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. Like fine food, good writing is something we approach with pleasure and enjoy from the first taste to the last. And good writers, good cooks, do not suddenly appear full-blown. Quite the contrary, just as the cook has to undergo an intensive training, mastering the skills of his trade, the writer must sit at his desk and devote long hours to achieving a style in his writing, whatever its purpose-schoolwork, matters of business, or purely social communication. You may be sure that the more painstaking the effort, the moreeffective thewriting, and themorerewarding. There are still some remote places in the world where you might find a public scribe to do your business or social writing for you, for a fee. There are a few managers who are lucky enough to have the service of that rate kind of secretary who can take care of all sorts of letter writing with no more than a quick note to work from. But for most of us, if thereis any writingto be done, we have todoit ourselves. We have to write school papers, business papers or home papers. We are constantly called on to put words to paper. It would be difficult to count the number of such words, messages, letters, and reports put into the mails or delivered by hand, but the daily figure must be enormous. What is more, everyone who writes expects, or at least hopes. We want whatever we write to be read, from first word to last, not just thrown into some “letters-to-be-read” file (档案) or into a wastepaper basket. This is the reason we bend ourefforts toward learning and practicing theskillofinteresting, effectivewriting. 36. In thispassage, good writingis compared to fine foodbecause________. A)bothwriters and cooks have to work longhours every day B) bothare essential to life C)bothwriters and cooks can earn agood living D)bothare enjoyable 37. Apublic“scribe” (Para. 2,Line 1) is________. 145淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)a secretary who does your business or social writing B) amachine that does writing for you C)apublicschool where writingis taught D)a person whoears alivingbywriting forothers 38. According to the passage, some managers don’t have to do any letter writing because________. A)they rely onquick notes B) they have excellent secretaries C)they have acomputer todoit D)they prefer making phonecalls 39. According to the author, if your letter is thrown into some “letter-to-be-read” file, ________. A)it willreceive immediateattention B) itwill bedealt withbythe secretary C)itis likely tobe neglected D)it ismeant to bedelivered soon 40. Thepurpose oftheauthor inwriting this passage is ________. A)toexplainand persuade B) tocomment and criticize C)tointerest and entertain D)toargue and demonstrate Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) 41. If you smokeinanon-smoking section people________. A)have objected B) objected C)mustobject D)will object 42. There was a ________drop in support fortheUnion inthe1974election. A)delicate B) distinct C)distant D)downward 146淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 43. Thecomputer works very fast, ________data at thespeed oflight. A)having handled B) handing C)handled D)hands 44. Through out his life, Henry Moore ________ an interest in encouraging art in the cityof Leeds. A)contained B) secured C)reserved D)maintained 45. They claim that ________1,000factories closed down during theeconomic crisis. A)sufficiently B) approximately C)considerably D)properly 46. If you happen to ________ my lost papers while you’re looking for your book, pleaselet me knowat once bytelephone. A)come across B) comeup C)cometo D)properly 47. Herfluency in English gives her an advantage ________other girls for thejob. A)above B) over C)than D)with 48. It is ________ impossible to find a good educational computer program in this part ofthecountry. A)barely B) hardly C)merely D)nearly 147淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 49. Whathe toldus about theaffair simply doesn’t makeany ________. A)sense B) idea C)meaning D)significance 50. As a mother, she is too ________ towards her daughter, she should let her see more oftheworld. A)hopeful B) protective C)modest D)confident 51. “Doesn’t heknowthat it is not________?”“Yes,he does.” A)truth B) sometruth C)thetruth D)any truth 52. That tree lookedas ifit ________for along time. A)hasn’t watered B) didn’t water C)hadn’tbeen watered D)wasn’t watered 53. Hitler set out to conquer all of Europe in the belief that theGermans were themaster ________. A)race B) human C)blood D)brains 54. Ever since Picasso’s painting went on exhibit, there ________ large crowds at the museum every day. A)is B) has been C)have been D)are being 148淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 55. Don’t forget to walk thedogwhileI am away,________. A)can you B) shall you C)doyou D)will you 56. It isa pitythat we should stay at homewhen wehave ________weather. A)so fine B) suchafine C)suchfine D)so fine a 57. There were beautiful clothes ________in theshopwindows. A)spread B) displayed C)exposed D)located 58. Mr.Smithadvised us towithdraw ________. A)so that to get not involved B) so as to get not involved C)so as not toget involved D)so that not to get involved 59. ________ in a seemingly endless war, the general was forced to evaluate the situationagain. A)Sincethe lossof 50,000soldiers B) Because of50,000soldiers having lost C)Having lost over50,000soldiers D)50,000soldiers were lost 60. Knowing something as awhole isfar from knowing all its________. A)instance B) character C)items D)details 61. ________ foryour laziness, you could have finished the assignment bynow. 149淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)Had itnot been B) It were not C)Weren’t it D)Had not itbeen 62. Theministerhad his secretaries ________apress conference. A)arrange B) toarrange C)arranging D)arranged 63. Sheleft thereception early because she________get upearly thenextmorning. A)needed B) might C)usedto D)had to 64. Let’snot wait any longer,he might not ________at all. A)turn over B) turn up C)usedto D)turn down 65. Anne couldn’t concentrate ________ what she was doing while her family were watchingTV. A)to B) on C)for D)in 66. My wifesaid inher letterthat she would appreciate________from you sometime. A)tohave heard B) tohear C)having heard D)hearing 67. ________ men have learned much from thebehavior ofanimals in badlynew. A)That 150淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B)Those C)What D)Whether 68. It’snecessary ________thedictionary immediately. A)that he willreturn B) that hereturned C)that hereturn D)that he has to return 69. Franklin’s ability to learn from observations and experience ________ greatly to his success in publiclife. A)contributed B) owed C)attached D)related 70. The manager assured the customer that his complaint would be seen ________ immediately. A)to B) at C)on D)with Part IVCloze (15minutes) Customs officers at a London airport yesterday found 500,000 pounds worth of drugs which were being smuggled (走私) into Britain in boxes marked “Urgent Medical Supplies.” The __71__ might have suspected for some time __72__ drugs were being brought into the country in this way. The __73__ is believed to be the work of a __74__ international group. Four men were arrested at __75__ airport and help for questioning, __76__ it is unlikely that they are the organizers. In __77__ they declared that they were __78__ of what the boxes contained and __79__ acted in good faith in bringing __80__ into Britain. This is the third time __81__ six months that attempts have been made to smuggle __82__ goods through Customs by declaring them to __83__ medical supplies. They are frequently __84__ in special containers and a __85__ is given that they may be __86__ if they are not handled with care. “__87__ are determined to put a __88__ to this practice,” said one of the Customs officers today. “__89__ is no way these people are going to get away __90__ this any longer. We have the full co-operation of the international police who are as anxious as we are to track down the main source of supply.” 151淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 71. A)authorities B) commanders C)leaders D)directors 72. A)what B) that C)although D)when 73. A)operation B) behavior C)movement D)development 74. A)well-constructed B) well-designed C)well-composed D)well-organized 75. A)an B) some C)the D)one 76. A)but B) so C)because D)as 77. A)turn B) return C)case D)fact 78. A)unconscious B) unaware C)unfamiliar 152淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)unknown 79. A)were B) had C)have D)being 80. A)all B) it C)them D)such 81. A)of B) for C)by D)in 82. A)immoral B) criminal C)illegal D)irregular 83. A)get B) be C)become D)sell 84. A)parked B) picked C)passed D)packed 85. A)warning B) note C)symbol D)signature 86. A)harmed B) injured 153淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)damaged D)hurt 87. A)Some B)We C)They D)Those 88. A)stop B) hold C)stay D)step 89. A)It B)This C)There D)That 90. A)off B) in C)for D)with PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic Positive and NegativeAspects of Sport. You should write no less than 100 words and you should base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese)below: 1. 运动的积极因素； 2. 运动的消极因素； 3. 你的体会。 154淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1993年1月四级参考答案 Part IListeningComprehension 1. C 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. C 6. A 7. A 8. D 9. A 10. D 11. D 12. C 13. A 14. A 15. B 16. C 17. C 18. B 19. B 20. D Part II Reading Comprehension 21. B 22. B 23. A 24. C 25. C 26. B 27. D 28. C 29. A 30. B 31. C 32. D 33. B 34. A 35. D 36. D 37. D 38. B 39. C 40. A Part IIIVocabulary andStructure 41. D 42. B 43. B 44. D 45. B 46. A 47. B 48. D 49. A 50. B 51. C 52. C 53. A 54. C 55. D 56. C 57. B 58. C 59. C 60. D 61. A 62. A 63. D 64. B 65. B 66. D 67. A 68. C 69. A 70. A Part IVClose 71. A 72. B 73. A 74. D 75. C 76. A 77. D 78. B 79. B 80. C 81. D 82. C 83. B 84. D 85. A 86. C 87. B 88. A 89. C 90. D 155淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1993年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA 1. A)The pear. B)Theweather. C)Thesea food. D)The cold. 2. A)Mary has never studied mathematics. B) Mary must begood at mathematics. C)Mary enjoys learning mathematics. D)Mary probably is poorat mathematics. 3. A)George’s brother. B) George’s wife. C)George’s father. D)George’s father-in-law. 4. A)Shecan usehis car. B) Shecan borrowsomeone else’s car. C)Shemustget her car fixed. D)Shecan’t borrow his car. 5. A)At 2:35. B)At 2:45. C)At 3:00. D)At 3:15. 6. A)Tothebank. B)Tobookstore. C)Toa shoestore. D)Tothe grocer’s. 7. A)Near the station. B) In thecountry. 156淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)In thecity. D)Near herwork place. 8. A)At acigarettestore. B)At a busstation. C)At a gas station. D)AtAunt Mary’s. 9. A)From upstairs. B) From nextdoor. C)From theNelsons’house. D)From theback door. 10. A)The choice ofcourse. B)Aday course. C)An evening course. D)Their work. Section B PassageOne Questions11to14arebasedon thefollowingpassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)They haven’t reached adecision yet. B)They have decided to go hunting bears. C)They want togo hunting camping. D)They want to go exploring thecountry. 12. A)Susie. B)Tom. C)Thespeaker. D)The speaker’s husband. 13. A)They chased thebear away. B)They stayed outsidethetent and did nothing. C)They climbed upa tree. D)They put somehoney outsideforthe bear to eat. 14. A)He atethe honey. 157淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) Hedrank thebeer. C)Hechasedthe peopleaway. D)He turned things upsidedown. PassageTwo Questions15to17arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 15. A)He missedthe appointment. B) Hearrived late. C)Hewas sick. D)He was very busy. 16. A)He was busy sightseeing. B) Hecouldn’t reach Mr.Jordan’s office. C)Hedidn’twant tosee Mr.Jordan any more. D)He didn’t want to takethe troublemaking it. 17. A)The trip didn’t doany good to his health. B)Thetrip was acomplete disappointment. C)Thetrip was enjoyable butnot fruitful interms of business. D)The trip made itpossibleforhim tomeet many interesting people. PassageThree Questions18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 18. A)He lostconsciousness. B) Hewas slightly wounded. C)Hewas seriously injured. D)He was buried underan icebox. 19. A)About fourdays. B)Around eight days. C)Aday and ahalf. D)More than six days. 20. A)His father pulled him out intime. B) Heleft thearea before theearthquake. C)Hestayed in an icebox. 158淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Their houseescaped theearthquake. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Nursing at Beth Israel Hospital produces the best patient care possible. If we are to solve the nursing shortage (不足), hospital administration and doctors everywhere would dowell tofollow Beth Israel’s example. At Beth Israel each patient is assigned to a primary nurse who visits at length with the patient and constructs a full-scale health account that covers everything from his medical history to his emotional state. Then she writes a care plan centered on the patient’s illnessbut which also includes everything else that isnecessary. The primary nurse stays with the patient through his hospitalization, keeping track with his progress and seeking further advice from his doctor. If a patient at Beth Israel is not responding to treatment, it is not uncommon for his nurse to propose another approach to his doctor. What the doctor at Beth Israel has in the primary nurse is a true colleague. Nursing at Beth Israel also involves adecentralized (分散的) nursing administration; every floor, every unit is a self-contained organization. There are nurse-managers instead of head nurses; in addition to their medical duties they do all their own hiring and dismissing, employee advising, and they make salary recommendations. Each unit’s nurses decide among themselves whowillwork what shifts and when. Beth Israel’s nurse-in-chief ranks as an equal with other vice presidents of the hospital. She also is a member of the Medical Executive Committee, which is most hospitalsincludes onlydoctors. 21. Which of the following best characterizes the main feature of the nursing system at Beth Israel Hospital? A)The doctor gets more active professional support from theprimary nurse. B) Each patient istaken care ofbyaprimary nurseday and night. C)Theprimary nurse writes care plans for every patient. D)The primary nurse keeps records ofthe patient’shealth conditionseveryday. 22. It can be inferred from thepassage that ________. A)compared withother hospitalsnurse at Beth Israel Hospital are more patient B) inmost hospitalspatient care is inadequate from theprofessional point ofview C)inmost hospital nurseget lowsalaries D) compared with other hospital nurses have to work longer hours at Beth Israel Hospital 159淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 23. Aprimary nursecan propose adifferent approach of treatment when ________. A)thepresent one isrefused bythepatient B) thepatient complains about the present one C)thepresent oneproves to beineffective D)thepatient isfound unwilling to cooperate 24. The main difference between a nurse-manager and a head nurse is that the former ________. A)is amember ofthe Medical ExecutiveCommitteeof thehospital B) has to arrange thework shifts oftheunit’s nurses C)can makedecisions concerning themedical treatment ofapatient D)has fullresponsibility in theadministration oftheunit’s nurses 25. Theauthor’s attitudetowards the nursesystem at Beth Israel Hospital is ________. A)negative B) critical C)neutral D)positive PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. For some time past it has been widely accepted that babies-and other creatures-learn to do things because certain acts lead to “rewards”; and there is no reason to doubt that this is true. But it used also to be widely believed that effective reward, at least in the early stages, had to be directly related to such basic physiological (生理的) “drives” as thirst or hunger. In other words, a baby would learn if he got food or drink of some sort ofphysical comfort, not otherwise. It is now clear that this is not so. Babies will learn to behave in ways that produce results in theworld with noreward except thesuccessful outcome. Papousek began his studies by using milk in the normal way to “reward” the babies and so teach them to carry out some simple movements, such as turning the head to one side or the other. Then he noticed that a baby who had had enough to drink would refuse the milk but would still go on making the learned response with clear signs of pleasure. So he began to study the children’s responses in situations where on milk was provided. He quickly found that children as young as four months would learn toturn their heads to right or left if the movement “switched on”.Adisplay of lights-and indeed that they were capable of learning quite complex turns to bring about this result, for instance, two left or two right, oreven tomake as manythree turns to oneside. Papousek’s light display was placed directly in front of the babies and he made the interesting observation that sometimes they would not turn back to watch the lights 160淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 closely although they would “smile and bubble” when the display came on. Papousek concluded that it was not primarily the sight of the lights which pleased them, it was the success they were achieving in solving the problem, in mastering the skill, and that there exists a fundamental human urge to make sense of the world and bring it under intentionalcontrol. 26. According tothe author,babies learn todothings which ________. A)are directly related topleasure B) willmeet theirphysical needs C)willbring them a feeling of success D)will satisfy theircuriosity 27. Papousek noticed inhis studiesthat a baby ________. A)would make learned responses when itsawthe milk B) would carry out learned movements when ithad enough to drink C)would continuethesimplemovements without being given milk D)would turn its head toright or left when ithad enough to drink 28. In Papousek’s experiment babies make learned movements of the head in order to ________. A)have thelights turned on B) berewarded with milk C)please theirparents D)be praised 29. Thebabies would “smileand bubble”at thelights because ________. A)thelights were directly related tosomebasic “drives” B) thesight of thelights was interesting C)they need notturn backto watch thelights D)they succeeded in “switching on” thelights 30. According to Papousek, the pleasure babies get in achieving something is a reflection of________. A)a basichuman desire to understand and control theworld B) thesatisfaction of certainphysiological needs C)theirstrong desire to solvecomplex D)a fundamental human urgeto display theirlearned skills PassageThree 161淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. When a consumer finds that an item she or he bought is faulty or in some way does not live up to the manufacturer’s claim for it, the first step is to present the warranty (保 单), or any other records which might help, at the store of purchase. In most cases, this action will produce results. However, if it does not, there are various means the consumer may useto gainsatisfaction. A simple and common method used by many consumers is to complain directly to the store manager. In general, the “higher up” the consumer takes his or her complaint, the faster he or she can expect it to be settled. In such a case, it is usually settled in the consumer’s favor,assuming heorshehas ajust claim. Consumers should complain in person whenever possible, but if they cannot get to theplace ofpurchase, itis acceptable tophone orwrite thecomplaint in aletter. Complaining is usually most effective when it is done politely but firmly, and especially when the consumer can demonstrate what is wrong with the item in questions. If this cannot be done, the consumer will succeed best by presenting specific information as to what is wrong, rather than by making general statements. For example, “The left speaker does not work at all and the sound coming out of the right one is unclear” is betterthan “This stereo(立体声音响)does not work.” The store manager may advise the consumer to write to the manufacturer. If so, the consumer should do this, stating the complaint as politely and as firmly as possible. But if a polite complaint does not achieve the desired result, the consumer can go a step further. She or he can threaten to take the seller to court or report the seller to a private or publicorganization responsiblefor protecting consumers’rights. 31. When a consumer finds that his purchase has a fault in it, the first thing he should dois to________. A)complain personally to themanager B) threaten to takethematter to court C)writea firm letterofcomplaint tothestore orpurchase D)showsomewritten proofof thepurchase to thestore 32. If a consumer wants a quick settlement of his problem, it’s better to complain to ________. A)a shop assistant B) thestoremanager C)themanufacturer D)a publicorganization 33. Themosteffective complaint can be madeby________. A)showing thefaulty itemto themanufacturer B) explainingexactly what is wrong with theitem 162淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)saying firmly that theitem ofpoorquality D)asking politely to change theitem 34. Thephrase “liveup” (Para. 1,Line 2)inthecontext means ________. A)meet thestandard of B) realizethepurpose of C)fulfillthe demands of D)keep thepromiseof 35. Thepassage tells us ________. A)howto settlea consumer’s complaint about afaulty item B) howto makean effective complaintabout afaulty item C)howto avoid buying afaulty item D)howto deal with complaintsfrom customers PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. If women are mercilessly exploited ( 剥 削 ) year after year, they have only themselves to blame. Because they tremble at the thought of being seem in public in clothes that are out of fashion, they are always taken advantage of by the designers and the big stores. Clothes which have been worn only a few times have to be put aside because of the change of fashion. When you come to think of it, only a woman is capable of standing in front of a wardrobe (衣柜) packed full of clothes and announcing sadly thatshe has nothing towear. Changing fashions are nothing more than the intentional creation of waste. Many women spend vast sums of money each year to replace clothes that have hardly been worn. Women who cannot afford to throw away clothing in this way, waste hours of their time altering the dresses they have. Skirts are lengthened or shortened; neck-lines are lowered orraised, and so on. No one can claim that the fashion industry contributes anything really important to society. Fashion designers are rarely concerned with vital things like warmth, comfort and durability (耐用). They are only interested in outward appearance and they take advantage of the fact that women will put up with any amount of discomfort, as long as they look right. There can hardly be a man who hasn’t at some time in his life smiled at the sight of a woman shaking in a thin dress on a winter day, or delicately picking her way through deep snowinhigh-heeled shoes. When comparing men and men and women in the matter of fashion, the conclusions to be drawn are obvious. Do the constantly changing fashions of women’s clothes, one wonders, reflect basic qualities of inconstancy and instability? Men are too clever to let themselves be cheated by fashion designers. Do their unchanging styles of dress reflect 163淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 basicqualities ofstabilityand reliability?That isfor you todecide. 36. Designers and big stores always makemoney ________. A)bymercilessly exploitingwomen workers intheclothing industry B) becausetheyare capable ofpredicting newfashions C)byconstantly changing the fashions in women’s clothing D)because they attach great importance to quality inwomen’s clothing 37. To the writer, the fact that women alter their old-fashioned dresses is seen as ________. A)a wasteof money B) awaste oftime C)an expression oftaste D)an expression of creativity 38. The writer would be less critical if fashion designers placed more stress on the ________ ofclothing. A)cost B) appearance C)comfort D)suitability 39. According tothe passage, which ofthefollowing statements isTRUE? ________. A)New fashions in clothing are created forthecommercial exploitationofwomen. B)Theconstant changes in women’sclothing reflect theirstrength of character. C)Thefashion industrymakes an important contribution to society. D) Fashion designs should not be encouraged since they are only welcomed by women. 40. By saying “the conclusion to be drawn are obvious” (Para. 4, Line 1-2), the writer means that ________. A)women’s inconstancy in theirchoice ofclothing is often laughed at B) women are better abletoput upwith discomfort C)men are also exploited greatly byfashion designers D)men are morereasonablein thematter offashion Part IIIvocabulary andStructure(20 minutes) 41. Jean did not have time to go to the concert last night because she was busy 164淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 ________ forher examination. A)toprepare B) tobe prepared C)preparing D)being prepared 42. Fiveminutes earlier,________we could have caught the last train. A)and B) but C)or D)an order 43. I cannot give you ________ for the type of car you sell because there is no demand forit inthe market. A)an expense B) acharge C)apurchase D)an order 44. After ________forthejob, you will berequired to takea language test. A)being interviewed B) interviewed C)interviewing D)having interviewed 45. By the end of this month, we surely ________ a satisfactory solution to the problem. A)have found B) willbe finding C)willhave found D)are finding 46. Mr.Wilson said thathe did notwant to________any further responsibilities. A)take on B) get on C)putup D)lookup 165淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 47. Having no money but ________ to know, he simply said he would go without dinner. A)not to want anyone B) notwanting anyone C)wanted noone D)towant noone 48. Wedesire that thetourleader ________us immediatelyof anychange in plans. A)inform B) informs C)informed D)has informed 49. Not ________, theprocess ofchoosing names varies widely from cultureto culture. A)obviously B) surprisingly C)particularly D)normally 50. A man escaped from the prison last night. It was a long time ________ the guards discovered what had happened. A)before B) until C)since D)when 51. In the experiment we kept a watchful eye ________ the developments and recorded every detail. A)in B) at C)for D)on 52. There’slittle chance that mankind would ________anuclear war. A)retain B) endure C)maintain D)survive 166淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 53. Nuclearscience be developed to benefit thepeople ________harm them. A)more than B) otherthan C)rather than D)better than 54. They usually have less money at the end of the month than ________ at the beginning. A)which is B) which was C)they have D)it is 55. In thecourse ofa day students dofar morethan just ________classes. A)attend B) attended C)toattend D)attending 56. The French pianist who had been praised very highly ________ to be a great disappointment. A)turned up B) turned in C)turned out D)turned down 57. Many difficulties have ________ as a result of the change over to a new type of fuel. A)risen B) arisen C)raised D)arrived 58. He made such a ________ contribution to the university that they are naming one of thenew buildings after him. A)genuine B) minimum C)modest 167淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)generous 59. Helen was much kinder to her youngest child than she was to the others, of course, madetheothers jealous. A)who B) that C)what D)which 60. In theadvanced course students musttakeperformance testsat monthly________. A)gaps B) intervals C)length D)distance 61. Mr.Johnsonpreferred ________heavier work to do. A)tobegiven B) tobe giving C)tohave given D)having given 62. Iremember ________to help us ifwe ever got intotrouble. A)once offering B) himonce offering C)himtooffer D)toofferhim 63. Weregret to inform you that thematerials you ordered are ________. A)out ofwork B) outof stock C)outof reach D)out ofpractice 64. Our company decided to ________ the contract because a number of the conditions init had not been met. A)destroy B) resist C)assume 168淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)cancel 65. Sheis ________amusician than her brother. A)much of B) much as C)moreof D)more as 66. Having been found guilty,theman was givenasevere ________bythejudge. A)service B) sentence C)crime D)crisis 67. ________ is known to theworld, MarkTwain is greatAmerican writer. A)That B)Which C)As D)It 68. The residents, ________ had been damaged by the flood, were given help by the Red Cross. A)all theirhomes B) all whosehomes C)all ofwhose homes D)all of theirhomes 69. You can’t afford to let the situation get worse. You must take ________ to put it right. A)decisions B) directions C)sides D)steps 70. Look at theterrible situationI am in!If onlyI________your advice. A)follow B) had followed C)would follow 169淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)have followed Part IVCloze (15minutes) Many teachers believe that the responsibilities for learning lie with the student. __71__ a long reading assignment is given, instructors expect students to be familiar with the __72__ in the reading even if they do not discuss it in class or take an examination. The __73__ student is considered to be __74__ who is motivated (激励) to learn for the sake of __75__, not the one interested only in getting high grades. Sometimes homework is returned __76__ brief written comments but without a grade. Even if a grade is not given, the student is __77__ for learning the material assigned. When research is __78__, the professor expects the student to take it actively and to complete it with __79__ guidance. It is the __80__ responsibility to find books, magazines, and articles in the library. Professors do not have the time to explain __81__ a university library works; they expect students, __82__ graduate students, to be able to exhaust the reference __83__ in the library. Professors will help students who need it, but __84__ that their students should not be __85__ dependent on them. In the United States professors have many other duties __86__ teaching, such as administrative or research work. __87__, the time that a professor can spend with student outside of class is __88__. If a student has problems with classroom work, the student should either __89__ a professor during officehour__90__make anappointment. 71. A)If B)Although C)Because D)Since 72. A)suggestion B) context C)abstract D)information 73. A)poor B) ideal C)average D)disappointed 74. A)such B) one C)any D)some 170淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 75. A)fun B) work C)learning D)prize 76. A)by B) in C)for D)with 77. A)criticized B) innocent C)responsible D)dismissed 78. A)collected B) distributed C)assigned D)finished 79. A)maximum B) minimum C)possible D)practical 80. A)student’s B) professor’s C)assistant’s D)librarian’s 81. A)when B) hat C)why D)how 82. A)particularly B) essentially C)obviously 171淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)rarely 83. A)selections B) collections C)sources D)origins 84. A)hate B) dislike C)like D)prefer 85. A)too B) such C)much D)more 86. A)but B) except C)with D)besides 87. A)However B)Therefore C)Furthermore D)Nevertheless 88. A)plentiful B) limited C)irregular D)flexible 89. A)greet B) annoy C)approach D)attach 90. A)or B) and 172淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)to D)but PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic My Most Favorite Programme. You should write no less than 100 words and you should base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese)below: 1. 我最喜爱的电视(或无线电)节目是…... 2. 这类节目的内容和特点 3. 我喜欢它的原因 You can write the composition in one or more paragraphs. Remember to write it neatly. 173淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1993年6月四级参考答案 Part I 1. C 2. D 3. C 4. D 5. B 6. D 7. B 8. C 9. A 10. A 11. A 12. A 13. B 14. D 15. C 16. D 17. C 18. B 19. A 20. B PartII 21. A 22. B 23. C 24. D 25. D 26. C 27. C 28. A 29. D 30. A 31. D 32. B 33. B 34. A 35. B 36. C 37. B 38. C 39. A 40. D Part III 41. C 42. A 43. D 44. A 45. C 46. A 47. B 48. A 49. B 50. A 51. D 52. D 53. C 54. C 55. A 56. C 57. B 58. D 59. D 60. B 61. A 62. B 63. B 64. D 65. A 66. B 67. C 68. C 69. D 70. B Part IV 71. A 72. D 73. B 74. B 75. C 76. D 77. C 78. C 79. B 80. A 81. D 82. A 83. C 84. D 85. A 86. D 87. B 88. B 89. C 90. A 174淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1994年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA 1. A)Once a week. B)Twiceaweek. C)Three times aweek. D)Four times aweek. 2. A)He left his notes at home. B) Hedoesn’t knowwhere his notes are. C)Hedoesn’t want to lendhis notes to thewoman. D)He agrees to lend her his notes. 3. A)He willgo inspiteofthecold weather. B) Hewon’t go sincehe is notfeeling well. C)Hewill go when hefeels better. D)He won’t go as hehasn’t finished hiswork. 4. A)Check thetimetable. B) Go to therailway stationearlier. C)Travel ona latertrain. D)Cancel thetrip earlier. 5. A)In NewYork. B) In Boston. C)In Newport. D)In Washington. 6. A)Aclerk at the airport information desk. B)Aclerk at therailway station information desk. C)Apoliceman. D)Ataxi-driver. 7. A)Aguest and areceptionist. B)Apassenger and an air hostess. 175淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Acustomerand ashop assistant. D)Aguestand awaitress. 8. A)He’s better. B) He’s feeling worse. C)He’s sick in bed. D)He has recovered. 9. A)The man didn’t want thewoman to have herhair cut. B)Thewoman followed theman’s advice. C)Thewoman is wearing long hairnow. D)The man didn’t care ifthewoman had herhair cut ornot. 10. A)He willreturn from Paris intwo weeks. B)Heis studying French inParis. C)Heis having a vacation in Paris. D)He is planning togo back toParis in ayear. Section B PassageOne Questions11to14arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)Washing plates. B) Clearing tables. C)Shiningshoes. D)Sweeping thefloor. 12. A)He mustwork six days aweek. B) Heshouldnever be lateforwork. C)Hemust studyhard inhis spare time. D)He should notbring his friends to therestaurant. 13. A)Topay himfor his work. B)Tolet himhave 3meals adayin therestaurant. C)Togive his friends free drinks. D)Toallow himtohave morefree time. 14. A)Because the boywas not afull-timeworker. 176淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) Because theboyhad madesomemistakes. C)Because hethought theboyhad failed to meet his requirements. D)Because he thought it was hisson who should payhim. PassageTwo Questions15to17arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 15. A)Watching traditional plays. B)Visitingthemagnificent libraries. C)Boatingonthe river. D)Cycling in narrow streets. 16. A)There are many visitorsthere. B)There are many students there. C)There are many oldstreets there. D)There are many bicycles there. 17. A)He thinksthe cityis too crowded. B) Helikes theplace very much. C)Hethinks thestreets are toonarrow. D)He admires the comfortable lifeofthestudents there. PassageThree Questions18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 18. A)He was good at writing about interesting people. B) It was much easier to writestories about people. C)Hebelieved that people are always easier tolearn about other people. D)He thought people played an important rolein world events. 19. A)Action. B)WorldNews. C)Enterprise. D)Faces and places. 20. A)He is asportsman. B) Heis an actor. C)Heis aphotographer. 177淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)He is apublisher. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Suppose we built a robot (机器人) to explore the planet Mars. We provide the robot with seeing detectors to keep it away from danger. It is powered entirely by the sun. Should we program the robot to be equally active at all times? No. The robot would be using up energy at a time when it was not receiving any. So we would probably program itto ceaseits activity at night and to wake upat dawn thenextmorning. According to the evolutionary (进化的) theory of sleep, evolution equipped us with a regular pattern of sleeping and waking for the same reason. The theory does not deny (否认) that sleep provides some important restorative functions. It merely says that evolution has programmed us to perform those functions at a time when activity would be inefficient and possibly dangerous. However, sleep protects us only from the sort of trouble we might walk into; it does not protect us from trouble that comes looking for us. So we sleep well when we are in familiar, safe place, but we sleep lightly, if at all, when wefear that bears will nose intothetent. The evolutionary theory accounts well for differences in sleep among creatures. Why do cats, for instance, sleep so much, while horses sleep so little? Surely cats do not need five times as much repair and restoration as horses do. But cats can afford to have long periods of inactivity because they spend little time eating and are unlikely to be attacked while they sleep. Horses must spend almost all their waking hours eating, because what they eat is very low in energy value. Moreover, they cannot afford to sleep too long or too deeply, because their survival depends on their ability to run away from attackers. 21. Theauthor uses theexampleoftherobot in space exploration totell us ________. A)thedifferences between robots and men B) thereason why men need to sleep C)about theneed for robots tosave power D)about the danger ofmen working at night 22. Evolutionhas programmed man tosleep at night chiefly to help him________. A)maintain a regular pattern of life B) prevent troublethat comes looking forhim C)avoid danger andinefficient labor D)restore his bodily functions 23. According tothe author,we cannot sleep well when we________. 178淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)are worrying about our safety B) are overworked C)are in atent D)are away from home 24. Catssleep muchmore than horses dopartly because cats ________. A)need more timefor restoration B) are unlikely tobe attackers C)are moreactive thanhorses when they are awake D)spend less timeeating toget enough energy 25. Whichofthe following isthemain idea ofthe passage? ________. A) Evolution has equipped all creatures with a regular pattern of sleeping and waking. B)Thestudy ofsleep isan important part ofthe evolutionary theory. C)Sleeping patterns must betaken intoconsideration in thedesigning ofrobots. D)The sleeping pattern ofaliving creature is determined bythe food iteats. PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. “Congratulations, Mr.Jones, it’s a girl.” Fatherhood is going to have a different meaning and bring forth a different response from every man who hears these words. Some feel pride when they receive the news, while others worry, wondering whether they will be good father.Although there are some men who like children and may have had considerable experience with them, others do not particularly care for children and spend little time with them. Many fathers and mothers have been planning and looking forward to children for some time. For other couples, pregnancy (怀孕) was an accident that both husband and wife have accepted willingly orunwillingly. Whatever the reaction to the birth of a child, it is obvious that the shift from the role of husband to that of father is a difficult task. Yet, unfortunately, few attempts have been made to educate fathers in this resocialization process. Although numerous books have been written about American mothers, only recently has literature focused on the role of afather. It is argued by some writers that the transition to the father’s role, although difficult, is not nearly as great as the transition the wife must make to the mother’s role. The mother’s role seems to require a complete transformation in daily routine (生活规律) and highly innovative (创新的) adaptation, on the other hand, the father’s role is less demanding and immediate. However, even though we mentioned the fact that growing numbers of women are working outside the home, the father is still thought by many as 179淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 thebreadwinner inthe household. 26. According tothe author,beinga father ________. A)brings a feeling of excitementto somemen B) has adifferent meaning for thosewho have daughters C)makes somemenfeel proud and others uneasy D)means nothingbut more responsibilities 27. It isstated in thepassage that ________. A)someparents are not prepared tohave a child B) young couples donot likechildren at all C)working couples donothave much timetotakecare oftheirchildren D)many parents look forward tohaving a boyas theirfirst child 28. In thesecond paragraph, the author________. A) criticizes fathers for not taking enough responsibilities in bringing up their children B) excuses theAmerican writers for ignoring thedifficultiesof being afather C)supports theideathat the chief roleofafather isto earn money forthefamily D) complains about the lack of social programs to help husbands adjust themselves tobeing afather 29. Thetransition to themother’s rolerequires that thewife ________. A)change her life stylein ahighly innovativeway B) makea completechange inher everyday lifetodeal withthe newsituation C)stay at hometotake care ofthe baby D)help her husbandin his resocialization process 30. Some writers argue that with respect to the change of roles, fathers, compared with mothers, ________. A)have to shouldermore burdens B) have tomake moredifficult adaptations C)have aneasier job to do D)can usually doabetter job PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. Reading is thought to be a kind of conversation between the reader and the text. The 180淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 reader puts questions, as it were, to the text and gets answers. In the light of these he puts further questions,and so on. For most of the time this “conversation” goes on below the level of consciousness. At times, however, we become aware of it. This is usually when we are running into difficulties, when mismatch is occurring between expectations and meaning. When successful matching is being experienced, our questioning of the text continues at the unconscious level. Different people converse with the text differently. Some stay very close to the words on the page; others take off imaginatively from the words, interpreting, criticizing, analyzing and examining. The former represents a kind of comprehension which is written in the text. The latter represents higher levels of comprehension. The balance between theseis important, especially foradvanced readers. There is another conversation which from our point of view is equally important, and that is to do not with what is read but with how it is read. We call this a “process” conversation as opposed to a “content” conversation. It is concerned not with meaning but with the strategies (策略) we employ in reading. If we are an advanced reader our ability to hold a process conversation with a text is usually pretty well developed. Not so our ability to hold a content conversation. It is precisely this kind of conversation that is of importance when we are seeking to develop our reading to meet the new demands being placed uponus bystudying at a higherlevel. 31. Reading as a kind of conversation between the reader and the text becomes conscious only when ________. A)thereader’sexpectations agree with what is said in thetext B) thereader has troubleunderstanding what theauthor says C)thereader asks questions and gets answers D)thereader understands atextvery well 32. At alower level ofcomprehension, readers tend to ________. A)read a text slowly B) read withoutthinking hard C)interpret a textin theirown way D)concentrate onthemeaning of words only 33. A“process”conversation has to dowith ________. A)theapplication ofreading strategies B) matching ourexpectations with themeaning ofa text C)thedevelopment of ourabilitytocheck thedetails D)determining the main ideaofa text 34. According to the passage, it is of great importance for readers at a higher level to 181淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 maintaina balance between ________. A)conscious and unconscious levels ofcomprehension B) thereader’s expectations and themeaning ofatext C)lowerand higher levels of comprehension D)interpreting and criticizing atext 35. If we want todevelop ourreading abilityat an advanced level, weshould ________. A)learn tousedifferent approaches in reading different texts B) makeour reading process moreconscious C)pay more attention tothe content ofa text D)take acritical attitudetowards theauthor’sidea PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. AlthoughApril did not bring us the rains we all hoped for, and although the Central Valley doesn’t generally experience the atmospheric sound and lightning that can accompany those rains, it’s still important for parents to be able to answer the youthful questionsabout thunder and lightning. The reason these two wonders of nature are so difficult for many adults to explain to children is that they are not very well understood by adults themselves. For example, did you know that the lightning we see flashing down to the earth from a cloud is actually flashing up to a cloud from the earth? Our eyes trick us into thinking we see a downward motion when it’s actually the other way around. But then, if we believed only what we thinkwe see, we’dstillinsist that thesun rises in themorning andsets at night. Most lightning flashes take place inside a cloud, and only a relative few can be seen jumping between two cloud or between earth and a cloud. But, with about 2,000 thunderstorms taking place above the earth every minute of the day and night, there’s enough activity to produce about 100lightning strikes onearth every second. Parents can use thunder and lightning to help their children learn more about the world around them. When children understand that the light of the lightning flashing reaches their eyes almost at the same moment, but the sound of the thunder takes about 5 seconds to travel just one mile, they can begin to time the interval between the flash and thecrash to learn how closetheywere to theactual spark. 36. According tothe author,in theareaof theCentralValley, ________. A)rains usually comewithout thunderand lightning B) itis usually dry inApril C)children pay noattention to natural phenomena D)parents are not interested in thunder and lightning 182淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 37. Webelieve that lightning is adownward notionbecause________. A)we were taught so byourparents from ourchildhood B) weare deceived byoursense ofvision C)itis acommon natural phenomenon D)it isa truth provedbyscience 38. WhatisTRUE about lightning according tothe passage? A)Only a smallnumber oflightning flashes occur onearth. B) Lightning travels 5minutesfaster than thunder. C)Lightning flashes usually jumpfrom onecloud to another. D)There are far morelightning strikes occurring onearth than we imagine. 39. The word “activity” (Para. 3, Line 3) is most closely related to the word(s) ________. A)“cloud” B) “lightning strikes” C)“lightning flashes” D)“thunderstorms” 40. It can be concluded from the passagethat ________. A)we should notbelieve what wesee orhear B) things moving downward are more noticeable C)peopleoften havewrong concepts about ordinary phenomena D)adults are not as good as children in observing certain natural phenomena Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) 41. Before heleft for his vacation hewent to thebank to ________somemoney. A)pull B) pick C)gain D)draw 42. By theend oftheyear all but two people ________. A)have left B) willleave C)willbe leaving D)will have left 183淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 43. Frankfurt, Germany, is in one of the most ________ populated regions of Western Europe. A)densely B) vastly C)enormously D)largely 44. Everyone had an application from in his hand, but no one knew which office room ________. A)tosend it to B) tosend it C)tobe sent to D)tohave itsent 45. Thepoliceset a________to catch thethieves. A)plan B) device C)trap D)trick 46. We________to start our own business, but wenever had enoughmoney. A)have hoped B) hope C)had hoped D)should hope 47. Wehave to try everymeans to________ the costs oftheconstruction project. A)bring off B) bring forth C)bring down D)bring back 48. The students were participating ________ an international energy-saving competitionbetween townsin New England and Canada. A)for B) in C)to D)at 184淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 49. When she was criticized, she claimed that it was outside her ________ of responsibility. A)field B) limit C)extent D)range 50. While ________ the sun, the satellite has sent more than four billion bits of information back toearth. A)having orbited B) being orbited C)having been orbited D)orbiting 51. Language is acity,tothebuilding of________every human being brought a stone. A)which B) that C)it D)this 52. ________ of the two books holds the opinion that the danger of nuclear war is increasing. A)None B) Either C)Both D)Neither 53. Government cannot operateeffectively ________it isfree from such interference. A)so long as B) so that C)unless D)because 54. Wewelcome rain, buta(an) ________large amount ofrainfall will cause floods. A)extensively B) extremely C)specially D)constantly 185淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 55. Beethoven is my favorite musician. Iregard him as ________other musicians. A)superior to B) moresuperior than C)moresuperior to D)superior than 56. Ihopethat you’llbe morecareful in typing theletter.Don’t________anything. A)withdraw B) omit C)reduce D)lead 57. Wedon’t need airconditioning, ________. A)nor can we afford it B) and norwe can afford it C)neithercan afford it D)and wecan neitherafford it 58. Sheis avery ________secretary: shenever forgets anything or makes a mistake. A)anxious B) effective C)adequate D)efficient 59. TheBrowns ________here, but not any more. A)were usedto living B) had lived C)usedto live D)had beenliving 60. I’ll accept any job________I don’t have to get upearly. A)lest B) as long as C)incase D)though 61. Once out of the earth’s gravity, the astronauts is ________ by the problem of weightlessness. 186淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)affected B) effected C)inclined D)related 62. Medical research has shown that the widespread of use of cigarettes contributes ________ theincreaseof cancers. A)towards B) for C)with D)to 63. Couldyou find someone ________. A)for meto play tennis with B) forme toplaytennis C)play tennis with D)playing tennis with 64. The computer has brought about surprising technological changes ________ we organizeand produce information. A)inaway B) inthe way C)inthat way D)innoway 65. Themanager of thehotel requests that their guests ________after 11:00p.m. A)not to playloud music B) shouldn’t playloud music C)don’t play loud music D)couldn’t play loud music 66. Heis lateagain today.I’ll ________that hewill notbe latetomorrow. A)be sure B) hopefor C)felt D)tobefelt 67. In Australia the Asians make their influence ________ in businesses large and small. 187淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)feeling B) feel C)felt D)tobefelt 68. Thispopular sports car is nowbeing________at therate ofa thousand aweek. A)turned down B) turned out C)turned up D)turned on 69. In Britain peopledrive ________theleft. A)at B) on C)to D)in 70. This programme will examine the writer’s books in detail, ________ an introduction toher life. A)following B) having followed C)being followed D)tobefollowed Part IVCloze (15minutes) As the place circled over the airport, everyone sensed that something was wrong. The plane was moving unsteadily through the air, and __71__ the passengers had fastened their seat belts, they were suddenly __72__ forward. At that moment, the air-hostess __73__. She looked very pale, but was quite __74__. Speaking quickly but almost in a whisper, she __75__ everyone that the pilot had __76__ and asked if any of the passengers knew anything about machines—or at __77__ how to drive a car.After a moment’s __78__,a man got upand followed thehostess into thepilot’s cabin. Moving the pilot __79__, the man took his seat and listened carefully to the __80__ instructions that were being sent by radio from the airport __81__. The plane was now dangerously close __82__ the ground, but to everyone’s __83__, it soon began to climb. The man had to __84__ the airport several times in order to become __85__ with the controls of the plane. __86__ the danger had not yet passed. The terrible __87__ came when he had to land. Following __88__, the man guided the plane to ward the airfield. It shook violently __89__ it touched the ground and then moved rapidly __90__ the runway and after a longrun it stopped safely. 188淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 71. A)although B) while C)therefore D)then 72. A)shifted B) thrown C)put D)moved 73. A)showed B) presented C)exposed D)appeared 74. A)well B) still C)calm D)quiet 75. A)inquired B) insured C)informed D)instructed 76. A)fallen B) failed C)faded D)fainted 77. A)best B) least C)length D)first 78. A)hesitation B) surprise C)doubt 189淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)delay 79. A)back B) aside C)about D)off 80. A)patient B) anxious C)urgent D)nervous 81. A)beneath B) under C)down D)below 82. A)to B) by C)near D)on 83. A)horror B) trust C)pleasure D)relief 84. A)surround B) circle C)observe D)view 85. A)intimate B) familiar C)understood D)close 86. A)Then B)Therefore 190淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)But D)Moreover 87. A)moment B) movement C)idea D)affair 88. A)impression B) information C)inspections D)instructions 89. A)as B) unless C)while D)so 90. A)around B) over C)along D)above PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic The World Is Getting Smaller and Smaller. You should write at least 100 words and you should base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese)below: 1. 现代的交通工具越来越发达 2. 人与人之间的交往越来越频繁 3. 结论 191192/788 大家版收藏级大学英语四六级真题大全 1994年1月四级参考答案 Part I 1. C 2. D 3. B 4. C 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. A 9. A 10. B 11. C 12. B 13. A 14. D 15. C 16. D 17. B 18. C 19. A 20. D PartII 21. B 22. C 23. A 24. D 25. A 26. C 27. A 28. A 29. B 30. C 31. B 32. D 33. A 34. C 35. A 36. A 37. B 38. D 39. D 40. C Part III 41. D 42. D 43. A 44. A 45. C 46. C 47. C 48. B 49. D 50. D 51. A 52. D 53. C 54. B 55. A 56. B 57. A 58. D 59. C 60. B 61. A 62. D 63. A 64. B 65. B 66. B 67. C 68. B 69. B 70. A Part IV 71. A 72. B 73. B 74. C 75. C 76. D 77. B 78. A 79. B 80. C 81. D 82. A 83. D 84. B 85. B 86. C 87. A 88. D 89. A 90. C 192淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1994年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA 1. A)His wife doesn’twant himto. B) Hewill beout oftown. C)Hehas somework to do. D)He doesn’t want to. 2. A)Do shopping. B) Makea phonecall. C)Takeabus. D)Give them tothe woman. 3. A)Maria’s friends don’t call hervery often. B) Maria likesto talk onthephone with herfriends. C)Maria doesn’t liketo talk onthephonewith her friends. D)Maria doesn’t haveany friends. 4. A)In October. B) BetweenApril and October. C)InApril. D)Sheisn’t certain. 5. A)Once it starts raining, it’ll rain alot. B) It has been raining for sometime. C)They’re ready tocatch thetrain. D)The train has just started off. 6. A)He offered her apencil. B) Hewas afraid oflosing his pen. C)Helent her his extrapen. D)He said hedidn’t haveany ink. 7. A)Bob willbe ontime. B) Shehopes Bob won’t come. 193淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Bob can’t come. D)Bob willbe late. 8. A)Tothebeach. B)Toa restaurant. C)Toa theatre. D)Tothe zoo. 9. A)Ask thewoman tofind Mr.Whitefor him. B) Hold thephone. C)Pay themanager avisit. D)Make another call. 10. A)Sheis going togive upbiology. B) Shespends halfof hertimeon biology and half onmath. C)Toher match is even moredifficultthan biology. D)Toher biology isdifficult, but mathis not. Section B PassageOne Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)He had to get a job. B) Hewas afraid offailure. C)Hewanted tojointheArmy. D)He wasn’t interested instudying. 12. A)Shewas shocked. B) Shewas disappointed. C)Sheexpressed doubts. D)Sheencouraged him. 13. A)He was lucky. B) Hehad agood wife. C)Hewas determined. D)He had a good teacher. PassageTwo 194淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)Shewas drivingalong acountry road. B) Shewas lying in ahospital bed. C)Shewas lying near alonely road trembling. D)Shewas tellingan astonishingstory to adoctor. 15. A)Shewas attacked byrobbers. B) Shewas stopped bya policeman. C)Shefainted due to theeffects of somedrug. D)Shewas forced to enter aflying saucer. 16. A)The woman had been taken alongdistance away from her home. B)Thewoman had intended toleave her husband without tellinghim. C)Thewoman had been dishonest to herhusband. D)The woman made upan astonishing story. PassageThree Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)In the15th century. B) In the16thcentury. C)In the5thcentury. D)In the6th century. 18. A)Because it was at theseaside. B) Because itwas theonly modern building there. C)Because ofthebeautiful garden in front ofit. D)Because of itsold style ofarchitecture. 19. A)Tokeep the touristsaway. B)Towelcome thetourists. C)Tomake money. D)Towarn the touristsnot to ruin hisgarden. 20. A)In orderto earn more money. B) In order to have morepeace. C)In order to welcome morevisitors. 195淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)In order tohave abigger garden. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. The failed Skylab will come screaming home to earth in disappointment sometime nextmonth.But itwill fall we knownot where. That precise information is beyond even the calculations of scientists and their computers. The best they can tell us is that the space station, weighing 77 tons and as high as a 12 story building, will break into hundreds of pieces that will be scattered across a track 100mileswide and4,000miles long. We are again exposed to one of those unexpected adventures, or misadventures, of science that attracts our attention from the boring routines of daily existence and encourages us to think alot about man’s future. What worries Richard Smith, the Skylab’s director, is the “big pieces” that will come through the atmosphere, Two lumps, weighing 2 tons each, and ten, weighing at least 1,000 pounds each, will come in at speeds of hundreds of miles an hour and if they crash onland theywill digholes upto 100feet deep. What worries us, with our lack of scientific knowledge and our quick imagination, is both the big and little pieces, although project officials say there is a very small chance thatanyone will beinjured bythem. That’s good to know, but it doesn’t remove the doubts of the millions who still remember the nuclear accident at Three Mile Island. That accident took place in 1979 in spiteofwhat theofficials had assured usas to thesafely of thenuclear reactor. 21. WheretheSkylab will fall? A)is kept secret B) has been madepublic C)has been predicted byscientists D)can’t be predicted evenbycomputers 22. According to the passage, what does an incident such as the failed Skylab lead us to do? A)Not tobelieve in officials. B)Tothinkabout ourfuture. C)Has been predicted byscientists. D)Tofear for ourlives. 196淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 23. Theauthor suggeststhat ________. A)thedanger oftheSkylab’s fall has been overestimated B) it’s useless toworry over things you can’tdoanything about C)thedanger ofthe Skylab’s fall has been underestimated D)computers can solvetheproblem caused bythebroken Skylab 24. Theauthor refers toThree Mils Island ________. A)because heis doubtful about what theofficials said B) becausehe fears that apiece ofthe Skylab may strike anuclear power plant C)becausehe isafraid of theuseofnuclear power D) because the nuclear reactor there and the Skylab were both built by the same company 25. Thispassage ismainly about theauthor’s ________. A)interest inthe failureof theSkylab B) willingness togive his advice C)eagerness to see more newscientificdiscoveries D)concern that science cannot answer all questions PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. As supplier of most of the food we eat and of raw materials for many industrial processes, agriculture is clearly an important area of the economy. But the industrial performance of agriculture (the relative efficiency of agricultural production compared to other areas in the economy) is even more important than this. For in nations where the productivity of farmers is low, most of the working population is needed to raise food and few people are available for the production of investment goods or for other activities required for economic growth. Indeed, one of the factors related most closely to the per capita income (人均收入) of a nation is the fraction of its population engaged in farming. In the poorest nations of the world more than half of the population lives on farms. This compares sharply with less than 10 percent in western Europe and less than 4 percent in theUnited States. In short, the course of economic development in general depends in a fundamental way on the performance of farmers. This performance, in turn, depends on how agriculture is organized and on the economic environment, or market structure, within which it functions. In the following pages the performance of American agriculture is examined.It is appropriate tobegin witha consideration of itsmarket structure. 26. Thispassage ismostprobably ________. A)a news item 197淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) part of anintroduction to abook C)part of alecture D)an advertisement 27. Whatis themostimportant to agriculture is ________. A)theamount of food it produces B) theper capitaincomeof farmers C)itsindustrial performance D)theproduction ofinvestment goods 28. Theunderlined word “this” inthe firstparagraph refers to ________. A)theprovision of food and raw materials B) theproductivity offarmers C)theproduction ofinvestment goods D)theeconomy as a whole 29. Theperformance of farmers essentially determines ________. A)thesizeoftheworking population B) theorganization ofagriculture C)themarket structure D)thegeneral development of economy 30. Thispassage willmost probably befollowed byadiscussion of________. A)thestructure ofAmerican farming population B) themarket structure ofAmerican agriculture C)thevarious functions ofAmerican agriculture D)theorganization ofAmerican agriculture PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage: Editor: While a new school term is about to begin, perhaps we should reconsider the matter of examinations. In July, two writers (Letters to the Editor) praised the cancellation of examsbecause they believe“testsdon’t tell thewholestory.” As a teacher who has worked in four countries, I have had the experience that a student who earns good marks is generally a good student, and that a student’s final mark in a subject is usually a grade average of the year’s work. Of course there are exceptions, butthey donot have thefrequency that would give an unfair picture ofa student’s ability. 198淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 The simple fact is that proper class work, diligent exam studies and good marks are almost certain indicators of a student’s future performance. The opposite is, almost certainly,incompetence. There is no acceptable substitute for competition and examination of quality. How can teachers and future officials determine what a student has learned and remembered? Should we simply take the student’s word for it?Any institution that “liberates” students from fair and formal exams is misguided, if not ignorant. And surely the “graduates” of such institutions will lack trustworthiness, not to mention being rejected by foreign universities forgraduate orotherstudies. When all is said and done, I sense that a fear of failure and a fear of unpleasant comparison with others is at the bottom of most ban-exams (废除考试) talk. Excellence and quality fear nothing. On the contrary, they seek competition and desire the satisfaction ofbeing thebest. 31. Whichofthe following willtheauthor ofthis passageprobably agree with? A)Testsare noteffective inmeasuring thestudents’abilities. B)Testsare an effectivemeasure ofthestudents’abilities. C)Testscan only measure someofthestudents’abilities. D)Testsmay notbe useful for measuring students’abilities. 32. Thetwo writers mentioned in thefirst paragraph ________. A)opposed judging students bytheresults ofexams B) musthave proposed otherways oftestingstudents C)regarded exams as away ofpunishing students D)seemed tobeworried about thepoor marks of theirstudents 33. According tothe letter,astudent’s final mark ________. A)is often encouraging B) often gives a fair pictureoftheyear’s work C)often proves unreliable D)often tellswhether helikes thesubject or not 34. If a student graduated from a university which does not require exams he would ________. A)have to continuehis studies C)beincompetent B) have afeeling of failure D)not beadmitted byforeign institutions 35. According to the letter, those who dislike the idea of examinations are probably 199淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 afraid of________. A)competing with other students C)working too hard B) being graded unfairly D)being dismissed from school PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage: Time was—and not so many years ago, either—when the average citizen to ok a pretty dim view of banks and banking. That this was so, it should be said, was to no small extent the fault of banks and bankers themselves. Banks used to be—and a few still are—forbidding (令人生畏的) structures. Behind the little barred windows were, more often than not, elderly gentlemen w hose expression of friendliness reflected the size of the customer’s account, and nothing less than a few hundred thousand in the bank could have inspired thesuggestion ofasmile. And yet the average bank for many years was, to the average citizen, a fearful, if necessary, instrument for dealing with business—usually big business. But somewhere in the 1930’s banks started to grow human, even pleasant, and started to attract the little man. It is possible that this movement beg an in medium-sized towns, or in small towns where people know each other by their first names, and spread to big towns.At any rate, theresults have beenremarkable. The movement to “humanize” banks, of course, received a new push during the war, when more and more women were employed to do work previously performed by men. Also more and more “little” people found themselves in need of personal loans, as taxes became heavier and as the practice of installment (分期付款) buying broke down the previously long-held concept that there was something almost morally wrong about being in debt.All sorts of people began to discover that the intelligent use of credit (信贷) could beextremely helpful . 36. The author believes that the unfriendly atmosphere in banks many years a go was chiefly due to________. A)theattitudeof bankers B) unfriendliness of customers toward banks C)economicpressure ofthetime D)theouter appearanceof bank buildings 37. Thebanks ofmany years ago showed interest only in________. A)rich customers C)friendly businessmen 200淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) regular visitors D)elderly gentlemen 38. When didbanks begin togrow human? A)In thelast century. C)Sometimebefore thewar. B)Afew years ago. D)During thewar. 39. Whathelped the“humanization”ofbanks? A)The elderly gentlemen in banks were replaced byyounger men. B) Moreand more“little”people becamecustomers ofbanks. C)Morebanks were set upinsmall and medium-sized towns. D)The sizeofthecustomer’s account was greatly increased. 40. Ordinary peopleseldom borrowed money from banks in thepast because ________. A)thebank buildings looked forbidding B) they were comparatively rich before thewar C)they thought it was notproper to be indebt D)they rarely spent morethan they could earn Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) 41. Idon’t knowwhether what shesaid is true, but I’lltry to________it. A)conform B) confirm C)confess D)confine 42. Last year Mike earned ________ his brother, though his brother has a better position. A)twice as much as B) twiceas many as C)twicethan D)twice as more as 43. If you suspect that the illness might be serious, you should not ________ going to thedoctor. A)pick out 201淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) makeout C)putoff D)give off 44. My only purpose was to get shelter ________ the snow, to get myself covered and warm. A)for B) form C)off D)over 45. Maggieran back tothe kitchen, eggs ________carefully in her hands. A)were held B) tobe held C)held D)holding 46. Ihave two boys but ________ofthem likes sweets. A)both B) none C)either D)neither 47. The man to whom we handed the forms pointed out that they had not been ________ filled in. A)properly B) regularly C)thoroughly D)consequently 48. Noneofthe servants were ________whenMr.Smith wanted tosend amessage. A)allowable B) approachable C)available D)applicable 49. My sister’s professor had her ________ her paper many times before allowing her topresent it tothe committee. A)rewrite 202淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) torewrite C)rewritten D)rewriting 50. After along and exhaustingjourney they arrived ________. A)tillthe last B) bytheend C)at theend D)at last 51. His understanding made adeep impression ________theyoung girl. A)in B) on C)for D)to 52. Silveristhebest conductorof electricity,copper ________itclosely. A)followed B) tofollow C)following D)being following 53. There is hardly an environment on earth ________ some species of animal or other has not adapted successfully. A)as to B) wherever C)so that D)towhich 54. It ishighly desirable that anew president ________tothis college. A)appointed B) beappointed C)was appointed D)has been appointed 55. After searching for half an hour she realized that her glasses ________ on the table allthe time. A)were lain 203淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) had been lain C)had been lying D)would have been lying 56. Thetimehas come ________wecan makeextensiveuse ofnuclear energy. A)when B) while C)as D)since 57. Hardly ________thehelicopter ________when thewaiting crowd ran toward it. A)has ...landed B) had ...landed C)would ...land D)was ...landing 58. Although theweather was very bad thebuses stillran on________. A)list B) schedule C)plan D)arrangement 59. The situation today is obviously quite different from ________ it was only 50 years ago. A)such B) which C)when D)what 60. Janewas hit onthehead bythe robberand was knocked ________. A)mindless B) unconscious C)brainless D)unaware 61. Thetrafficwas very heavy,otherwise I________here 50minutes sooner. A)would be B) should be 204淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)had been D)would have Been 62. ________ you decide totake up,you should try to makeit asuccess. A)If only B) Unless C)Whatever D)Whenever 63. Thisbird’s large wings ________it to fly very fast. A)make B) cause C)enable D)ensure 64. In most of the United States, the morning newspaper is ________ by school-age children. A)directed B) discharged C)derived D)delivered 65. It was not until be arrived at the station ________ he realised he had forgotten his ticket. A)that B) before C)when D)after 66. Though the long-term ________ cannot be predicted, the project has been approved bythecommittee. A)effect B) effort C)affect D)afford 67. Heasked ________sincehe had been chairman for seven years. A)not to bere-elected B) tobe not re-elected 205淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)notto have been re-elected D)tohave not beenre-elected 68. Only byshoutingat the topofhis voice ________. A)he was able to makehimselfhear B) was he ableto makehimselfhear C)hewas ableto makehimselfheard D)was heable to makehimselfheard 69. Jane was fairly good at English, but in mathematics she could not ________ the rest ofthestudents in herclass. A)put upwith B) doaway with C)keep upwith D)run away with 70. Hewent ahead ________all warnings about the danger ofhis mission. A)incase of B) becauseof C)priorto D)regardless of Part IVClose(15 minutes) One of the most interesting of all studies is the study of words and word origins. Each language is __71__ of several earlier languages and the words of a language can sometimes be traced __72__ through two or three different languages to their __73__ Again a word from one language may pass into other languages and __74__ a new meaning. The word “etiquette,” which is __75__ French origin and originally Meant a label (标志), __76__ a sign, passed into Spanish and kept its original meaning. So in Spanish the word “etiquette” today is used to __77__ the small tags (标签) which a store __78__ to a suit, a dress or a bottle. The word “etiquette” in French, __79__, gradually developed a different meaning. It __80__ became the custom to write directions on small cards, or “etiquette”, as to how visitors should dress themselves and __81__ during an important ceremony at the royal court. __82__ the word “etiquette” began to indicate a system of correct manners for people to follow. __83__ this meaning, the word passed intoEnglish. Consider the word “breakfast”. “To fast” is to go for some period of time without __84__. Thus in the morning after many hours __85__ the night without food, one __86__one’s fast. Consider the everyday English __87__ “Good-bye”. Many many years ago, people 206淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 would say to each __88__ on parting “God be with you.” As this was __89__ over and overmillions of times,it gradually became __90__to “Good-bye”. 71. A)collected B) made C)composed D)contained 72. A)to B) on C)in D)back 73. A)ends B) backgrounds C)bases D)origins 74. A)pick B) develop C)change D)choose 75. A)of B) with C)on D)by 76. A)with B) and C)or D)for 77. A)show B) design C)hold D)indicate 78. A)lays 207淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) attaches C)binds D)gives 79. A)however B) moreover C)therefore D)furthermore 80. A)late B) lately C)later D)latest 81. A)respond B) prepare C)act D)follow 82. A)Thus B)Also C)Yet D)Nevertheless 83. A)After B)With C)Of D)For 84. A)sleeping B) working C)eating D)talking 85. A)for B) during C)at D)on 208淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 86. A)breaks B) continues C)remembers D)forgets 87. A)statement B) expression C)proverb D)conversation 88. A)other B) person C)one D)member 89. A)reproduced B) revised C)reviewed D)repeated 90. A)combined B) accepted C)reformed D)shortened PartVWriting(15 minutes) 1. 人们对职业各有不同的理想 2. 我理想的职业是什么 3. 我怎样为我理想的职业做准备 209淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1994年6月四级参考答案 Part I 1. A 2. B 3. D 4. B 5. C 6. C 7. A 8. C 9. D 10. B 11. A 12. B 13. A 14. D 15. B 16. D 17. C 18. C 19. A 20. D PartII 21. D 22. D 23. A 24. B 25. C 26. D 27. A 28. C 29. C 30. A 31. B 32. D 33. C 34. B 35. A 36. D 37. B 38. C 39. B 40. A Part III 41. A 42. C 43. D 44. D 45. B 46. A 47. C 48. A 49. D 50. B 51. D 52. A 53. C 54. B 55. C 56. D 57. A 58. A 59. D 60. B 61. B 62. C 63. B 64. A 65. C 66. A 67. B 68. D 69. C 70. D Part IV 71. D 72. A 73. C 74. C 75. A 76. B 77. C 78. D 79. D 80. A 81. B 82. A 83. C 84. B 85. D 86. B 87. B 88. D 89. A 90. C 210淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1995年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA 1. A)Go out to work. B) Listen carefully toJohn. C)Be calm and patient. D)Do the easiest thing. 2. A)He doesn’tliketo talk. B) Heis avery kindman. C)Heis friendly. D)He is nota pleasant person. 3. A)The doctorwon’t see hertomorrow. B)Thedoctor isbusy tomorrow. C)Thedoctor isbusy all day today. D)The doctor willseeher today. 4. A)Young peopleare tooquick inmaking decisions. B)Youngpeople seldom stay longonthe samejob. C)Youngpeople losetheirjobs easily. D)Young peopleare too eager to succeed. 5. A)Shefelt itwas tiring. B) Shefelt it was very nice. C)Shethought it took less time. D)Shethought itwas expensive. 6. A)They are having breakfast. B)They are eating somefruit. C)They are preparing ahot soup. D)They are drinking cold milk. 7. A)The woman doesn’t want to spend Christmas withthe man. B)Thewoman is going home forChristmas party. 211淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Thewoman has not been invited totheChristmas party. D)The woman is going tospend Christmas abroad. 8. A)By car. B) By bus. C)By place. D)By train. 9. A)It closes at fouronweekdays. B) Hedoesn’t knowits business hours. C)It isn’t open onSundays. D)It is open till fouronSundays. 10. A)Tennis shoes. B) Someclothes. C)Nothingyet. D)Musicrecords. Section B PassageOne Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)In about 20years. B)Within aweek. C)In acouple ofweeks. D)As early as possible. 12. A)Yes,ofcourse. B) Possiblynot. C)Not mentioned. D)Definitely not. 13. A)Her complaint was ignored. B)Thestore sent her thecorrect order. C)Thestore apologized fortheirmistake. D)The storepicked upthewrong items. PassageTwo 212淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions14to17arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)The prison gates always open. B) Its prisonercan work outside. C)Theprison has noarmed guards. D)The prison is open tothepublic. 15. A)The prisoners are provided with jobsonrelease. B) Its prisoners are seldom made to work overtime. C)It isrun ontheprincipleof trustingprisoners. D)It has nosecurity measures. 16. A)One year. B)Twoyears. C)Thirteen years. D)Fourteen years. 17. A)Doubtful. B) Positive. C)Critical. D)Indifferent. PassageThree Questions18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 18. A)It’s good fortraining one’s character but not good forone’s health. B) It cannot prepare pupils to begood citizens. C)It has less effect onachild’s character than sportsand games. D)It’s as important as after-class activities. 19. A)Because pupils there have tospend most ofthetimestudying. B) Because theschool authorities insist ontraditionalways ofteaching. C)Because theschool authorities have neglected discipline. D)Because pupils there are toofond ofplaying. 20. A)Practical work. B) Collectiveactivities. C)Teacher’sencouragement. 213淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Book knowledge. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. People tend to be more impressed by evidence that seems to confirm some relationship. Thus many are convinced their dreams are prophetic (预言的) because a few have come true; they fail to notice the many that have not. Consider also the belief that “the phone always rings when I’m in the shower.” If it does ring while you are in the shower, the event will stand out and be remembered. If it doesn’t ring, that nonevent probably won’t evenregister (留下印象). People want to see order, pattern and meaning in the world. Consider, for example, the common belief that things like personal misfortunes, plane crashes, and deaths “happen in threes.” Such beliefs stem from the tendency of people to allow the third event to define the timeperiod. If three plane crashes occur in a month, then the period of time that counts as their “happening together” is one month; if three crashes occur in a year,theperiod of timeisstretched. Flexibleend points reinforce suchbeliefs. Wealso tend to believe what we want to believe.Amajority of people think they are more intelligent, more fair-minded and more skilled behind the wheel of an automobile than the average person. Part of the reason we view ourselves so favorably is that we use criteria that work to our advantage. As economist Thomas Schelling explains, “Everybody ranks himself high in qualities he values: careful drivers give weight to care, skilled drivers give weight to skill, and those who are polite give weight to courtesy,” Thisway everyone ranks high onhis own scale. Perhaps the most important mental habit we can learn is to be cautious (谨慎的) in drawing conclusions.The“evidence”of everyday lifeis sometimes misleading. 21. In thefirst paragraph theauthor states that ________. A)dreams cannot besaid to beprophetic even though a few havecome true B) dreams are propheticbecause someofthem did cometrue C)dreams may cometrue ifclearly remembered D)dreams andreality are closely related 22. By “things like...” “happen in threes” (Para. 3, Line 2), the author indicates that peoplebelieve ________. A)personal misfortunes tendto happen every nowand then B) personal misfortunes, planecrashes, and deaths usually happen together C)misfortunes tend to occur according to certain patterns D)misfortunes will never occur morethan three times to aperson inhis lifetime 214淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 23. Tenword “courtesy”(Para. 4,line6)probably means ________. A)good manners B) appropriate speech C)friendly relations D)satisfactory service 24. Whatcan beinferred from thepassage? ________. A)Happenings that go unnoticed deserve more attention. B) In aseries ofmisfortunes thethird oneis usually themostserious. C)Peopletend to makeuse ofevidence that supports theirown beliefs. D)Believers ofmisfortunes happening inthrees are cautious in interpreting events. 25. It can be concluded from the passagethat ________. A)there is sometruth even inthewildest dreams B) oneshould takenotice ofotherpeople’s merits C)there isnoorder or pattern in world events D)we should notbase ourconclusions onaccidental evidence PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. It has been thought and said that Africans are born with musical talent. Because music is so important in the lives of many Africans and because so much music is performed inAfrica, we are inclined to think thatAfricans are musicians. The impression is strengthened when we look at ourselves and find that we have become largely a society of musical spectators (旁观). Music is important to us, but most of us can be considered consumers rather than producers of music. We have records, television, concerts, and radio to fulfill many of our musical needs. In most situations where music is performed in our culture it is not difficult to distinguish the audience from the performers, but such is often not the case in Africa. Alban Ayipaga, a Kasena semiprofessional musician from northern Ghana, says that when his flute (长笛) and drum ensemble (歌舞团) is performing. “Anybody can take part”. This is true, but Kasena musicians recognize that not all people are equally capable of taking part in the music. Some can sing along with the drummers, but relatively few can drum and even fewer can play the flute along with the ensemble. It is fairly common in Africa for there to be an ensemble of expert musicians surrounded by others who join in by clapping, singing, or somehow adding to the totality of musical sound. Performances often take place in an open area (that is, not on a stage) and so the lines between the performing nucleus and the additional performers, active spectators, and passive spectators may be difficultto draw from ourpoint ofview. 215淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 26. The difference between us and Africans, as far as music is concerned, is that ________. A)most ofus are consumers whilemostof them are producers ofmusic B) weare musical performers and they are semiprofessional musicians C)mostofus are passivespectators whilethey are active spectators D)we are theaudience and theyare theadditional performers 27. Theword “such” (Line6)refers to thefact that ________. A)musicis performed with theparticipation of theaudience B) musicisperformed withoutthe participation oftheaudience C)peopletendto distinguish theaudience from theperformers D)people have records, television sets andradio tofulfill theirmusical needs 28. Theauthor ofthepassage implies that ________. A)allAfricans are musical and thereforemuch musicis performed inAfrica B) not allAfricans are born with musical talent although music is important in their lives C)mostAfricans are capableof joiningin themusicbyplaying musical instruments D)mostAfricans perform as well as professional musicians 29. Theword “nucleus”(Line 13)probably refers to ________. A)musicians famous inAfrica B) musicians at thecenter of attention C)musicians acting as the core in aperformance D)active participants inamusical performance 30. Thebest titleforthis passage would be________. A)The Importance ofMusictoAfrican People B) Differences BetweenAfrican MusicandMusicof Other Countries C)TheRelationship Between Musicians andTheirAudience D)ACharacteristicFeature ofAfrican Musical Performances PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. Most people would agree that, although our age exceeds all previous ages in knowledge, there has been no corresponding increase in wisdom. But Agreement ceases as soon as we attempt todefine “wisdom” and consider means ofpromotingit. There are several factors that contribute to wisdom. Of these I should put first a 216淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 sense of proportion: the capacity to take account of all the important factors in a problem and to attach to each its due weight. This has become more difficult than it used to be owing to the extent and complexity of the special knowledge required of various kinds of technicians. Suppose, for example, that you are engaged in research in scientific medicine. The work is difficult and is likely to absorb the whole of your mind. You have no time to consider the effect which your discoveries or inventions may have outside the field of medicine. You succeed (let us say) as modern medicine has succeeded, in enormously lowering the infant death-rate, not only in Europe and America, but also in Asia and Africa. This has the entirely unintended result of making the food supply inadequate and lowing the standard of life in the parts of the world that have the greatest populations. To take an even more dramatic example, which is in everybody’s mind at the present time; you study the makeup of the atom from a disinterested (无利害关系的) desire for knowledge, and by chance place in the hands of a powerful mad man the means of destroying thehumanrace. Therefore, with every increase of knowledge and skill, wisdom becomes more necessary, for every such increase augments (增强) our capacity for realizing our purposes, and therefore augments ourcapacity for evil, ifourpurpose are unwise. 31. Disagreement arises when people try todecide ________. A)howmuch morewisdom wehave now than before B) what wisdom isand howto develop it C)ifthere isa great increase ofwisdom in ourage D)whether wisdom can bedeveloped or not 32. According tothe author,“wisdom” istheability to ________. A)carefully consider thebad effects of anykind ofresearch work B) give each important problem somecareful consideration C)acquire agreat deal ofcomplex and special knowledge D)give suitableconsideration to all thepossibleelements inaproblem 33. Lowering theinfant death-rate may ________. A)prove to behelpful everywhere inthe world B) give riseto anincrease in population inEurope C)cause food shortages inAsiaandAfrica D)raise theliving standard of thepeopleinAfrica 34. Theauthor uses theexamples inthepassage to illustratehis point that ________. A)it’sextremely difficultto consider all theimportant elements inproblem B) success inmedical research has its negative effects C)scientistsmay unknowingly cause destruction tothe human race 217淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)it’sunwise to betotally absorbed inresearch inscientific medicine 35. Whatis themain idea ofthepassage? A) It is unwise to place the results of scientific research in the hands of a powerful mad man. B)Themore knowledgeone has, thewiser onebecomes. C)Any increase of knowledge could lead to disastrous results without the guidance ofwisdom. D)Wisdomincreases inproportion toone’s age. PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. For any given task in Britain there are more men than are needed. Strong unions keep them there in Fleet Street, home of some London’s biggest dailies, it is understood that when two unions quarrel over three jobs, the argument is settled by giving each union two. That means 33 per cent overmanning, 33 per cent less productivity than could beobtained. Areporter who has visited plants throughout Europe has an impression that the pace of work is much slower here. Nobody tries too hard. Tea breaks do matter and are frequent. It is hard to measure intensity of work, but Britons give a distinct impression of going at their tasks in amore leisurely way. But is all this so terrible? It certainly does not improve the gross national product or output per worker. Those observant visitors, however, have noticed something else about Britain. It isapleasant place. Street crowds in Stockholm. Paris and New York move quickly and silently heads down, all in a hurry.London crowds tend to walk at an easy pace (except inthe profitable, efficient City,thefinancial district). Every stranger is struck by the patient and orderly way in which Britons queue for a bus: if the saleswoman is slow and out of stock she will likely say, ‘oh dear, what a pity’; the rubbish collectors stop to chat (聊天) and call the housewives “Luv.” Crime rises here as in every city but there still remains a gentle tone and temper that is unmatched in Berlin,Milan orDetroit. In short, what is wrong with Britain may also be what is right. Having reached a tolerablestandard, Britons appear to be choosingleisure over goods. 36. Whathappens when disputesover job opportunities ariseamong British unions? A)Thirty three per cent of theworkers will beout ofwork. B) Morepeople willbe employed than necessary. C)Morejobs will becreated bythegovernment. D)The unions willtry to increaseproductivity. 218淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 37. What does thereporter who has visited plants throughout Europe think about Britain? ________. A)Teabreaks donot affect theintensityof work in Britain. B) Britons dotheirwork in an unhurried sort ofway. C)Thepace ofwork inContinental Europe ismuch slower than in Britain. D)Britons give theimpression ofworking intensively. 38. “Thebreaks matter”(Para. 2,Line 2) indicates that ________. A)they are an important aspect of theBritish way oflife B) they are greatly enjoyed byBritish workers C)they can beusedbytheworkers as an excuseto take timeofffrom work D)they help theworkers to beon good terms with each other 39. Theword “this” (Para. 3,Line 1) theauthormeans to say that ________. A)there are moremen onany given job than are needed B) 33percent overmanning leads to 33percent less productivity C)itis difficultto measure theintensity ofwork D)Britons generally donot want to work too hard 40. By “what is wrong with Britain may also be what is right” (Para. 6, Line 1) the authormeans tosay that ________. A)quarrels between unions will help create jobs B) aleisurely way oflife helps Britons increase productivity C)thegentletoneand temperof thepeoplein Britain makes it apleasant place D)Britons willnot sacrifice theirleisure tofurther increase productivity Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) 41. The grey building is where the workers live, and the white one is where the spare parts ________. A)are producing B) are produced C)produced D)being produced 42. Icouldnot persuade him to accept it,________make himsee theimportant of it. A)ifonly Icould not B) nomorethan I could C)orIcould not 219淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)nor could I 43. Because of the ________ emphasis placed on classroom work, the instructor will report your absences totheadviser. A)large B) strong C)hard D)high 44. Homework ________ontimewill lead to better grades. A)done B) bedone C)having done D)tohave been done 45. Thespeech ________a livelydiscussion started. A)being delivered B) was delivered C)bedelivered D)having been delivered 46. Ihave had great deal of trouble________therest oftheclass. A)coming upagainst B) making upfor C)keeping upwith D)living upto 47. ________ formy illnessI would have lent hima helping hand. A)Not being B) Had it not been C)Without being D)Not having been 48. ________ ateacher ina university,it is necessary to have at least a master’sdegree. A)Tobecome B) Become C)Onebecome D)On becoming 220淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 49. Thelittle man was ________more than onemetre fifty tall. A)nearly B) quite C)hardly D)almost 50. Certain programs work better for some________for others. A)and B) than C)as D)but 51. Some plants are so sensitive ________ pollution that they can only survive in a perfectly clean environment. A)from B) against C)to D)with 52. It does not alterthe fact that hewas theman ________forthedeath ofthe littlegirl. A)accounting B) guilty C)responsible D)obliged 53. Medical care reform has become this country’s most important public health ________. A)question B) stuff C)matter D)issue 54. Not thatJohn doesn’t want to helpyou, ________it’s beyond his power. A)but that B) forthat C)and that D)inthat 221淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 55. It isnot unusual for workers in that region ________. A)tobepaid morethan a monthlate B) tobe paid later than more amonth C)topay later than amonth more D)topay late morethan amonth 56. Iused to smoke________but Igave it upthreeyears ago. A)seriously B) heavily C)badly D)severely 57. Thedoctor toldPenny that too much ________to thesunis bad for theskin. A)exposure B) extension C)exhibition D)expansion 58. Michael used tolook hurt and surprised when ________. A)scolding B) toscold C)having scolded D)scolded 59. He decided to make further improvements on the computer’s design ________ the light ofthe requirements ofcustomers. A)on B) for C)in D)with 60. If you don’t liketo swim, you ________stay at home. A)should as well B) may as well C)can as well D)would as well 61. Tobefrank, I’drather you ________in thecase. 222淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)will not beinvolved B) notinvolved C)notto be involved D)were notinvolved 62. If you suspect that the illness might be serious you should not ________ going to thedoctor. A)put off B) holdback C)putaside D)holdup 63. If you want to knowthetrain schedule, please ________at thebooking office. A)acquire B) inquire C)request D)require 64. Hethought that ________. A)theeffort doingthejob was not worth B) theeffort was notworth in doing thejob C)itwas not worth theeffort doingthejob D)it was not worth the effort bydoingthe job 65. Thecoming ofthe railways in the1830s ________our society and economic life. A)transformed B) transported C)transferred D)transmitted 66. Ihave noobjection ________theevening with them. A)tospend B) tospending C)ofspending D)spending 67. Realizing that he hadn’t enough money and ________ to borrow from his father, he decided tosell his watch. 223淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)not wanted B) notto want C)notwanting D)wanting not 68. In preparing scientific reports of laboratory experiments, a student should ________ his findings in logical order and clear language. A)furnish B) propose C)raise D)present 69. ________ they reached thecentre ofthecity,theystopped the carat abar. A)Before a mileorso when B) For amileorsoafter C)Furtherthan a mileor so D)Amileorso before 70. They are teachers and don’trealize________to start and run a company. A)what ittakes B) what takes it C)what they take D)what takes them Part IVCloze (15minutes) Did you ever have someone’s name on the tip of your tongue and yet you were unable to recall it? __71__ this happens again, do not __72__ to recall it. Do something __73__ for a couple of minutes. __74__ the name may come into your head. The name is there, since you have met __75__ person and learned his name. It __76__ has to be dug out. The initial effort to recall __77__ the mind for operation, but it is the subconscious (下意识的) __78__ that go to work to dig up a __79__ memory. Forcing yourself to recall __80__ never helps because it doesn’t __81__ your memory; it only tightens it. Students find the preparatory method helpful __82__ examinations. They read over the questions __83__ trying to answer any of them. __84__ they answer first the ones __85__ which they are most confident. Meanwhile, deeper mental activities in the subconscious mind are taking __86__; work is being done on the __87__ difficult question. By the time the easier questions are answered, answers __88__ the more difficult ones will usually begin to __89__ into consciousness. It is often __90__ a question ofwaiting forrecall to come tothe memory. 224淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 71. A)As B)When C)While D)Whether 72. A)try B) want C)hesitate D)wait 73. A)simple B) apart C)else D)similar 74. A)unless B) and C)or D)until 75. A)some B) certain C)a D)this 76. A)then B) really C)only D)indeed 77. A)leads B) begins C)helps D)prepares 78. A)deeds B) activities C)movements 225淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)procedures 79. A)light B) fresh C)dim D)dark 80. A)merely B) almost C)barely D)hardly 81. A)loosen B) weaken C)decrease D)reduce 82. A)into B) in C)about D)by 83. A)after B) besides C)before D)against 84. A)Thus B) But C)Therefore D)Then 85. A)of B) with C)for D)in 86. A)place B) shape 226淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)charge D)action 87. A)too B) less C)not D)more 88. A)to B) of C)about D)for 89. A)appear B) grow C)extend D)come 90. A)nearly B) likely C)just D)even PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic Can Money Buy Happiness? You should write no less than 100 words and you should base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese)below: 1. 有人认为金钱是幸福之本(source ofhappiness) 2. 也有人认为金钱是万恶之源(root ofall evil) 3. 我的看法 Rememberto write your compositionneatly. 227淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1995年1月四级参考答案 Part I 1. C 2. D 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. A 7. D 8. A 9. D 10. C 11. D 12. D 13. A 14. B 15. C 16. D 17. B 18. C 19. A 20. B PartII 21. A 22. C 23. A 24. A 25. D 26. C 27. B 28. B 29. D 30. D 31. B 32. D 33. C 34. A 35. C 36. B 37. B 38. A 39. A 40. D Part III 41. B 42. D 43. B 44. A 45. D 46. C 47. B 48. A 49. A 50. B 51. C 52. C 53. C 54. A 55. A 56. B 57. A 58. D 59. C 60. B 61. D 62. A 63. B 64. C 65. A 66. B 67. C 68. D 69. D 70. A Part IV 71. B 72. A 73. C 74. B 75. D 76. C 77. D 78. B 79. C 80. B 81. A 82. B 83. C 84. D 85. A 86. A 87. D 88. A 89. D 90. C 228淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1995年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA 1. A)Librarian and student. B) Operatorand caller. C)Boss and secretary. D)Customerand repairman. 2. A)Look for thekey. B) Repairthecar. C)Fixashelf. D)Paint ashelf. 3. A)Tomake thewoman angry. B)Toplease theman’s mother. C)David is theman’s good friend. D)David isgood at carrying onconversations. 4. A)He mustmeet histeacher. B) Hemust attend a class. C)Hemust go out withhis girlfriend. D)He muststay at school tofinish his homework. 5. A)He wants to pay. B) hedoesn’t want to eat out C)Hewants toeat somewhere else. D)He doesn’t likeJapanese food. 6. A)He didn’t work as hardas hewas supposed to. B) Hedidn’tpass thephysics exam. C)Hedid better in an earlierexam. D)He found something wrong with theexam. 7. A)He is attending hissick mother at home. B) Heis onaEuropean tourwith hismother. 229淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Heis at homeonsick leave. D)He is inEurope tosee hismother. 8. A)They don’t knowhowtoget toMike’s home. B)They are discussing when to meet again. C)They went tothe sameparty sometimeago. D)They will go toMike’s birthday party. 9. A)Five lessons. B)Three lessons. C)Twelvelessons. D)Fifteen lessons. 10. A)Find alarger room. B) Selltheold table. C)Buy two bookshelves. D)Rearrange somefurniture. Section B PassageOne Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)Courses inBritish history. B) Language courses. C)Courses in sports. D)Teacher training courses. 12. A)Toattract more students. B)Tomake thecourses suitableforstudents of all levels. C)Tolet thestudents have agood rest. D)Tomake thesummerschool morelikea holiday. 13. A)Because they allwork very hard. B) Because theirteachers are all nativespeakers ofEnglish. C)Because they learn not onlyinbut also out ofclass. D)Because they areall advanced students. PassageTwo 230淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)Because it takes too longto process allthe applications. B) Because itsresources are limited. C)Because itis a library for special purposes. D)Because there is a shortage of staff. 15. A)Discard his application from. B) Forbid himto borrow anyitems. C)Cancel his video card. D)Ask him toapply again. 16. A)One month. B) Oneweek. C)Twoweeks. D)Two months. PassageThree Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)Chemicals. B)Vapor. C)Water. D)Gas. 18. A)By passing steam over dry ice. B) By turningordinary ice intosteam. C)By heating dry ice. D)By mixingdry icewith ordinary ice. 19. A)It takes alonger timeto melt. B) It islighter tocarry. C)It iscleaner to usethan ordinary ice. D)It is not so cold as ordinary ice. 20. A)In the1920’s. B) In the1930’s. C)In the1940’s. 231淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)In the1950’s. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Researchers have established that when people are mentally engaged, biochemical changes occur in the brain that allow it to act more effectively in cognitive (认知的) areas such as attention and memory.This istrue regardless ofage. People will be alert (警觉的) and receptive (接受能力强的) if they are faced with information that gets them to think about things they are interested in.And someone with a history of doing more rather than less will go into old age more cognitively sound than someonewho has not had an active mind. Many experts are so convinced of the benefits of challenging the brain that they are putting, the theory to work in their own lives. “The idea is not necessarily to learn to memorize enormous amounts of information.” says James Fozard, associate director of the national Institute on Aging. “Most of us don’t need that kind of skill. Such specific training is of less interest than being able to maintain mental alertness. Fozard and others say they challenge their brains with different mental skill, both because they enjoy them and because they are sure that their range of activities will help the way their brains work. Gene Cohen, acting director of the same institute, suggests that people in their old age should engage in mental and physical activities individually as well as in groups. Cohen says that we are frequently advised to keep physically active as we age, but older people need to keep mentally active as well. Those who do are more likely to maintain their intellectual abilities and to be generally happier and better adjusted. “The point is, you need to do both,” Cohen says. “Intellectual activity influences brain-cell health and size.” 21. Peoplewho are cognitively healthy are those ________. A)who can remember large amountsof information B) who are highly intelligent C)whoseminds are alert and receptive D)who are good at recognizing different sounds 22. According to Fozard’s argument people can make their brains work more efficiently by________. A)constantly doing memory work B) taking part invarious mental activities C)going through specific training D)making frequent adjustments 232淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 23. Thefindings ofJames andotherscientists intheirwork ________. A)remain atheory tobe further proved B) have been generally accepted C)have been challenged bymany other experts D)are practiced bytheresearchers themselves 24. Olderpeople are generally advised to________. A)keep fit bygoing infor physical activities B) keep mentallyactive bychallenging theirbrains C)maintain mental alertness through specific training D)maintain a balance between individual andgroup activities 25. Whatis thepassage mainly about? A)How biochemical changes occur in thehuman brain. B)Whypeople shouldkeep activenot only physically butalso mentally. C)Howintellectual activities influence brain-cell health. D)Whypeople shouldreceive special mental trainingas they age. PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. Attention to detail is something everyone can and should do—especially in a tight job market. Bob Crossley, a human-resources expert notices this in the job applications that come across his desk every day. “It’s amazing how many candidates eliminate themselves.”he says. Resume ( 简 历 ) arrive with stains. Some candidates don’t bother to spell the company’s name correctly. Once I see a mistake, I eliminate the candidate, Crossley concludes. “If they cannot take ofthesedetails, why shouldwe trust them with ajob?” Can we pay too much attention to detail? Absolutely. Perfectionists struggle over little things at the cost of something larger they work toward, “To keep from losing the forest for the trees”, says Charles Garfield, associate professor at the University of California, San Francisco, “We must constantly ask ourselves how the details we’re working on fit into the larger picture. If they don’t, we should drop them and move to somethingelse”. Garfield compares this process to his work as a computer scientist at NASA. “The Apollo II moon launch was slightly off-course 90 percent of the time.” Says Garfield, “But a successful landing was still likely because we knew the exact coordinates of our goal. This allowed us to make adjustments as necessary.” Knowing where we want to go helps us judge theimportance ofevery task we undertake. Too often we believe what accounts for others’ success is some special secret or a 233淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 lucky break (机遇). But rarely is success so mysterious.Again and again, we see that by doinglittle things within ourgrasp well, large rewards follow. 26. According tothe passage, somejob applicants were rejected ________. A) because of their carelessness as shown in their failure to present a clean copy of a resume B) because of their inadequate education as shown in their poor spelling in writing a resume C) because they failed to give detailed description of their background in their applications D)because they eliminated theirnames from theapplicants’list themselves 27. Theword “perfectionists”(Para. 3,Line) refers to thosewho ________. A)demand others to get everything absolutely right B) knowhowto adjust theirgoals according tothe circumstances C)pay too much attention to details only tolose theirmajorobjectives D)are capableof achieving perfect results in whateverthey do 28. Whichofthe following istheauthor’sdevice to thereader? A) Although too much attention to details may be costly, they should not be overlooked. B) Don’t forget details when drawing pictures. C)Be aware oftheimportance ofatask before undertaking it. D)Careless applicants are notto be trusted. 29. TheexampleoftheApollo II moon launch is given toillustratethat ________. A)minormistakes can beignored inachieving majorobjectives B) failure isthe motherofsuccess C)adjustmentsare thekey to thesuccessful completion ofany work D)keeping one’s goal inmindhelps indeciding which details can beoverlooked 30. Thebest titleforthis passage would be________. A)Don’t Be aPerfectionist B) Importance ofAdjustments C)Details and Major Objectives D)HardWork PlusGood Luck PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. 234淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Britain almost more than any other country in the world must seriously face the problem of building upwards, that is to say, of accommodating a considerable proportion of its population in high blocks of flats. It is said that the English man objects to this type of existence, but if the case is such, he does in fact differ from the inhabitants of most countries of the world today. In the past our own blocks of flats have been associated with the lower-income groups and they have lacked the obvious provisions, such as central heating, constant hot water supply, electrically operated lifts from top to bottom, and so on, as well as such details, important notwithstanding (然而), as easy facilities for disposal of dust and rubbish and storage places for baby carriages in the ground floor, playgrounds for children on the top of the buildings, and drying grounds for washing. It is likely that the dispute regarding flats versus (对，对抗) individual houses will continue to rage on for a long time as far as Britain is concerned. And it is unfortunate that there should be hot feelings on both sides whenever this subject is raised. Those who oppose the building of flats base their case primarily on the assumption (设想) that everyone prefers an individual home and on the high cost per unit of accommodation. The latter ignores the higher cost of providing full services to a scattered community and the cost in bothmoney and timeofthejourneys towork for thesuburban resident. 31. Wecan infer from thepassage that________. A)English people, likemost peoplein other countries, dislikelivingin flats B) peoplein most countries ofthe world today are not opposed to livinginflats C)peoplein Britain are forced to moveinto high blocks offlats D)modern flats stillfail to provide thenecessary facilities forliving 32. Whatis said about blocks of flats builtin thepast inBritain? A)They were mostlyinhabited bypeople who did not earn much. B)They were usually not largeenough to accommodate bigfamilies. C)They were sold topeople before necessary facilities were installed. D)They provided playgrounds forchildren onthetopofthebuildings. 33. Theword “rage” (Line 9) means ________. A)be ignored B) develop with great force C)encourage peoplegreatly D)be infashion 34. Somepeople opposethebuilding offlats because ________. A)theliving expenses foreach individualfamily are higher B) itinvolves higher cost compared with thebuildingof houses C)they believe peopleliketo liveinhouses withgardens 235淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)thedisposal of rubbish remains a problem forthoseliving in flats 35. Theauthor mentionsthat people who livein suburban houses ________. A)donot have access to easy facilities becausethey liveaway from thecity B) have topay alot ofmoney to employ peopletodoservice work C)takelonger timetoknow each other because they are ascattered community D)have to spend more moneyand timetravelling to work everyday PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. Where do pesticides (杀虫剂) fit into the picture of environmental disease?Wehave seen that they now pollute soil, water and food, that they have the power to make our streams fishless and our gardens and woodlands silent and birdless. Man, however much he may like to pretend the contrary, is part of nature. Can he escape a pollution that is nowso thoroughly distributedthroughout ourworld: We know that even single exposures to these chemicals, if the amount is large enough, can cause extremely severe poisoning. But this is not the major problem. The sudden illness or death of farmers, farm workers, and others exposed to sufficient quantities of pesticides is very sad and should not occur. For the population as a whole, we must be more concerned with the delayed effects of absorbing small amounts of the pesticides that invisiblypolluteourworld. Responsible public health officials have pointed out that the biological effects of chemicals are cumulative (累积) over long periods of time, and that the danger to individual may depend on the sum of the exposures received throughout his lifetime. For these very reasons the danger is easily ignored. It is human nature to shake off what may seem to us a threat of future disaster. “Men are naturally most impressed by diseases which have obvious signs,” says a wise physician, Dr. Rene Dubos, “yet some of their worst enemies slowly approach them unnoticed.” 36. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the sentence “Man... is part of nature” (Para. 1,Lines 3-4)? A)Man appears indifferent to what happens in nature. B) Manacts as ifhedoes notbelong tonature. C)Mancan avoid theeffects ofenvironmental pollution. D)Man can escape hisresponsibilities forenvironmental effects ofpesticides? 37. Whatis theauthor’s attitudetoward theenvironmental effects ofpesticides? A)Pessimistic B) Indifferent C)Defensive 236淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Concerned 38. In the author’s view, the sudden death caused by exposure to large amounts of pesticides ________. A)is not theworst ofthe negativeconsequences resulting from the useofpesticides B) nowoccurs mostfrequently among all accidental deaths C)has sharply increased so as to become thecenter of publicattention D)is unavoidable because people can’t dowithoutpesticides in farming 39. People tend to ignore the delayed effects of exposure to chemical because ________. A)limited exposuretothem does littleharm topeople’shealth B) thepresent ismore important forthem than thefuture C)thedanger does not become apparent immediately D)humans are capable ofwithstanding smallamounts ofpoisoning 40. It can be concluded from Dr.Dubos remarks that ________. A)people find invisiblediseases difficulttodeal with B) attacks byhidden enemies tend tobe fatal C)diseases with obvious signs are easy to cure D)people tend to overlook hidden dangers caused bypesticides Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) 41. Iwould appreciate ________ita secret. A)your keeping B) you tokeep C)that you keep D)that you will keep 42. Mark often attempts toescape ________whenever hebreaks trafficregulations. A)having been fined B) tobe fined C)tohave been fined D)being fined 43. No matter how frequently ________, the works of Beethoven always attract large audiences. A)performing 237淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) performed C)tobe performed D)being performed 44. It is recommended that the project ________ until all the preparations have been made. A)is not started B) willnot bestarted C)notbe started D)is not tobe started 45. Iwish I________longer thismorning, but Ihad to get upand cometo class. A)could have slept B) slept C)might have slept D)have slept 46. Wedidn’tknow his telephonenumber,otherwisewe ________him. A)would have telephoned B) musthave telephoned C)would telephone D)had telephoned 47. Turn on the television or open a magazine and you ________ advertisements showing happy,balanced families. A)are often seeing B) often see C)willoften see D)have often seen 48. While people may refer to television for up-to-minute news, it is unlikely that television ________thenewspapercompletely. A)replaced B) have replaced C)replace D)will replace 49. An Olympic Marathon is 26 miles and 385 yards, ________ approximately from Marathon toAthens. 238淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)distance B) is thedistance C)thedistance D)thedistance is 50. Youwillwant two trees about tenfeet apart, from ________to suspend your tent. A)there B) them C)which D)where 51. As Iwas just getting familiarwith this job,I had ________to ask myboss. A)many B) most C)more D)much 52. ________ quite recently, most mothers in Britain did not take paid work outside the home. A)Before B) Until C)From D)Since 53. Thesurvival of civilizationas weknowit is ________threat. A)within B) under C)towards D)upon 54. Scientists say it may be five or ten years ________ it is possible to test this medicineonhuman patients. A)since B) before C)after D)when 55. In some countries, ________ is called “equality” does not really mean equal rights forall people. 239淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)which B) what C)that D)one 56. Iwalked toomuch yesterday and ________are still aching now. A)myleg’s muscles B) mymuscles ofleg C)myleg muscles D)mymuscles of theleg 57. Radio, televisionand press ________of conveying news and information. A)are the mostthree common means B) are themostcommon three means C)are thethree mostcommon means D)are three the mostcommon means 58. Liquids are likesolids ________they have adefinite volume. A)inthat B) forthat C)withthat D)at that 59. When a fire ________ at the National Exhibition in London, at least ten priceless paintings were completely destroyed. A)broke off B) brokeout C)brokedown D)broke up 60. The destruction of these treasures was a loss for mankind that no amount of money could ________. A)stand upto B) makeupfor C)comeupwith D)put upwith 61. Then the speaker ________ the various factors leading to the present economic crisis. 240淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)went after B) went for C)went into D)went on 62. The students was just about to ________ the questions, when suddenly he found the answer. A)arrive at B) submitto C)work out D)give up 63. When there are small children around, it is necessary to put bottles of pills out of ________. A)reach B) hand C)hold D)place 64. The________of bloodalways makes him feel sick. A)sight B) view C)look D)form 65. In Britain, thebest season oftheyear is probably ________spring. A)later B) last C)latter D)late 66. Free medical treatment in this country covers sickness of mind as well as ________ sickness. A)normal B) regular C)average D)ordinary 67. Thishotel ________$60for asingle room with bath. 241淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)claims B) demands C)prices D)charges 68. Although he had looked through all the reference material on the subject, he still found it hard to understand this point and her explanation only ________ to his confusion. A)extended B) amounted C)added D)turned 69. Acompletely new situation will ________ when the examination system comes into existence. A)arise B) rise C)raise D)arouse 70. It took himseveral months to________the wildhorse. A)tend B) cultivate C)breed D)tame Part IVCloze (15minutes) A land free from destruction, plus wealth, natural resources, and labor supply—all these were important __71__ in helping England to become the center for the Industrial Revolution. __72__ they were not enough. Something __73__ was needed to start the industrial process. That “something special” was men-__74__ individuals who could invent machines, find new __75__ of power, and establish business organizations to reshape society. The men who __76__ the machines of the Industrial Revolution __77__ from many backgrounds and many occupations. Many of them were __78__ inventors than scientists. Aman who is a __79__ scientist is primarily interested in doing his research __80__. He is notnecessarily working __81__that hisfindings can beused. An inventor or one interested in applied science is __82__ trying to make something that has a concrete __83__. He may try to solve a problem by using the theories __84__ science or by experimenting through trial and error. Regardless of his method, he is 242淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 working to obtain a __85__ result: the construction of a harvesting machine, the burning ofalight bulb, oroneof__86__other objectives. Most of the people who __87__ the machines of the Industrial Revolution were inventors, not trained scientists. A few were both scientists and inventors. Even those who had __88__ or no training in science might not have made their inventions __89__ a groundwork had not been laid byscientists years __90__. 71. A)cases B) reasons C)factors D)situations 72. A)But B)And C)Besides D)Even 73. A)else B) near C)extra D)similar 74. A)generating B) effective C)motivation D)creative 75. A)origins B) sources C)bases D)discoveries 76. A)employed B) created C)operated D)controlled 77. A)came B) arrived 243淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)stemmed D)appeared 78. A)less B) better C)more D)worse 79. A)genuine B) practical C)pure D)clever 80. A)happily B) occasionally C)reluctantly D)accurately 81. A)now B) and C)all D)so 82. A)seldom B) sometimes C)usually D)never 83. A)plan B) use C)idea D)means 84. A)of B) with C)to D)as 85. A)single 244淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) sole C)specialized D)specific 86. A)few B) those C)many D)all 87. A)proposed B) developed C)supplied D)offered 88. A)little B) much C)some D)any 89. A)as B) if C)because D)while 90. A)ago B) past C)ahead D)before PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Advantage of a Job Interview. You should write at least 100 words andyou should baseyour composition onoutline(given in Chinese)below: 1. 现在找工作一般都要面试，通过面试，面试者(interviewer)和应试者(interviewee) 可以互相了解情况。 2. 面试者可以向应试者介绍情况如工作性质、条件、待遇等。 245淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 3. 应试者也有机会给对方留下一个好印象，如可以表现出自信心，可以介绍教育 背景，工作能力等。 246淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1995年6月四级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. C 3. B 4. A. 5. A 6. B 7. D 8. C 9. B 10. D 11. B 12. D 13. C 14. B 15. C 16. A 17. D 18. A 19. C 20. A PartII 21. C 22. B 23. D 24. A 25. B 26. A 27. C 28. A 29. D 30. C 31. B 32. A 33. B 34. C 35. D 36. B 37. D 38. A 39. C 40. D Part III 41. A 42. D 43. B 44. C 45. A 46. A 47. C 48. D 49. C 50. C 51. D 52. B 53. B 54. B 55. B 56. C 57. C 58. A 59. B 60. B 61. C 62. D 63. A 64. A 65. D 66. D 67. D 68. C 69. A 70. C Part IV 71. C 72. A 73. A 74. D 75. B 76. B 77. A 78. C 79. C 80. D 81. D 82. C 83. B 84. A 85. D 86. C 87. B 88. A 89. B 90. D 247淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1996年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)2hours. B) 3hours. C)4hours. D)5hours. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer.You should choose [D] on theAnswer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough thecenter. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)At home. B)At theriverside. C)At thehealth center. D)At his office. 2. A)Having an interview. B) Filling outa form. C)Talking with his friend. D)Asking forinformation. 3. A)Shemade amistakebytaking toofew courses inthefirst term. B)Thecourses she took were too difficultforher. C)Shetooktoo many courses during her first term. 248淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Shefound itdifficult todeal with collegecourses. 4. A)Worried and frightened. B)Very relaxed. C)Quiteunhappy. D)Angry with theprofessor. 5. A)He enjoys reading letters. B) Hehas beenjob-hunting. C)Heis offering thewoman ajob. D)He is working fora company. 6. A)Shelost herway. B) Shelosther keys. C)Shelosther car. D)Shelost herhandbag. 7. A)More than an hour and ahalf. B) Not morethan half an hour. C)Morethan two hours. D)Less than an hourand ahalf. 8. A)Sheis sure who isgoing to win. B) Nowit is agood timetostart thegame. C)Thegame has been going onfor along time. D)The same team always wins. 9. A)The ideas of thepaper are not convincing. B) Someparts ofthepaper are notwell written. C)Thehandwriting ofthepaper is not good. D)The paper is notcomplete. 10. A)Looking for ayoung lady. B) Looking forher wrist watch. C)Looking fora young gentleman. D)Looking for aman wearing awrist watch. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 249淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Passageone Questions11to14arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)It had many problems. B) It was the mostdemocraticcountry in theworld. C)It was fair towomen. D)It had someminorproblems to solve. 12. A)The women of somestates. B)Thewomen inthe stateofWyoming only. C)Themembers oftheNationalWomen’sAssociation. D)The women in thestate ofMassachusettsonly. 13. A)At thevery beginning of the20th century. B)At theend ofthe19th century. C)After SusanAnthony’s death. D)Just before SusanAnthony’s death. 14. A)Sheworked onthedraft oftheAmerican Constitution. B) Shewas thechairman oftheNationalWomen’sAssociation. C)Shewas born inNewYork and died inMassachusetts. D)Shewas an activist in thewomen’s movement for equal rights. PassageTwo Questions15to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 15. A)Peoplewith problems. B)Travels around theworld. C)BeautifulAmerica. D)Peoplein great cities. 16. A)He spent three monthswriting “Travels withCharley”. B) Heenjoyed his travels around theUnited States. 250淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Hewas fond ofwriting about histravels. D)He didn’t enjoy thetrip as much as Charley. PassageThree Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)The long distancebetween his hometown and NewYork. B) His unpopularcharacter. C)Thehigh unemployment rate in NewYork. D)His criminal record. 18. A)He wanted tobe put inprison again. B) Heneeded themoney to support hisfamily. C)Hehated thebarberthere. D)He wanted tomake himselfwell known. 19. A)He went directly tothe policestation. B) Hedrove out ofthetown and tried toescape. C)Hewaited for thepoliceto arrest him. D)He argued with thepolice angrily. 20. A)Mr.Spears enjoyed livingin prison. B) Mr.Spears was known as agreedy man inhis community. C)Thepolice inNewYorkwere not very efficient. D)The only wayfor Mr.Spears to support his family was bygoing to prison again. Part IIVocabularyand Structure(20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 21. The fifth generation computers, with artificial intelligence, ________ and perfected now. A)developed B) have developed C)are being developed D)will have beendeveloped 251淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 22. Thisticket ________you to a free meal inournew restaurant. A)gives B) grants C)entitles D)credits 23. You________herin her office lastFriday; she’s been out oftown for two weeks. A)needn’t have seen B) musthave seen C)might have seen D)can’t have seen 24. That was soserious amatterthat I had nochoice but ________thepolice. A)called in B) calling in C)call in D)tocall in 25. Shewas so ________in herjob that she didn’t hear anybody knocking at thedoor. A)attracted B) absorbed C)drawn D)concentrated 26. ________ as it was at such a time, hiswork attracted much attention. A)Being published B) Published C)Publishing D)Tobe published 27. At first, the speaker was referring to the problem of pollution in the country, but halfway inher speech, shesuddenly ________to anothersubject. A)committed B) switched C)favoured D)transmitted 28. It is politely requested by the hotel management that radios ________ after 11 252淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 o’clock at night. A)were notplayed B) notto play C)notbe played D)didnot play 29. Although I like the appearance of the house, what really made me decide to buy it was thebeautiful ________through thewindow. A)vision B) look C)picture D)view 30. Cancer issecond only________heart disease as acause of death. A)of B) to C)with D)from 31. Despite the wonderful acting and well-developed plot the ________ movie could notholdour attention. A)three-hours B) three-hour C)three-hours’ D)three-hour’s 32. The manager needs an assistant that he can ________ to take care of problems in his absence. A)count on B) count in C)count up D)count out 33. Theorganization had broken norules, but ________had itacted responsibly. A)neither B) so C)either D)both 253淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 34. Wegave out a cheer when the red roof ofthe cottage came ________view. A)from B) in C)before D)into 35. They took ________measures to prevent poisonousgases from escaping. A)fruitful B) beneficial C)valid D)effective 36. Doing your homework is a sure way to improve your test scores, and this is especiallytrue ________it comes to classroom tests. A)when B) since C)before D)after 37. Careful surveys have indicated that as many as 50 percent of patients do not take drugs ________directed. A)like B) so C)which D)as 38. In developing countries people are ________ into overcrowded cities in great numbers. A)breaking B) filling C)pouring D)hurrying 39. It’s reported that by the end of this month the output of cement in the factory ________ byabout 10%. A)will have risen B) has risen C)willbe rising 254淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)has been rising 40. If Ihad remembered ________thewindow,thethiefwould not have got in. A)toclose B) closing C)tohave closed D)having closed 41. There are otherproblems which Idon’tpropose to ________at themoment. A)go into B) go around C)go for D)go up 42. Don’t get your schedule ________;stay with us inthisclass. A)tochange B) changing C)changed D)change 43. It is quite necessary for a qualified teacher to have good manners and ________ knowledge. A)extensive B) expansive C)intensive D)expensive 44. Jean doesn’t want to work right away because she thinks that if she ________ a job sheprobably wouldn’t beable to seeher friends very often. A)has toget B) were to get C)had got D)could have got 45. I felt somewhat disappointed and was about to leave, ________ something occurred which attracted my attention. A)unless B) until C)when 255淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)while 46. Alove marriage, however, does not necessarily ________ much sharing of interests and responsibilities. A)take over B) result in C)holdon D)keep to 47. The ability to store knowledge makes computers different form every other machine ________ invented. A)ever B) thus C)yet D)as 48. I’m not sure whether I can gain any profit from the investment, so I can’t make a(n) ________ promisetohelp you. A)exact B) defined C)definite D)sure 49. I have kept that portrait ________ I can see it every day, as it always reminds me of myuniversity days in London. A)which B) where C)whether D)when 50. The sports meet, originally due to be held last Friday, was finally ________ because ofthebad weather. A)set off B) broken off C)worn off D)called off PartIII ReadingComprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some 256淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions51to55arebased onthe followingpassage. Space is a dangerous place, not only because of meteors (流星) but also because of rays from the sun and other stars. The atmosphere again acts as our protective blanket on earth. Light gets through, and this is essential for plants to make the food, which we eat. Heat, too, makes our environment endurable. Various kinds of rays come through the air from outer space, but enormous quantities of radiation from the sun are screened off. As soon as men leave the atmosphere they are exposed to this radiation but their spacesuits orthewalls oftheir spacecraft, ifthey are inside, doprevent a lotofradiation damage. Radiation is the greatest known danger to explorers in space. The unit of radiation is called rem. Scientists have reason to think that a man can put up with far more radiation than 0.1 rem without being damaged; the figure of 60 rems has been agreed on. The trouble is that it is extremely difficult to be sure about radiation damage-a person may feel perfectly well, but the cells of his or her sex organs may be damaged, and this will not be discovered until the birth of deformed (畸形的) children or even grandchildren. Missions of the Apollo flights have had to cross belts of high radiation and, during the outward and return journeys, theApollo crew accumulated a large amount ofrems. So far, no dangerous amounts of radiation have been reported, but the Apollo missions have been quite short. We simply do not know yet how men are going to get on when they spend weeks and months outside the protection of the atmosphere, working in a space laboratory. Drugs might help to decrease the damage done by radiation, but no really effectiveones havebeen found so far. 51. According to the first paragraph, the atmosphere is essential to man in that ________. A)it protects him against theharmful rays from space B) itprovides sufficientlight forplant growth C)itsupplies theheat necessary for human survival D)it screens offthefalling meteors 52. Weknow from thepassage that ________. A)exposureto even tinyamounts ofradiation isfatal B) theeffect of exposureto radiation is slowin coming C)radiation is avoidable inspace exploration D)astronauts in spacesuits needn’t worry about radiation damage 257淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 53. Theharm radiation has done to theApollo crewmembers ________. A)is insignificant B) seems overestimated C)is enormous D)remains unknown 54. It can be inferred from thepassage that ________. A)theApollo mission was very successful B) protection from space radiation is noeasy job C)astronauts will have deformed children or grandchildren D)radiation isnot a threat to well-protected space explorers 55. Thebest titleforthis passage would be________. A)TheAtmosphere and OurEnvironment B) Research onRadiation C)Effects of SpaceRadiation D)Importance ProtectionAgainst Radiation PassageTwo Questions56to60arebased onthe followingpassage. Taste is such a subjective matter that we don’t usually conduct preference tests for food. The most you can say about anyone’s preference, is that it’s one person’s opinion. But because the two big cola (可口可乐) companies—Coca-Cola and Pepsi Cola are marketed so aggressively, we’ve wondered how big a role taste preference actually plays in brand loyalty. We set up a taste test that challenged people who identified themselves as either Coca-Colaor Pepsifans: Find your brand inablind tasting. Weinvited staff volunteers who had a strong liking for either Coca-Cola Classic (传 统型) or Pepsi, Diet (低糖的) Coke, or Diet Pepsi. These were people who thought they’dhave notroubletelling theirbrand from theother brand. We eventually located 19 regular cola drinkers and 27 diet cola drinkers. Then we fed them four unidentified samples of cola one at a time, regular colas for the one group, diet versions for the other. We asked them to tell us whether each sample was Coke or Pepsi; then we analyzed the records statistically to compare the participants’choices with what mere guess-work could have accomplished. Getting all four samples right was a tough test, but not too tough, we thought, for people who believed they could recognize their brand. In the end, only 7 out of 19 regular cola drinkers correctly identified their brand of choice in all four trials. The diet-coladrinkers didalittle worse-only 7of 27identified all four samples correctly. While both groups did better than chance would predict, nearly half the participants 258淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 in each group made the wrong choice two or more times. Two people go all four samples wrong. Overall, half the participants did about as well on the last round of tasting as on the first, so fatigue, or taste burnout, was not a factor. Our preference test results suggest that only a few Pepsi participants and Coke fans may really be able to tell their favorite brand bytaste andprice. 56. According tothe passage thepreference test was conducted inorder to ________. A)find out therole tastepreference plays in aperson’sdrinking B) reveal which cola is moreto thelikingof thedrinkers C)showthat aperson’s opinionabout taste ismere guess-work D)compare theabilityoftheparticipants in choosing theirdrinks 57. Thestatisticsrecorded in thepreference tests show________. A)Coca-Cola and Pepsi are people’s two most favorite drinks B) there isnot much difference intaste between Coca-Cola and Pepsi C)few peoplehad troubletelling Coca-Colafrom Pepsi D)people’s tastes differfrom one another 58. It isimplied in thefirst paragraph that ________. A)thepurpose oftaste testsis topromotethesale ofcolas B) theimprovement ofquality is thechief concern of thetwo colacompanies C)thecompetition between thetwo colas is very strong D)blind tastingis necessary for identifying fans 59. Theword “burnout” (Line 4,Para. 5)here refers tothe stateof________. A)being seriously burnt inthe skin B) being unableto burn forlack offuel C)being badly damaged byfire D)being unable to function because ofexcessiveuse 60. Theauthor’s purpose inwriting this passage is to________. A)showthat taste preference ishighly subjective B) argue that tastetesting is an important marketing strategy C)emphasizethat tasteand priceare closely related to each other D)recommend that blind tasting beintroduced inthe qualitycontrol of colas PassageThree Questions61to65arebased onthe followingpassage. 259淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 The concept of “environment” is certainly difficult and may even be misunderstood; but we have no handy substitute. It seems simple enough to distinguish between the organism and the surrounding environment and to separate forces acting on an organism into those that are internal and biological and those that are external and environmental. But in actual practice this system breaks down in many ways, because the organism and the environment are constantly interacting so that the environment is modified by the organism and vice versa (反之亦然). In the case of man, the difficulties with the environmental concept are even more complicated because we have to deal with man as an animal and with man as a bearer (持有者) of culture. If we look at man as an animal and try to analyze the environmental forces that are acting on the organism, we find that we have to deal with things like climate, soil, plants and such-like factors common to all biological situations; but we also find, always, very important environmental influences that we can only class as “cultural”, which modify the physical and biological factors. But man, as we know him, is always a bearer of culture; and if we study human culture, we find that it, in turn, is modified by the environmental factors of climate and geography. We thus easily get into great difficulties from the necessity of viewing culture, at one moment, as a part of the man and, at another moment, as a part oftheenvironment. 61. Which of the following words can best describe the popular understanding of “environment” as theauthor sees it? A)Elaborate. B) Prejudiced. C)Faultless. D)Oversimplified. 62. According to the author the concept of “environment” is difficult to explain because ________. A)it doesn’tdistinguish between the organism and the environment B) itinvolves both internal and external forces C)theorganism and theenvironment influence each other D)therelationship between theorganism and theenvironment is unclear 63. In analyzing the environmental forces acting on man the author suggests that ________. A)biological factors are less important to theorganism than cultural factors to man B) man and other animals are modified equally bytheenvironmental forces C) man is modified by the cultural environment as well as by the natural environment D) physical and biological factors exert more influence on other organisms than on man 260淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 64. As forculture, theauthor pointsout that ________. A)it develops sidebysidewith environmental factors B) itis also affected byenvironmental factors C)itis generally accepted to bepart of theenvironment D)it isa product of man’s biological instincts 65. In thispassage, theauthoris primarily concerned with ________. A)theinterpretation of theterm “environment” B) thediscussion onorganisms and biological environment C)thecomparison between internal and external factors influencing man D)theevaluation ofman’s influence onculture PassageFour Questions66to70arebased onthe followingpassage. The speaker,a teacher from a community college, addressed a sympathetic audience. Heads nodded in agreement when he said, “High school English teachers are not doing their jobs.” He described the inadequacies of his students, all high school graduates who can use language only at a grade 9 level. I was unable to determine from his answers to myquestions howthis grade 9level had been established. My topic is not standards nor its decline (降低). What the speaker was really saying is that eh is no longer young; he has been teaching for sixteen years, and is able to think and speak likeamature adult. My point is that the frequent complaint of one generation about the one immediately following it is inevitable. It is also human nature to look for the reasons for our dissatisfaction. Before English became a school subject in the late nineteenth century, it was difficult to find the target of the blame for language deficiencies (缺陷). But since then, Englishteachers have been under constant attack. The complainers think they have hit upon an original idea. As their own command of the language improves, they notice that young people do not have this same ability. Unaware that their own ability has developed through the years, they assume the new generation of young people must be hopeless in this respect. To the eyes and ears of sensitiveadults thelanguage oftheyoung always seems inadequate. Since this concern about the decline and fall of the English language is not perceived as a generational phenomenon but rather as something new and peculiar to today’s young people, it naturally follows that today’s English teachers cannot be doing theirjobs.Otherwise, young peoplewould not commitoffenses against thelanguage. 66. Thespeaker theauthormentioned in thepassage believed that ________. A) the language of the younger generation is usually inferior to that of the older generation 261淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) the students had a poor command of English because they didn’t work hard enough C) he was an excellent language teacher because he had been teaching English for sixteen years D) English teachers should be held responsible for the students’ poor command of English 67. In theauthor’s opinion, thespeaker ________. A)gave acorrect judgment oftheEnglish level ofthe students B) had exaggerated thelanguage problems of thestudents C)was right in saying that English teachers were not doing theirjobs D)could think and speak intelligently 68. Theauthor’s attitudetowards the speaker’sremarks is ________. A)neutral B) positive C)critical D)compromising 69. It can be concluded from the passagethat ________. A)it isjustifiableto include English as a school subject B) the author disagrees with the speaker over the standard of English at Grade 9 level C)Englishlanguage teaching is bynomeans an easy job D)language improvement needs timeand effort 70. In thepassage theauthor argues that ________. A) it is unfair to blame the English teachers for the language deficiencies of the students B) young people would not commit offences against the language is the teachers did theirjobs properly C)toeliminate languagedeficiencies onemust have sensitiveeyes and ears D)toimprovethestandard ofEnglish requires theeffort ofseveral generations Part IVTranslation(15 minutes) Directions: In this part, there are five items which you should translate into Chinese, each item consisting of one or two sentences. These sentences are all taken from the Reading Passages you have just read in Part Three of Test Paper One. You are allowed 15 minutes to do the translation. You should refer 262淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 back tothepassages so astoidentifytheir meanings inthecontext. 71. (Passage2,Lines 1-2,Para. 5) Scientists have reason to think that a man can put up with far more radiation than 0.1rem without being damaged; 72. (Passage2,Lines 1-3,Para. 3) Them we fed them four unidentified samples of cola on at a time, regular colas for theonegroup, diet versions forthe other. 73. (Passage2,Lines 1-2,Para. 5) While both groups did better than chance would predict, nearly half the participants ineach group madethe wrong choice two ormore times. 74. (Passage3,Lines 4-5,Para. 2) ... we find that we have to deal with things like climate, soil, plants, and such-like factors common toall biological situations; 75. (Passage4,Lines 1-2,Para. 3) My point is that the frequent complaint of one generation about the one immediately following itis inevitable. PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic The Two-day Weekend. You should write at least 100 words and you should baseyour composition ontheoutline(given inChinese) below: 1. 双休日给大学生带来的好处。 2. 双休日可能给大学生带来的问题。 3. 我应当怎样过好双休日。 TheTwo-dayWeekend 263淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1996年1月四级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. D 8. C 9. B 10. C 11. A 12. A 13. C 14. D 15. A 16. B 17. D 18. A 19. C 20. D PartII 21. C 22. C 23. D 24. D 25. B 26. B 27. B 28. C 29. D 30. B 31. B 32. A 33. A 34. D 35. D 36. A 37. D 38. C 39. A 40. A 41. A 42. C 43. A 44. B 45. C 46. B 47. A 48. C 49. B 50. D Part III 51. A 52. B 53. D 54. B 55. C 56. A 57. B 58. C 59. D 60. A 61. D 62. C 63. C 64. B 65. A 66. D 67. B 68. C 69. D 70. A 71. 科学家有理由相信，一个人能够承受远远高于 0.1雷目(rem)的辐射而不受到伤 害。 72. 然后我们给他们喝 4种没有任何标记的可乐，一次一种，一组人喝普通的可乐， 另一组喝低糖型的可乐。 73. 虽然两组做的都比随机猜测的正确度高，仍有约一半的受试者做出了两个或更 多的错误选择。 74. 我们发现我们必须和气候、土壤、植物以及诸如此类的对所有生物环境都很普 遍的因素打交道。 264淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 75. 我的观点是一代人经常抱怨下一代人是不可避免的。 265淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1996年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)2hours. B) 3hours. C)4hours. D)5hours. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer.You should choose [D] on theAnswer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough thecenter. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)Place another order. B) Callto check onit. C)Waitpatiently. D)Go and find thefurniture. 2. A)Shedoesn’t need thejob. B) Shehasn’tgot a jobyet. C)Shehas got agood job. D)Sheis going tostart work soon. 3. A)Shegot homebefore 9o’clock. B) Shehad a badcold. C)Shehad a car accident. 266淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Shewas delayed. 4. A)Shehasn’t gone camping forseveral weeks. B) Sheliketotake long camping trips. C)Sheprefers not togo camping onweekends. D)Sheoften spends alot oftimeplanning her camping trips. 5. A)Awriter. B)Ateacher. C)Areporter. D)Astudent. 6. A)Shehas notheard of Prof. Johnson. B) Shehas not heard ofProf. Johnson’s brother. C)Sheis agood friend ofProf. Johnson’s. D)Shedoes notknow Prof. Johnson’s. 7. A)Comingback for alater show. B)Waitingin aqueue. C)Comingback in fiveminutes. D)Not going to themovietoday. 8. A)He has got aheart attack. B) Hewas unharmed. C)Hewas badly hurt. D)He has fully recovered from the shock. 9. A)The man went toAustraliaduring Christmas. B)Theman visitedAustraliaduring thesummervacation. C)Theman didn’thave a good timebecause ofthedifferent weather. D)The man remained homewhilehis parents went to see his uncle. 10. A)Toattend aparty at aclassmate’s home. B)Todohomework withher classmate. C)Toattend an evening class. D)Tohave supper out with herclassmate. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 267淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Passageone Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)He fell into theriver butcouldn’t swim. B) Hefell intotheriver together with hisbike. C)Hehad hisfoot caught between two posts in theriver. D)He dived into theriverbut couldn’t reach thesurface. 12. A)He jumped intotheriver immediately. B) Hetook offhis coat and jumped intothewater. C)Hedashed down thebridge to save theboy. D)He shouted out forhelp. 13. A)He asked what theyoung man’s name was. B) Heasked theyoung manto take himhome. C)Hegave his nameand then ran away. D)He thanked the young manand then ran away. PassageTwo Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)Alcohol helps develop people’s intelligence. B) Heavy drinking isnot necessarily harmful toone’s health. C)Controlleddrinking helps people keep theirwits as they age. D)Drinking, even moderately,may harm one’s health. 15. A)Worried. B) Pleased. C)Surprised. D)Unconcerned. 16. A)At aconference. B) In anewspaper. 268淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)On television. D)In ajournal. PassageThree Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)Toseek adventure there. B)Tobe withher motheronChristmas. C)Tosee theanimals and plants there. D)Tojoin her father onChristmas. 18. A)Shewas seriously injured. B) Shesurvived theaccident. C)Shelostconsciousness. D)Shefell intoastream. 19. A)Toavoid hostileIndians. B)Toavoid therain. C)Toavoid thestrong sunlight. D)Toavoid wildanimals. 20. A)They gave Juliafoodtoeat. B)They drove Juliatoahospital. C)They invited Juliatotheirhut. D)They took Juliatoa village byboat. Part IIVocabularyand Structure(20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 21. After the robbery, the shop installed a sophisticate alarm system as an insurance ________ further losses. A)for B) from C)against D)towards 269淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 22. ________ the earth to be flat, many feared that Columbus would fall off the edge of theearth. A)Having believed B) Believing C)Believed D)Being believed 23. A healthy life is frequently thought to be ________ with the open countryside and homegrown food. A)tied B) bound C)involved D)associated 24. SirDenis, who is 78, has made it known that much of his collection ________ to the nation. A)has left B) is toleave C)leaves D)is to beleft 25. Before the first non-stop flight made in 1949, it ________ necessary for all planes to land for refueling. A)would be B) has been C)had been D)would have been 26. In Britain today women ________ 44% of the workforce, and nearly half the mothers withchildren are in paid work. A)build up B) stand for C)makeup D)conform to 27. ________ might beexpected, theresponse tothe question was very mixed. A)As B)That C)It 270淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)What 28. If I correct someone, I will do it with as much good humor and self-restraint as if I were theone ________. A)tocorrect B) correcting C)having corrected D)being corrected 29. Features such as height, weight, and skin color ________ from individual to individualand from faceto face. A)change B) vary C)alter D)convert 30. Imakenotes inthe back of mydiary ________thing tobe mended or replaced. A)by B) in C)with D)of 31. Theroom is in aterrible mess; it________cleaned. A)can’t have been B) mustn’t havebeen C)shouldn’t have been D)wouldn’t havebeen 32. A well-written composition ________ good choice of words and clear organization among otherthings. A)calls on B) calls for C)calls up D)calls off 33. The traditional approach ________ with complex problems is to break them down intosmaller,moreeasily managed problems. A)todealing B) indealing 271淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)dealing D)todeal 34. It has been revealed that some government leaders ________ their authority and positiontoget illegal profits forthemselves. A)employ B) take C)abuse D)overlook 35. We were struck by the extent ________ which teachers’ decisions served the interests oftheschool rather thanthoseofthe students. A)to B) for C)in D)with 36. Shelly had prepared carefully for her biology examination so that she could be sure ofpassing it onherfirst ________. A)intention B) attempt C)purpose D)desire 37. Theancient Egyptians are supposed ________rockets tothe moon. A)tosend B) tobe sending C)tohave sent D)tohave been sending 38. Thestorehad to ________anumber ofclerks because sales were down. A)lay out B) lay off C)lay aside D)lay down 39. All the students in this class passed the English exam ________ the exception of Li Ming. A)on 272淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) in C)for D)with 40. Youngadults ________olderpeople are morelikely to preferpopsongs. A)other than B) morethan C)less than D)rather than 41. Writing isa slowprocess, requiring ________thought, time, and effort. A)significant B) considerable C)enormous D)numerous 42. ________ right now,shewould get thereonSunday. A)Wouldshe leave B) If she leaves C)Wereshe toleave D)If shehad left 43. It’salready 5o’clock now.Don’t you thinkit’s about time________? A)we are going home B) wego home C)wewent home D)we can go home 44. Lightning is a ________ of electrical current from a cloud to the ground or from one cloud toanother. A)rush B) rainbow C)rack D)ribbon 45. Today, ________ major new products without conducting elaborate market research. A)corporations hardly introduceever 273淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) corporations hardly ever introduce C)hardly corporations introduce ever D)hardly corporations everintroduce 46. I’ve already toldyou that I’m going tobuyit, ________. A)however much itcosts B) however does it costs much C)howmuch does it cost D)nomatter howitcosts 47. New York ________ second in the production of apples, producing 850,000,000 pounds thisyear. A)ranked B) occupied C)arranged D)classified 48. Melted iron is poured into the mixer much ________ tea is poured into a cup from a teapot. A)inthesame way like B) inthe sameway which C)inthe sameway D)inthesame way as 49. By success Idon’t mean ________usually thought ofwhen that word is used. A)what is B) that we C)as you D)all is 50. Icaught a ________ofthetaxibefore itdisappeared around the corner ofthe street. A)vision B) glimpse C)look D)scene PartIII ReadingComprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some 274淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Exchange a glance with someone, then look away. Do you realize that you have made a statement? Hold the glance for a second longer, and you have made a different statement. Hold it for 3 seconds, and the meaning has changed again. For every social situation, there is a permissible time that you can hold a person’s gaze without being intimate, rude, or aggressive. If you are on an elevator, what gaze-time are you permitted? To answer this question, consider what you typically do. You very likely give other passengers a quick glance to size them up (打量) and to assure them that you mean no threat. Since being close to another person signals the possibility of interaction.You need to emit a signal telling others you want to be left alone. So you cut off eye contact, what sociologist Erving Goffman (1963) calls “a dimming of the lights.”You look down at the floor, at the indicator lights, anywhere but into another passenger’s eyes. Should you break the rule against staring at a stranger on an elevator, you will make the other person exceedingly uncomfortable, andyou are likely to feel abit strange yourself. If you hold eye contact for more than 3 seconds, what are you telling another person? Much depends on the person and the situation. For instance, a man and a woman communicate interest in this manner. They typically gaze at each other for about 3 seconds at a time, then drop their eyes down for 3 seconds, before letting their eyes meet again. But if one man gives another man a 3-second-plus stare, he signals, “I know you”, “I am interested in you,” or “You look peculiar and I am curious about you.” This type of stare often produces hostilefeelings. 51. It can be inferred form thefirst paragraph that ________. A)every glance has itssignificance B) staring at aperson is an expression ofinterest C)agazelonger than 3seconds isunacceptable D)a glance conveys more meaning than words 52. If you want to beleft alone onan elevator,thebest thing to dois________. A)tolook intoanother passenger’s eyes B) toavoid eye contact with otherpassengers C)tosignal you are not a threat to anyone D)tokeep adistance from other passengers 53. By “adimmingofthe lights”(Para. 1,Line 9)Erving Goffman means “________”. 275淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)closing one’s eyes B) turning offthelights C)creasing to glance at others D)reducing gaze-timeto theminimum 54. If one islooked at byastranger for toolong, he tends to feel ________. A)depressed B) uneasy C)curious D)amused 55. Thepassage mainly discusses ________. A)thelimitations of eye contact B) theexchange ofideas through eye contact C)proper behavior insituations D)therole ofeye contact in interpersonal communication PassageTwo Questions56to60arebased onthe followingpassage. The picnics, speeches, and parades of today’s Labor Day were all part of the first celebration, held in New York City in 1882. Its promoter was an Irish-American labor leader named peter J. McGuire.Acarpenter by trade, McGuire had worked since the age of eleven, and in 1882 was president of the United Brotherhood of Carpenters and Joiners (UBCJ).Approaching the City’s Central Labor Union that summer, he proposed a holiday that would applaud (赞许)“the industrial spirit-the great vital force of every nation,” On September 5 his suggestion bore fruit, as an estimated 10,000 workers, many of them ignoring their bosses’ warnings, left work to march from Union square up Fifth Avenue to 42nd Street. The event gained national attention, and by 1893 thirty states had madeLabor Day an annual holiday. The quick adoption of the scheme may have indicated less about the state lawmakers’ respect for working people than about a fear of risking their anger. In the 1880s the United States was a land sharply divided between the immensely wealthy and the very poor. Henry George was accurate in describing the era as one of “progress and poverty.” In a society in which factory, owners rode in private Pullmans while ten-year-olds slaved in the mines, strong anti-capitalist feeling ran high. Demands for fundamental change were common throughout the labor press. With socialists demanding an end to “wage slavery” and anarchists (无政府主义) singing the praises of the virtues of dynamite (炸药), middle-of-the-roaders like Samuel Gompers and McGuire seemed attractively mild by comparison. One can imagine practical capitalists seeing Labor Day as a bargain: A one-day party certainly cost them less than paying their workers decent 276淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 wages. 56. Judging from thepassage, McGuire was ________. A)a moderate laborleader B) an extreme-anarchist inthelabor movement C)adevoted socialistfighting against exploitation ofman byman D)a firm anti-capitalist demanding theelimination ofwage slavery 57. Wecan see from the firstparagraph that the firstLabor Day march ________. A)immediately won nationwide support B) involved workers from 30states C)was opposed bymany factory owners D)was organized bytheUBCJ 58. Which of the following is the key factor in the immediate approval of Labor Day as anational holiday? A)The lawmakers’respect for theworkers. B)Theworker’s determination to have aholiday of theirown. C)Thesocialists’demands for thorough reform. D)The politicians’fear oftheworkers’anger. 59. Welean from thepassagethat the establishment ofLabor Day________. A)was accepted bymost bosses as acompromise B) marked aturning pointin theworkers’struggle formore rights C)indicated theimprovement oftheworkers’welfare D)signaled theend of“wage slavery” 60. McGuire proposed Labor Day inorder to________. A)draw people’sattention to thestriking contrast between therich and the poor B) makeprominent the importantrole oftheworking class in society C)win forthe workers theright to shorterworking hours D)exposetheexploitation oftheworkers bytheir bosses PassageThree Questions61to65arebased onthe followingpassage. In the old day, children were familiar with birth and death as part of life. This is perhaps the first generation ofAmerican youngsters (年轻人) who have never been close byduring thebirth ofababy and have never experienced thedeath ofa familymember. 277淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Nowadays when people grow old, we often send them to nursing homes. When they get sick, we transfer them to a hospital, where children are forbidden to visit terminally ill patients-even when those patients are their parents. This deprives (剥夺) the dying patient of significant family members during the last few days of his life and it deprives thechildren of an experience of death, which is animportant learning experience. Some of my colleagues and I once interviewed and followed approximately 500 terminally ill patients in order to find out what they could teach us and how we could be of more benefit, not just to them but to the members of their families as well. We are most impressed by the fact that even those patients who were not told of their serious illnesswere quiteaware of itspotential outcome. It is important for family members, and doctors and nurses to understand these patients’communications in order to truly understand their needs, fears, and fantasies (幻 想). Most of our patients welcomed another human being with whom they could talk openly, honestly, and frankly about their trouble. Many of them shared with us their tremendous need to be informed, to be kept up-to-date on their medical condition and to be told when the end was near. We found out that patients who had been dealt with openly and frankly were better able to cope with the approach of death and finally to reach a truestage ofacceptanceprior todeath. 61. Theelders ofcontemporaryAmericans ________. A)were often absent when a familymember was born ordying B) were quiteunfamiliarwith birth and death C)usually witnessed thebirth ordeath ofa familymember D)had often experienced thefear ofdeath as part oflife 62. ChildreninAmerica today are denied thechance ________. A)tolearn howtoface death B) tovisit dying patients C)toattend to patients D)tohave access to a hospital 63. Five hundred critically ill patients were investigated with the main purpose of ________. A)observing howthey reacted to thecrisis ofdeath B) helping them and theirfamilies overcome thefear of death C)finding outtheir attitudetowards theapproach ofdeath D)learning howtobest help them and their families 64. Theneed ofa dying patient forcompany shows ________. A)his desire forcommunication withotherpeople 278淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) his fear ofapproaching death C)his pessimisticattitudetowards his condition D)his reluctance topart with hisfamily 65. It may beconcluded from thepassage that ________. A)dying patients are afraid ofbeing toldof theapproach ofdeath B) mostdoctors andnurses understand what dying patientsneed C)dying patients shouldbe truthfullyinformed oftheircondition D)most patients are unable toaccept death untilit is obviouslyinevitable PassageFour Questions66to70arebased onthe followingpassage. Faces, like fingerprints, are unique. Did you ever wonder how it is possible for us to recognize people. Even a skilled writer probably could not describe all the features that make one face different from another.Yet a very young child-or even an animal, such as apigeon-can learn to recognizefaces, we all takethisability forgranted. We also tell people apart by how they behave. When we talk about someone’s personality, we mean the ways in which he or she acts, speaks thinks and feels that make thatindividual different from others. Like the human face, human personality is very complex. But describing someone’s personality in words is somewhat easier than describing his face. If you were asked to describe what a “nice face” looked like, you probably would have a difficult time doing so. But if you were asked to describe a “nice person”, you might begin to think about someonewho was kind considerate, friendly,warm, and so forth. There are many words to describe how a person thinks, feels and acts. Gordon Allport, an American psychologist, found nearly 18,000 English words characterizing differences in people’s behavior. And many of us use this information as a basis for describing, or typing, his personality. Bookworms, conservatives, military types-people are described with such terms. People have always tried to “type” each other. Actors in early Greek drama wore masks to show the audience whether they played the villain’s (坏人) or the hero’s role. In fact, the words “person” and “personality” come from the Latin persona, meaning “mask”. Today, most television and movie actors do not wear masks. But we can easily tell the “good guys” from the “bad guys” because the two types differ in appearance as well as inactions. 66. By usingtheexampleoffinger prints, theauthor tellsus that ________. A)people can learn torecognizefaces B) peoplehave different personalities C)peoplehave difficultyindescribing thefeatures of fingerprints 279淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)people differfrom each otherinfacial features 67. According tothis passage, someanimals have thegift of________. A)telling peopleapart byhow they behave B) typing eachother C)tellinggood people from had people D)recognizinghuman faces 68. Whomost probably knows best how todescribe people’s personality? A)The ancient Greek audience B)Themovieactors C)Psychologists D)The modernTVaudience 69. According to the passage, it is possible for us tell one type of person from another because________. A)people differin theirbehavioral and physical characteristics B) human fingerprintsprovide uniqueinformation C)people’s behavior can beeasily described in words D)human faces have complex features 70. Whichofthe following isthemajor pointof thepassage? A)Whyitis necessary to identifypeople’s personality B)Whyit is possibleto describe people C)Howto get to knowpeople D)How best to recognizepeople Part IVTranslation(15 minutes) Directions: In this part, there are four items which you should translate into Chinese, each item consisting of one or two sentences. These sentences are all taken from the Reading Passages you have just read in Part Three of Test Paper One. You are allowed 15 minutes to do the translation. You should refer back tothepassages so astoidentifytheir meanings inthecontext. 71. (Passage1,Lines 6-7,Para. 1) You very likely give other passengers a quick glance to size them up and to assure themthat you mean nothreat. 72. (Passage2,Lines 2-3,Para. 2) 280淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 In the 1880s the United States was a land sharply divided between the immensely wealthy and theverypoor. 73. (Passage3,Lines 3-5,Para. 3) We were most impressed by the fact that even those patients who were not told of theirserious illness were quiteaware ofitspotential outcome 74. (Passage4,Lines 2-3,Para. 1) Even a skilled writer probably could not describe all the features that make one face different from another. PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Global Shortage of Fresh Water. You should write at least 100 words and you should base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese) below: 1. 人们以为淡水是取之不尽的 (提示：雨水、河水、井水…) 2. 实际上淡水是非常紧缺的 (提示：人口增加，工业用水增加，污染…) 3. 我们应该怎么办 Global Shortage ofFreshWater 281淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1996年6月四级参考答案 Part I 1. C 2. B 3. D 4. B 5. C 6. D 7. A 8. B 9. A 10. A 11. C 12. A 13. D 14. C 15. B 16. A 17. D 18. B 19. C 20. D PartII 21. C 22. B 23. D 24. D 25. C 26. C 27. A 28. D 29. B 30. D 31. A 32. B 33. A 34. C 35. A 36. B 37. C 38. B 39. D 40. D 41. B 42. C 43. C 44. A 45. B 46. A 47. A 48. D 49. A 50. B Part III 51. A 52. B 53. C 54. B 55. D 56. A 57. C 58. D 59. A 60. B 61. C 62. B 63. D 64. A 65. C 66. D 67. D 68. C 69. A 70. B 71. 你很可能给其他乘客很快的一瞥，打量他们一下，以此让他们确信你对他们没 有威胁。 72. 十九世纪八十年代的美国是一个贫富分化极为分明的国家。 73. 给我们留下极深印象的事实是：即使那些没有被告知严重病情的病人，对其疾 病的潜在后果也是非常清楚的。 74. 即使是很老到的作家也很可能不能描述出区分人脸的全部特征。 282淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1997年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)2hours. B) 3hours. C)4hours. D)5hours. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer.You should choose [D] on theAnswer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough thecenter. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)Look for amore expensivehotel. B) Go to another hotel bybus. C)Try to find aquiet place. D)Takea walk around thecity. 2. A)They’re talkingabout nicechildren. B)Theman has ahouse forsale. C)Thewoman lives in anicehouse. D)The man has threechildren. 3. A)In ahotel. B)At a dinnertable. C)In thestreet. 283淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)At theman’s house. 4. A)Relatives. B) Roommates. C)Colleagues. D)Neighbors. 5. A)5:00. B) 5:15. C)5:30. D)5:45. 6. A)He wants to have moresleep. B) His wifedoesn’t sleep well. C)Women need more sleep thanmen. D)He doesn’t needas much sleep as his wife. 7. A)Astudent. B)Areporter. C)Avisitor. D)Alecturer. 8. A)Totheschool. B)Toa friend’s house. C)Tothepost office. D)Home. 9. A)He is afraid hewon’tbe chosen for thetrip. B)Theboss has notdecided where to go. C)Such atrip is necessary for thecompany. D)It’s not certain whether thetrip will takeplace. 10. A)It was boring. B) It was entertaining. C)It was touching. D)It was encouraging. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 284淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Passageone Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)He wanted tofind a place toread his papers. B) Hewanted tokilltimebefore boarding theplane. C)Hefelt thirstyand wanted some coffee. D)He went there to meet his friends. 12. A)Toys forchildren. B) Important documents. C)Foodand coffee. D)Clothes and scientific papers. 13. A)The woman took his case onpurpose. B)All his papers had been stolen. C)Hehad taken the woman’scase. D)The woman played ajoke onhim. PassageTwo Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)The liberation movement ofBritish women. B) Rapid economicdevelopment in Britain. C)Changing attitudesto family life. D)Reasons forchanges in family lifein Britain. 15. A)Because millions ofmen died in thewar. B) Because women had proved theirworth. C)Because women were moreskillfulthan men. D)Because factories preferred to employ women. 16. A)The concept of“thefamily”as a social unit. B)Theattitudes to birth control. 285淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Theattitudes to religion. D)The ideas ofauthority andtradition. PassageThree Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)Those whoare themselves spoiledand self-centered. B)Thosewho expected tohave several children but could only have one. C)Thosewho liketogive expensivejewels totheir children. D)Those who give birth to theironly children when they are below 30. 18. A)Because their parents want them toshare thefamily burden. B) Because theirparents are too strict withthem in their education. C)Because they have nobodyto play with. D)Because their parents want them togrow upas fast as possible. 19. A)Twotypes ofonly children. B) Parents’responsibilities. C)Thenecessity offamily planning. D)The relationship between parents and children. 20. A)They have nosisters orbrothers. B)They are overprotected bytheirparents. C)Their parents expect too much ofthem. D)Their parents often punish them forminorfaults. Part IIVocabularyand Structure(20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 21. Untilthen, his family ________from him for sixmonths. A)didn’thear B) hasn’tbeen hearing C)hasn’theard D)hadn’t heard 22. Theconference ________afull week bythetimeitends. 286淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)must have lasted B) willhave lasted C)would last D)has lasted 23. Students or teachers can participate in excursions to lovely beaches around the island at regular ________. A)gaps B) rate C)length D)intervals 24. Physics is ________tothescience which was called natural philosophy inhistory. A)alike B) equivalent C)likely D)uniform 25. There’s a man at the reception desk who seems very angry and I think he means ________ trouble. A)making B) tomake C)tohave made D)having make 26. After the Arab states won independence, great emphasis was laid on expanding education,with girls as well as boys ________togo to school. A)tobeencouraged B) been encouraged C)being encouraged D)be encouraged 27. The new appointment of our president ________ from the very beginning of next semester. A)takes effect B) takes part C)takes place D)takes turns 287淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 28. The president made a ________ speech at the opening ceremony of the sports meeting, which encouraged thesportsmen greatly. A)vigorous B) tedious C)flat D)harsh 29. It is useful to be able to predict the extent ________ which a price change will affect supply and demand. A)from B) with C)to D)for 30. Finding ajob in such a bigcompany has always been ________his wildest dreams. A)under B) over C)above D)beyond 31. It is not easy to learn English well, but if you ________, you will succeed in the end. A)hang up B) hang about C)hang on D)hang onto 32. It is reported that ________ adopted children want to know who their natural parents are. A)themost B) mostof C)most D)themost of 33. Last year theadvertisingrate ________ by20percent. A)raised B) aroused C)arose 288淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)rose 34. ________ before we depart the day after tomorrow, we should have a wonderful dinnerparty. A)Had they arrived B)Wouldthey arrive C)Werethey arriving D)Were they to arrive 35. The strong storm did a lot of damage to the coastal villages: several fishing boats were ________and many houses collapsed. A)wrecked B) spoiled C)torn D)injured 36. Thelittle man was ________one metrefifty high. A)almost morethan B) hardly more than C)nearly morethan D)as much as 37. As ________ announced in today’s papers, the Shanghai Export Commodities Fair is alsoopen onSundays. A)being B) is C)tobe D)been 38. Youseethe lightning ________it happens, but you hear thethunder later. A)theinstant B) foran instant C)ontheinstant D)inan instant 39. Themanager lost his ________justbecause hissecretary was ten minutes late. A)mood B) temper C)mind 289淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)passion 40. Great as Newton was, many of his ideas ________ today and are being modified by thework of scientistsof ourtime. A)are to challenge B) may bechallenged C)have been challenged D)are challenging 41. Please be careful when you are drinking coffee in case you ________ the new carpet. A)crash B) pollute C)spot D)stain 42. I’drather read than watch television; theprograms seem ________all the time. A)toget worse B) tobe getting worse C)tohave got worse D)getting worse 43. Convenience foods which are already prepared for cooking are ________ in grocery stores. A)ready B) approachable C)probable D)available 44. When I caught him ________ I stopped buying things there and started dealing with anothershop. A)cheating B) cheat C)tocheat D)tobecheating 45. It isimportant that enough money ________to fund theproject. A)be collected B) mustbe collected 290淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)was collected D)can becollected 46. Someoldpeople don’t likepopsongs becausethey can’t ________somuch noise. A)resist B) sustain C)tolerate D)undergo 47. If only the committee ________ the regulations and put them into effect as soon as possible. A)approve B) willapprove C)can approve D)would approve 48. ________ one time, Manchester was the home of the most productive cotton mills intheworld. A)On B) By C)At D)Of 49. ________ itor not,his discovery has created astirin scientificcircles. A)Believe B)Tobelieve C)Believing D)Believed 50. Mr.Morgan can bevery sad________,though in publicheis extremely cheerful. A)byhimself B) inperson C)inprivate D)as individual PartIII ReadingComprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark 291淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions51to55arebased onthe followingpassage. Statuses are marvelous human inventions that enable us to get along with one another and to determine where we “fit” in society. As we go about our everyday lives, we mentally attempt to place people in terms of their statuses. For example, we must judge whether the person in the library is a reader or a librarian, whether the telephone caller is a friend or a salesman, whether the unfamiliar person on our property is thief or ameter reader,and so on. The statuses we assume often vary with the people we encounter, and change throughout life. Most of us can, at very high speed, assume the statuses that various situations require. Much of social interaction consists of identifying and selecting among appropriate statuses and allowing other people to assume their statuses in relation to us. This means that we fit our actions to those of other people based on a constant mental process of appraisal and interpretation. Although some of us find the task more difficult than others, most ofus perform it rather effortlessly. A status has been compared to ready-made clothes. Within certain limits, the buyer can choose style and fabric. But anAmerican is not free to choose the costume (服装) of a Chinese peasant or that of a Hindu prince. We must choose from among the clothing presented by our society. Furthermore, our choice is limited to a size that will fit, as well as by our pocketbook (钱包). Having made a choice within these limits we can have certain alterations made, but apart from minor adjustments, we tend to be limited to what the stores have on their racks. Statuses too come ready made, and the range of choice among them is limited. 51. In thefirst paragraph, thewriter tells usthat statuses can help us ________. A)determine whether a person is fit fora certain job B) behave appropriately in relation to otherpeople C)protect ourselves inunfamiliar situations D)make friends withother people 52. According tothe writer,peopleoften assumedifferent statuses ________. A)inorder to identify themselves with others B) inorder tobetter identify others C)as theirmental processes change D)as thesituationchanges 53. Theword “appraisal”(Line 5,Para. 2) mostprobably means “________”. A)involvement 292淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) appreciation C)assessment D)presentation 54. In thelast sentence of thesecond paragraph, thepronoun “it”refers to“________”. A)fitting ouractions to thoseofother peopleappropriately B) identification ofother people’s statuses C)selecting one’s ownstatuses D)constant mental process 55. By saying that “anAmerican is not free to choose the costume of a Chinese peasant orthat ofa Hindu prince” (Line 2-3,Para. 3), thewriter means ________. A)different peoplehave different styles of clothes B) ready-made clothes may need alterations C)statuses comeready madejustlikeclothes D)our choice ofstatuses is limited PassageTwo Questions56to60arebased onthe followingpassage. Many a young person tells me he wants to be a writer. I always encourage such people, but I also explain that there’s big difference between “being a writer” and writing. In most cases these individuals are dreaming of wealth and fame, not the long hours alone at a typewriter. “You’ve got to want to write,” I say to them, “not want to be a writer.” The reality is that writing is a lonely, private and poor-paying affair. For every writer kissed by fortune there are thousands more whose longing is never rewarded. When I left a 20-year career in the U.S. Coast Guard to become a freelance writer (自由 撰稿者), I had no prospects at all. What I did have was a friend who found me my room in a New York apartment building. It didn’t even matter that it was cold and had no bathroom. Iimmediately bought aused manual type writer and felt likea genuinewriter. After a year or so, however, I still hadn’t gotten a break and began to doubt myself. It was so hard to sell a story that barely made enough to eat. But I knew I wanted to write. I had dreamed about it for years. I wasn’t going to be one of those people who die wondering, What if? I would keep putting my dream to the test-even though it meant living with uncertainty and fear of failure. This is the Shadowland of hope, and anyone witha dream mustlearn to livethere. 56. Thepassage is meant to________. A)warn young people ofthehardships that a successful writer has to experience B) adviseyoung people to give uptheiridea ofbecoming a professional writer 293淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)showyoung peopleit’s unrealisticfor awriter to pursuewealth and fame D)encourage young peopleto pursue a writingcareer 57. Whatcan beconcluded from thepassage? A)Genuine writers often find their work interesting and rewarding. B)Awriter’s success depends onluck rather than oneffort. C)Famous writers usually livein poverty and isolation. D)The chances for awriter tobecome successful are small. 58. Whydid theauthorbegin todoubt himselfafter thefirst year ofhis writingcareer? A)He wasn’t ableto produce asingle book. B) Hehadn’t seen achange for thebetter. C)Hewasn’t able tohave a rest for awholeyears. D)He found his dream would never cometrue. 59. “... People who die wondering, What if?” (Line 3, Para. 3) refers to “those ________”. A)who think too muchofthedark sideoflife B) who regret giving uptheircareer halfway C)who thinka lotwithout making adecision D)who are fullof imagination evenupondeath 60. “Shadowland”in thelast sentence refers to________. A)thewonderland oneoften dreams about B) thebright future that oneis lookingforward to C)thestateofuncertainty before one’s final goal is reached D)a world that exists onlyin one’s imagination PassageThree Questions61to65arebased onthe followingpassage. It is everyone agrees, a huge task that the child performs when he learns to speak, and thefact that hedoes so inso short a period oftimechallenges explanation. Language learning begins with listening. Individual children vary greatly in the amount of listening they do before they start speaking, and late starters are often long listeners. Most children will “obey” spoken instructions some time before they can speak, though the word obey is hardly accurate as a description of the eager and delighted cooperation usually shown by the child. Before they can speak, many children will also ask questions bygestureand bymaking questioning noises. Any attempt to trace the development from the noises babies make to their first 294淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 spoken words leads to considerable difficulties. It is agreed that they enjoy making noises, and that during the first few months one or two noises sort themselves out as particularly indicative of delight, distress, sociability, and so on. But since these cannot be said to show the baby’s intention to communicate, they can hardly be regarded as early forms of language. It is agreed, too, that from about three months they play with sounds for enjoyments, and that by six months they are able to add new sounds to their repertoire (能发出的全部声音). This self-imitation leads on to deliberate (有意识的) imitation of sounds made or words spoken to them by other people. The problem then arises as to the pointat which onecan say that these imitations can be considered as speech. 61. By “...challenges explanation” (Line 2,Para. 1)theauthor means that ________. A)noexplanation isnecessary for such an obviousphenomenon B) noexplanationhas beenmade uptonow C)it’s noeasy jobto provide an adequateexplanation D)it’shigh timethat an explanation was provided 62. Thethird paragraph ismainly about ________. A)thedevelopment ofbabies’early forms oflanguage B) thedifficultiesof babies in learning to speak C)babies’strong desire tocommunicate D)babies’intentionto communicate 63. The author’s purpose in writing the second paragraph is to show that children ________. A)usually obey withoutasking questions B) are passivein theprocess of learning to speak C)are born cooperative D)learn tospeak bylistening 64. From thepassagewe learn that ________. A)early starters can learn to speak within onlysixmonths B) children show astrong desire to communicatebymaking noises C)imitationplays an important role inlearning to speak D)children have various difficultiesin learning to speak 65. Thebest titleforthis passage would be________. A)How Babies Learn toSpeak B) Early Forms ofLanguage C)AHugeTaskfor Children 295淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Noise Making and Language Learning PassageFour Questions66to70arebased onthe followingpassage. Psychologists take opposing views of how external rewards, from warm praise to cold cash, affect motivation and creativity. Behaviorists, who study the relation between actions and their consequences, argue that rewards can improve performance at work and school. Cognitive (认知学派的) researchers, who study various aspects of mental life, maintain that rewards often destroy creativity by encouraging dependence on approval and gifts from others. The latter view has gained many supporters, especially among educators. But the careful use of small monetary (金钱的) rewards sparks creativity in grade-school children, suggesting that properly presented inducements (刺激)indeed aid inventiveness, according to astudy in theJuneJournal of PersonalityandSocial Psychology. “If kids know they’re working for a reward and can focus on a relatively challenging task, they show the most creativity,” says Robert Eisenberger of the University of Delaware in Newark. “But it’s easy to kill creativity by giving rewards for poorperformance or creating toomuch anticipation forrewards.” Ateacher who continually draws attention to rewards or who hands out high grades for ordinary achievement ends up with uninspired students, Eisenberger holds. As an example of the latter point, he notes growing efforts at major universities to tighten grading standards and restore failing grades. In earlier grades, the use of so-called token economies, in which students handle challenging problems and receive performance-based points toward valued rewards, shows promiseinraising effort and creativity,the Delaware psychologist claims. 66. Psychologists are divided withregard to theirattitudes toward ________. A)thechoice between spiritualencouragement and monetary rewards B) theamount ofmonetary rewards for student’creativity C)thestudy ofrelationship between actions and theirconsequences D)theeffects ofexternal rewards onstudents’performance 67. Whatis theresponse ofmanyeducators to external rewards for theirstudents? A)They have nodoubts about them. B)They have doubts about them. C)They approve of them. D)They avoid talking about them. 68. Which of the following can best raise students’ creativity according to Robert Eisenberger? 296淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)Assigning them tasks they have not dealt with before. B)Assigning them tasks which require inventiveness. C)Givingthem rewards they really deserve. D)Giving them rewards they anticipate. 69. It can be inferred from the passage that major universities are trying to tighten their grading standards because they believe________. A)rewarding poorperformance may kill thecreativity ofstudents B) punishmentis more effective than rewarding C)failing uninspired students helps improvetheiroverall academicstandards D)discouraging thestudents’anticipation foreasy rewards is a matterofurgency 70. Thephrase “token economies” (Line1,Para. 5)probably refers to ________. A)ways to develop economy B) systems ofrewarding students C)approaches tosolving problems D)methods ofimproving performance Part IVShortAnswerQuestions (15 minutes) Directions: In this part there is a short passage with five questions or incomplete statements. Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements in the fewest possible words (not exceeding 10 words.) In Britain, the old Road TrafficAct restricted speeds to 2 m.p.h. (miles per hour) in towns and 4 m.p.h. in the country. Later Parliament increased the speed limit to 14 m.p.h. But by 1903 the development of the car industry had made it necessary to raise the limit to 20 m.p.h. By 1930, however, the law was so widely ignored that speeding restrictions were done away with altogether. For five years motorists were free to drive at whatever speeds they likes. Then in 1935 the Road Traffic Act imposed a 30 m.p.h. speed limit in built-upareas, along with theintroduction ofdriving testsand pedestrian crossing. Speeding is now the most common motoring offence in Britain. Offences for speeding fall into three classes: exceeding the limit on a restricted road, exceeding on any road the limit for the vehicle you are driving, and exceeding the 70 m.p.h. limit on any road.Arestricted road is onewhere thestreet lamps are 200yards apart, ormore. The main controversy (争论) surrounding speeding laws is the extent of their safety value. The Ministry of Transport maintains that speed limits reduce accidents. It claims that when the 30 m.p.h. limit was introduced in 1935 there was a fall of 15 percent in fatal accidents. Likewise, when the 40 m.p.h. speed limit was imposed on a number of roads in London in the late fifties, there was a 28 percent reduction in serious accidents. There were also fewer casualties (伤亡) in the year after the 70 m.p.h. motorway limit 297淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 was imposed in 1966. InAmerica, however, it is thought that the reduced accident figures are due rather to the increase in traffic density. This is why it has even been suggested that the present speed limits should be done away with completely, or that a guide should be given to inexperienced drivers and the speed limits made advisory,as isdone in parts ofthe USA. Questions:(注意：答题尽量简短，超过 10个词要扣分。每条横线限写一个英语 单词，标点符号不占格。) 71. During which period couldBritish motoristsdrive without speedlimits? 72. Whatmeasures were adopted in 1935inadditiontothespeeding restrictions? 73. Speeding is amotoringoffence a driver commitswhen he________. 74. Whatis theopinion ofBritish authorities concerning speeding laws? 75. Whatreason doAmericans give for thereduction intraffic accidents? PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes tow rite a composition on the topic Practice Makes Perfect. You should write at least 100 words and you should baseyour composition ontheoutline(given inChinese) below: 1. 怎样理解“熟能生巧”? 2. 例如：在英语学习中… 3. 又如… Practice Makes Perfect 298淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1997年1月四级参考答案 Part I 1. C 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. B 6. D 7. A 8. C 9. D 10. C 11. B 12. D 13. C 14. D 15. A 16. A 17. B 18. B 19. A 20. C PartII 21. D 22. B 23. D 24. B 25. B 26. C 27. A 28. A 29. C 30. D 31. C 32. C 33. D 34. D 35. A 36. B 37. B 38. A 39. B 40. C 41. D 42. B 43. D 44. A 45. A 46. C 47. D 48. C 49. A 50. C Part III 51. B 52. D 53. C 54. A 55. D 56. A 57. D 58. B 59. B 60. C 61. C 62. A 63. D 64. C 65. A 66. D 67. B 68. C 69. A 70. B Part IV 71. 1930-1934 (or-1935)/from 1930to1934 72. (The introductionof) Driving tests and pedestrian crossings 73. exceeds thespeed limits/breaks speeding laws 74. Speed limits reduceaccidents. 75. Theincrease intraffic density. 299淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1997年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)2hours. B) 3hours. C)4hours. D)5hours. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer.You should choose [D] on theAnswer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough thecenter. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)Skating. B) Swimming. C)Boatingand swimming. D)Boating and skating. 2. A)Put herreport onhis desk. B) Read somepapers he recommended. C)Improve someparts ofher paper. D)Mail her report tothepublisher. 3. A)Shetakes itas a kind ofexercise. B) Shewants to save money. C)Sheloves doing anything that isnew. 300淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Her office isn’tvery far. 4. A)Ashopassistant. B)Atelephone operator. C)Awaitress. D)Aclerk. 5. A)Arailway porter. B)Ataxidriver. C)Abus conductor. D)Apostalclerk. 6. A)Most peoplekilled in trafficaccidents are heavy drinkers. B) Shedoes not agree with theman. C)Drunk drivers are not guilty. D)Peopleshould pay moreattention to thedanger ofdrunk driving. 7. A)$1.40. B) $6.40. C)$4.30. D)$8.60. 8. A)Collect papers for theman. B) Do thetyping onceagain. C)Check thepaper fortyping errors. D)Read thewholenewspaper. 9. A)The woman does notwant to go tothe movies. B)Theman is too tired to go to themovies. C)Thewoman wants to go to themovies. D)The man wants togo out for dinner. 10. A)By bus. B) By bike. C)By taxi. D)On foot. Section BCompoundDictation Directions: In this section, you will hear a passage three times. When the passage is 301淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 read for the first time, you should listen carefully for its general idea. Then listen to the passage again. When the passage is read for the second time, you are required to fill in the blanks numbered from S1 to S7 with the exact works you have just heard. For blanks numbered from S8 to S10 you are required to fill in the missing information. You can either use the exact works you have just heard or write down the main points in your own words. Finally, when the passage is read for the third time, you should checkwhat you have written. In police work, you can never predict the next crime or problem. No working day is identical to any other, so there is no “(S1) ________” day for a police officer. Some days are (S2) ________ slow, and the job is (S3) ________; other days are so busy that there is no time to eat. I think I can (S4) ________ police work in one word: (S5) ________. Sometimes it’s dangerous. One day, for example, I was working undercover; that is, I was on the job, but I was wearing (S6) ________ clothes, not my police (S7) ________. I was trying to catch some robbers who were stealing money from people as they walked down the street. Suddenly, (S8) ________. Another policeman arrived, and together, we arrested three of the men; but the other four ran away. Another day, I helped a woman who was going to have a baby. (S9) ________. I put her in my police car to get her there faster. I thought she was going to have the baby right there in my car. But fortunately, (S10)________. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions11to15arebasedon thefollowingpassage. The fridge is considered a necessity. It has been so since the 1960s when packaged food first appeared with thelabel: “storein therefrigerator.” In my fridgeless Fifties childhood, I was fed well and healthy. The milkman came daily, the grocer, the butcher (肉商), the baker, and the ice-cream man delivered two or three times a week. The Sunday meat would last until Wednesday and surplus (剩余的) bread and milk became all kinds of cakes. Nothing was wasted, and we were never troubled by rotten food. Thirty years on, food deliveries have ceased, fresh vegetables are almostunobtainable in thecountry. The invention of the fridge contributed comparatively little to the art of food preservation.Avast way of well-tried techniques already existed-natural cooling, drying, smoking, salting, sugaring, bottling... What refrigeration did promote was marketing—marketing hardware and electricity, 302淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 marketing soft drinks, marketing dead bodies of animals around the globe in search of a good price. Consequently, most of the world’s fridges are to be found, not in the tropics where they might prove useful, but in the wealthy countries with mild temperatures where they are climatically almost unnecessary. Every winter, millions of fridges hum away continuously, and at vast expense, busily maintaining an artificially-cooled space inside an artificially-heated house-while outside, nature provides the desired temperature free of charge. The fridge’s effect upon the environment has been evident, while its contribution to human happiness has been insignificant. If you don’t believe me, try it yourself, invest in a food cabinet and turn off your fridge next winter.You may miss the hamburgers (汉堡 包),but at least you’ll get rid of that terriblehum. 11. The statement “In my fridgeless Fifties childhood, I was fed well and healthily.” (Line1,Para. 2)suggests that ________. A)theauthor was well-fed and healthy even without afridge inhis fifties B) theauthorwas not accustomed tousing fridges even in hisfifties C)there was nofridge in theauthor’s homein the1950s D)thefridge was in itsearly stage ofdevelopment in the1950s 12. Whydoes theauthor say that nothing was wasted before theinvention of fridges? A)Peoplewould not buymore food than was necessary. B) Foodwas delivered to peopletwo orthree times a week. C)Foodwas soldfresh and did notget rotten easily. D)Peoplehad effective ways topreserve theirfood. 13. Whobenefited theleast from fridges according to theauthor? A)Inventors. B) Consumers. C)Manufacturers. D)Traveling salesmen. 14. Which of the following phrases in the fifth paragraph indicates the fridge’s negative effect ontheenvironment? A)“Hum away continuously”. B) “Climatically almost unnecessary”. C)“Artificially-cooled space”. D)“With mildtemperatures”. 15. Whatis theauthor’s overall attitudetoward fridges? 303淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)Neutral. B) Critical. C)Objective. D)Compromising. PassageTwo Questions16to20arebased onthe followingpassage. The human brain contains 10 thousand million cells and each of these may have a thousand connections. Such enormous numbers used to discourage us and cause us to dismiss the possibility of making a machine with human-like ability, but now that we have grown used to moving forward at such a pace we can be less sure. Quite soon, in only 10 or 20 years perhaps, we will be able to assemble a machine as complex as the human brain, and if we can we will. It may then take us a long time to render it intelligent by loading in the right software (软件) or by altering the architecture but that toowill happen. I think it certain that in decades, not centuries, machines of silicon (硅) will arise first to rival and then exceed their human ancestors. Once they exceed us they will be capable of their own design. In a real sense they will be able to reproduce themselves. Silicon will have ended carbon’s long control. And we will no longer be able to claim ourselves tobethe finest intelligencein theknown universe. As the intelligence of robots increases to match that of humans and as their cost declines through economies of scale we may use them to expand our frontiers, first on earth through their ability to withstand environments, harmful to ourselves. Thus, deserts may bloom and the ocean beds be mined. Further ahead, by a combination of the great wealth this new age will bring and the technology it will provide, the construction of a vast, man-created world in space, home to thousands or millions of people, will be within ourpower. 16. In what way can wemake amachine intelligent? A)By making itwork in such environments as deserts, oceans orspace. B) By working hard for 10or20years. C)By eitherproperly programming it orchanging its structure. D)By reproducing it. 17. Whatdoes the writerthink about machines with human-likeability? A)He believes they willbe useful to human beings. B) Hebelieves that they will control us in thefuture. C)Heis not quitesurein what way theymay influence us. D)He doesn’t considertheconstruction ofsuch machines possible. 304淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 18. Theword “carbon” (Line 4,Para. 2)stands for ________. A)intelligent robots B) achemical element C)an organic substance D)human beings 19. Arobotcan be used to expandour frontiers when ________. A)its intelligenceand cost are beyond question B) itis able tobear the rough environment C)itis made as complex as thehuman brain D)its architecture isdifferent from that ofthepresent ones 20. It can be inferred from thepassage that ________. A) after the installation of a great number of cells and connections, robots will be capableofself-reproduction B) with the rapid development of technology, people have come to realize the possibility ofmaking amachine with human-likeability C) once we make a machine as complex as the human brain, it will posses intelligence D)robots will have control ofthevast, man-made world inspace PassageThree Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. After the violent earthquake that shook Los Angeles in 1994, earthquake scientists had good news to report: The damage and death toll (死亡人数) could have been much worse. More than 60 people died in this earthquake. By comparison, as earthquake of similarintensity that shookAmerica in 1988claimed 25,000victims. Injuries and deaths were relatively less in Los Angeles because the quake occurred at 4:31 a.m. on a holiday, when traffic was light on the city’s highways. In addition, changes made to the construction codes in Los Angeles during the last 20 years have strengthened thecity’sbuildings and highways, making them more resistant to quakes. Despite the good new, civil engineers aren’t resting on their successes. Pinned to their drawing boards are blueprints (蓝图) for improved quake-resistant buildings. The new designs should offer even greater security to cities where earthquakes often take place. In the past, making structures quake-resistant meant firm yet flexible materials, such as steel and wood, that bend without breaking. Later, people tried to lift a building off its foundation, and insert rubber and steel between the building and its foundation to reduce 305淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 the impact of ground vibrations. The most recent designs give buildings brains as well as concrete and steel supports. Called smart buildings, the structures respond like living organisms to an earthquake’s vibrations. When the ground shakes and the building tips forward, thecomputer would force thebuildingtoshift intheoppositedirection. The new smart structures could be very expensive to build. However, they would savemany lives and would beless likely to bedamaged during earthquakes. 21. One reason why the loss of lives in the Los Angeles earthquake was comparatively lowis that________. A)new computers had been installedinthebuildings B) itoccurred intheresidential areas rather than onthe highways C)large numbers ofLosAngeles residents had gone fora holiday D)improvements had been made in theconstruction of buildings and highways 22. Thefunction of thecomputer mentioned in thepassageis to ________. A)counterbalance an earthquake’s action onthebuilding B) predict the coming ofan earthquake with accuracy C)help strengthen the foundation ofthe building D)measure the impact ofan earthquake’s vibrations 23. Thesmart buildings discussed in thepassage ________. A)would cause serious financial problems B) would beworthwhile though costly C)would increasethe complexity ofarchitectural design D)can reducetheground vibrations caused byearthquakes 24. It can be inferred from the passage that in minimizing the damage caused by earthquakes attention should befocused on________. A)theincreasing use ofrubber and steel incapital construction B) thedevelopment of flexiblebuildingmaterials C)thereduction oftheimpact ofground vibrations D)early forecasts of earthquakes 25. Theauthor’s main purposeinwriting the passageis to ________. A)compare theconsequences oftheearthquakes that occurred in theU.S. B) encourage civilengineers tomake moreextensiveuseofcomputers C)outlinethe historyof thedevelopment ofquake-resistant buildingmaterials D)report new developments in constructing quake-resistant buildings 306淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 PassageFour Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. Even plants can run a fever, especially when they’re under attack by insects or disease. But unlike humans, plants can have their temperature taken from 3,000 feet away-straight up. A decade ago, adapting the infrared (红外线) scanning technology developed for military purposes and other satellites, physicist Stephen Paley came up with a quick way to take the temperature of crops to determine which ones are under stress. The goal was to let farmers precisely target pesticide (杀虫剂) spraying rather than rain poison on a whole field, which invariably includes plants that don’t have pest (害虫)problems. Even better, Paley’s Remote Scanning Services Company could detect crop problems before they became visible to the eye. Mounted on a plane flown at 3,000 feet at night, an infrared scanner measured the heat emitted by crops. The data were transformed into a color-coded map showing where plants were running “fevers”. Farmers could then spot-spray, using 50 to 70 percent less pesticide than they otherwise would. The bad news is that Paley’s company closed down in 1984, after only three years. Farmers resisted the new technology and long-term backers were hard to find. But with the renewed concern about pesticides on produce, and refinements in infrared scanning, Paley hopes to get back into operation.Agriculture experts have no doubt the technology works. “This technique can be used on 75 percent of agricultural land in the United States,” says George Oerther of TexasA&M. Ray Jackson, who recently retired from the Department ofAgriculture, thinks remote infrared crop scanning could be adopted by the end of the decade. But only if Paley finds the financial backing which he failed to obtain 10years ago. 26. Plantswill emitan increased amount of heat when theyare ________. A)sprayed with pesticides B) facing an infrared scanner C)inpoor physical condition D)exposed to excessivesunrays 27. In order to apply pesticide spraying precisely, we can use infrared scanning to ________. A)estimatethe damage to thecrops B) draw acolor-coded map C)measure thesizeof theaffected area D)locate theproblem area 28. Farmers can save aconsiderable amount ofpesticideby________. A)resorting to spot-spraying 307淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) consultinginfrared scanning experts C)transforming poisoned rain D)detecting crop problems at anearly date 29. The application of infrared scanning technology to agriculture met with some difficultiesdueto ________. A)thelack ofofficial support B) itshigh cost C)thelack of financial support D)its failure tohelp increaseproduction 30. Infrared scanning technology may be brought back into operation because of ________. A)thedesire of farmers toimprove thequality oftheirproduce B) growing concern about theexcessiveuseof pesticides oncrops C)theforceful promotion bytheDepartment ofAgriculture D)full support from agricultural experts Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 31. Themedicine isonsale everywhere.You can get it at ________chemist’s. A)each B) some C)certain D)any 32. Youcannot be________careful when you drivea car. A)very B) so C)too D)enough 33. In general, the amount that a student spends for housing should be held to one-fifth thetotal________for livingexpenses. A)acceptable 308淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) available C)advisable D)applicable 34. Every man in this country has the right to live where he wants to ________ the colorof hisskin. A)with theexception of B) inthe light of C)byvirtueof D)regardless of 35. Housewives who do not go out to work feel they are not working to their full ________. A)capacity B) strength C)length D)possibility 36. Ihatepeople who ________theend ofafilm that you haven’t seen before. A)reveal B) rewrite C)revise D)reverse 37. He’s watchingTV?He’s ________to becleaning his room. A)known B) supposed C)regarded D)considered 38. The old couple decided to ________ a boy and a girl though they had three of their own. A)adapt B) bring C)receive D)adopt 39. The government is trying to do something to ________ better understanding between thetwo countries. 309淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)raise B) promote C)heighten D)increase 40. Thenewspaper did notmention the________of thedamagecaused bythefire. A)range B) level C)extent D)quantity 41. Thesoldierwas ________ofrunning away when theenemy attacked. A)scolded B) charged C)accused D)punished 42. Had he worked harder,he________the exams. A)must have got through B) would have got through C)permitted are freshmen D)are permitted freshmen 43. Only underspecial circumstances ________totake make-up tests. A)are freshmen permitted B) freshmen are permitted C)permitted are freshmen D)are permitted freshmen 44. Ihad just started back for thehouseto change my clothes ________Iheard voices. A)as B) when C)after D)while 45. It seems oil ________ from this pipe for some time. We’ll have to take the machine apart to put it right. A)had leaked 310淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) is leaking C)leaked D)has been leaking 46. When hearrived, hefound ________theaged and thesick at home. A)none but B) noneother than C)nothingbut D)noother than 47. The pressure ________ causes Americans to be energetic, but it also puts them undera constant emotional strain. A)tocompete B) competing C)tobe competed D)having competed 48. Yourhair wants ________.You’dbetterhave it donetomorrow. A)cut B) tocut C)cutting D)being cut 49. As teachers we should concern ourselves with what is said, not what we think ________. A)ought to besaid B) mustsay C)have tobe said D)need to say 50. Once environmental damage ________, it takes many years for the system to recover. A)has done B) is todo C)does D)is done 51. Studies show that the things that contribute most to a sense of happiness cannot be bought, ________a good family life, friendship and work satisfaction. 311淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)as for B) inview of C)incase of D)such as 52. Hewill agreeto dowhat you require ________him. A)of B) from C)to D)for 53. The mere fact ________ most people believe nuclear war would be madness does notmean that itwill not occur. A)what B) which C)that D)why 54. John seems niceperson. ________,Idon’t trust him. A)Even though B) Even so C)Therefore D)Though 55. Idon’t think itadvisable thatTom________to thejob sincehe has noexperience. A)is assigned B) willbe assigned C)beassigned D)has been assigned 56. ________, a man who expresses himself effectively is sure to succeed more rapidly than aman whose command of languageis poor. A)Other things being equal B)Wereother things equal C)Tobe equal to otherthings D)Other things to be equal 57. ________ that my head had cleared, my brain was also beginning to work much better. 312淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)For B) Now C)Since D)Despite 58. Theman inthecorner confessed to________alieto themanager of thecompany. A)have told B) betold C)being told D)having told 59. By 1929,Mickey Mousewas as popular________children as Coca-Cola. A)for B) in C)to D)with 60. Because Edgar was convinced of theaccuracy ofthis fact, he________hisopinion. A)struck at B) stovefor C)stuck to D)stood for Part IVCloze (15minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Most children with healthy appetites are ready to eat almost anything that is offered them and a child rarely dislikes food __61__ it is badly cooked. The __62__ a meal is cooked and served is most important and an __63__ served meal will often improve a child’s appetite. Never ask a child __64__ he likes or dislikes a food and never __65__ likes and dislikes in front of him or allow __66__ else to do so. If the father says he hates fat meat or the mother __67__ vegetables in the child’s hearing he is __68__ to copy this procedure. Take it __69__ granted that he likes everything and he probably __70__. Nothing healthful should be omitted from the meal because of a __71__ dislike.At meal times it is a good __72__ to give a child a small portion and let him __73__ back for a second helping rather than give him as __74__ as he is likely to eat all at once. Do not talk too much to the child __75__ meal times, but let him get on with his food; and do 313淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 not __76__ him to leave the table immediately after a meal or he will __77__ learn to swallow his food __78__ he can hurry back to his toys. Under __79__ circumstances musta child becoaxed (哄骗) __80__forced to eat. 61. A)if B) until C)that D)unless 62. A)procedure B) process C)way D)method 63. A)adequately B) attractively C)urgently D)eagerly 64. A)whether B) what C)that D)which 65. A)remark B) tell C)discuss D)argue 66. A)everybody B) anybody C)somebody D)nobody 67. A)opposes B) denies C)refuses D)offends 314淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 68. A)willing B) possible C)obliged D)likely 69. A)with B) with C)over D)for 70. A)should B) may C)will D)must 71. A)supposed B) proved C)considered D)related 72. A)point B) custom C)idea D)plan 73. A)ask B) come C)return D)take 74. A)much B) little C)few D)many 75. A)on B) over C)by 315淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)during 76. A)agree B) allow C)force D)persuade 77. A)hurriedly B) soon C)fast D)slowly 78. A)so B) until C)lest D)although 79. A)some B) any C)such D)no 80. A)or B) nor C)but D)neither PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Getting to Know the World Outside the Campus. You should write at least 100 words and you should base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese) below: 1. 大学生了解社会的必要性。 2. 了解社会的途径(大众媒介、社会服务等) 3. 我打算怎么做。 Getting to Know theWorld OutsidetheCampus 316淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1997年6月四级参考答案 Part I 1. B 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. D 6. D 7. B 8. C 9. A 10. A PartII 11. C 12. D 13. B 14. A 15. B 16. C 17. A 18. D 19. A 20. B 21. D 22. A 23. B 24. C 25. D 26. C 27. D 28. A 29. C 30. B Part III 31. D 32. C 33. B 34. D 35. A 36. A 37. B 38. D 39. B 40. C 41. C 42. B 43. A 44. B 45. D 46. A 47. A 48. C 49. A 50. D 51. D 52. A 53. C 54. B 55. C 56. A 57. B 58. D 59. D 60. C Part IV 61. D 62. C 63. B 64. A 65. C 66. B 67. C 68. D 69. D 70. C 71. A 72. C 73. B 74. A 75. D 76. B 77. B 78. A 79. D 80. A S1. typical S2. relatively 317淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S3. boring S4. describe S5. variety S6. normal S7. uniform S8. seven bad men jumped out, oneman had a knifeand we got into afight. S9. Shewas trying to get to thehospital, butthere was abad traffic jam. S10.thebaby waited to “arrive”until wegot to thehospital. 318淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1998年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)2hours. B) 3hours. C)4hours. D)5hours. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer.You should choose [D] on theAnswer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough thecenter. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)The man wants to attend tomorrow’sshow. B)There aren’tany tickets left for tonight’s show. C)There aren’tany tickets left for tomorrow’s show. D)The man doesn’t want to attend tomorrow’s show. 2. A)Detectivestories. B) Storiesabout jailescapes. C)Lovestories. D)Stories about royal families. 3. A)It was along lecture, but easy tounderstand. B) It was not as easy as she had thought. C)It was as difficult as she had expected. 319淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)It was interesting andeasy to follow. 4. A)Toput him through tothedirector. B)Tohave atalk with thedirector about his work. C)Toarrange an appointment for himwith thedirector. D)Togo and see ifthedirector can meet himright now. 5. A)Margaret wanted to return somemagazines to thewoman. B) Margaret wanted to lendsomemagazines to thewoman. C)Margaret wanted to borrow somemagazines from the woman. D)Margaret wanted to get somemagazines back from thewoman. 6. A)He doesn’tcare much about it. B) Heenjoys it very much. C)Hedoesn’t mind eventhough it’stedious. D)He hates working overtime. 7. A)The woman doesn’t think itexcitingto travel byair. B)They’llstay at home during theholidays. C)They are offered someplane tickets fortheir holidays. D)They’ll beflying somewhere fortheirvacation. 8. A)Something went wrong withthebus. B) Shetooksomebody tohospital. C)Somethingprevented her from catching thebus. D)Shecame onfoot instead of taking abus. 9. A)Do her homework. B) Clean thebackyard. C)Washclothes. D)Enjoy thebeautiful day. 10. A)The man is lookingfor aplace to livein. B)Theman has ahouse forrent. C)Thewoman is asecretary. D)The two speakers are oldfriends. Section BCompoundDictation Directions: In this section, you will hear a passage three times. When the passage is 320淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 read for the first time, you should listen carefully for its general idea. Then listen to the passage again. When the passage is read for the second time, you are required to fill in the blanks numbered from S1 to S7 with the exact works you have just heard. For blanks numbered from S8 to S10 you are required to fill in the missing information. You can either use the exact works you have just heard or write down the main points in your own words. Finally, when the passage is read for the third time, you should checkwhat you have written. Very few people can get college degree before 11, but Michael was an exception. He started high school when he was 5, finish in just nine months. He became the (S1) ________ youngest college graduate when he was 10 years and 4 months old, earning an (S2) ________ degree. Now at 11 Michael’s working on a master’s degree in (S3) ________ intelligence. But Michael’s (S4) ________ hasn’t always come easy. (S5) ________ his intelligence. He stilllacks important life(S6)________. In one class, he had to struggle to understand (S7) ________ novels, because, he says, “I’m 11.I’venever been in lovebefore.” Anotherchallenge was his size. (S8)________. Helikes computers so much (S9)________ Hewants to make robots doall theheavy tasks. (S10)________ Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions11to15arebasedon thefollowingpassage. In bringing up children, every parent watches eagerly the child’s acquisition (学会) of each new skill-the first spoken words, the first independent steps, or the beginning of reading and writing. It is often tempting to hurry the child beyond his natural learning rate, but this can set up dangerous feelings of failure and states of worry in the child:This might happen at any stage.Ababy might be forced to use a toilet too early, a young child might be encouraged to learn to read before he knows the meaning of the words he reads. On the other hand, though, if a child is left alone too much, or without any learning opportunities, he loses his natural enthusiasm for life and his desire to find out new things for himself. Patents vary greatly in their degree of strictness towards their children. Some may be especially strict in money matters. Others are sever over times of coming home at 321淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 night or punctuality for meals. In general, the controls imposed represent the needs of the parents and thevalues of thecommunity as much as thechild’s own happiness. As regards the development of moral standards in the growing child, consistency is very important in parental teaching. To forbid a thing one day and excuse it the next is no foundation for morality (道德). Also, parents should realize that “example is better than precept”. If they are not sincere and do not practise what they preach (说教), their children may grow confused, and emotionally insecure when they grow old enough to thinkfor themselves, and realizethey have been tosome extent fooled. A sudden awareness of a marked difference between their parents’ principles and theirmorals can bea dangerous disappointment. 11. Eagerly watching thechild’s acquisition ofnew skills________. A)should beavoided B) is universal among parents C)sets updangerous states ofworry inthechild D)will makehim loseinterest in learning newthings 12. In theprocess ofchildren’s learning new skillsparents ________. A) should encourage them to read before they know the meaning of the words they read B) should notexpect toomuch ofthem C) should achieve a balance between pushing them too hard and leaving them on theirown D)should create as many learning opportunities as possible 13. Thesecond paragraph mainly tells us that ________. A)parents should bestrict with theirchildren B) parental controls reflect only the needs of the parents and the values of the community C) parental restrictions vary, and are not always enforced for the benefit of the children alone D)parents vary in theirstrictness towards theirchildren according to thesituation 14. Theword “precept” (Line 3,Para. 3)probably means “________”. A)idea B) punishment C)behavior D)instruction 15. In moral matters, parents should ________. 322淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)observe therules themselves B) beaware ofthemarked difference between adults andchildren C)forbid things which have nofoundation inmorality D)consistently ensure thesecurity oftheirchildren PassageTwo Questions16to20arebased onthe followingpassage. Agood modern newspaper is an extraordinary piece of reading. It is remarkable first for what it contains: the range of news from local crime to international politics, from sport to business to fashion to science, and the range of comment and special features (特 写) as well, from editorial page to feature articles and interviews to criticism of books, art, theatre and music. A newspaper is even more remarkable for the way one reads it: never completely, never straight through, but always by jumping from here to there, in and not glancing at one piece, reading another article all the way through, reading just a few paragraphs of the next. A good modern newspaper offers variety to attract many different readers, but far more than nay one reader is interested in. What brings this variety together in one place is its topicality (时事性), its immediate relation to what is happening in your world and your locality now, but immediacy and the speed of production that goes with it mean also that much of what papers in a newspaper has no more than transient (短暂的) value. For all these reasons, no two people really read the same paper: what each person does is to put together out of the pages of that day’s paper, his own selection and sequence, his own newspaper. For all these reasons, reading newspapers efficiently, which means getting what you want from them without missing things you need but without wasting time, demands skill and self-awareness as you modify and applythetechniques ofreading. 16. Amodern newspaperis remarkable forall thefollowing exceptits ________. A)wide coverage B) uniform style C)speed in reporting news D)popularity 17. According to the passage, the reason why no two people really read the “same” newspaperis that ________. A)people scan forthenews they are interested in B) different people preferdifferent newspapers C)peopleare rarely interested inthesame kindof news D)people have different views about what agood newspaper is 18. It can be conclude from the passagethat newspaper readers ________. 323淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)apply reading techniques skillfully B) jumpfrom onenewspaper to another C)appreciatethe variety of anewspaper D)usually read a newspaperselectively 19. Agood newspaper offers “avariety”to readers because ________. A)it tries to serve different readers B) ithas tocover things that happen in acertain locality C)readers are difficult to please D)readers liketo read different newspapers 20. Thebest titleforthis passage would be“________”. A)The Importance ofNewspaperTopicality B)TheCharacteristics of aGood Newspaper C)TheVarietyof aGood Newspaper D)SomeSuggestions onHowto Read a Newspaper PassageThree Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. American society is not nap (午睡) friendly. In fact, says David Dinges, a sleep specialist at the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine. “There’s even a prohibition against admitting we need sleep.” Nobody wants to be caught napping or found asleep at work. To quote proverb: “Some sleep five hours, nature requires seven, lazinessnineand wickedness eleven.” Wrong. The way not to fall asleep at work is to take naps when you need them. “We have to totally change our attitude toward napping”, says Dr. William Dement of Stanford University,thegodfather ofsleep research. Last year a national commission led by Dement identified an “American sleep debt” which one member said was as important as the national debt, the commission was concerned about the dangers of sleepiness: people causing industrial accidents or falling asleep while driving. This may be why we have a new sleep policy in the White House. According to recent reports, president Clinton is trying to take a half-hour snooze (打瞌 睡)every afternoon. About 60 percent of American adults nap when given the opportunity. We seem to have “a midafternoon quiet phase” also called “a secondary sleep gate.” Sleeping 15 minutes to two hours in the early afternoon can reduce stress and make us refreshed. Clearly,we were born tonap. We Superstars of Snooze don’t nap to replace lost shut-eye or to prepare for a night shift. Rather, we “snack” on sleep, whenever, wherever and at whatever time we feel like it. I myself have napped in buses, cars, planes and on boats; on floors and beds; and in 324淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 libraries, offices and museums. 21. It iscommonly accepted inAmerican societythat too much sleep is ________. A)unreasonable B) criminal C)harmful D)costly 22. Theresearch donebythe Dement commissionshows thatAmericans ________. A)don’t liketotake naps B) are terribly worried about theirnational debt C)sleep less than is good for them D)have caused manyindustrial and traffic accidents 23. Thepurpose ofthisarticle is to ________. A)warn us ofthe wickedness of napping B) explainthedanger of sleepiness C)discuss thesideeffects ofnapping D)convince thereader of thenecessity ofnapping 24. The“American sleep debt”(Line 1,Para. 3)is theresult of ________. A)thetraditional misconception theAmericans haveabout sleep B) thenew sleep policy ofthe ClintonAdministration C)therapid development ofAmerican industry D)theAmericans’worry about thedanger of sleepiness 25. Thesecond sentence ofthelast paragraph tells us that itis ________. A)preferabletohave a soundsleep before anight shift B) good practiceto eat something light before wego to bed C)essential to makeupfor cost sleep D)natural to takea nap whenever wefeel theneed for it PassageFour Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. Violin prodigies (神童), I learned, have come in distinct waves from distinct regions. Most of the great performers if the late 19th and early 20th centuries were born and brought up in Russia and Eastern Europe. I asked Isaac Stern, one of the world’s greatest violinists the reason for this phenomenon. “It is very clear,” he told me. “They were all 325淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Jews (犹太人) and Jews at the time were severely oppressed and ill-treated in that part of the world. They were not allowed into the professional fields, but they were allowed to achieve excellence on a concert stage.” As a result, every Jewish parent’s dream was to have achild in themusicschool because it was apassport to theWest. Another element in the emergence of prodigies, I found, is a society that values excellence in a certain field to nurture (培育) talent. Nowadays, the most nurturing societies seem to be in the Far East. “In Japan, a most competitive society, with stronger discipline than ours,” says Isaac Stem, children are ready to test their limits every day in many fields, including music. When Western music came to Japan after World War II, that music not only became part of their daily lives, but it became a discipline as well. TheKoreans and Chineseas we know,are justas highly motivated as theJapanese. That’s a good thing, because even prodigies must work hard. Next to hard work, biological inheritance plays an important role in the making of a prodigy. J. S. Bach, for example, was the top of several generations of musicians, and four of his sons had significant careers in music. 26. Jewish parents in Eastern Europe longed for their children to attend music school because________. A)it would allowthem access to abetter lifein theWest B) Jewish children are born with excellent musical talent C)they wanted theirchildren to enterinto theprofessional field D)it would enable thefamily toget bettertreatment intheirowncountry 27. Nurturing societies as mentioned in thepassage refer tosocieties that,________. A)enforce strong disciplineonstudents who want to achieve excellence B) treasuretalent and provideopportunities forits full development C)encourage peopleto compete with each other D)promisetalented children high positions 28. Japan is described inthepassage as acountry that attaches importance to ________. A)all-round development B) thelearning ofWestern music C)strict training ofchildren D)variety in academicstudies 29. Which of the following contributes to the emergence of musical prodigies according tothepassage? A)Anatural gift. B) Extensiveknowledge ofmusic. C)Very early training. 326淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Aprejudice-free society. 30. Whichofthe following titles best summarises themain idea ofthepassage? A)Jewish Contribution toMusic B)Training ofMusicians in theWorld C)Musicand Society D)The Making ofProdigies Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 31. Although punctual himself, the professor was quite ________ used late for his lecture. A)tohave students B) forstudents’being C)forstudents to be D)tostudents’being 32. You should have been more patient ________ that customer; I’m sure that selling himthewatch was apossibility. A)of B) with C)for D)at 33. Neither of the young men who had applied for a position in the university ________. A)has been accepted B) have been accepted C)was accepted D)were accepted 34. Thisboxis too heavy,________give meahand? A)would you mind B) would you please C)willyou liketo 327淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)will you please to 35. ________ heworks hard, Idon’t mindwhen hefinishes theexperiment. A)As soon as B)As well as C)Sofar as D)So long as 36. As early as 1647 Ohio made a decision that free, tax-supported schools must be established in every town ________50households ormore. A)having B) tohave C)tohave had D)having had 37. Peopleappreciate ________withhim becausehe has agood sense ofhumor. A)towork B) tohave worked C)working D)having worked 38. Theman was put inthe soft-padded cell lest he________himself. A)injure B) had injured C)injured D)would injure 39. We love peace, yet we are not the kind of people to yield ________ any military threat. A)up B) to C)in D)at 40. Although he knew little about the large amount of work done in the field, he succeeded ________othermore well-informed experimenters failed. A)which B) that C)what 328淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)where 41. If tap water were as dangerous as some people think, ________ would be getting sick. A)a lotof moreus B) morea lotofus C)alot ofus more D)a lotmore ofus 42. Living in the centralAustralian desert has its problems. ________ obtaining water is nottheleast. A)for which B) towhich C)ofwhich D)inwhich 43. Which sport has the most expenses ________ training equipment, players’personal equipment and uniforms? A)inplace of B) interms of C)bymeans of D)byway of 44. They are going to have the serviceman ________ an electric fan in the office tomorrow. A)install B) toinstall C)tobe installed D)installed 45. I’m sure heis uptothe job________he would give his mindto it. A)ifonly B) incase C)until D)unless 46. Thecar ________halfway for noreason. A)broke off B) brokedown 329淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)brokeup D)broke out 47. The newcomers found it impossible to ________ themselves to the climate sufficientlyto make permanenthomes in thenewcountry. A)suit B) adapt C)regulate D)coordinate 48. A________tothis problem is expected to befound before long. A)result B) response C)settlement D)solution 49. Youhave nothingto ________byrefusing tolisten to ouradvice. A)gain B) grasp C)seize D)earn 50. As aresult of careless washing thejacket ________to a child’s size. A)compressed B) shrank C)dropped D)decreased 51. Hehoped thefirm would ________him tothe Paris branch. A)exchange B) transmit C)transfer D)remove 52. Having decided to rent a flat, we ________ contacting all the accommodation agencies in thecity. A)set about B) set down 330淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)set out D)set up 53. Therelationship between employers and employees has been studied ________. A)originally B) extremely C)violently D)intensively 54. ________ their differences. The couple were developing an obvious and genuine affection for each other. A)But for B) For all C)Above all D)Except for 55. One day I ________ a newspaper article about the retirement of an English professor at anearbystate college. A)came across B) came about C)came after D)came at 56. She was complaining that the doctor was ________ too much for the treatment he was giving her. A)expending B) offering C)costing D)charging 57. The manager spoke highly of such ________ as loyalty, courage and truthfulness shown byhisemployees. A)virtues B) features C)properties D)characteristics 58. Sincethematterwas extremely ________,we dealt with itimmediately. A)tough 331淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) tense C)urgent D)instant 59. Youdon’t have to beinsuch ahurry,Iwould rather you ________onbusiness first. A)would go B) willgo C)went D)have gone 60. When I try to understand ________ that prevents so manyAmericans from being as happy as one might expect, it seems to methat there are two causes. A)why it does B) what it does C)what it is D)why it is Part IVCloze (15minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. During recent years we have heard much about “race”: how this race does certain things and that race believes certain things and so on. Yet, the __61__ phenomenon of race consists ofa fewsurface indications. We judge race usually __62__ the colouring of the skin: a white race, a brown race, a yellow race and a black race. But __63__ you were to remove the skin you could not __64__ anything about the race to which the individual belonged. There is __65__ in physical structure, thebrain or theinternal organs to __66__adifference. There are four types of blood. __67__ types are found in every race, and no type is distinct to any race. Human brains are the __68__. No scientists could examine a brain and tell you the race to which the individual belonged. Brains will __69__ in size, but this occurs within every race. __70__ does size have anything to do with intelligence. The largest brain __71__ examined belonged to a person of weak __72__. On the other hand, someof ourmostdistinguished, people have had __73__brains. Mental tests which are reasonably __74__ show no differences in intelligence between races. High and low test results both can be recorded by different members of any race. __75__ equal educational advantages, there will be no difference in average standings, either onaccount ofrace orgeographical location. 332淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Individuals of every race __76__ civilization to go backward or forward. Training and education can change the response of a group of people __77__ enable them to behave in a__78__way. The behavior and ideals of people change according to circumstances, but they can always go back or go on to something new __79__ is better and higher than anything __80__thepast. 61. A)complete B) full C)total D)whole 62. A)in B) from C)at D)on 63. A)since B) if C)as D)while 64. A)speak B) talk C)tell D)mention 65. A)something B) everything C)nothing D)anything 66. A)display B) indicate C)demonstrate D)appear 67. A)All B) Most 333淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)No D)Some 68. A)same B) identical C)similar D)alike 69. A)remain B) increase C)decrease D)vary 70. A)Only B) Or C)Nor D)So 71. A)ever B) then C)never D)once 72. A)health B) body C)mind D)thought 73. A)big B) small C)minor D)major 74. A)true B) exact C)certain D)accurate 75. A)Provided 334淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) Concerning C)Given D)Following 76. A)make B) cause C)move D)turn 77. A)and B) but C)though D)so 78. A)ordinary B) peculiar C)usual D)common 79. A)that B) what C)whichever D)whatever 80. A)for B) to C)within D)in PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Harmfulness of Fake Commodities. You should write at least 100 words and you should base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese)below: 1. 目前社会上有不少假冒伪劣商品(fake commodities)。为什么会有这种现象? 2. 举例说明假冒伪劣商品对消费者个人、社会等的危害。 Harmfulness ofFake Commodities 335淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1998年1月四级参考答案 Part I 1. B 2. C 3. B 4. C 5. D 6. B 7. D 8. A 9. C 10. A PartII 11. B 12. C 13. C 14. D 15. A 16. B 17. C 18. D 19. A 20. B 21. A 22. C 23. D 24. A 25. D 26. A 27. B 28. C 29. A 30. D Part III 31. D 32. B 33. C 34. B 35. D 36. A 37. D 38. C 39. B 40. A 41. A 42. B 43. B 44. D 45. A 46. B 47. C 48. A 49. D 50. B 51. A 52. D 53. A 54. C 55. C 56. C 57. D 58. B 59. B 60. C Part IV 61. C 62. B 63. A 64. A 65. D 66. C 67. A 68. A 69. D 70. C 71. A 72. C 73. B 74. D 75. C 76. B 77. A 78. D 79. A 80. D S1. world’s S2. architectural S3. artificial 336淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S4. success S5. Despite S6. experiences S7. romantic S8. High school physical education was difficult because all of the equipment was too bigfor thethen five-year-old student. S9. thatin graduate school hewas studying howto make them thinklikepeople. S10.Michael is smart, but heis likeevery otherkid. 337淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1998年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)2hours. B) 3hours. C)4hours. D)5hours. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer.You should choose [D] on theAnswer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough thecenter. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)They are twins. B)They are classmates. C)They are friends. D)They are colleagues. 2. A)The man is planning atrip toAustin. B)Theman has not been toAustin before. C)Theman doesn’t likeAustin. D)The man has beentoAustin before. 3. A)The sizeof theroom. B) Long working hours. C)Thehot weather. 338淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)The fan in theroom. 4. A)The man has changed his destination. B)Theman is returning histicket. C)Theman is flying to NewYork tomorrowmorning. D)The man can’t manage togo to NewYorkas planned. 5. A)It is difficultto identify. B) It has been misplaced. C)It ismissing. D)It has beenborrowed bysomeone. 6. A)Looking for atimetable. B) Buying somefurniture. C)Reserving a table. D)Windowshopping. 7. A)Cold and windy. B) Snowwill bereplaced bystrong winds. C)It willget better. D)Rainy and cold. 8. A)It is nolonger available. B) It has been reprinted fourtimes. C)Thestore doesn’t have it now,but will haveit soon. D)The information in thebookis outof date. 9. A)Henry doesn’t likethecolor. B) Someoneelsepainted thehouse. C)There was noladder inthe house. D)Henry painted thehousehimself. 10. A)In acotton field. B)At a railway station. C)On afarm. D)On a train. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 339淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Passageone Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)They invited himtoaparty. B)They asked him to makeaspeech. C)They gave a special dinner forhim. D)They invited hiswife to attend thedinner. 12. A)He was embarrassed. B) Hefelt greatly encouraged. C)Hefelt sad. D)He was deeply touched. 13. A)Sam’s wifedidnot think that thecompany was fair toSam. B) Sam’s wife was satisfied withthe goldwatch. C)Samdid not likethegold watch. D)The company had somefinancial problems. PassageTwo Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)The numberof studentsthey take in is limited. B)They receive littleor nosupport from publictaxes. C)They are onlyopen to children from rich families. D)They have topay moretaxes. 15. A)Private schools admitmore students. B) Privateschools chargeless than religious schools. C)Privateschools run a variety of programs. D)Private schools allowstudentsto enjoymore freedom. 16. A)The churches. B)Theprogram designers. 340淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Thelocal authorities. D)The stategovernment. PassageThree Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)Shewas found stealing in abookstore. B) Shecaught someone in theact of stealing. C)Sheadmitted having stolen something. D)Shesaid she was wrongly accused ofstealing. 18. A)Abook. B) $3,000. C)Ahandbag. D)AChristmas card. 19. A)Shewas questioned bythepolice. B) Shewas shut in asmall room for20minutes. C)Shewas insulted bytheshopper aroundher. D)Shewas body-searched bythestoremanager. 20. A)They refused to apologizefor having followed her through thetown. B)They regretted having wrongly accused herof stealing. C)They stillsuspected that shewas athief. D)The agreed topay her $3,000damages. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Psychologist George Spilich and colleagues at Washington College in Chestertown, Maryland, decided to find out whether, as many smokers say, smoking helps them to “think and concentrate. Spilich put young non-smokers, active smokers and smokers deprived (被剥夺)ofcigarettes through aseries oftests. 341淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 In the first test, each subject (试验对象) sat before a computer screen and pressed a key as soon as he or she recognized a target letter among a grouping of 96. In this simple test, smokers, deprived smokers and non-smokers performed equally well. The next test was more complex, requiring all to scan sequences of 20 identical letters and respond the instant one of the letters transformed into a different one. Non-smokers were faster, but under the stimulation of nicotine (尼古丁), active smokers were faster than deprived smokers. In the third test of short-term memory, non-smokers made the fewest errors, but deprived smokers committed fewererrors than activesmokers. The fourth test required people to read a passage, then answer questions about it. Non-smokers remembered 19 percent more of the most important information than active smokers, and deprived smokers bested those who had smoked a cigarette just before testing. Active smokers tended not only to have poorer memories but also had trouble separating importantinformation from insignificant details. “As our tests became more complex,” sums up Spilich, “non-smokers performed better than smokers by wider and wider margins” He predicts, “smokers might perform adequately at many jobs-until they got complicated. A smoking airline pilot could fly adequately if no problems arose, but if something went wrong, smoking might damage his mental capacity.” 21. Thepurpose ofGeorgeSpilich’sexperiments is ________. A)totest whether smokinghas apositiveeffect onthemental capacity ofsmokers B) toshow howsmokingdamages people’smental capacity C)toprove that smoking affects people’sregular performance D)tofind out whether smokinghelps people’s short-term memory 22. GeorgeSpilich’s experiment was conducted insuch a way as to ________. A)compel thesubjects to separatemajorinformation from minordetails B) putthe subjects through increasingly complex tests C)checktheeffectiveness ofnicotine onsmokers D)register theprompt responses ofthesubjects 23. Theword “bested”(Line 3,Para. 5)most probably means ________. A)beat B) envied C)caught upwith D)made thebest of 24. Whichofthe following statements istrue? A)Activesmokers ingeneral performed better thandeprived smokers. 342淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B)Active smokers responded morequickly than the othersubjects. C)Non-smokers were not betterthan other subjects in performing simpletasks. D)Deprived smokers gave theslowest responses tothevarious tasks. 25. Wecan infer from thelast paragraph that ________. A)smokers shouldnot expect to become airlinepilots B) smokingin emergency cases causes mental illness C)noairlinepilotssmoke during flights D)smokers may proveunequal tohanding emergency cases PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. There is no denying that students should learn something about how computers work, just as we expect them at least to understand that the internal-combustion engine (内燃机) has something to do with burning fuel, expanding gases and pistons (活塞) being driven. For people should have some basic idea of how the things that they use do what they do. Further, students might be helped by a course that considers the computer’s impact on society. But that is not what is meant by computer literacy. For computer literacy is not a form of literacy (读写能力); it is a trade skill that should not be taught as aliberal art. Learning how to use a computer and learning how to program one are two distinct activities. A case might be made that the competent citizens of tomorrow should free themselves from their fear of computers. But this is quite different from saying that all ought to know how to program one. Leave that to people who have chosen programming as a career. While programming can be lots of fun, and while our society needs some peoplewho are expertsat it,thesameis trueofauto repaid and violin-making. Learning how to use a computer is not that difficult, and it gets easier all the time as programs become more “user-friendly”. Let us assume that in the future everyone is going to have to know how to use a computer to be a competent citizen. What does the phrase “learning to use a computer” mean? It sounds like “learning to drive a car”, that is, it sounds as if there is some set of definite skills that, once acquired, enable one to use a computer. In fact, “learning to use a computer” is much more like “learning to play a game”, but learning the rules of one game may not help you play a second game, whose rules may not be the same. There is no such a thing as teaching someone how to use a computer. One can only teach people to use this or that program and generally that is easily accomplished. 26. Tobethecompetent citizensof tomorrow,peopleshould ________. A)try to lay a solidfoundation in computer science B) beaware ofhowthethings that they usedowhat they do 343淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)learn touse acomputer byacquiring a certain set ofskills D)understand that programming a computeris moreessential than repairing a car 27. In thesecond paragraph “violin-making”ismentioned toshow that ________. A)programming acomputer isas interesting as making aviolin B) oursociety needs experts indifferent fields C)violin-makingrequires as much skillas computerprogramming D) people who can use a computer don’t necessarily have to know computer programming 28. Learning touse acomputer isgetting easier all the timebecause ________. A)programs are becoming less complicated B) programs are designed tobeconvenient to users C)programming is becoming easier and easier D)programs are becoming readily available to computerusers 29. According to the author,the phrase “learning to use a computer” (Lines 3-4, Para. 3) means learning ________. A)a set ofrules B) thefundamentals ofcomputer science C)specific programs D)general principles ofprogramming 30. Theauthor’s purpose inwriting this passage is ________. A)tostress theimpact ofthecomputeronsociety B) toexplain theconcept ofthecomputer literacy C)toillustratethe requirements forbeing competent citizensof tomorrow D)toemphasizethat computerprogramming is aninteresting and challenging job PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. The way people hold to the belief that a fun-filled, pain free life equals happiness actually reduces their chances of ever attaining real happiness, if fun and pleasure are equal to happiness then pain must be equal to unhappiness. But in fact, the opposite is true: moreoften than not things that lead tohappiness involvesomepain. As a result, many people avoid the very attempts that are the source of true happiness. They fear the pain inevitably brought by such things as marriage, raising children, professional achievement, religious commitment ( 承 担 的 义 务 ), self-improvement. 344淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Ask a bachelor (单身汉) why he resists marriage even though he finds dating to be less and less satisfying. If he is honest he will tell you that he is afraid of making a commitment. For commitment is in fact quite painful. The single life is filled with fun, adventure, excitement. Marriage has such moments, but they are not its most distinguishing features. Couples with infant children are lucky to get a whole night’s sleep or a three-day vacation. I don’t know any parent who would choose the word fun to describe raising children. But couples who decide not to have children never know the joys of watching a childgrow upor ofplaying witha grandchild. Understanding and accepting that true happiness has nothing to do with fun is one of the most liberating realizations. It liberates time: now we can devote more hours to activities that can genuinely increase our happiness. It liberates money: buying that new car or those fancy clothes that will do nothing to increase our happiness now seems pointless.And it liberates us from envy: we now understand that all those who are always having so much fun actually maynot behappy at all. 31. According tothe author,abachelor resists marriage chiefly because________. A)he isreluctant to takeonfamily responsibilities B) hebelieves that lifewillbe morecheerful ifheremains single C)hefinds more funin dating thanin marriage D)he fears it willput an end to all hisfun adventure andexcitement 32. Raisingchildren, in theauthor’s opinion,is ________. A)a moral duty B) athankless job C)arewarding task D)a source ofinevitablepain 33. From thelastparagraph, we learn that envy sometimes stems from ________. A)hatred B) misunderstanding C)prejudice D)ignorance 34. Tounderstand what truehappiness is onemust________. A)have as much runas possibleduring one’s lifetime B) makeeveryeffort to liberateoneself from pain C)putupwith pain under all circumstances D)be ableto distinguish happiness from fun 345淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 35. Whatis theauthor trying to tell us? A)Happiness often goes hand inhand with pain. B) Onemust knowhowtoattain happiness. C)It isimportant to make commitments. D)It is pain that leads tohappiness. PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. It’s very interesting to note where the debate about diversity (多样化) is taking place. It is taking place primarily in political circles. Here at the College Fund, we have a lot of contact with top corporate (公司的) leaders; none of them is talking about getting rid of those instruments that produce diversity. In fact, they say that if their companies are to compete in the global village and in the global market place, diversity is an imperative. They also say that the need for talented, skilledAmericans means we have to expand the pool means promoting policies that help provide skills to more minorities, more women and more immigrants. Corporate leaders know that if that doesn’t occur in our society, they will not have the engineers, the scientist, the lawyers, or the business managers theywill need. Likewise, I don’t hear people in the academy saying. “Let’s go backward. Let’s go back to the good old days, when we had a meritocracy (不拘一格选人才) “ (which was never true-we never had a meritocracy, although we’ve come close to it in the last 30 years). I recently visited a great little college in NewYork where the campus had doubled its minority population in the last six years. I talked with an African American who has been a professor there for a long time, and she remembers that when she first joined the community, there were fewer than a handful of minorities on campus. Now, all of us feel the university is better because of the diversity. So where we hear this debate is primarily inpolitical circles andin themedia-not in corporateboard rooms oroncollege campuses. 36. The word “imperative” (Line 5, Para. 1) most probably refers to something ________. A)superficial B) remarkable C)debatable D)essential 37. Whichofthe following groups ofpeople stilldifferin theirviews ondiversity? A)Minorities. B) Politicians. C)Professors. D)Managers. 346淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 38. High corporate leaders seem to be in favor of promoting diversity so as to ________. A)lower therate ofunemployment B) win equal political rights forminorities C)becompetitivein theworld market D)satisfy the demands ofa growing population 39. It can be inferred from thepassage that ________. A)meritocracy can never berealized withoutdiversity B)American political circles willnot accept diversity C)itis unlikely that diversity willoccur in theU.S. media D)minorities can onlyenter the fields where nodebate isheard about diversity 40. According to the passage diversity can be achieved in American society by ________. A)expanding thepool ofpotential employees B) promotingpolicies that provide skillsto employees C)training moreengineers, scientistslawyers and businessmanagers D)providing education for all regardless ofrace orsex Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 41. The last half of the nineteenth century ________ the steady improvement in the means of travel. A)has witnessed B) was witnessed C)witnessed D)is witnessed 42. The shy girl felt ________ and uncomfortable when she could not answer her teacher’s questions. A)amazed B) awkward C)curious D)amused 347淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 43. Ann never dreams of________for herto besent abroad very soon. A)there being a chance B) there tobe achance C)there beachance D)being a chance 44. It was very kind ofyou to dothewashing-up, butyou ________it. A)mustn’t have done B) wouldn’t have done C)mightn’thave done D)didn’thave to do 45. Frequently single-parent children ________ some of the functions that the absent adultin thehouse would have served. A)take off B) takeafter C)takein D)take on 46. Hegives people theimpression ________all his lifebroad. A)of having spent B) tohave spent C)ofbeing spent D)tospend 47. Apeculiarly pointed chin is his mostmemorable facial ________. A)mark B) feature C)trace D)appearance 48. I’drather you ________make anycomment ontheissuefor the timebeing. A)don’t B) wouldn’t C)didn’t D)shouldn’t 49. Allthings ________,theplanned tripwill have to becalled off. 348淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)considered B) beconsidered C)considering D)having considered 50. John Dewey believed that education should be a preparation for life, that a person learns by doing, and that teaching must ________ the curiosity and creativity of children. A)seek B) stimulate C)shape D)secure 51. Criticism and self-criticism is necessary ________ it helps us to find and correct our mistakes. A)bythat B) at that C)onthat D)inthat 52. However, at times this balance in nature is ________, resulting in a number of possiblyunforeseen effects. A)troubled B) disturbed C)confused D)puzzled 53. If she doesn’t tell him the truth now, he’ll simply keep on asking her until she ________. A)does B) has done C)willdo D)would do 54. Thepatient’s health failed to such an extent that hewas putinto ________care. A)tense B) rigid C)intensive D)tight 349淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 55. Does everyone on earth have an equal right ________ an equal share of its resources? A)by B) at C)to D)over 56. Americans eat ________as theyactually needevery day. A)twice as much protein B) twiceprotein as much twice C)twiceprotein as much D)protein as twicemuch 57. In 1914, an apparently insignificant event in a remote part of Eastern Europe ________ Europe intoagreat war. A)inserted B) imposed C)pitched D)plunged 58. The British are not so familiar with different cultures and other ways of doing things, ________ is often thecase in othercountries. A)as B) what C)so D)that 59. There are few electronic applications ________ to raise fears regarding future employmentopportunities than robots. A)likely B) morelikely C)mostlikely D)much likely 60. Wehad to ________alotof noisewhen thechildren were at home. A)go infor B) holdonto C)putupwith 350淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)keep pace with 61. Whathe said justnowhad littleto dowith thequestion ________discussion. A)on B) in C)under D)at 62. Weneed a chairman ________. A)for whom everyonehas confidence B) inwhom everyone has confidence C)who everyonehas confidence of D)whom everyone has confidence on 63. Over a third of the population was estimated to have no ________ to the health service. A)assessment B) assignment C)exception D)access 64. Excuseme. If your call’s nottoo urgent, doyou mind ________minefirst? A)I make B) ifImake C)meto make D)that I make 65. Professor Taylor’s talk has indicated that science has a very strong ________ on the everyday lifeof non-scientists as well as scientists. A)motivation B) perspective C)impression D)impact 66. After afew rounds oftalks, both sides regarded theterritory dispute________. A)being settled B) tobe settled C)had settled 351淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)as settled 67. Floods cause billionsofdollars worth ofproperty damage ________. A)relatively B) actually C)annually D)comparatively 68. Weare all for your proposal that thediscussion ________. A)be putoff B) was put off C)should putoff D)is to putoff 69. These goods are ________ for export, though a few of them may be sold on the homemarket. A)essentially B) completely C)necessarily D)remarkably 70. The course normally attracts 20 students per year, ________ up to half will be from overseas. A)inwhich B) forwhom C)withwhich D)of whom Part IVCloze (15minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. The task of being accepted and enrolled (招收) in a university begins early for some students. Long __71__ they graduate from high school. These Students take special __72__ to prepare for advanced study.They may also take one of more examinations that test how __73__ prepared they are for the university. In the final year of high school, they __74__ applications and send them, with their student records, to the universities 352淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 which they hope to __75__. Some high school students many be __76__ to have an interview with representatives of the university. Neatly, __77__, and usually very frightened, they are __78__ to show that they have a good attitude and the __79__ to succeed. When the new students are finally __80__, there may be one more step they have to __81__ before registering for classes and __82__ to work. Many colleges and universities __83__ an orientation (情况介绍) program for new students. __84__ these programs, the young people get to know the __85__ for registration and student advising, university rules, the __86__ of the library and all the other __87__ services of the college oruniversity. Beginning a new life in a new place can be very __88__. The more knowledge students have __89__ the school, the easier it will be fore them to __90__ to the new environment. However,ittakes timetoget used to college life. 71. A)as B) after C)since D)before 72. A)courses B) disciplines C)majors D)subjects 73. A)deeply B) widely C)well D)much 74. A)fulfill B) finish C)complete D)accomplish 75. A)attend B) participate C)study D)belong 76. A)acquired 353淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) considered C)ordered D)required 77. A)decorated B) dressed C)coated D)worn 78. A)decided B) intended C)settled D)determined 79. A)power B) ability C)possibility D)quality 80. A)adopted B) accepted C)received D)permitted 81. A)make B) undergo C)take D)pass 82. A)getting B) putting C)falling D)sitting 83. A)offer B) afford C)grant D)supply 354淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 84. A)For B)Among C)In D)On 85. A)processes B) procedures C)projects D)provisions 86. A)application B) usage C)use D)utility 87. A)major B) prominent C)key D)great 88. A)amusing B) misleading C)alarming D)confusing 89. A)before B) about C)on D)at 90. A)fit B) suit C)yield D)adapt PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Do “Lucky Numbers” Really Bring Good Luck?. You should write at least 100 words and you should base your composition on the outline 355淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 (given in Chinese) below. 1. 有些人认为某些数字会带来好运。 2. 我认为数字和运气无关，... Do “LuckyNumbers”Really BringGood Luck? 356淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1998年6月四级参考答案 Part I 1. A 2. B 3. C 4. D 5. B 6. C 7. A 8. B 9. B 10. D 11. C 12. D 13. A 14. B 15. C 16. A 17. D 18. D 19. B 20. C PartII 21. A 22. B 23. A 24. C 25. D 26. C 27. D 28. B 29. C 30. B 31. A 32. C 33. B 34. D 35. A 36. D 37. B 38. C 39. A 40. D Part III 41. C 42. B 43. A 44. D 45. D 46. A 47. B 48. C 49. A 50. B 51. D 52. B 53. A 54. C 55. C 56. A 57. D 58. A 59. B 60. C 61. C 62. B 63. D 64. B 65. D 66. D 67. C 68. A 69. A 70. D Part IV 71. D 72. A 73. C 74. C 75. A 76. D 77. B 78. D 79. B 80. B 81. C 82. A 83. A 84. C 85. B 86. C 87. A 88. D 89. B 90. D 357淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1999年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)2hours. B) 3hours. C)4hours. D)5hours. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer.You should choose [D] on theAnswer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough thecenter. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)He watched television with hisfriend. B) Hestayed at hometalking with hisfriend. C)Hewent to seea filmwith his friend. D)He went to see hisschoolmate. 2. A)When themeeting isto beheld. B)Whoare going to attend the meeting. C)Where themeeting istobeheld. D)What’s to bediscussed at themeeting. 3. A)The necessityof writingtoMr.Johnson. B)Whois going to contact Mr.Johnson. C)Thearrangement of theWednesday meeting. 358淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Where they are going to meet Mr.Johnson. 4. A)Jack brought thetape tothe party. B)Thetape had beenreturned to Paul. C)Thetape was missing. D)Jack lent his tapeto Paul. 5. A)The man wants to reserve aroom. B)Theman reserved a room sometimeago. C)Theman has bookedaroom with nobath. D)The man wants tobuya flat onthesecond floor. 6. A)Both editionsare the sameprice now. B) It has two editions with thesamecover. C)Thepaperback edition is onsale. D)The hardcover edition ismore expensive. 7. A)HisTVsets are all ofthesame brand. B) Hedoesn’t have thenewest models right now. C)Hehas thebestTVsets for sale. D)HisTVsets havea good sale. 8. A)He musthand in areport about themuseum. B) Hehas already visitedthe museum. C)Hehas toread ahistory book. D)He is toobusy togo with her. 9. A)They are rewarding. B)They are entertaining. C)They are boring. D)They are time-consuming. 10. A)Asunnyday. B)Araincoat. C)An attractivehut. D)Alovelyhat. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 359淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Passageone Questions11to14arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)Shesat back and relaxed. B) Shedecided toretire. C)Sheentered university. D)Sheworked out anew English program. 12. A)8years. B) 20years. C)16years. D)30years. 13. A)Bring agreat deal ofuseful experienceto theuniversity. B) Improve human relationships in theuniversity. C)Bring a fearof agingamong young students onthecampus. D)Improve thereputation oftheuniversity. 14. A)Sheis learning English and Drama. B) Sheis learning howto make sound judgments. C)Sheis learning howto teach minority students. D)Sheis learning toperceive, not to judge. PassageTwo Questions15to17arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 15. A)The differencebetween classical musicand rock music. B)Whyclassical musicis popularwith math students. C)Theeffects ofmusicontheresults of math tests. D)How toimprove your reasoning ability. 16. A)Because it stimulatesyour nerve activity. B) Because itkeeps you calm. 360淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Because itstrengthens your memory. D)Because it improves your problem solvingstrategies. 17. A)Piano musiccould interfere withyour reasoning ability. B)Theeffects ofmusicdonot last long. C)Themore you listentomusic, the higher your test scores willbe. D)Music, whether classical or rock, helps improveyour memory. PassageThree Questions18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 18. A)Todrive thecar automatically. B)Tomeasure thedriver’s pulse. C)Toprevent car accidents. D)Tomonitorthedriver’shealth. 19. A)It sends outsignals for help. B) It sounds analarm towarn thedriver. C)It takes over thedriving immediately. D)It stops thecar automatically. 20. A)It monitors thesignals transmitted from thedriver’sbrain. B) It can measure thedriver’s alcohol level inthe blood. C)It can quicken thedriver’sresponse to emergencies. D)It bases itsanalysis onthedriver’s heartbeat. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. The view over a valley of a tiny village with thatched (草盖的) roof cottages around a church; a drive through a narrow village street lines with thatched cottages painted pink or white; the sight in parts of England. Most people will agree that the thatched roof is an essential part of theattraction of theEnglish countryside. 361淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Thatching is in fact the oldest of all the building crafts practiced in the British Isles (英论诸岛).Although thatch has always been used for cottage and farm buildings, it was once used forcastles and churches, too. Thatching is a solitary (独自的) craft, which often runs in families. The craft of thatching as it is practiced toady has changed very little since the MiddleAges. Over 800 full-time thatchers are employed in England and Wales today, maintaining and renewing the old roofs as well as thatching newer houses. Many property owners choose thatch not only for its beauty but because they know it will keep them cool in summer and warm in winter. In fact, if we look at developing countries, over half the world lives under thatch, but they all do it in different ways. People in developing countries are often reluctant to go back to traditional materials and would prefer modern buildings. However, they may lack the money to allow them to import the necessary materials. Their temporary mud huts with thatched roofs of wild grasses often only last six months. Thatch which has been done the British way lasts from twenty to sixty years, and is an effective defiance against theheat. 21. Whichofthe following remains a uniquefeature ofthe English countryside? A)Narrow streets lined with pink orwhitehouses. B) Rollinghillswith pretty farm buildings. C)Cottages withthatched roofs. D)Churches with cottages around them. 22. Whatdowe knowabout thatching as acraft? A)It is acollective activity. B) It ispractised onfarms all over England. C)It isquitedifferent from what itused to be. D)It is in mostcases handed down among familymembers. 23. Thatched houses are stillpreferred because of________. A)their styleand comfort B) theirdurability C)theireasy maintenance D)their cheap and ready-made materials 24. Peopleindeveloping countries also liveunderthatch because ________. A)thatched cottages are abig tourist attraction B) thatched roof houses are thecheapest C)thatch is an effective defense against theheat D)they likethatched houses better thanother buildings 362淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 25. Wecan learn from thepassage that ________. A)thatched cottages in England have been passed down from ancient times B) thatching is abuildingcraft firstcreated bytheEnglish people C)theEnglishpeople have aspecial likingfor thatched houses D)most thatched cottages in England are located onhillsides PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. President Coolidge’s statement, “The business of America is business,” still points to an important truth today-that business institutions have more prestige (威望) in American society than any other kind of organization, including the government. Why do business institutionsposses this great prestige? One reason is thatAmericans view business as being more firmly based on the ideal of competition than other institutions in society. Since competition is seen as the major source of progress and prosperity by most Americans, competitive business institutions are respected. Competition is not only good in itself, it is the means by which other basic American values such as individual freedom, equality of opportunity, and hard work are protected. Competition protects the freedom of the individual by ensuring that there is no monopoly (垄断) of power. In contrast to one, all-powerful government, many businesses compete against each other for profits. Theoretically, if one business tries to take unfair advantage of its customers, it will lose to competing business which treats its customers more fairly. Where many businesses compete for the customers’ dollar, they cannot afford totreat them likeinferiors orslaves. A contrast is often made between business, which is competitive, and government, which si a monopoly. Because business is competitive, manyAmericans believe that it is more supportive of freedom than government, even though government leaders are elected by the people and business leaders are not. Many Americans believe, then, that competition is as important, or even more important, that democracy in preserving freedom. Competition in business is also believed to strengthen the ideal of equality of opportunity. Competition is seen as an open and fair race where success goes to the swiftest person regardless of his or her social class background. Competitive success is commonly seen as the American alternative to social rank based on family background. Business is therefore viewed as an expression of the idea of equality of opportunity rather than thearistocratic(贵族的)idea ofinherited privilege. 26. Thestatement “Thebusiness ofAmerica is business”probably means “________”. A)The business institutionsinAmerica are concerned with commerce B) Business problems are ofgreat importanceto theAmerican government C)Business is ofprimary concern toAmericans 363淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)America is agreat power inworld business 27. Americans believe that they can realizetheirpersonal values only ________. A)when given equality of opportunity B) through doing business C)byprotecting theirindividual freedom D)byway ofcompetition 28. Whocan benefit from business competition? A)Honest businessmen. B) Both businessmen and theircustomers. C)Peoplewith ideals ofequality and freedom. D)Both business institutionsand government. 29. Government is believed to differ strikingly from business in that government is characterizedby________. A)its absolutecontrol of power B) itsfunction in preserving personal freedom C)itsrole inprotecting basicAmerican values D)its democraticway of exercising leadership 30. It can be inferred from thepassage that theauthorbelieves ________. A)Americans are moreambitious than people inother countries B) inmany countries success often depends onone’ssocial status C)American businesses are moredemocraticthan thoseinother countries D)businesses in other countries are notas competitiveas thoseinAmerica PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. The appeal of advertising to buying motives can have both negative and positive effects consumers may be convinced to buy a product of poor quality or high price because of an advertisement. For example, some advertisers have appealed to people’s desire for better fuel economy for their cars by advertising automotive products that improve gasoline mileage. Some of the products work. Others are worthless and a waste ofconsumers’money. Sometimes advertising is intentionally misleading.Afew years ago a brand of bread was offer to dieters (节食者) with the message that there were fewer calories (热量单 位，大卡) in every slice. It turned out that thebread was not dietetic(适合于节食的),but just regular bread. There were fewer calories because it was sliced very thin, but there 364淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 were thesame numberofcalories in every loaf. On the positive side, emotional appeals may respond to a consumer’s real concerns. Consider fire insurance. Fire insurance may be sold by appealing to fear of loss. But fear of loss is the real reason for fire insurance. The security of knowing that property is protected by insurance makes the purchase of fire insurance a worthwhile investment for most people. If consumers consider the quality of the insurance plans as well as the message intheads, they willbenefit from theadvertising. Each consumer must evaluate her or his own situation. Are the benefits of the product important enough to justify buying it? Advertising is intended to appeal to consumers, but it does not force them to buy the product. Consumers still control the final buying decision. 31. Advertising can persuade theconsumer tobuyworthless products by________. A)stressing their high quality B) convincing him oftheirlowprice C)maintaininga balance between quality and price D)appealing to hisbuying motives 32. Thereason why the bread advertisement ismisleading is that ________. A)thin slices ofbreadcould contain morecalories B) theloafwas cut into regular slices C)thebread was notgenuine bread D)thetotal number ofcalories inthe loafremained the same 33. Thepassage tells us that ________. A)sometimes advertisements really sell what theconsumer needs B) advertisements occasionally force consumers into buying things they don’t need C)thebuying motives of consumers are controlled byadvertisements D)fire insurance is seldom aworthwhileinvestment 34. It can be inferred from thepassage that asmart consumer should________. A)think carefully about thebenefits described intheadvertisements B) guard against thedeceiving nature ofadvertisements C)befamiliar withvarious advertising strategies D)avoid buying products that havestrong emotional appeal 35. Thepassage is mainly about ________. A)howto make awise buying decision B) ways toprotect theinterests of theconsumer 365淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)thepositiveandnegative aspects of advertising D)thefunction ofadvertisements in promotingsales PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. So long as teachers fail to distinguish between teaching and learning, they will continue to undertake to do for children that which only children can do for themselves. Teaching children to read is not passing reading on to them. It is certainly not endless hours spent in activities about reading. Douglas insists that “reading cannot be taught directly and schools should stop trying todothe impossible.” Teaching and learning are two entirely different processes. They differ in kind and function. The function of teaching is to create the conditions and the climate that will make it possible for children to devise the most efficient system for teaching themselves toread.Teaching isalso publicactivity: It can beseen and observed. Learning to read involves all that each individual does to make sense of the world of printed language. Almost all of it is private, for learning is an occupation of the mind, and that process is notopen to publicscrutiny. If teacher and learner roles are not interchangeable, what then can be done through teaching that will aid the child in the quest (探索) for knowledge? Smith has one principal rule for all teaching instructions. “Make learning to read easy, which means makingreading a meaningful, enjoyable and frequent experience forchildren.” When the roles of teacher and learner are seen for what they are, and when both teacher and learner fulfill them appropriately, then much of the pressure and feeling of failure for both is eliminated. Learning to read is made easier when teachers create an environment where children are given the opportunity to solve the problem of leaning to read byreading. 36. The problem with the reading course as mentioned in the first paragraph is that ________. A)it isone ofthemost difficultschool courses B) studentsspend endless hours in reading C)reading tasks are assigned with littleguidance D)toomuch timeis spent in teaching about reading 37. Theteaching ofreading willbe successful if________. A)teachers can improveconditions at school forthe students B) teachers can enable students todevelop theirown way of reading C)teachers can devise themostefficient system for reading D)teachers can maketheirteaching activities observable 366淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 38. Theword “scrutiny” (Line 3,Para. 3)most probably means “________”. A)inquiry B) observation C)control D)suspicion 39. According to the passage, learning to read will no longer be a difficult task when ________. A)children become highly motivated B) teacherand learnerroles are interchangeable C)teaching helps children in thesearch for knowledge D)reading enriches children’sexperience 40. Themain idea ofthepassage is that ________. A)teachers should doas littleas possiblein helping students learn to read B) teachers should encourage studentsto read as widely as possible C)reading abilityis somethingacquired rather thantaught D)reading is morecomplicated thangenerally believed Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 41. Aperson’s calorie requirements vary ________hislife. A)across B) throughout C)over D)within 42. A survey was carried out on the death rate of new-born babies in that region, ________ were surprising. A)as results B) which results C)theresults ofit D)theresults ofwhich 43. Generous public funding of basic science would ________ considerable benefits for 367淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 thecountry’s health, wealth and security. A)lead to B) result from C)liein D)settledown 44. In a time of social reform, people’s state of mind tends to keep ________ with the rapid changes of society. A)step B) progress C)pace D)touch 45. ________ inan atmosphere ofsimplelivingwas what her parents wished for. A)The girl was educated B)Thegirl educated C)Thegirl’s being educated D)The girl tobe educated 46. ________ the calculation is right, scientists can never be sure that they have included all variables and modeled them accurately. A)Even if B)As far as C)If only D)So long as 47. My train arrives in NewYork at eight o’clock tonight.The plane I would like to take from there ________bythen. A)would leave B) willhave left C)has left D)had left 48. Thespeech which hemade________the project has bothered me greatly. A)being concerned B) concerned C)beconcerned D)concerning 368淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 49. Harry was ________bya bee when hewas collecting thehoney. A)stung B) stuck C)bitten D)scratched 50. Thethieftried toopen thelocked door but ________. A)innoway B) invain C)withouteffect D)at a loss 51. All flights ________ because of the snowstorm, many passengers could do nothing buttake thetrain. A)had beencanceled B) have been canceled C)were canceled D)having been canceled 52. ________ seeing thedamage he had done, thechild felt ashamed. A)By B) On C)At D)For 53. Rememberthat customers don’t ________about prices in that city. A)debate B) consult C)dispute D)bargain 54. Research findings show we spend about two hours dreaming every night, no matter what we ________during theday. A)should have done B) may have done C)would have done D)must have done 369淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 55. Ihopethat you’llbe morecareful in typing theletter.Don’t________anything. A)lack B) withdraw C)omit D)leak 56. This crop does not do well in soils ________ the one for which it has been specially developed. A)outside B) otherthan C)beyond D)rather than 57. “You are very selfish. It’s high time you ________ that you are not the most important person in theworld,” Edgar saidtohis boss angrily. A)realized B) have realized C)realized D)should realize 58. These two areas are similar ________ they both have a high rainfall during this season. A)tothat B) besides that C)inthat D)except that 59. Thetomato juiceleft brown ________onthefront of my jacket. A)spot B) point C)track D)trace 60. If Ihadn’t stoodunder theladderto catch you when you fell, you ________now. A)wouldn’t besmiling B) couldn’t have smiled C)won’t smile D)didn’tsmile 370淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 61. Thecommitteeis totallyopposed ________any changes being madein theplans. A)of B) on C)to D)against 62. We’llvisit Europenextyear ________we have enough money. A)lest B) until C)unless D)provided 63. My father seemed tobe in no________tolook at my school report. A)mood B) emotion C)attitude D)feeling 64. When he realized the police had spotted him, the man ________ the exit as quickly as possible. A)made off B) madefor C)madeout D)made up 65. Iwas advised to arrange forinsurance ________Ineeded medical treatment. A)nevertheless B) although C)incase D)so that 66. Frankly speaking, I’drather you ________anything about it forthetimebeing. A)didn’tdo B) haven’t done C)don’t do D)have done 67. I’m sorry I can’t see you immediately; but if you’d like to take a seat, I’ll be with 371淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you ________. A)for amoment B) ina moment C)forthe moment D)at the moment 68. The trumpet player was certainly loud. But I wasn’t bothered by his loudness ________ byhis lack oftalent. A)than B) morethan C)as D)so much as 69. Ournew houseis very ________for meas Ican get to theofficeinfiveminutes. A)adaptable B) comfortable C)convenient D)available 70. Ourjourney was slowbecause thetrain stopped ________at different villages. A)unceasingly B) gradually C)continuously D)continually Part IVShortAnswerQuestions (15 minutes) Directions: In this part there is a short passage with five questions or incomplete statements. Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements in the fewest possible words (not exceeding 10 words.) Would be language teachers everywhere have one thing in common: they all want some recognition of their professional status and skills, and a job. The former requirement is obviously important on a personal level, but it is vital if you are to have any chance offinding work. Ten years ago, thesituation was very different. In virtually every developing country, and in many developed countries as well, being a native English speaker was enough to get you employed as an Englishteacher. Now employers will only look at teachers who have the knowledge, the skills and attitudes to teach English effectively. The result of this has been to raise non-native 372淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 English teachers to the same status as their native counterparts ( 相 对 应 的 人)—something they have always deserved but seldom enjoyed. Non-natives are now happy—linguisticdiscrimination(语言上的歧视)is athing ofthepast. An ongoing research project, funded by the University of Cambridge, asked a sample of teachers, teacher educators and employers in more than 40 countries whether they regard the native/non-native speakers distinction as being at all important. “NO” was the answer.As long as candidates could teach and had the required level of English, it didn’t matter who they were and where they came from. Thus, a new form of discrimination—this time justified because it singled out the unqualified—liberated the linguistically oppressed (受压迫的). But theCambridge project did more than just that: it confirmed that theneeds of nativeand non-native teachers are extremelysimilar. Questions:(注意：答题尽量简短，超过 10个词要扣分。每条横线限写一个英语 单词，标点符号不占格。) S1. Theselection ofEnglishteachers usedto bemainly based on________. S2. Whatdid non-native English teachers deserve but seldom enjoy? S3. Whatkind ofpeople can nowfind ajob as an English teacher? S4. Whatis theresult of the“new form of discrimination” (Line 5,Para. 4)? S5. The phrase “the linguistically oppressed” (Line 6, Para. 4) refers to those who were ________. PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Don’t Hesitate to Say “No”. You should write at least 100 words and you should baseyour composition ontheoutline(given in Chinese)below: 1. 别人请求帮助时，在什么情况下我们会说“不”。 2. 为什么有些人在该说“不”的时候不说“不”。 3. 该说“不”时不说“不”的坏处。 Don’tHesitate toSay “No” 373淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1999年1月四级参考答案 Part I 1. B 2. D 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. A 7. C 8. D 9. A 10. D 11. C 12. D 13. A 14. D 15. C 16. A 17. B 18. C 19. B 20. D PartII 21. C 22. D 23. A 24. B 25. A 26. C 27. D 28. B 29. A 30. B 31. D 32. D 33. A 34. A 35. C 36. D 37. B 38. B 39. A 40. C Part III 41. B 42. D 43. A 44. C 45. C 46. A 47. B 48. D 49. A 50. B 51. D 52. B 53. D 54. C 55. C 56. B 57. A 58. C 59. A 60. A 61. C 62. D 63. A 64. B 65. C 66. A 67. B 68. D 69. C 70. D S1. whether ornot onewas anative speaker. S2. Thesame statusas theircounterparts. S3. Ones who can teach and havetherequired English level. S4. Non-nativeEnglish teachers have beenliberated. Or: It singled out theunqualified. S5. qualified English teachers becausethey were non-native speakers. 374淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1999年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)2hours. B) 3hours. C)4hours. D)5hours. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer.You should choose [D] on theAnswer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough thecenter. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)The woman feels sorry for theman. B)Theman is a memberofthe staff. C)Thearea is forpassengers only. D)The woman is asking theman toleave. 2. A)Clean herhousewhile sheis away. B) Buy hersomeplants andtake care ofthem. C)Waterher plants whilesheis away. D)Water herplants when heis not at work. 3. A)He willonlybeavailable in theafternoon. B) It’snot his officehour. C)Hedoesn’t have time. 375淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)He is tootired after class. 4. A)The woman insistsongoing out. B)Thewoman doesn’t likewatchingTV. C)Theman promised hera gift onherbirthday. D)The man is tootired to go out. 5. A)There are too many courses offered to students. B)There woman should take fewercourses nextterm. C)Theman will take fourcourses nextsemester. D)It is wiser totake more than fourcourses. 6. A)AskTomto send an invitation. B) Get theJohnsons’address. C)InviteTomto theparty. D)TellTomto pick upthe Johnsons. 7. A)Jane islooking for an summerjob. B) Janeis packing forthe summervacation. C)Janeis onher wayhome. D)Jane is eager to go homeforthe vacation. 8. A)Spending more timeonsightseeing. B)Visitingthecity with agroup. C)Touringthecity ona fineday. D)Taking theman with her onthetour. 9. A)The woman is driving too fast. B)Thewoman is drivingat a slowspeed. C)Thewoman has broken atraffic rule. D)The woman has parked hercar in a wrong place. 10. A)Shecan tell Joan’s brotherabout thereception. B) Sheshould tellJoan’s brother about thereception. C)Shemustcall onJoan after thereception. D)Shemay see Joan’s brother at lunch. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 376淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Passageone Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)Toprotect persons andproperty. B)Tocollect taxes. C)Toteach and train citizens. D)Tosave natural resources for future use. 12. A)By selling services that makelifecomfortable. B) By sellingland containing oil. C)By sellingpubliclands. D)By selling coal and othernatural products. 13. A)Environmental pollution andprotection. B)Taxes and services for thepublic. C)Policeefforts to protect people. D)People’s attitudetoward taxes. PassageTwo Questions14to17arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)He didn’t likephysics any more. B) His eyesight was too poor. C)Physics was too hard for him. D)He had to work tosupport himself. 15. A)He was not happy with thenew director. B) Hewas not qualified tobean engineer. C)Hewanted totravel. D)He found his job boring. 16. A)He wanted towork with hisfriend. B) Hewanted togo to Spain. 377淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Heenjoyed travelling around theworld. D)He was rejected bytheengineering firm. 17. A)He enjoyed teaching English. B) Hewanted toearn moretosupport his family. C)Theowner of theschool promised hima good position. D)He could earn more as ateacher than as a travel agent. PassageThree Questions18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 18. A)It can becooked in many ways. B) It isdelicious butinexpensive. C)It gives higheryields thanother grain crops. D)It grows easily in various conditions. 19. A)Fried potatoes. B)Tomato juice. C)Sweet corn. D)Chocolate beans. 20. A)They led to thediscovery ofAmerica. B)They made nativeAmerican foods popular. C)They brought great wealth to Spain. D)They madenativeAmerican lifestyles well-known. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. The biggest safety threat facing airlines today may not be a terrorist with a gun, but the man with the portable computer in business class. In the last 15 years, pilots have reported well over 100 incidents that could have been caused by electromagnetic interference. The source of this interference remains unconfirmed, but increasingly, 378淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 experts are pointing the blame at portable electronic device such as portable computers, radio and cassette players and mobiletelephones. RTCA, an organization which advises the aviation ( 航 空 ) industry, has recommended that all airlines ban (禁止) such devices from being used during “critical” stages of flight, particularly take-off and landing. Some experts have gone further, calling for a total ban during all flights. Currently, rules on using these devices are left up to individual airlines. And although some airlines prohibit passengers from using such equipment during take-off and landing, most are reluctant to enforce a total ban, given thatmany passengers want to work during flights. The difficulty is predicting how electromagnetic fields might affect an aircraft’s computers. Experts know that portable device emit radiation which affects those wavelengths which aircraft use for navigation and communication. But, because they have not been able to reproduce these effects in a laboratory, they have no way of knowing whether theinterferencemight be dangerous ornot. The fact that aircraft may be vulnerable (易受损的) to interference raises the risk that terrorists may use radio systems in order to damage navigation equipment. As worrying, though, is the passenger who can’t hear the instructions to turn off his radio becausethemusic’s too loud. 21. Thepassage is mainly about ________. A)a newregulation foral airlines B) thedefects ofelectronicdevices C)apossiblecause ofaircraft crashes D)effective safety measures for airflight 22. Whatis said about theover 100aircraft incidents in thepast 15years? A)They may have been caused bythedamage to theradio systems. B)They may have taken place during take-offand landing. C)They were proved tohave been caused bythepassengers’portable computers. D)They were suspected to have resulted from electromagneticinterference. 23. Few airlines want to impose a total ban on their passengers using electronic devices because________. A)they don’t believethere is such a danger as radio interference B) theharmful effect ofelectromagnetic interferenceis yet to be proved C) most passengers refuse to take a plane which bans the use of radio and cassette players D)they have other effective safety measures tofall back on 24. Why is it difficult to predict the possible effects of electromagnetic fields on an airplane’s computers? 379淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)Because it is extremelydangerous toconduct such research onan airplane. B) Because itremains a mystery what wavelengths are liabletobeinterfered with. C) Because research scientists have not been able to produce the same effects in labs. D)Because experts lack adequate equipment to dosuch research. 25. It can be inferred from thepassage that theauthor________. A)is in favor ofprohibitingpassengers’use ofelectronicdevices completely B) has overestimated thedanger of electromagneticinterference C)hasn’tformed his own opiniononthis problem D)regards itas unreasonable to exercisea totalban during flight PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. The rise of multinational corporations ( 跨 国 公 司 ), global marketing, new communications technologies, and shrinking cultural differences have led to an unparalleled increase inglobal publicrelations orPR. Surprisingly, since modern PR was largely an American invention, the U.S. leadership in public relations is being threatened by PR efforts in other countries. Ten years ago, for example, the world’s top five public relations agencies were American-owned. In 1991, only one was. The British in particular are becoming more sophisticated and creative. A recent survey found that more than half of all British companies include PR as part of their corporate (公司的) planning activities, compared to about one-third of U.S. companies. It may not be long before London replaces New Yorkas thecapital ofPR. Why is America lagging behind in the global PR race? First, Americans as a whole tend to be fairly provincial and take more of an interest in local affairs. Knowledge of world geography, for example, has never been strong in this country. Secondly, Americans lag behind their European and Asian counterparts (相对应的人) in knowing a second language. Less than 5 percent of Burson—Marshall’s U.S. employees know two languages. Ogilvy and Mather has about the same percentage. Conversely, some European firms have half or more of their employees fluent in a second language. Finally, people involved in PR abroad tend to keep a closer eye on international affairs. In the financial PR area, for instance, most Americans read the Wall Street Journal. Overseas, their counterparts read the Journal as well as the Financial Times of London and The Economist,publications not often read in thiscountry. Perhaps the PR industry might take a lesson from Ted Turner of CNN (Cable News Network). Turner recently announced that the word “foreign” would no longer be used on CNN news broadcasts. According to Turner, global communications have made the nations oftheworld so interdependent that there is nolongerany suchthings as foreign. 380淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 26. According to the passage, U.S. leadership in public relations is being threatened becauseof________. A)an unparalleled increase in thenumber ofpublicrelations companies B) shrinkingcultural differences and newcommunications technologies C)thedecreasing numberofmultinational corporationsin theU.S. D)increased efforts ofother countries in publicrelations 27. London could soon replaceNewYork as the center ofPR because ________. A)British companies are more ambitiousthan U.S. companies B) British companies place moreimportance onPRthan U.S.companies C)British companies are heavily involved in planning activities D)four oftheworld’s top publicrelations agencies are British-owned 28. Theword “provincial” (Line 2,Para. 3)most probably means “________”. A)limited inoutlook B) likepeoplefrom theprovinces C)rigid inthinking D)interested in world financial affairs 29. We learn from the third paragraph that employees in the American PR industry ________. A)speak at least one foreign languagefluently B) are ignorant about world geography C)are not as sophisticated as their European counterparts D)enjoy reading a great variety ofEnglish business publications 30. Whatlesson might the PRindustry takefromTedTurnerofCNN? A)American PRcompanies should bemoreinternationally-minded. B)TheAmerican PR industryshould develop global communications technologies. C)Peopleworking inPRshould bemore fluent inforeign languages. D)Peopleinvolved in PRshould avoid usingtheword “foreign”. PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. Brazil has become one of the developing world’s great successes at reducing population growth-but more by accident than design. While countries such as India have made joint efforts to reduce birth rates, Brazil has had better result without really trying, says GeorgeMartine at Harvard. 381淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Brazil’s population growth rate has dropped from 2.99% a year between 1951 and 1960 to 1.93% a year between 1981 and 1990, and Brazilian women now have only 2.7 children on average. Martine says this figure may have fallen still further since 1990, an achievement that makes it theenvy of many otherThirdWorldcountries. Martine puts it down to, among other things, soap operas (通俗电视连续剧) and installment (分期付款) plans introduced in the 1970s. Both played an important, although indirect, role in lowering the birth rate. Brazil is one of the world’s biggest producers of soap operas. Globo, Brazil’s most popular television network, shows three hours of soaps six nights a week, while three others show at least one hour a night. Most soaps are based onwealthy characters livingthehigh lifein big cities. “Although they have never really tried to work in a message towards the problems of reproduction, they describe middle and upper class values-not many children, different attitudes towards sex, women working,” says Martine. “They sent this image to all parts of Brazil and made people conscious of other patterns of behavior and other values, which were put into avery attractive package.” Meanwhile, the installment plans tried to encourage the poor to become consumers. “This led to an enormous change in consumption patterns and consumption was incompatible(不相容的)with unlimited reproduction,” says Martine. 31. According tothe passage, Brazilhas cut back its population growth ________. A)byeducating itscitizens B) bycareful family planning C)bydevelopingTVprogrammes D)bychance 32. According tothe passage, manyThirdWorld countries ________. A)haven’t attached much importanceto birth control B) would soon joinBrazil incontrolling theirbirth rate C)haven’t yet foundan effective measure to control theirpopulation D)neglected therole ofTVplays infamily planning 33. Thephrase “putsit downto”(Line 1,Para.3)is closest in meaning to “________”. A)attributes it to B) finds ita reason for C)sumsit upas D)compares it to 34. Soap operas havehelped in lowering Brazil’sbirth rate because________. A)they keep people sitting long hours watchingTV B) they have gradually changed people’s way of life 382淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)peopleare drawn to theirattractivepackage D)they popularize birthcontrol measures 35. Whatis Martine’s conclusion about Brazil’s populationgrowth? A)The increase inbirth rate will promoteconsumption. B)Thedesire for consumptionhelps toreduce birth rate. C)Consumption patterns and reproduction patterns are contradictory. D)Acountry’s production is limited byitspopulation growth. PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. There seems never to have been a civilization without toys, but when and how they developed isunknown.They probably cameabout justto give children somethingto do. In the ancient world, as is today,most boys played with some kinds oftoys and most girls with another. In societies where social roles are rigidly determined, boys pattern their play after the activities of their fathers and girls after the tasks of their mothers. This is true because boys and girls are being prepared, even in play, to step into the roles and responsibilitiesof theadult world. What is remarkable about the history of toys is not so much how they changed over the centuries but how much they have remained are same. The changes have been mostly in terms of craftsmanship, mechanics, and technology. It is the universality of toys with regard to their development in all parts of the world and their persistence to the present that is amazing. In Egypt, the Americas, China, Japan and among the Arctic (北极的) peoples, generally the same kinds of toys appeared. Variations depended on local customs and ways of life because toys imitate their surroundings. Nearly every civilizationhad dolls,little weapons, toysoldiers, tiny animals and vehicles. Because toys can be generally regarded as a kind of art form, they have not been subject to technological leaps that characterize inventions for adult use. The progress from the wheel to the oxcart to the automobile is a direct line of ascent (进步). The progress from a rattle (拨浪鼓) used by a baby in 3000 BC to one used by an infant today, however, is not characterized by inventiveness. Each rattle is the product of the artistictastes ofthetimes andsubject to thelimitations ofavailable materials. 36. The reason why the toys most boys play with are different from those that girls play withis that ________. A)their social roles are rigidly determined B) mostboys would liketo followtheirfathers’professions C)boys liketoplay withtheir fathers whilegirls with theirmothers D)they likechallenging activities 383淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 37. Oneaspect of“theuniversality of toys”lies inthefact that ________. A)technological advances have greatly improved thedurability of toys B) the improvement of craftsmanship in making toys depends on the efforts of universities C)theexplorationof theuniverse had ledto thecreation ofnew kinds oftoys D)thebasic characteristics oftoys are thesame theworld over 38. Whichofthe following istheauthor’sview onthehistorical development of toys? A)The craftsmanship intoy-making has remained essentially unchanged. B)Toys have remained basically the sameall through thecenturies. C)Thetoy industry has witnessed great leaps in technology in recent years. D)Toys are playing anincreasingly importantrole in shaping achild’s character. 39. Regarded as a kindof art form, toys ________. A)followa direct lineof ascent B) also appeal greatly toadults C)are not characterized bytechnological progress D)reflect thepace ofsocial progress 40. Theauthor uses theexampleofrattletoshow that________. A)intoy-making there is acontinuityinthesue ofmaterials B) even thesimplesttoys can reflect theprogress oftechnology C)even thesimplesttoys can reflect theprogress oftechnology D)even asimpletoycan mirrortheartistictastes ofthetime Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 41. Hecame back late, ________which timeall theguests had already left. A)after B) by C)at D)during 42. I’m very sorry tohave ________you with so many questionsonsuch anoccasion. A)interfered 384淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) offended C)impressed D)bothered 43. If the whole operation ________ beforehand a great deal of time and money would have been lost. A)was not planned B) has not been planned C)had not been planned D)was not planned 44. Theprice ofbeer ________from 50cents to $4per literduring thesummerseason. A)altered B) ranged C)separated D)differed 45. His remarks left me________about his real purpose. A)wondered B) wonder C)towonder D)wondering 46. Ihave heard both teachers and students________well ofhim. A)tospeak B) spoken C)tohave spoken D)speak 47. Our son doesn’t know what to ________ at the university; he can’t make up his mindabout his future. A)take in B) takeup C)takeover D)take after 48. Thehouse was very quiet, ________as itwas onthesideofa mountain. A)isolated 385淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) isolating C)being isolated D)having been isolated 49. Although they plant trees in this area every year, the tops of some hills are still ________. A)blank B) hollow C)vacant D)bare 50. Being a pop star can be quite a hard life, with a lot of traveling ________ heavy schedules. A)with regard to B) as to C)inrelation to D)owing to 51. Tonyisvery disappointed ________the resultsof theexam. A)with B) for C)toward D)on 52. William Penn, the founder of Pennsylvania, ________ defended the right of every citizento freedom ofchoice inreligion. A)peculiarly B) indifferently C)vigorously D)inevitably 53. I hope all the precautions against air pollution, ________ suggested by the local government, will beseriously considered here. A)while B) since C)after D)as 54. When people become unemployed, it is ________ which is often worse than lack of 386淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 wages. A)laziness B) poverty C)idleness D)inability 55. I’ve never been toBeijing, but it’s theplace ________. A)where I’dliketo visit B) Imostwant to visit C)inwhich I’dliketo visit D)that I want to visitit most 56. ________ his sister,Jack is quiet and does not easily makefriends with others. A)Dislike B) Unlike C)Alike D)Liking 57. This crop has similar qualities to the previous one, ________ both wind-resistant and adapted to thesametype of soil. A)being B) been C)tobe D)having been 58. ________ you are leaving tomorrow,we can eat dinner together tonight. A)For B) Since C)Before D)While 59. Some people would like to do shopping on Sundays since they expect to pick up wonderful ________in themarket. A)batteries B) bargains C)baskets D)barrels 387淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 60. Wehave been told that under no circumstances ________ the telephone in the office forpersonal affairs. A)may we use B) wemay use C)wecould use D)didwe use 61. In previous times, then fresh meat was in short ________, pigeons were kept by many households as asource offood. A)store B) provision C)reserve D)supply 62. As Commander-in-Chief of the armed forces, I have directed that all measures ________ forourdefense. A)had beentaken B) would betaken C)betaken D)tobetaken 63. A thief who broke into a church was caught because traces of wax, found on his clothes, ________from thesort of candles used only in churches. A)had come B) coming C)come D)that came 64. After theguests left, shespent half anhour ________thesitting-room. A)ordering B) arranging C)tidying up D)clearing away 65. Iwas ________thepointoftelephoning himwhen his letterarrived. A)to B) on C)at 388淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)in 66. In no country ________ Britain, it has been said, can one experience four seasons in thecourse ofa singleday. A)other than B) morethan C)betterthan D)rather than 67. Alorry ________Jane’s cat and sped away. A)ran over B) ran into C)ran through D)ran down 68. The project ________ by the end of 2000, will expand the city’s telephone network tocover 1,000,000users. A)accomplished B) being accomplished C)tobe accomplished D)having been accomplished 69. ________ evidence that language-acquiring abilitymust bestimulated. A)If being B) It is C)There is D)There being 70. Thosegifts ofrare booksthat were given to uswere deeply ________. A)appreciated B) approved C)appealed D)applied Part IVShortAnswerQuestions (15 minutes) Directions: In this part there is a short passage with five questions or incomplete statements. Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements in the fewest possible words (not exceeding 10 words.) 389淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 For many women choosing whether to work or not to work outside their home is a luxury: they mustwork to survive. Others face ahard decision. Perhaps the easiest choice has to do with economics. One husband said, “Marge and I decided after careful consideration that for her to go back to work at this moment was an extravagance (奢侈) we couldn’t afford.” With two preschool children, it soon became clear in their figuring that with babysitters (临时照看小孩的人), transportation, and increased taxes, rather than having more money, they might actually end up with less. Economic factors are usually the first to be considered, but they are not the most important. The most important aspects of the decision have to do with the emotional needs of each member of the family. It is in this area that husbands and wives find themselves having to facemany confusing and conflictingfeelings. There are many women who find that homemaking is boring or who feel imprisoned (被囚禁) if they have to stay home with a young child or several children. On the other hand, there are women who think that homemaking gives them the deepest satisfaction. From my own experience. I would like to suggest that sometime the decision to go back to work is made in too much haste. There are few decisions that I now regret more. I wasn’t mature enough to see how much I could have gained at home. I regret my impatience to get on with my career. I wish I had allowed myself the luxury of watching theworld through my littlegirl’s eyes. Questions:(注意：答题尽量简短，超过 10个词要扣分。每条横线限写一个英语 单词，标点符号不占格。) S1. Which word in the first tow paragraphs best explains why many women have to work? S2. Why did Marge and her husband think it an extravagance for Marge to go back to work? S3. What are the two major considerations in deciding whether women should go out to work? S4. Some women would rather do housework and take care of their children than pursue acareer becausethey feel ________. S5. If given asecond chance, thewriter would probably choose to________. PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Reading Selectively Or Extensively? You should write at least 100 words,andbase your composition ontheoutline(given in Chinese)below: 390淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1. 有人认为读书要有选择 2. 有人认为应当博览群书 3. 我的看法 ReadingSelectively OrExtensively 391淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1999年6月四级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. D 8. A 9. C 10. A 11. A 12. C 13. B 14. D 15. A 16. C 17. B 18. D 19. D 20. B PartII 21. C 22. D 23. C 24. C 25. C 26. D 27. B 28. A 29. B 30. A 31. D 32. C 33. A 34. B 35. B 36. A 37. D 38. B 39. C 40. D Part III 41. B 42. D 43. C 44. B 45. D 46. D 47. B 48. A 49. D 50. D 51. A 52. C 53. D 54. C 55. B 56. B 57. A 58. B 59. B 60. A 61. D 62. C 63. A 64. C 65. B 66. A 67. D 68. C 69. C 70. A S1. Economics. S2. Because theincreased cost willbe morethan Marge’s income. S3. Economicfactors and emotional needs. S4. thathomemaking gives them thedeepest satisfaction. S5. stay home. 392淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2000年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer.You should choose [D] on theAnswer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough thecenter. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)The woman is aclose friend oftheman. B)Thewoman has been working too hard. C)Thewoman is seeing a doctor. D)The woman is tired of herwork. 2. A)This apple pietastes very good. B) His motherlikes thepievery much. C)This piecan’t match his mother’s. D)His mothercan’tmake apple pies. 3. A)Takea walk. B) Givea performance. C)Listen tothe music. 393淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Dance tothe music. 4. A)Read anarticle onpoliticalscience. B) Present a different theory totheclass. C)Read more thanonearticle. D)Choosea betterarticle to read. 5. A)The woman would understand ifshe didMary’sjob. B)Thewoman should dothetyping for Mary. C)Thewoman should work as hard as Mary. D)The woman isn’ta skillfultypist. 6. A)He wants to makean appointment with Mr.Smith. B) Hewants tomake sure thatMr.Smith will see him. C)Hewants tochange thetimeof theappointment. D)He wants thewoman to meet him at three o’clock. 7. A)He gets nervous very easily. B) Heis an inexperienced speaker. C)Heis an awful speaker. D)He hasn’t prepared his speech well. 8. A)Shedidn’t likethebooks theman bought. B)There wasn’t alarge selection at thebookstore. C)Theman bought a lotof books. D)Shewanted to see what themanbought. 9. A)Buy aticket for thetem o’clock flight. B)Ask theman tochange theticket for her. C)Go to theairport immediately. D)Switch to adifferent flight. 10. A)Dr.Lemon iswaiting for apatient. B) Dr.Lemonis busy at themoment. C)Dr.Lemonhas lost hispatience. D)Dr.Lemon has gone out to visitapatient. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 394淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Passageone Questions11to14arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)Acar outsidethesupermarket. B)Acar at thebottom ofthehill. C)Paul’s car. D)The sports car. 12. A)Insidethe car. B)At thefoot of thehill. C)In thegarage. D)In thesupermarket. 13. A)The driver ofthesports car. B)Thetwo girls insidethecar. C)Theman standing nearby. D)The salesman from London. 14. A)Nobody. B)Thetwo girls. C)Thebus driver. D)Paul. PassageTwo Questions15to17arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 15. A)His friend gave himthewrong key. B) Hedidn’tknow where theback doorwas. C)Hecouldn’t find thekey tohis mailbox. D)It was too dark to put thekey inthe lock. 16. A)It was gettingdark. B) Hewas afraid ofbeing blamed byhis friend. 395淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Thebirds might haveflown away. D)His friend would arrive any time. 17. A)He looked sillywith only oneleg insidethewindow. B) Heknew thepoliceman wouldn’t believe him. C)Thetorch light made him lookvery foolish. D)He realizedthat hehad made amistake. PassageThree Questions18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 18. A)The threat ofpoisonousdesert animals and plants. B)Theexhaustion ofenergy resources. C)Thedestruction ofoil wells. D)The spread oftheblack powder from thefires. 19. A)The underground oil resources have not been affected. B) Mostof thedesert animals and plants havemanaged tosurvive. C)Theoil lakes soondried upandstopped evaporating. D)The underground water resources have notbeen polluted. 20. A)Torestorethe normal production of theoilwells. B)Toestimatethelosses causedbythefires. C)Toremove theoil left in thedesert. D)Touse theoil left in theoillakes. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Unless we spend money to spot and prevent asteroids (小行星) now, one might crash intoEarth and destroy lifeas we knowit,say somescientists. Asteroids are bigger versions of the meteoroids (流星) that race across the night sky. Most orbit the sun far from Earth and don’t threaten us. But there are also thousands of 396淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 asteroids whose orbits putthem ona collisioncourse with Earth. Buy $50 million worth of new telescopes right now. Then spend $10 million a year for the next 25 years to locate most of the space rocks. By the time we spot a fatal one, thescientists say,we’ll havea way tochange itscourse. Some scientists favor pushing asteroids off course with nuclear weapons. But the cost wouldn’t becheap. Is it worth it? Two things experts consider when judging any risk re: 1) How likely the event is; and 2) How bad the consequences if the event occurs. Experts think an asteroid big enough to destroy lots of life might strike Earth once every 500,000 years. Sounds pretty rare—but ifone did fall, it would be the end of theworld. “If we don’t take care ofthese big asteroids, they’lltake care ofus,” says onescientist. “It’sthat simple.” The cure, though, might be worse than the disease. Do we really want fleets of nuclear weapons sitting around on Earth? “The world has less to fear from doomsday (毁 灭性的) rocks than from a great nuclear fleet set against them,” said a New York Times article. 21. Whatdoes the passage say about asteroids and meteoroids? A)They are heavenly bodies different incomposition. B)They are heavenly bodiessimilarinnature. C)There are more asteroids than meteoroids. D)Asteroids are more mysterious than meteoroids. 22. Whatdoscientists say about the collisionofan asteroid with Earth? A)It is very unlikelybut thedanger exists. B) Such acollision might occur once every 25years. C)Collisionsof smallerasteroids withEarth occur moreoften than expected. D)It’s stilltoo early to say whether such a collisionmight occur. 23. What do people think of the suggestion of using nuclear weapons to alter the courses of asteroids? A)It sounds practical but it may not solvetheproblem. B) It maycreate moreproblems than itmight solve. C)It isa waste ofmoney because acollisionof asteroids with Earth is very unlikely. D)Further research should bedonebefore itis proved applicable. 24. Wecan conclude from the passage that ________. A)whilepushing asteroids offcoursenuclear weapons would destroy theworld B) asteroids racing across thenight sky are likely tohit Earth in thenear future C) the worry about asteroids can be left to future generations since it is unlikely to happen inour lifetime 397淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) workable solutions still have to be found to prevent a collision of asteroids with Earth 25. Whichofthe following best describes theauthor’s tonein thispassage? A)Optimistic. B) Critical. C)Objective. D)Arbitrary. PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. Believeit ornot, optical illusion(错觉) can cut highway crashes. Japan is a case in point. It has reduced automobile crashes on some roads by nearly 75 percent using a simple optical illusion. Bent stripes, called chevrons (人字形), painted on the roads make drivers think that they are driving faster than they really are, and thus drivers slowdown. Now the American Automobile Association Foundation for Traffic Safety in Washington D.C. is planning to repeat Japan’s success. Starting next year, the foundation will paint chevrons and other patterns of stripes on selected roads around the country to test howwell thepatterns reduce highway crashes. Excessive speed plays a major role in as much as one fifth of all fatal traffic accidents, according to the foundation. To help reduce those accidents, the foundation will conduct its tests in areas where speed-related hazards are the greatest—curves, exit slopes, trafficcircles, and bridges. Some studies suggest that straight, horizontal bars painted across roads can initially cut the average speed of drivers in half. However, traffic often returns to full speed withinmonths as drivers become usedto seeing thepainted bars. Chevrons, scientists say, not only give drivers the impression that they are driving faster than they really are but also make a lane appear to be narrower. The result is a longerlasting reductionin highway spedand the numberoftraffic accidents. 26. Thepassage mainly discusses ________. A)a newway ofhighway speed control B) anew pattern for painting highways C)anew approach to training drivers D)a newtype of optical illusion 27. On roads painted with chevrons, drivers tend tofeel that ________. A)they should avoid speed-related hazards B) they are driving in thewrong lane 398淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)they should slowdown theirspeed D)they are approaching thespeed limit 28. The advantage of chevrons over straight, horizontal bars is that the former ________. A)can keep drivers awake B) can cut roadaccidents inhalf C)willhave alonger effect ondrivers D)will look moreattractive 29. The American Automobile Association Foundation for Traffic Safety plans to ________. A)try out theJapanese method in certain areas B) change theroad signs across thecountry C)replacestraight, horizontal bars with chevrons D)repeat theJapanese road patterns 30. Whatdoes the authorsayabout straight,horizontal bars painted across roads? A)They are falling out ofuse intheUnited States. B)They tend tobe ignored bydrivers in ashort period oftime. C)They are applicable only onbroad roads. D)They cannot be applied successfully to trafficcircles. PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. Amtrak (美国铁路客运公司) was experiencing a downswing in ridership (客运量) along the lines comprising its rail system. Of major concern toAmtrak and its advertising agency DDB Needham, were the long-distance western routes where ridership had been declining significantly.]At one time, trains were the only practical way to cross the vast areas of the west. Trains were fast, very luxurious, and quite convenient compared to other forms of transportation existing at the time. However, times change and the automobile became America’s standard of convenience. Also, air travel had easily established itself as the fastest method of traveling great distances. Therefore, the task for DDB Needham was to encourage consumers to consider other aspects of train travel in order to change their attitudes and increase the likelihood that trains would be considered fortravel in thewest. Two portions of the total market were targeted: 1) anxious fliers—those concerned with safety, relaxation, and cleanliness and 2) travel-lovers—those viewing themselves as relaxed, casual, and interested in the travel experience as part of their vacation. The agency then developed a campaign that focused on travel experiences such as freedom, 399淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 escape, relaxation, and enjoyment of the great western outdoors. It stressed experiences gained byusing thetrains and portrayed western train trips as wonderful adventures. Advertisements showed pictures of the beautiful scenery that could be enjoyed along some of the more famous western routes and emphasized the romantic names of some of these trains (Empire Builder, etc.). These ads were strategically placed among family-oriented TV shows and programs involving nature and America in order to most effectively reach target audiences. Results were impressive. The Empire Builder, which was focused on in one ad, enjoyed a 15 percent increase in profits on its Chicago to Seattleroute. 31. What’s theauthor’s purposeinwriting this passage? A) To show the inability of trains to compete with planes with respect to speed and convenience. B)Tostress the influenceof theautomobileonAmerica’s standard ofconvenience. C)Toemphasizethefunction oftravel agencies inmarket promotion. D) To illustrate the important role of persuasive communication in changing consumer attitudes. 32. It can be inferred from the passage that the drop inAmtrak ridership was due to the fact that ________. A)trains were not suitablefor short distance passenger transportation B) trains were not thefastest and mostconvenient form oftransportation C)trains were not as fast and convenient as they used tobe D)trains could notcompete with planes interms ofluxury andconvenience 33. Toencourageconsumers totravel bytrain, DDB Needham emphasized ________. A)thefreedom and convenience provided ontrains B) thepractical aspects oftrain travel C)theadventurous aspects oftrain trips D)thesafety and cleanliness oftrain trips 34. The train ads were placed among family-oriented TVprograms involving nature and America because________. A)they could focus onmeaningful travel experiences B) they could increase theeffectiveness oftheTVprograms C)theirprofits could be increased bysome15percent D)most travel-lovers and nervous fliers were believed tobe among theaudiences 35. According to the passage, the Empire Builder enjoyed an increase in ridership and profits because ________. 400淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)theattractiveness ofits nameand route was effectively advertised B) itprovided an excitingtravel experience C)itspassengers could enjoy thegreat western outdoors D)it was widely advertised innewspapers andmagazines inChicago and Seattle PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. Why does cram go bad faster than butter? Some researchers think they have the answer, and it comes down to the structure of the food, not its chemical composition—a finding that could help rid someprocessed foods ofchemical preservatives. Cream and butter contain pretty much the same substances, so why cream should sour much faster has been a mystery. Both are emulsions—tiny globules (小球体) of one liquid evenly distributed throughout another. The difference lies in what’s in the globules and what’s in thesurrounding liquid, says Brocklehurst, who ledtheinvestigation. In cream, fatty globules drift about in a sea of water. In butter, globules of a watery solution are locked away in a sea of fat. The bacteria which make the food go bad prefer to live in the watery regions of the mixture. “This means that in cream, the bacteria are free to growthroughout themixture,” hesays. When the situation is reversed, the bacteria are locked away in compartments (隔仓 室) buried deep in the sea of fat. Trapped in this way, individual colonies cannot spread and rapidly run out of nutrients (养料). They also slowly poison themselves with their waste products. “In butter, you get a self-limiting system which stops the bacteria growing,”says Brocklehurst. The researchers are already working with food companies keen to see if their products can be made resistant to bacterial attack through alterations to the food’s structure. Brocklehurst believes it will be possible to make the emulsions used in salad cream, for instance, more like that in butter. The key will be to do this while keeping the salad cream liquid and not turning itinto asolid lump. 36. Thesignificance of Brocklehurst’s research isthat ________. A)it suggested a way to keep somefoods fresh without preservatives B) itdiscovered tiny globules in bothcream and butter C)itrevealed thesecret ofhow bacteriamultiply incream and butter D)it found that cream and buttershare thesame chemical composition 37. According to the researchers, cream sours fast than butter because bacteria ________. A)are more evenly distributed in cream B) multiply moreeasily in cream than in butter C)liveonless fat incream than inbutter 401淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)produce less waste incream than in butter 38. According toBrocklehurst, we can keepcream fresh by________. A)removing itsfat B) killingthebacteria C)reducing itswater content D)altering itsstructure 39. Theword “colonies” (Line2,Para. 4)refers to ________. A)tiny globules B) watery regions C)bacteriacommunities D)little compartments 40. Commercial application of the research finding will be possible if salad cream can bemade resistant to bacterial attack ________. A)byvarying itschemical composition B) byturning itinto asolid lump C)whilekeeping its structure unchanged D)whileretaining itsliquid form Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 41. Sheought tostop work; she has aheadache becauseshe ________too long. A)has been reading B) had read C)is reading D)read 42. Niagara Falls isa great tourist________,drawing millions ofvisitorsevery year. A)attention B) attraction C)appointment D)arrangement 402淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 43. Idon’t mind ________thedecision as longas itis not toolate. A)you todelay making B) your delaying making C)your delaying to make D)you delay to make 44. The hopes, goals, fears and desires ________ widely between men and women, between therich and thepoor. A)alter B) shift C)transfer D)vary 45. Corn originated in the New World and thus was not known in Europe until Columbusfound it ________inCuba. A)being cultivated B) been cultivated C)having cultivated D)cultivating 46. The sale usually takes place outside the house, with the audience ________ on benches, chairs orboxes. A)having seated B) seating C)seated D)having been seated 47. Thiskindof glasses manufactured byexperienced craftsmen ________comfortably. A)is worn B) wears C)wearing D)are worn 48. Somediseases are ________bycertain water animals. A)transplanted B) transformed C)transported D)transmitted 403淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 49. Wouldn’t you rather your child ________to bed early? A)go B) went C)would go D)goes 50. AlthoughAnne is happy with her success she wonders ________ will happen to her privatelife. A)that B) what C)it D)this 51. The words of his old teacher left a ________ impression on his mind. He is still influenced bythem. A)staying not B) notto stay C)that hewould not stay D)that he notstay 52. Mike’suncle insists________in this hotel. A)whatever B) whomever C)whichever D)whoever 53. Weagreed toaccept ________they thought was thebest touristguide. A)whatever B) whomever C)whichever D)whoever 54. It isour ________policy that wewill achieve unity through peaceful means. A)consistent B) continuous C)considerate D)continual 404淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 55. Between 1974and 1997,thenumber ofoverseas visitors expanded ________27%. A)by B) for C)to D)in 56. Although many people view conflict as bad, conflict is sometimes useful ________ itforces people to test therelative meritsof theirattitudes and behaviors. A)bywhich B) towhich C)inthat D)so that 57. He is ________ about his chances of winning a gold medal in the Olympics next year. A)optimistic B) optional C)outstanding D)obvious 58. SometimesIwish I________in a different timeand adifferent place. A)be living B) were living C)would live D)would have lived 59. Thedirector was critical ________the way wewere doing thework. A)at B) in C)of D)with 60. In asudden ________ofanger,theman toreupeverything within reach. A)attack B) burst C)split D)blast 405淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 61. ________ sherealized it was too latetogo home. A)No sooner it grew dark than B) Hardly did it growdark that C)Scarcely hadit grown dark than D)It was not untildark that 62. In Britain people________four million tonsof potatoes everyyear. A)swallow B) dispose C)consume D)exhaust 63. I’d ________ his reputation with other farmers and business people in the community,and thenmake adecision about whether ornot toapprove a loan. A)take intoaccount B) account for C)makeupfor D)make out 64. It isessential that theseapplication forms ________back as early as possible. A)must besent B) willbe sent C)are sent D)be sent 65. Shecooked themeat for along timesoas to makeit ________enoughto eat. A)mild B) slight C)light D)tender 66. Wetake ourskin for granted untilitis burned ________repair. A)beyond B) for C)without D)under 67. The computer revolution may well change society as ________ as did the Industrial 406淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Revolution. A)certainly B) insignificantly C)fundamentally D)comparatively 68. ________ inthis way,thesituation doesn’tseem so disappointing. A)Tolook at B) Looking at C)Looked at D)Tobe looked at 69. Alotofants are always invading my kitchen.They are athorough ________. A)nuisance B) trouble C)worry D)anxiety 70. Some women ________ a good salary in a job instead of staying home, but they decided notto work forthesake of thefamily. A)must make B) should havemade C)would make D)could have made Part IVCloze (15minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. In a telephone survey of more than 2,000 adults, 21% said they believed the sun revolved (旋转) around the earth. An __71__ 7% did not know which revolved around __72__ I have no doubt that __73__ all of these people were __74__ in school that the earth revolves around the sun; __75__ may even have written it __76__ a test. But they never __77__ their incorrect mental models of planetary (行星的) __78__ because their everyday observations didn’t support __79__ their teachers told them: People see the sun “moving” __80__the sky as morning turns to night, and the earth seems stationary (静止 的)__81__that ishappening. 407淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Students can learn the right answers __82__ heart in class, and yet never combined them __83__ their working models of the world. The objectively correct answer the professor accepts and the __84__ personal understanding of the world can __85__ side byside, each unaffected bytheother. Outside of class, the student continues to sue the __86__ model because it has always worked well __87__ that circumstance. Unless professors address __88__ errors in students’personal models of the world, students are not __89__ to replace them with the__90__one. 71. A)excessive B) extra C)additional D)added 72. A)what B) which C)that D)other 73. A)virtually B) remarkably C)ideally D)preferably 74. A)learned B) suggested C)taught D)advised 75. A)those B) these C)who D)they 76. A)on B) with C)under D)for 77. A)formed 408淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) altered C)believed D)thought 78. A)operation B) position C)motion D)location 79. A)how B) which C)that D)what 80. A)around B) across C)on D)above 81. A)since B) so C)while D)for 82. A)to B) by C)in D)with 83. A)with B) into C)to D)along 84. A)adult’s B) teacher’s C)scientist’s D)student’s 409淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 85. A)exist B) occur C)survive D)maintain 86. A)private B) individual C)personal D)own 87. A)in B) with C)on D)for 88. A)general B) natural C)similar D)specific 89. A)obliged B) likely C)probable D)partial 90. A)perfect B) better C)reasonable D)correct PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic How I Finance My College Education. You should write at least 120 words,andbase your composition ontheoutline(given in Chinese)below: 1. 上大学的费用(tuitionand fees)可以通过多种途径解决 2. 哪种途径适合于我(说明理由) HowI FinanceMy CollegeEducation 410淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2000年1月四级参考答案 Part I 1. C 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. A 6. B 7. B 8. C 9. D 10. B 11. C 12. D 13. A 14. A 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. D 19. D 20. C PartII 21. B 22. A 23. B 24. D 25. C 26. A 27. C 28. C 29. A 30. B 31. D 32. B 33. C 34. D 35. A 36. A 37. B 38. D 39. C 40. D Part III 41. A 42. B 43. B 44. D 45. A 46. C 47. B 48. D 49. B 50. B 51. C 52. D 53. D 54. A 55. A 56. C 57. A 58. B 59. C 60. B 61. D 62. C 63. A 64. D 65. D 66. A 67. C 68. C 69. A 70. D Part IV 71. C 72. B 73. A 74. C 75. D 76. A 77. B 78. C 79. D 80. B 81. C 82. B 83. A 84. D 85. A 86. C 87. A 88. D 89. B 90. D 411淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2000年1月四级听力原文 Section A 1. M: Hello, Mrs. White, what can I do for you? W: I don't know what's the matter with me? I'm always feeling tired, I'm usually worn out at the end of the day. Q: What do we learn from the conversation? 2. W: What do you think of the apple pie? I made it myself. M: Very delicious indeed. Even my mother's cannot match this. Q: What does the man mean? 3. M: The music is so beautiful that I'd like to dance. But I don't know the steps. W: It doesn't matter. No one will be looking at us in his crowd. Q: What does the woman suggest they do? 4. M: I'd better read one of the articles for our political science class. W: You can't read just one. They say each presents a different theory. Q: What does the woman tell the man he must do? 5. W: Mary is always complaining about her job. M: Maybe if you try typing letters every day, you'd see what it's like. Q: What does the man mean? 6. M: Good morning. This is John Parker speaking. I'm just ringing to confirm my appointment with Mr. Smith for this afternoon. W: Yes. Mr. Smith's expecting you at 3 o'clock. Q: Why is the man making the phone call? 7. W: Tom looks awfully nervous, doesn't he? M: Yes. I'm afraid he is not used to making speeches. Q: What do they think of Tom? 8. M: I bought a few books at the new bookstore. Would you like to have a look at them? W: A few? It looks like you bought out the bookstore Q: What does the woman mean? 9. M: Jane, you won't be able to get to the airport in time to catch the 10 o'clock flight. W: I realize that now. I'll have to get my ticket changed. Q: What will the woman have to do? 10. 412淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 M: Would you get me through to Dr. Lemon please? W: I'm sorry. He's with a patient. Q: What does the woman mean? Sections B Passage one Paul, a salesman from London, was driving past a sports car parked outside a supermarket, when he saw it start to rool slowly down the hill. Inside the car were two young girls onthe passengerseat -but no driverPaul stoppedquickly,jumped in front of the sports car and tried to stop it, pushing against the front of the car. Another man who was standing nearby got into the car and put on the handbrake, saving the girls from injury. It was at this point that Paul noticed his own car rolling slowly down the hill and going too fast for him to stop it. It crashed into a bus at the bottom of the hill and was so badly damaged that it had to be pulled away to a garage. As if this was not bad enough, Paul now found he had no one to blame. He was so busy chasing hiscarthathedidn'tgetthenameofthedriverofthe sportscar,who just came out of the supermarket and drove away without realizing what had happened. Questions 11 to 14 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. Which car was badly damaged? 12. Where was the driver of the sports car when the accident happened? 13. Who did Paul think was to blame for the accident? 14. Who was injured in the accident? Passage Two My friend, Vemon Davies kept birds. One day he phoned and told me he was going away for a week. He asked me to feed the birds for him and said that he would leave the key to his front door in my mailbox. Unfortunately,IforgotallaboutthebirdsuntilthenightbeforeVemonwasgoingto return. What was worse, it was already dark when I arrived at his house. I soon found the key Vernon gave me could not unlock either the front door or the back door. I was getting desperate. I kept thinking of what Vemon would say when he came back. I was just going to give up when I noticed that one bedroom window was slightly open. I found a barrel and pushed it under the window. As the barrel was very heavy, I made a lot of noise. But in the end, I managed to climb up and open the window. I actually had one leg inside the bedroom when I suddenly realized that someone was shining a torch up at me. I looked down and saw a policeman and an old lady, one of Verno's neighbours. "What are you doing up there?" said the policeman. Feeling like a complete fool, I replied, "I was just going to feed Mr. Davis's birds." Questions 15 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 15. Why couldn't the man open the door? 16. Why did the man feel desperate? 17. Why did the man feel like a fool? 413淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Passage Three When Iragi troops blew up hundreds of Kuwaiti oil well at the end of Gulf War, scientists feared environmental disaster. Would black powder in the smoke from the fires circles the globe and block out the sun? Many said "No way" rain would wash the black powder from the atmosphere. But in America,air sampling balloons have detected high concentrations of particles similar to those collected in Kuwait. Now that the fires are out scientists are turning their attention to yet another threat:the oil that didn't catch fire. It has formed huge lakes in the Kuwaiti desert. They trap insects and birds, and poison a variety of other desert animals and plants. The only good news is that the oil lakes have not affected the underground water resources. So far, the oil has not been absorbed because of the hard sand just below the surface. Nothing, however, stops the oil from evaporating. The resulting poisonous gases are choking nearby residents. Officials are trying to organize a quick cleanup, but they are not sure how to do it. One possibility is to burn the oil. Get those black-powder detectors ready. Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. What were the scientists worried about soon after the Gulf War? 19. What was the good news for scientists? 20. What are the officials trying to do at the moment? 参考答案 Part I Listening Comprehension 1-10: A D C A D D C B A C 11-20: A B C B D C B A C D 2000年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: 414淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)2hours. B) 3hours. C)4hours. D)5hours. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer.You should choose [D] on theAnswer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough thecenter. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)Sheis not interested in thearticle. B) Shehas given theman much trouble. C)Shewould liketohave a copy ofthearticle. D)Shedoesn’t want to take thetroubleto read thearticle. 2. A)He sawthebig tower hevisited onTV. B) Hehas visited theTVtower twice. C)Hehas visited theTVtower once. D)He willvisit theTVtowerin June. 3. A)The woman regrets having taken upmuch ofthe professor’s time. B)Thewoman regrets having taken upmuch oftheprofessor’s time. C)Thewoman knows theprofessor has been busy. D)The woman knows theprofessor has run into trouble. 4. A)He doesn’tenjoy businesstrips as much as he usedto. B) Hedoesn’t think heiscapable ofdoing thejob. C)Hethinks thepay is too lowto support hisfamily. D)He wants tospend more timewithhis family. 5. A)The man thought theessay was easy. B)They both had a hard timewriting the essay. C)Thewoman thought theessay was easy. D)Neither ofthem has finished theassignment yet. 6. A)In thepark. B) Between two buildings. 415淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)In his apartment. D)Under a huge tree. 7. A)It’s awfully dull. B) It’sreally exciting. C)It’svery exhausting. D)It’s quitechallenging. 8. A)Amovie. B)Alecture. C)Aplay. D)Aspeech. 9. A)The weatheris mildcompared to thepast years. B)They are having the coldest winter ever. C)Theweather willsoon get warmer. D)The weathermay get evencolder. 10. A)Amystery story. B)Thehiring ofa shop assistant. C)Thesearch fora reliable witness. D)An unsolved case ofrobbery. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Passageone Questions11to14arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)They want to change the way English istaught. B)They learn English to find well-paid jobs. C)They want tohave an up-to-date knowledge of English. D)They knowclearly what they want to learn. 416淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 12. A)Professionals. B) College students. C)Beginners. D)Intermediatelearners. 13. A)Courses for doctors. B) Courses for businessmen. C)Courses for reporters. D)Courses for lawyers. 14. A)Three groups oflearners. B)Theimportance of businessEnglish. C)Englishfor Specific Purposes. D)Features ofEnglish for different purposes. PassageTwo Questions15to17arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 15. A)Toshow offtheir wealth. B)Tofeel good. C)Toregain theirmemory. D)Tobe different from others. 16. A)Tohelp solve theirpsychological problems. B)Toplay games withthem. C)Tosend them tothehospital. D)Tomake them aware ofitsharmfulness. 17. A)They need care and affection. B)They are fond ofround-the-world trips. C)They are mostly form broken families. D)They are likely to commitcrimes. PassageThree Questions18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 18. A)Because it was too heavy. B) Because itdid not bendeasily. 417淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Because itdid not shoot far. D)Because its string was short. 19. A)It went out ofuse300years ago. B) It was invented after theshort bow. C)It was discovered before fire andthewheel. D)It’s stillin usetoday. 20. A)They are accurate and easy to pull. B)Their shootingrange is 40yards. C)They are usually usedindoors. D)They took 100years todevelop. Part IIVocabularyand Structure(20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 21. As wecan nolonger wait forthedelivery of ourorder,wehave to ________it. A)postpone B) refuse C)delay D)cancel 22. These books,which you can get at any bookshop, will give you ________you need. A)all theinformation B) all theinformation C)all ofinformation D)all of theinformation 23. Not untilthegame had begun ________at thesports ground. A)had hearrived B) would hehave arrived C)didhe arrive D)should hehave arrived 24. Young people are not ________ to stand and look at works of art; they want art they can participatein. 418淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)conservative B) content C)confident D)generous 25. Most broadcasters maintain that TV has been unfairly criticized and argue that the powerof themedium is________. A)granted B) implied C)exaggerated D)remedied 26. These surveys indicate that many crimes go ________by the police, mainly because notall victims report them. A)unrecorded B) tobe unrecorded C)unrecording D)tohave been unrecorded 27. Ihave noobjection ________your story again. A)tohear B) tohearing C)tohaving heard D)tohave heard 28. Theclothes a person wears may expresshis ________orsocial position. A)curiosity B) status C)determination D)significance 29. By law, when one makes a large purchase, he should have ________ opportunity to change hismind. A)accurate B) urgent C)excessive D)adequate 30. Youwillsee thisproduct ________wherever you go. 419淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)tobeadvertised B) advertised C)advertise D)advertising 31. Theearly pioneers had to ________many hardships tosettleonthenew land. A)go along with B) go back on C)go through D)go into 32. Thesuggestion that themajor________ theprizes was accepted byeveryone. A)would present B) present C)presents D)ought to present 33. Beer is the most popular drink among male drinkers, ________ overall consumption is significantly higher than that ofwomen. A)whose B) which C)that D)what 34. Peter,who had been drivingall day,suggested ________at thenexttown. A)tostop B) stopping C)stop D)having stopped 35. Ididn’t knowtheword. Ihad to________a dictionary. A)lookout B) makeout C)referto D)go over 36. The professor could hardly find sufficient grounds ________ his arguments in favour ofthenew theory. 420淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)tobebased on B) tobase on C)which to base on D)onwhich tobase 37. There are signs ________restaurants are becoming more popularwith families. A)that B) which C)inwhich D)whose 38. I think I was at school, ________ I was staying with a friends during the vacation when Iheard thenews. A)or else B) and then C)orso D)even so 39. It issaid that themath teacherseems ________towards bright students. A)partial B) beneficial C)preferable D)liable 40. In order to show his boss what a careful worker he was, he took ________ trouble overthefigures. A)extensive B) spare C)extra D)supreme 41. —“May I speak to your manager Mr.Williamsat five o’clock tonight?” —“I’m sorry.Mr.Williams ________toaconference long before then.” A)will have gone B) had gone C)would have gone D)has gone 421淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 42. You________himso closely; you should have kept your distance. A)shouldn’t follow B) mustn’t follow C)couldn’t’have been following D)shouldn’t have been following 43. The growth of part-time and flexible working patterns, and of training and retraining schemes, ________morewomen to take advantage ofemployment opportunities. A)have allowed B) allow C)allowing D)allows 44. Everybody ________inthehall where theywere welcomed bythesecretary. A)assembled B) accumulated C)piled D)joined 45. Putting in anewwindowwill ________cutting away part of theroof. A)include B) involve C)contain D)comprise 46. Living in the western part of the country has its problems, ________ obtaining fresh water is nottheleast. A)with which B) forwhich C)ofwhich D)which 47. In the ________ of the project not being a success, the investors stand to lose up to $30million. A)face B) time C)event D)course 422淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 48. Themanager would rather his daughter ________in thesameoffice. A)had notworked B) notto work C)does not work D)didnot work 49. ________, hedoes get annoyed with her sometimes. A)Although much helikes her B) Muchalthough helikes her C)As he likes hermuch D)Much as helikes her 50. The British constitution is ________ a large extent a product of the historical events described above. A)within B) to C)by D)at PartIII ReadingComprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Long after the 1998 World Cup was won, disappointed fans were still cursing the disputed refereeing (裁判) decisions that denied victory to their team. A researcher was appointed to study theperformance ofsometop referees. The researcher organized an experimental tournament (锦标赛) involving four youth teams. Each match lasted an hour, divided into three periods of 20 minutes during which different referees were incharge. Observers noted down the referees’ errors, of which there were 61 over the tournament. Converted to a standard match of 90 minutes, each referee made almost 23 mistakes,a remarkably high number. The researcher then studied the videotapes to analyse the matches in detail. Surprisingly, he found that errors were more likely when the referees were close to the 423淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 incident. When the officials got it right, they were, on average, 17 meters away from the action. The average distance in the case of errors was 12 meters. The research shows the optimum(最佳的)distance is about 20meters. There also seemed to be an optimum speed. Correct decisions came when the referees were moving at a speed of about 2 meters per second. The average speed for errors was 4meters per second. If FIFA, football’s international ruling body, wants to improve the standard of refereeing at the next World Cup, it should encourage referees to keep their eyes on the action from a distance, rather than rushing to keep upwith theball, theresearcher argues. He also says that FIFA’s insistence that referees should retire at age 45 may be misguided. If keeping up with the action is not so important, their physical condition is less critical. 51. Theexperiment conducted bytheresearcher was meant to ________. A)review the decisions ofreferees at the1998WorldCup B) analyse thecauses oferrors made byfootball referees C)set astandard for football refereeing D)reexaminetherules for football refereeing 52. Thenumber ofrefereeing errors intheexperimental matches was ________. A)slightly above average B) higherthan in the1998World Cup C)quiteunexpected D)as high as ina standard match 53. Thefindings oftheexperiment showthat ________. A)errors are more likely when a referee keeps closetotheball B) thefartherthereferee is from theincident, thefewer theerrors C)themoreslowly thereferee runs, themore likelywill errors occur D)errors are less likely when areferee stays in onespot 54. Theword “officials”(Line 2,Para. 4) mostprobably refers to ________. A)theresearchers involved in theexperiment B) theinspectors of thefootball tournament C)thereferees of thefootball tournament D)theobservers at thesiteoftheexperiment 55. Whatis oneof thepossibleconclusions oftheexperiment? A)The ideal retirement age for an experienced football referee is 45. 424淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B)Age shouldnot be thechief consideration inchoosing a football referee. C)Afootball referee shouldbeas young andenergetic as possible. D) An experienced football referee can do well even when in poor physical condition. PassageTwo Questions56to60arebased onthe followingpassage. While still in its early stages, welfare reform has already been judged a great success in many states—at least in getting people off welfare. It’s estimated that more than 2million peoplehave left the rollssince 1994. In the past four years, welfare rolls inAthens Country have been cut in half. But 70 percent of the people who left in the past tow years took jobs that paid less than $6 an hour. The result: TheAthens County poverty rate still remains at more than 30 percent— twicethenational average. For advocates (代言人) for the poor, that’s an indication much more needs to be done. “More people are getting jobs, but it’s not making their lives any better,” says Kathy Lairn, a policy analyst at theCenter onBudget and Policy PrioritiesinWashington. Acenter analysis of US Census data nationwide found that between 1995 and 1996, a greater percentage of single, female-headed households were earning money on their own, but thataverage income for thesehouseholds actually went down. But for many,the fact that poor people are able to support themselves almost as well withoutgovernment aidas they didwith it isin itselfahuge victory. “Welfare was a poison. It was a toxin (毒素) that was poisoning the family,” says Robert Rector, a welfare-reform policy analyst. “The reform in changing the moral climate in low-income communities. It’s beginning to rebuild the work ethic (道德观), which is much moreimportant.” Mr. Rector and others argued that once “the habit of dependency is cracked,” then thecountry can make otherpolicy changes aimed at improvingliving standards. 56. From thepassage, it can beseen that theauthor ________. A)believes thereform has reduced thegovernment’sburden B) insiststhat welfare reform isdoing little good forthepoor C)is overenthusiasticabout the success of welfare reform D)considers welfare reform tobe fundamentally successful 57. Whyaren’tpeople enjoying betterlives when they have jobs? A)Because many families are divorced. B) Because government aid is nowrare. 425淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Because theirwages are low. D)Because the cost oflivingis rising. 58. Whatis worth noting from theexampleofAthens County isthat ________. A)greater efforts should bemade toimprove people’s livingstandards B) 70percent ofthe peoplethere have beenemployed for two years C)50percent ofthe populationnolongerrelies onwelfare D)theliving standards of mostpeople are going down 59. From thepassagewe knowthat welfare reform aims at ________. A)saving welfare funds B) rebuilding thework ethic C)providing morejobs D)cutting government expenses 60. According tothe passage before thewelfare reform was carried out, ________. A)thepoverty rate was lover B) average livingstandards were higher C)theaverage worker was paid higher wages D)thepoor used to rely ongovernment aid PassageThree Questions61to65arebased onthe followingpassage. Americans are pound of their variety and individuality, yet they love and respect few things more than a uniform, whether it is the uniform of an elevator operator or the uniform ofafive-star general.Whyare uniforms so popularintheUnited States? Among the arguments for uniforms, one of the first is that in the eyes of most people they look more professional than civilian (百姓的) clothes. People have become conditioned to expect superior quality from a man who wears a uniform. The television repairman who wears uniform tends to inspire more trust than one who appears in civilian clothes. Faith in the skill of a garage mechanic is increased by a uniform. What easier way is there for a nurse, a policeman, a barber, or a waiter to lose professional identity(身份)than to step out ofuniform? Uniforms also have many practical benefits. They save on other clothes. They save on laundry bills. They are tax-deductible (可减税的). They are often more comfortable and moredurable than civilian clothes. Primary among the arguments against uniforms is their lack of variety and the consequent loss of individuality experienced by people who must wear them. Though there are many types of uniforms, the wearer of any particular type is generally stuck 426淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 with it, without change, until retirement. When people look alike, they tend to think, speak, and act similarly,onthejob at least. Uniforms also give rise to some practical problems. Though they are long-lasting, often their initial expense is greater than the cost of civilian clothes. Some uniforms are also expensive to maintain, requiring professional dry cleaning rather than the home laundering possiblewith manytypes ofcivilian clothes. 61. It issurprising thatAmericans who worship variety and individuality________. A)stilljudge a man byhis clothes B) holdthe uniform in suchhigh regard C)enjoy having aprofessional identity D)will respect anelevator operator as much as a general in uniform 62. Peopleare accustomed to thinkthat a man in uniform ________. A)suggests quality work B) discards his social identity C)appears tobemore practical D)looks superior toa person in civilian clothes 63. Thechief function of auniform is to________. A)provide practical benefits tothe wearer B) makethewearer catch the pubiceye C)inspirethewearer’s confidence inhimself D)provide thewearer witha professional identity 64. According tothe passage, peoplewearing uniforms ________. A)are usually helpful B) have littleornoindividual freedom C)tend to losetheirindividuality D)enjoy greater popularity 65. Thebest titleforthis passage would be________. A)Uniforms andSociety B)TheImportance ofWearing aUniform C)Practical Benefits ofWearing a Uniform D)Advantages and Disadvantages ofUniforms PassageFour 427淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions66to70arebased onthe followingpassage. Since we are social beings, the quality of our lives depends in large measure on our interpersonal relationships. One strength of the human condition is our tendency to give and receive support from one another under stressful circumstances. Social support consists of the exchange of resources among people based on their interpersonal ties. Those of us with strong support systems appear better able to cope with major life changes and daily hassles (困难). People with strong social ties live longer and have better health than those without such ties. Studies over a range of illnesses, from depression to heart disease, reveal that the presence of social support helps people fend off(挡开)illness,and theabsenceof such support makes poor health more likely. Social support cushions stress in a number of ways. First, friends, relatives, and co-workers may let us know that they value us. Our self-respect is strengthened when we feel accepted by others despite our faults and difficulties. Second, other people often provide us with informational support. They help us to define and understand our problems and find solutions to them. Third, we typically find social companionship supportive. Engaging in leisure-time activities with others helps us to meet our social needs while at the same time distracting (转移…注意力) us from our worries and troubles. Finally, other people may give us instrumental support—financial aid, material resources, and needed services—that reduces stress by helping us resolve and cope with ourproblems. 66. Interpersonal relationships are important because ________. A)they are indispensableto people’s social well-being B) they awaken people’sdesire to exchange resources C)they help people tocope with lifein theinformation era D)they can cure arange ofillnesses such as heart disease, etc 67. Research shows that people’s physical and mental health ________. A)relies onthesocial welfare systems which support them B) has much todowith theamount ofsupport theyget from others C)depends ontheir abilityto deal with daily worries and troubles D)is closely related to theirstrength for coping with majorchanges in theirlives 68. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word “cushions” (Line 1, Para. 2)? A)Adds upto. B) Does away with. C)Lessens the effect of. D)Lays thefoundation for. 69. Helping asick neighbor with somerepair work is an exampleof ________. 428淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)instrumental support B) informational support C)social companionship D)thestrengthening ofself-respect 70. Socialcompanionship isbeneficial inthat ________. A)it helps strengthen our ties withrelatives B) itenables us to eliminateourfaults and mistakes C)itmakes ourleisure-time activitiesmore enjoyable D)it draws ourattention away from our worries andtroubles Part IVTranslation(15 minutes) Directions: In this part, there are four items, each consisting of one or two sentences for you to translate into Chinese. These sentences are all taken from the Reading Passages you have just read in Part Three of Test Paper One. You should refer back to the passages so as to identify their meanings in the context. S1. (Lines 1-2, Para. 1,Passage 1) Long after the 1998 World Cup was won, disappointed fans were still cursing the disputed refereeing(裁判) decisions that denied victory totheir team. S2. (Lines 1-2, Para. 6,Passage 2) But for many,the fact that poor people are able to support themselves almost as well withoutgovernment aidas they didwith it isin itselfahuge victory. S3. (Lines 5-6, Para. 2,Passage 3) What easier way is there for a nurse, a policeman, a barber, or a waiter to lose professional identity(身份)than tostep out ofuniform? S4. (Lines 3-4, Para. 1,Passage 4) Social support consists of the exchange of resources among people based on their interpersonal ties. PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Is a Test of Spoken English Necessary? The first sentence has already been written for you. You should write at least 100 words, and base your competition ontheoutlinegiven inChinese below: 429淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1. 很多人认为有必要举行英语口语考试，理由是… 2. 也有人持不同意见，... 3. 我的看法和打算 Is aTestofSpoken English Necessary A test of spoken English will be included as an optional component of the College EnglishTest(CET) 430淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2000年6月四级参考答案 Part I 1. C 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. B 6. D 7. A 8. C 9. D 10. D 11. D 12. A 13. B 14. C 15. B 16. A 17. A 18. C 19. B 20. A PartII 21. D 22. A 23. C 24. B 25. C 26. A 27. B 28. B 29. D 30. B 31. C 32. B 33. A 34. B 35. C 36. D 37. A 38. A 39. A 40. C 41. A 42. D 43. D 44. A 45. B 46. C 47. C 48. D 49. D 50. B Part III 51. B 52. C 53. A 54. C 55. B 56. D 57. C 58. A 59. B 60. D 61. B 62. A 63. D 64. C 65. D 66. A 67. B 68. C 69. A 70. D S1. 1998 年世界杯足球赛早已尘埃落定，但失望的球迷们仍在责骂那些颇有争议的 判罚，声称正是那些判罚使他们的球队没能获胜。 S2. 但是穷人在没有政府救济的情况下，生活照样过得很好，对很多人来说，这一 事实本身就是一个巨大的胜利。 S3. 对于一名护士、理发师或是一名侍者而言，还有什么比脱掉制服更加便利的方 法能让他们失去职业身份呢? S4. 社会资助是由人与人之间的资源交换所构成的，而这种交换乃是建立在他们的 431淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 人际关系的基础之上。 432淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2001年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)2hours. B) 3hours. C)4hours. D)5hours. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer.You should choose [D] on theAnswer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough thecenter. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)Get some change form Jane. B) Usethewoman’s phone. C)Go look fora pay phone. D)Pay for thephonecall. 2. A)At abookstore. B) In aworkshop. C)At an art gallery. D)In adepartment store. 3. A)She’s bought theman apair ofglasses today. B) Shewillhelp the man to catch up. C)Sheis worried about theman’s health. 433淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Shehas bought the man an up-to-date map. 4. A)He is going to give a talk onfishing. B) Hethinks fishing isa good way to killtime. C)Hehas thesamehobbyas Susan’s father. D)He is eager tomeet Susan’s parents. 5. A)He finds thepresentation hardto follow. B) Heconsiders thepresentation very dull. C)Hethinks ProfessorWhitehas chosen an interesting topic. D)He speaks highly ofthe presentation. 6. A)High quality paper. B)Atypewriter. C)Abookshelf. D)Somestocks. 7. A)They go to theseaside. B)They set offearly. C)They go sightseeing. D)They wait for afineday. 8. A)He was late forschool onthe firstday. B) Hehad afunnyface. C)Hewas thefirst person shemet at school. D)He liked to showoffinclass. 9. A)Her car can stand any crash. B) Her car isnot as good as his. C)Her car ismaintained as well as his. D)Her car is kept in good condition. 10. A)Sheis toobusy to go. B) Shedoesn’twant to wait long. C)She’s willingtogo swimming. D)Sheenjoys the wonderful weather. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 434淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Passageone Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)He was once afriend ofthe ruler. B) Hewas ataxcollector. C)Hewas agovernment official. D)He was once aschool teacher inIndia. 12. A)Todeclare new ways of collecting tax. B)Toentertain thosewho had madegreat contributions to thegovernment. C)Tocollect money from thepersons invited. D)Toreward outstanding tax collectors. 13. A)They tried tocollect moremoney than theruler asked for. B)They were given somesilverand gold coins bythe ruler. C)They were excused from paying income tax. D)They enjoyed being invited todinner at theruler’s palace. PassageTwo Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)They liked traveling. B)They wanted to find abetter place to livein. C)They were driven out oftheirhomes. D)The reasons are unknown. 15. A)They try to putupwith Gypsies. B)They are envious ofGypsies. C)They are unfriendly to Gypsies. D)They admire themusical talent oftheGypsies. 16. A)Special schools have been set upfor them. B) Permanent homes have been built forthem. 435淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)They are now taughtin their own language. D)They are nowallowed toattend local schools. PassageThree Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)The causes are obvious. B)Thecauses are very complicated. C)Thecauses are familiar. D)The causes are not well understood. 18. A)Regular driver training. B) Improved highway design. C)Strictertraffic regulations. D)Better publictransportation. 19. A)Highway crime. B) Poortrafficcontrol. C)Confusing road signs. D)Drivers’errors. 20. A)Designing better cars. B) Building morehighways. C)Increasing people’s awareness of trafficproblems. D)Enhancing drivers’senseofresponsibility. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Dogs are social animals and without proper training, they will behave like wild animals. They will soil your house, destroy your belongings, bark excessively, fight other dogs and even bite you. Nearly all behavior problems are perfectly normal dog activities that occur at the wrong time or place or are directed at the wrong thing. The key to 436淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 preventing or treating behavior problems is learning to teach the dog to redirect its normal behavior to outletsthat are acceptable in thedomesticsetting. One of the best things you can do for your dog and yourself is to obedience train it. Obedience training doesn’t solve all behavior problems, but it is the foundation for solving just about any problem. Training pens up a line of communication between you and your dog. Effective communication is necessary to instruct your dog about what you want itto do. Training is also an easy way to establish the social rank order.When your dog obeys a simple request of “come here, sit,” it is showing obedience and respect for you. It is not necessary to establish yourself as top dog or leader of the pack (群) by using extreme measure. You can teach your dog its subordinate (从属的) role by teaching it to show submission to you. Most dogs love performing tricks for you to pleasantly accept that you are incharge. Training should be fun and rewarding for you and your dog. It can enrich your relationship and make living together more enjoyable. A well-trained dog is more confident and can more safely be allowed a greater amount of freedom than an untrained animal. 21. Behaviorproblems of dogs are believe to________. A)be justpart oftheirnature B) worsen inmodern society C)occur whenthey go wild D)present athreat to thecommunity 22. Theprimary purposeof obedience training isto ________. A)teach thedogto perform clever tricks B) makethedogaware ofits owner’s authority C)providethedogwith outlets forits wild behavior D)enable thedogto regain itsnormal behavior 23. Effectivecommunication between a dogand its owner is________. A)essential tosolving thedog’s behavior problems B) thefoundation for dogs toperform tasks C)agood way to teach thedognewtricks D)an extreme measure inobedience training 24. Whydopet dogs loveperforming tricks for theirmasters? A)Toavoid being punished. B)Toshowtheir affection for theirmasters. C)Towin leadership ofthedogpack. 437淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Toshow theirwillingness to obey. 25. When adoghas received effective obedience training, its owner________. A)can give thedogmore rewards B) willenjoy a better familylife C)can give thedogmorefreedom D)will have moreconfidence in himself PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. Engineering students are supposed to be examples of practicality and rationality, but when it comes to my college education I am an idealist and a fool. In high school I wanted to be an electrical engineer and, of course, any sensible student with my aims would have chosen a college with a large engineering department, famous reputation and lotsofgood labs and research equipment. But that’s not what Idid. I chose to study engineering at a small liberal-arts (文科) university that doesn’t even offer a major in electrical engineering. Obviously, this was not a practical choice; I came here for more noble reasons. I wanted a broad education that would provide me with flexibility and a value system to guide me in my career. I wanted to open my eyes and expand my vision by interacting with people who weren’t studying science or engineering. My parents, teachers and other adults praised me for such a sensible choice. They told meIwas wiseand mature beyond my18years, and I believed them. I headed off to college sure I was going to have an advantage over those students who went to big engineering “factories” where they didn’t care if you have values or were flexible. I was going to be a complete engineer: technical genius and sensitive humanist (人文学者)all in one. Now I’m not so sure. Somewhere along the way my noble ideals crashed into reality, as all noble ideals eventually do.After three years of struggling to balance math, physics and engineering courses with liberal-arts courses, I have learned there are reasons why few engineering students try to reconcile (协调) engineering with liberal-arts courses in college. The reality that has blocked my path to become the typical successful student is that engineering and the liberal arts simply don’t’mix as easily as I assumed in high school. Individually they shape a person in very different ways; together they threaten to confuse. Thestruggle toreconcile thetwo fields ofstudy isdifficult. 26. The author chose to study engineering at a small liberal-arts university because he ________. A)wanted to bean exampleofpracticality and rationality B) intended to bea combinationof engineer and humanist C)wanted tocoordinate engineering with liberal-arts courses in college 438淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)intended tobe asensiblestudent with nobleideals 27. According to the author, by interacting with people who study liberal arts, engineering studentscan ________. A)balance engineeringand theliberal arts B) receiveguidance in theircareers C)become nobleidealists D)broaden their horizons 28. In theeyes oftheauthor,asuccessful engineering student is expected ________. A)tohave an excellent academic record B) tobe wiseand mature C)tobe imaginativewith avalue system toguide him D)tobea technical genius with awidevision 29. Theauthor’s experience shows that hewas ________. A)creative B) ambitious C)unrealistic D)irrational 30. The word “they” in “... together they threaten to confuse.” (Line 3, Para. 5) refers to ________. A)engineering and theliberal arts B) realityand nobleideals C)flexibilityand avalue system D)practicality and rationality PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. Priscilla Ouchida’s “energy-efficient” house turned out to be a horrible dream. When she and her engineer husband married a few years ago, they built a $100,000, three-bedroom home in California. Tightly sealed to prevent air leaks, the house was equipped with small double-paned ( 双 层 玻 璃 的 ) windows and several other energy-saving features. Problems began as soon as the couple moved in, however. Priscilla’s eyes burned. Her throat was constantly dry. She suffered from headaches and could hardly sleep. It was as thoughshe had suddenly developed astrange illness. Experts finally traced the cause of her illness. The level of formaldehyde (甲醛) gas in her kitchen was twice the maximum allowed by federal standards for chemical 439淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 workers.Thesource ofthegas?Her new kitchen cabinets and wall-to-wall carpeting. The Ouchidas are victims of indoor air pollution, which is not given sufficient attention partly because of the nation’s drive to save energy.The problem itself isn’t new. “The indoor environment was dirty long before energy conservation came along,” says Moschandreas, a pollution scientist at Geomet Technologies in Maryland. “Energy conservation has tended to accentuate thesituation insome cases.” The problem appears to be more troublesome in newly constructed homes rather than old ones. Back in the days when energy was cheap, home builders didn’t worry much about unsealed cracks. Because of such leaks, the air in an average home was replaced by fresh outdoor air about once an hour.As a result, the pollutants generated in mosthouseholds seldom build upto dangerous levels. 31. It can be learned from the passage that theOuchidas house ________. A)is well worth the money spent onitsconstruction B) is almostfaultless from thepointof energy conservation C)failed to meet energy conservation standards D)was designed and constructed in ascientificway 32. Whatmade theOuchidas’newhousea horribledream? A)Lack offresh air. B) Poorqualityof building materials. C)Gas leakage inthekitchen. D)The newly painted walls. 33. Theword “accentuate”(Line 4, Para. 3)mostprobably means “________”. A)relieve B) accelerate C)worsen D)improve 34. Whywere cracks in oldhouses nota big concern? A)Because indoor cleanliness was not emphasized. B) Because energy used tobe inexpensive. C)Because environmental protection was given toppriority. D)Because they were technically unavoidable. 35. Thispassage ismostprobably taken from anarticle entitled “________”. A)Energy Conservation B) Houses Building Crisis 440淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)AirPollution Indoors D)Traps in Building Construction PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. In 1993. New York State ordered stores to charge a deposit on beverage (饮料) containers. Within a year. Consumers had returned millions of aluminum cans and glass and plastic bottles. Plenty of companies were eager to accept the aluminum and glass as raw materials for new products. But because few could figure out what to do with the plastic, much of it wound up buried in landfills (垃圾填埋场). The problem was not limited to NewYork. Unfortunately,there were too few uses for second-hand plastic. Today, one out of five plastic soda bottles is recycled (回收利用) in the United States. The reason for the change is that now there are dozens of companies across the country buying discarded plastic soda bottles and turning them into fence posts, paint brushes, etc. Shrinking landfill space, and rising costs for burying and burning rubbish are forcing local governments to look more closely at recycling. In many areas, the East Coast especially, recycling is already the least expensive waste-management option. For every ton of waste recycled, a city avoids paying for its disposal, which, in parts of New York, amounts to saving of more than $100 per ton. Recycling also stimulates the local economy by creating jobs and trims the pollution control and energy costs of industries thatmake recycled products bygiving them amorerefined raw material. 36. Whatregulation was issued byNewYork Stateconcerning beverage containers? A) Beverage companies should be responsible for collecting and reusing discarded plasticsodabottles. B)Throwaways shouldbecollected bythestateforrecycling. C)Afee should becharged onused containers for recycling. D) Consumers had to pay for beverage containers and could get their money back onreturning them. 37. Thereturned plasticbottles in NewYorkused to________. A)end upsomewhere underground B) beturned intoraw materials C)have asecond-life value D)be separated from otherrubbish 38. Thekey problem in dealing with returned plasticbeverage containers is________. A)tosell them at aprofitable price B) howto turn them intouseful things 441淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)howto reducetheir recycling costs D)tolower theprices forused materials 39. Recycling ahs become the firstchoice forthedisposal ofrubbish because ________. A)local governments find it easy tomanage B) recycling ahs great appeal forthe jobless C)recycling causes littlepollution D)other methods are moreexpensive 40. It can be concluded from the passagethat ________. A)rubbish is apotential remedy for theshortage ofraw materials B) local governments inthe U.S.can expect big profits from recycling C)recycling isto be recommended both economically andenvironmentally D)landfills will stillbewidely usedfor waste disposal Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 41. It is important that the hotel receptionist ________ that guests are registered correctly. A)has madesure B) madesure C)mustmake sure D)make sure 42. Isuggested he should ________ himselfto his newconditions. A)adapt B) adopt C)regulate D)suit 43. I’ll never forget ________you forthefirst time. A)tomeet B) meeting C)tohave met D)having to be meeting 442淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 44. Cancellation of the flight ________ many passengers to spend the night at the airport. A)resulted B) obliged C)demanded D)recommended 45. That young manstilldenies ________thefire behind thestore. A)start B) tostart C)having started D)tohave started 46. ________ in a recent science competition, the three students were awarded scholarships totaling$21,000. A)Judged thebest B) Judging thebest C)Tobe judged thebest D)Having judged thebest 47. Without proper lessons, you could ________ a lot of bad habits when playing the piano. A)keep up B) pick up C)draw up D)catch up 48. Everything we eat and drink contains some salt; we can meet the body’s need for it from natural sources withoutturning ________thesalt bottle. A)up B) to C)on D)over 49. He always did well at school ________ having to do part-time jobs every now and then. A)inspiteof B) regardless of C)onaccount of 443淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)tocase of 50. ________ receiving financial support from family, community or the government is allowed, it is never admired. A)As B) Once C)Although D)Lest 51. All the key words in the article are printed in ________ type so as to attract readers’ attention. A)dark B) dense C)black D)bold 52. The basic features of the communication process are identified in one question: Whosays ________through what channel towhom? A)how B) when C)what D)such 53. Ididn’t ________to takea taxi but Ihad to as I was late. A)assume B) suppose C)mean D)hope 54. The hours ________ the children spend in their one-way relationship with television peopleundoubtedly affect theirrelationships with real-lifepeople. A)inwhich B) onwhich C)when D)that 55. I’d rather have a room of my own, however small it is, than ________ a room with someoneelse. A)share 444淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) toshare C)sharing D)tohave shared 56. In Disneyland every year, some 800,000 plants are replaced because Disney refused to________signs asking his “guests”not tostep onthem. A)put down B) putout C)putup D)put off 57. ________ difficulties we may come across, we’ll help one another to overcome them. A)Wherever B)Whatever C)However D)Whenever 58. Somany directors ________,theboard meeting had to beput off. A)were absent B) been absent C)had been absent D)being absent 59. On New Year’s Eve, New York City holds an outdoor ________ which attracts a crowd of amillion ormore people. A)incident B) event C)case D)affair 60. American football and baseball are becoming known to the British public through televised ________from the United States. A)transfer B) deliveries C)transportation D)transmissions 61. Hewill surely finished the jobon time________he’s left to doit in hisown way. 445淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)inthat B) so long as C)incase D)as far as 62. If this kind offish becomes ________,futuregenerations may never tasteitat all. A)minimum B) short C)seldom D)scarce 63. Thebank is reported in thelocal newspaper ________in broad daylight yesterday. A)being robbed B) having been robbed C)tohave been robbed D)robbed 64. Agriculture was a step in human progress ________ which subsequently there was notanything comparable untilourown machine age. A)in B) for C)to D)from 65. Thesame factors push wages and prices uptogether,theone ________theother. A)emphasizing B) reinforcing C)multiplying D)increasing 66. No onehad toldSmith about ________a lecture thefollowing day. A)there being B) there be C)there would be D)there was 67. Operations which left patients ________ and in need of long periods of recovery timenowleave them feeling relaxed and comfortable. 446淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)exhausted B) abandoned C)injured D)deserted 68. I was halfway back to the cottage where my mother lived ________ Susan caught upwithme. A)when B) while C)until D)though 69. ________ thetemperaturefalling so rapidly,we couldn’t go onwith theexperiment. A)Since B) For C)As D)With 70. Thebed has been ________inthe family.It was mygreat-grandmother’s originally. A)handed out B) handed over C)handed down D)handed round Part IVCloze (15minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. For the past two years, I have been working on students’ evaluation of classroom teaching. I have kept a record of informal conversations __71__ some 300 students from at __72__ twenty-one colleges and universities. The students were generally __73__ and direct in their comments __74__ how course work could be better __75__. Most of their remarks were kindly __76__—with tolerance rather than bitterness—and frequently were softened by the __77__ that the students were speaking __78__ some, not all, instructors. Nevertheless, __79__ the following suggestions and comments indicate, students feel __80__withthings-as-they-are in theclassroom. Professors should be __81__ from reading lecture notes. “It makes their __82__ 447淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 monotonous (单调的).” If they are going to read, why not __83__ out copies of the lecture? Then we __84__ need to go to class. Professors should __85__ repeating in lectures material that is in the text-book. “__86__ we’ve read the material, we want to __87__ it or hear it elaborated on, __88__ repeated.” “A lot of students hate to buy a __89__ text that the professor has written __90__to have his lectures repeat it.” 71. A)involving B) counting C)covering D)figuring 72. A)best B) least C)length D)large 73. A)reserved B) hard-working C)polite D)frank 74. A)over B) at C)on D)of 75. A)presented B) submitted C)described D)written 76. A)received B) addressed C)made D)taken 77. A)occasion B) truth 448淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)case D)fact 78. A)on B) about C)at D)with 79. A)though B) whether C)as D)if 80. A)dissatisfied B) unsatisfactory C)satisfied D)satisfactory 81. A)interfered B) interrupted C)discouraged D)disturbed 82. A)voices B) sounds C)pronunciation D)gestures 83. A)hold B) leave C)drop D)give 84. A)couldn’t B) wouldn’t C)mustn’t D)shouldn’t 85. A)refuse 449淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) prohibit C)prevent D)avoid 86. A)Once B) Until C)However D)Unless 87. A)remember B) argue C)discuss D)keep 88. A)yet B) not C)and D)or 89. A)desired B) revised C)required D)deserved 90. A)about B) how C)but D)only PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic How to Succeed in a Job Interview? You should write at least 100 words,andbase your composition ontheoutlinegiven inChinesebelow: 1. 面试在求职过程中的作用 2. 取得面试成功的因素：仪表、举止谈吐、能力、专业知识、自信、实事求是… HowtoSucceed inaJob Interview? 450淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2001年1月四级参考答案 Part I 1. B 2. C 3. B 4. C 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. A 9. D 10. C 11. D 12. C 13. A 14. D 15. C 16. A 17. B 18. B 19. D 20. A PartII 21. A 22. C 23. B 24. D 25. C 26. B 27. D 28. D 29. C 30. A 31. B 32. A 33. C 34. B 35. C 36. D 37. A 38. B 39. D 40. C PartII 41. D 42. A 43. B 44. B 45. C 46. A 47. B 48. B 49. A 50. C 51. D 52. C 53. C 54. D 55. A 56. C 57. B 58. D 59. B 60. D 61. B 62. D 63. C 64. C 65. B 66. A 67. A 68. A 69. D 70. C Part IV 71. A 72. B 73. D 74. C 75. A 76. C 77. D 78. B 79. B 80. A 81. C 82. A 83. D 84. B 85. D 86. A 87. C 88. B 89. C 90. D 81. C 82. A 83. D 84. B 85. D 86. A 87. C 88. B 89. C 90. D 451淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2001年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they had to finish in the evening. This is most likely to have taken place at the office. Therefore, A) “At the office” is the best answer. You should choose [A] on the Answer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough the center. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)Amathteacher and his colleague. B)Ateacher and his student. C)Alibrarian and astudent. D)Astudentand hisclassmate. 2. A)Tonythought theexperiment was well done. B)Tonyfinished theexperiment last night. C)Tonycould not continuethe experiment. D)Tonyhad expected the experiment to beeasier. 3. A)Shewants tosave money to buyapiano. B)Thepresent apartment is too expensive. C)Shecan’t putupwith thenoise. 452淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Shehad foundajob inaneighbouring area. 4. A)He has made great progress in his English. B) Heis not very interested in English songs. C)Heis astudent of themusicdepartment. D)He is notvery enthusiasticabout his English lessons. 5. A)In acar. B) On thestreet. C)In arestaurant. D)At home. 6. A)His injury kept him at home. B) Hewas too weak tosee thedoctor. C)Hedidn’tthink it necessary. D)He failed tomake anappointment. 7. A)5:10. B) 5:00. C)4:30. D)5:15. 8. A)The man is talkingwith his boss. B)Theman needs help. C)Theman is complaining. D)The man likes his job. 9. A)Wear anew dress. B)Attend a party. C)Go shopping. D)Make asilk dress. 10. A)He exaggerated his part. B) Heplayed his part quitewell. C)Hewas not dramatic enough. D)He performed better thanthesecretary. Section BCompoundDictation Directions: In this section, you will hear a passage three times. When the passage is 453淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 read for the first time, you should listen carefully for its general idea. When the passage is read for the second time, you are required to fill in the blanks numbered from S1 to S7 with the exact words you have just heard. For blanks numbered from S8 to S10 you are required to fill in the missing information. You can either use the exact words you have just heard or write down the main points in your own words. Finally, when the passage is readfor thethirdtime, you should check whatyouhave written. If you are a young college student, most of your concerns about your health and happiness in life are probably (S1) ________ on the present. Basically, you want to feel good physically, mentally, and (S2) ________ now.You probably don’t spend much time worrying about the (S3) ________ future, such as whether you will develop heart disease, or (S4) ________, how you will take care of yourself in your (S5) ________ years, or how long you are going to live. Such thoughts may have (S6) ________ your mind once in a while. However, if you are in your thirties, forties, fifties, or older, such health-related thoughts are likely to become(S7)________important to you. (S8) ________ that will help you feel better physically and mentally. Recently researchers have found that, even in late adulthood, exercise, strength training with weights, and better food can help elderly individuals significantly improve their health and add happiness to their life. (S9) ________, giving us the opportunity to avoid some ofthehealth problems that havetroubled them (S10)________ Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions11to15arebasedon thefollowingpassage. People living on parts of the south coast of England face a serious problem. In 1993, the owners of a large hotel and of several houses discovered, to their horror, that their gardens had disappeared overnight. The sea had eaten into the soft limestone cliffs on which they had been built. While experts were studying the problem, the hotel and several houses disappeared altogether,sliding down thecliffand into thesea. Erosion (侵蚀) of the white cliffs along the south coast of England has always been a problem but it has become more serious in recent years. Dozens of homes have had to be abandoned as the sea has crept farther and farther inland. Experts have studied the areas most affected and have drawn up a map for local people, forecasting the year in which theirhomes will beswallowed upbythehungry sea. Angry owners have called on the Government to erect sea defenses to protect their homes. Government surveyors have pointed out that in most cases, this is impossible. 454淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 New sea walls would cost hundreds of millions of pounds and would merely make the waves and currents go further along the coast, shifting the problem from one area to another.The danger is likely to continue, they say, until the waves reach an inland area of hard rock which will not be eaten as limestone is. Meanwhile, if you want to buy a cheap house with an uncertain future, apply to a house agent in one of the threatened areas on the south coast of England. You can get a house for a knockdown price but it may turn outtobea knockdown home. 11. What is the cause of the problem that people living on parts of the south coast of England face? A)The disappearance of hotels,houses and gardens. B)Theexperts’lack ofknowledge. C)Therising of thesea level. D)The washing-away oflimestonecliffs. 12. Theerosion of thewhitecliffs in thesouthof England ________. A)will soon become aproblem for people livingincentral England B) has nowbecome a threat to thelocal residents C)is quicklychanging themap of England D)can bestopped ifproper measures are taken 13. Theexperts’study ontheproblem oferosion can ________. A)lead to itseventual solution B) providean effectiveway to slowitdown C)help to prevent itfrom worsening D)warn people whosehomes are indanger 14. It isnot feasibleto buildsea defenses toprotect against erosion because ________. A)it istoo costly and willendanger neighbouring areas B) thegovernment istoo slowin taking action C)they willbe easily knocked down bywaves and currents D)house agents along thecoast donot support theidea 15. According to the author, when buying a house along the south coast of England, peopleshould ________. A)be aware of thepotential danger involved B) guard against beingcheated bythehouse agent C)takethequality of thehouseintoconsideration D)examinethehouse carefully before making a decision 455淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 PassageTwo Questions16to20arebased onthe followingpassage. Sport is not only physically challenging, but it can also be mentally challenging. Criticism from coaches, parents, and other teammates, as well as pressure to win can create an excessive amount of anxiety or stress for young athletes (运动员). Stress can be physical, emotional, or psychological, and research has indicated that it can lead to burnout. Burnout has been described as dropping or quitting of an activity that was at one timeenjoyable. The early years of development are critical years for learning abut oneself. The sport setting is one where valuable experiences can take place.Youngathletes can, for example, learn how to cooperate with others, make friends, and gain other social skills that will be used throughout their lives. Coaches and parents should be aware, at all times, that their feedback to youngsters can greatly affect their children. Youngsters may take their parents’and coaches’criticisms to heart and find aflaw(缺陷)in themselves. Coaches and parents should also be cautious that youth sport participation does not become work for children. The outcome of the game should not be more important than the process of learning the sport and other life lessons. In today’s youth sport setting, young athletes may be worrying more about who will win instead of enjoying themselves and the sport. Following a game, many parents and coaches focus on the outcome and find fault with youngsters’ performances. Positive reinforcement should be provided regardless of the outcome. Research indicates that positive reinforcement motivates and has a greater effect on learning than criticism. Again, criticism can create high levels of stress, which can lead toburnout. 16. An effective way toprevent theburnout of young athletes is ________. A)tomake sports less competitive B) tomake sports morechallenging C)toreduce theirmental stress D)toincrease theirsenseof success 17. According tothe passage sport ispositivefor young peoplein that ________. A)it can help them learn moreabout society B) itteaches them howto set realisticgoals for themselves C)itenables them tofind flaws inthemselves D)it can providethem with valuable experiences 18. Many coaches and parents are in thehabit of criticizingyoung athletes ________. A)without realizing criticismmay destroy theirself confidence B) inorder tomake them remember life’s lessons C)believing that criticism isbeneficial for theirearly development 456淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)so as to put more pressure onthem 19. According tothe passage parents and coaches should ________. A)help children towin every game B) pay more attention toletting children enjoy sports C)enable children to understand thepositiveaspect ofsports D)train children to cope withstress 10. Theauthor’s purpose inwriting the passageis ________. A)topersuade young children not to worry about criticism B) tostress theimportance ofpositivereinforcement to children C)todiscuss theskillofcombining criticism with encouragement D)toteach young athletes howto avoid burnout PassageThree Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Humanity uses a little less than half the water available worldwide. Yet occurrences of shortages and droughts (干旱) are causing famine and distress in some areas, and industrial and agricultural by-products are polluting water supplies. Since the world’ population is expected to double in the next 50 years, many experts think we are on the edge ofawidespread water crisis. But that doesn’t have to be the outcome. Water shortages do not have to trouble the world—if we start valuing water more than we have in the past. Just as we began to appreciate petroleum more after the 1970s oil crises, today we must start looking at water from a fresh economic perspective. We can no longer afford to consider water a virtually free resource ofwhich wecan useas much as welikein any way we want. Instead, for all uses except the domestic demand of the poor, governments should price water to reflect its actual value. This means charging a fee for the water itself as well as for thesupply costs. Governments should also protect this resource by providing water in more economically and environmentally sound ways. For example, often the cheapest way to provide irrigation (灌溉) water in the dry tropics is through small-scale projects, such as gathering rainfall in depressions(凹地)and pumping itto nearby cropland. No matter what steps governments take to provide water more efficiently, they must change their institutional and legal approaches to water sue. Rather than spread control among hundreds or even thousands of local, regional, and national agencies that watch various aspects of water use, countries should set up central authorities to coordinate water policy. 21. Whatis thereal cause ofthepotential water crisis? 457淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)The world population is increasing faster and faster. B) Halfof theworld’s water resources have been seriously polluted. C)Humanity has not placed sufficientvalue onwater resources. D)Only half oftheworld’s water can be used. 22. As indicated inthepassage, thewater problem ________. A)has been exaggerated bysome expertsinthefield B) is underestimated bygovernment organizations at different levels C)poses achallenge tothe technology ofbuildingreservoirs D)is already serious incertain parts oftheworld 23. According tothe author,thewater price should ________. A)correspond toits real value B) bereduced totheminimum C)stimulatedomesticdemand D)take intoaccount theoccurrences ofdroughts 24. Theauthor says that in somehotand dry areas it is advisableto________. A)build big lakes to storewater B) construct big pumping stations C)channel water from nearby rivers to cropland D)build smalland cheap irrigation systems 25. In order to raise the efficiency of the water supply, measures should be taken to ________. A)centralizethemanagement ofwater resources B) increasethe senseof responsibilityofagencies at alllevels C)guaranteefull protection of theenvironment D)encourage local and regional control ofwater resources PassageFour Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. We can see how the product life cycle works by looking at the introduction of instant coffee. When it was introduced, most people did not like it as well as “regular” coffee, and it took several years to gain general acceptance (introduction stage). At one point, though, instant coffee grew rapidly in popularity, and many brands were introduced (stage of rapid growth). After a while, people became attached to one brand and sales leveled off (stage of maturity). Sales went into a slight decline (衰退) when freeze-dried coffees were introduced (stage of decline). 458淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 The importance of the product life cycle to marketers is this: Different stages in the product life cycle call for different strategies. The goal is to extend product life so that sales and profits do not decline. One strategy is called market modification. It means that marketing managers look for new users and market sections. Did you know, for example, that the backpacks that so many students carry today were originally designed for the military? Market modification also means searching for increased usage among present customers or going for a different market, such as senior citizens. A marketer may re-position theproduct toappeal to new market sections. Another product extension strategy is called product modification. It involves changing product quality, features, or style to attract new users or more usage from present users.American auto manufacturers are using quality improvement as one way to recapture world markets. Note, also, how auto manufacturers once changed styles dramaticallyfrom year to year to keep demand from falling. 26. According to the passage, when people grow fond of one particular brand of a product, itssales will________. A)decrease gradually B) remain at thesamelevel C)become unstable D)improve enormously 27. Thefirst paragraph tells us that anewproduct is________. A)not easily accepted bythepublic B) often inferior toold ones at first C)often more expensivethan oldones D)usually introduced to satisfy different tastes 28. Marketers need to knowwhich of thefourstages a product is in soas to ________. A)promote itsproduction B) work out marketing policies C)speed upits lifecycle D)increase itspopularity 29. The author mentions the example of “backpacks” (Line 4, Para. 2) to show the importanceof ________. A)pleasing theyoung as well as theold B) increasing usageamong students C)exploringnew market sections D)serving bothmilitary andcivil needs 459淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 30. In order to recover theirshare oftheworld market, U.S.auto makers are ________. A)improving product quality B) increasing product features C)modernizingproduct style D)re-positioning their product inthemarket Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 31. By thetimehe arrives in Beijing,we ________here fortowdays. A)have been staying B) have stayed C)shall stay D)will have stayed 32. According to the American federal government, residents of Hawaii have the longest life________:77.2years. A)scope B) rank C)span D)scale 33. The millions of calculations involved, had they been done by hand, ________ all practical valuebythetimethey were finished. A)had lost B) would lose C)would have lost D)should have lost 34. As apublicrelations officer,heis said ________somevery influential people. A)tohave been knowing B) tobe knowing C)tohave known D)toknow 35. Ourhopes ________and fell in thesame instant. 460淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)aroused B) arose C)raised D)rose 36. With the development in science and technology man can make various flowers ________ before theirtime. A)be bloomed B) blooming C)bloom D)bloomed 37. Aseason ticket ________ the holder to make as many journeys as he wishes within thestated period oftime. A)grants B) promises C)entitles D)presents 38. ________ in the office had made a mistake, and the firm regretted causing the customerinconvenience. A)Some B)Anyone C)One D)Someone 39. In recent years much more emphasis has been put ________ developing the students’productive skills. A)over B) onto C)in D)on 40. Only a selected number of landladies in the neighbourhood have been allowed by theuniversity totake in ________. A)residents B) inhabitants C)lodgers D)settlers 461淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 41. The fire was finally brought under control, but not ________ extensive damage had been caused. A)after B) before C)since D)as 42. Purchasing thenew production linewill bea________deal for thecompany. A)profitable B) tremendous C)forceful D)favorite 43. Rod is determined to get a seat for the concert ________ it means standing in a queue allnight. A)provided B) whatever C)even if D)as if 44. Wehadn’t met for 20years, butI recognized her________Isaw her. A)for themoment B) themoment when C)at themoment when D)themoment 45. Though hewas born and brought upinAmerica, hecan speak ________Chinese. A)smooth B) fluent C)fluid D)flowing 46. Government reports, examination compositions, legal documents and most business letters are themain situations ________formal language is used. A)inwhich B) onwhich C)inthat D)at what 462淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 47. Fifty years ago, wealthy people liked hunting wild animals for fun ________ sightseeing. A)than to go B) rather than togo C)morethan going D)other thangoing 48. If the building project ________ by the end of this month is delayed, the construction company willbe fined. A)tobecompleted B) is completed C)being completed D)completed 49. Hewrote an article criticizing theGreek poet and won ________and ascholarship. A)status B) fame C)faith D)courage 50. Jack wishes that he ________business instead ofhistory when hewas in university. A)had studied B) study C)studied D)had beenstudying 51. The older New England villages have changed relatively little ________ a gas stationortwo in recent decades. A)except B) besides C)inaddition to D)except for 52. TheCarClub couldn’t________to meet the demands of all itsmembers. A)ensure B) guarantee C)assume D)confirm 463淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 53. Extensive reporting on television has helped to ________ interest in a wide variety ofsports and activities. A)gather B) generate C)assemble D)yield 54. The president promised to keep all the board members ________ of how the negotiations were going on. A)informed B) inform C)beinformed D)informing 55. Eating too much fat can ________heart disease andcause high blood pressure. A)contribute to B) attributeto C)attend to D)devote to 56. Allthetasks ________ahead oftime, they decided togo onholidayfor a week. A)had beenfulfilled B) were fulfilled C)having been fulfilled D)been fulfilled 57. This article ________ more attention to the problem of cultural interference in foreign languageteaching and learning. A)calls for B) applies for C)cares for D)allows for 58. Hewas punished ________heshould make thesamemistakeagain. A)unless B) lest C)if D)provided 464淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 59. Petrol isrefined from the________oil wetake out oftheground. A)fresh B) original C)rude D)crude 60. ________ intheUnited States, St.Louis has nowbecome the24th largest city. A)The fourth biggest city it was B) Once thefourth biggest city C)Being thefourth biggest city D)It was once thefourth biggest city Part IVCloze (15minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. More than forty thousand readers told us that they looked for in close friendships, what they expected __61__ friends, what they were willing to give in __62__, and how satisfied they were __63__ the quality of their friendships. The __64__ give little comfort tosocial critics. Friendship __65__ to be a unique form of __66__ bonding. Unlike marriage or the ties that __67__ parents and children, it is not defined or regulated by __68__. Unlike other social roles that we are expected to __69__—as citizens, employees, members of professional societies and __70__ organizations—it has its own principle, which is to promote__71__ofwarmth, trust,love, and affection __72__two people. The survey on friendship appeared in the March __73__ of Psychology Today. The findings __74__ that issues of trust and betrayal (背叛) are __75__ to friendship. They also suggest that our readers donot __76__ for friends only among those who are __77__ like them, but find many __78__ differ in race, religion, and ethnic (种族的) background. Arguably the most important __79__ that emerges from the data, __80__, is not somethingthat we found—but what we did not. 61. A)on B) of C)to D)for 62. A)addition 465淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) reply C)turn D)return 63. A)about B) of C)with D)by 64. A)results B) effects C)expectations D)consequences 65. A)feels B) leads C)sounds D)appears 66. A)human B) mankind C)individual D)civil 67. A)bind B) attach C)control D)attract 78. A)discipline B) law C)rule D)regulation 79. A)keep B) do C)show D)play 466淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 70. A)all B) any C)other D)those 71. A)friendship B) interests C)feelings D)impressions 72. A)between B) on C)in D)for 73. A)print B) issue C)publication D)copy 74. A)secure B) assure C)confirm D)resolve 75. A)neutral B) main C)nuclear D)central 76. A)ask B) call C)appeal D)look 77. A)most B) more C)least 467淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)less 78. A)people B) who C)what D)friends 79. A)conclusion B) summary C)decision D)claim 80. A)moreover B) however C)still D)yet PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a letter. Suppose you are Zhang Ying. Write a letter to Xiao Wang, a schoolmate of yours who is going to visit you during the week-long holiday. You should write at least 100wordsaccording tothesuggestions given below in Chinese. 1. 表示欢迎 2. 提出对度假安排的建议 3. 提醒应注意的事项 Aletterto aSchoolmate June23,2001 Dear XiaoWang, ___________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ Yours, ZhangYing 468淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2001年6月四级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. C 3. C 4. D 5. B 6. C 7. C 8. C 9. B 10. A PartII 11. D 12. B 13. D 14. A 15. A 16. C 17. D 18. A 19. B 20. B 21. C 22. D 23. A 24. D 25. A 26. B 27. A 28. B 29. C 30. A Part III 31. D 32. C 33. C 34. C 35. D 36. C 37. C 38. D 39. D 40. C 41. B 42. A 43. C 44. D 45. B 46. A 47. C 48. A 49. B 50. A 51. D 52. B 53. B 54. A 55. A 56. C 57. A 58. B 59. D 60. B Part IV 61. B 62. D 63. C 64. A 65. D 66. A 67. A 68. B 69. D 70. C 71. C 72. A 73. B 74. C 75. D 76. D 77. A 78. B 79. A 80. B 469淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2002年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer.You should choose [D] on theAnswer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough thecenter. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)Shehas topost aletter instead. B) Shehas to turn down theman’s request. C)She’s notsure ifthecomputer isfixed. D)Shecan’t send themessageright now. 2. A)He didn’t get thebookheneeded. B) Hehad noideawhere thebookwas. C)Thelibrary is closed onweekends. D)He was not allowed to check out thebook. 3. A)Play atape recorder. B)Takeapicture. C)Repaira typewriter. 470淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Start a car. 4. A)The woman rejected the man’s apology. B)Thewoman appreciated theman’s offer. C)Theman had forgotten thewholething. D)The man had hurt thewoman’s feelings. 5. A)The woman is meeting theman at theairport. B)They are complaining about the poorairport service. C)They are discussing theirplan for Christmas. D)The man is seeing thewoman off. 6. A)Sheplans to go to graduateschool. B) Shewilldrop outof school. C)Shewillstop working and concentrateonher studies. D)Shewill takea part-timejob. 7. A)He needs another job as research assistant. B) Heasked ProfessorWilliamsfor assistance. C)Heassists ProfessorWilliamswith his teaching. D)He is doingresearch withProfessorWilliams. 8. A)Shethought there were notickets left for theshow. B) Shethought theseats ontheleft sidewere fully occupied. C)Theshow was planned along timeago. D)The audience were deeply impressed bythe show. 9. A)Mr.Long’s briefing was unnecessarily long. B)Thewoman should havebeen moreattentive. C)Mr.Long’s briefing was not relevant to themission. D)The woman needn’thave attended thebriefing. 10. A)In abank. B) In aschool. C)In aclothing store. D)In abarbershop. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 471淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Passageone Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)Because the bird couldn’t repeat his master’s name. B) Because thebird screamed all daylong. C)Because thebird uttered thewrong word. D)Because the bird failed to say thename ofthe town. 12. A)The cruel master. B)Theman inthekitchen. C)Thepet bird. D)The fourth chicken. 13. A)The bird bad finally understood his threat. B)Thebird managed toescape from thechicken house. C)Thebird had learned to scream back at him. D)The bird was living peacefully with thechickens. PassageTwo Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)They are kept in openprisons. B)They are allowed out oftheprison grounds. C)They are ordered to docooking and cleaning. D)They are asmall portion oftheprison population. 15. A)Someoftheirprisoners are allowed tostudy orwork outsideprisons. B) Mostof theirprisoners are expected to work. C)Their prisoners are often sent tospecial centers for skilltraining. D)Their prisoners are allowed freedom to visittheir families. 16. A)They are encouraged todomaintenance for thetrainingcentre. B) Mostof them get paidfor theirwork. 472淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)They have to cook theirown meals. D)They can choosetodocommunity work. PassageThree Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)Because they havea drivinglicense. B) Because they have received special training. C)Because thetrafficconditions in Londonare good. D)Because the trafficsystem ofthecity is not verycomplex. 18. A)Twotofour months. B)About three weeks. C)At least half ayear. D)Two years ormore. 19. A)Government officers are hard to please. B)Thelearner has to go through several tough tests. C)Thelearner usually fails several times before he passes it. D)The driving test usuallylast towmonths. 20. A)They don’t want their present bosses to knowwhat they’redoing. B)They want toearn money from both jobs. C)They cannot earn money as taxidrivers yet. D)They look forward to further promotion. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passageone Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Some pessimistic experts feel that the automobile is bound to fall into disuse. They see a day in the not-too-distant future when all autos will be abandoned and allowed to rust. Other authorities, however, think the auto is here to stay. They hold that the car will remain a leading means ofurban travel in theforeseeable future. 473淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 The motorcar will undoubtedly change significantly over the next 30 years. It should become smaller, safer, and more economical, and should not be powered by the gasoline engine. The car of the future should be far more pollution-free than present types. Regardless of its power source, the auto in the future will still be the main problem in urban traffic congestion ( 拥 挤 ). One proposed solution to this problem is the automated highway system. When the auto enters the highway system, a retractable (可伸缩的) arm will drop from the auto and make contact with a rail, which is similar to those powering subway trains electrically. Once attached to the rail, the car will become electrically powered from the system, and control of the vehicle will pass to a central computer.The computer willthen monitorall ofthecar’s movements. The driver will use a telephone to dial instructions about his destination into the system. The computer will calculate the best route, and reserve space for the car all the way to the correct exit from the highway. The driver will then be free to relax and wait for the buzzer (蜂鸣器) that will warn him of his coming exit. It is estimated that an automated highway will be able to handle 10,000 vehicles per hour, compared with the 1,500to2,000vehicles that can becarried byapresent-day highway. 21. Onesignificant improvement inthe futurecar will probably be________. A)its power source B) itsdriving system C)itsmonitoring system D)its seating capacity 22. Whatis theauthor’s main concern? A)How torender automobiles pollution-free. B) Howto make smallerand safer automobiles. C)Howto solvetheproblem of trafficjams. D)How todevelop anautomated subway system. 23. Whatprovides autos withelectric power in an automated highway system? A)Arail. B)An engine. C)Aretractable arm. D)Acomputercontroller. 24. In an automated highway system, all thedriver needs to dois ________. A)keep in theright lane B) wait to arrive at his destination 474淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)keep inconstant touch with thecomputercenter D)inform the system of hisdestination byphone 25. Whatis theauthor’s attitudetoward thefutureof autos? A)Enthusiastic. B) Pessimistic. C)Optimistic. D)Cautious. PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. Foxes and farmers have never got on well. These small dog-like animals have long been accused of killing farm animals. They are officially classified as harmful and farmers try to keep theirnumbers down byshooting orpoisoning them. Farmers can also call on the services of their local hunt to control the fox population. Hunting consists of pursuing a fox across the countryside, with a group of specially trained dogs, followed by men and women riding horses. When the dogs eventually catch thefoxthey kill itora huntershoots it. People who take part in hunting think of as a sport; they wear a special uniform of red coats and white trousers, and follow strict codes of behavior. But owning a horse and huntingregularly is expensive, so mosthunters arewealthy. It is estimated that up to 100,000 people watch or take part in fox hunting. But over the last couple of decades the number of people opposed to fox hunting, because they think it is brutal (残酷的), has risen sharply. Nowadays it is rare for a hunt to pass off without some kind of confrontation (冲突) between hunters and hunt saboteurs (阻拦者). Sometimes these incidents lead to violence, but mostly saboteurs interfere with the hunt bymisleading riders and disturbingthetrail of thefox’s smell, which thedogs follow. Noisy confrontations between hunters and saboteurs have become so common that they are almost as much a part of hunting as the pursuit of foxes itself. But this year supporters of fox hunting face a much bigger threat to their sport. A Labour Party Member of the Parliament, Mike Foster, is trying to get Parliament to approve a new law which will make the hunting of wild animals with dogs illegal. If the law is passed, wild animals likefoxeswill beprotected under theban inBritain. 26. Rich peoplein Britain havebeen hunting foxes ________. A)for recreation B) inthe interests ofthefarmers C)tolimit thefox population D)toshowofftheirwealth 475淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 27. Whatis special about fox hunting inBritain? A)It involves theuse ofadeadly poison. B) It isa costly event which rarely occurs. C)Thehunters have setrules to follow. D)The hunters have to go through strict training. 28. Fox hunting opponents often interfere in thegame________. A)byresorting to violence B) byconfusing thefox hunters C)bytaking legal action D)bydemonstrating onthe scene 29. Anewlawmay be passed bytheBritish Parliament to ________. A)prohibit farmers from huntingfoxes B) forbid hunting foxes with dogs C)stop huntingwild animals in thecountryside D)prevent large-scalefox hunting 30. It can be inferred from thepassage that ________. A)killingfoxes with poisonis illegal B) limiting thefox population isunnecessary C)huntingfoxes with dogs isconsidered cruel and violent D)fox-huntingoften leads to confrontation between thepoor andtherich PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. For an increasing number of students at American universities, Old is suddenly in. The reason is obvious: the graying ofAmerica means jobs, coupled with the aging of the baby-boom (生育高峰) generation, a longer life span means that the nation’s elderly population is bound to expand significantly over the next 50 years. By 2050, 25 percent of all Americans will be older than 65, up from 14 percent in 1995. The change poses profound questions for government and society, of course. But it also creates career opportunities in medicine and health professions, and in law and business as well. “In addition to the doctors, we’re going to need more sociologists, biologists, urban planners and specialized lawyers,” says Professor Edward Schneider of the University of Southern California’s (USC)School ofGerontology(老年学). Lawyers can specialize in “elder law,” which covers everything from trusts and estates to nursing-home abuse and age discrimination (歧视). Businessmen see huge opportunities in the elder market because the baby boomers, 74 million strong, are likely 476淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 to be the wealthiest group of retirees in human history. “Any student who combines an expert knowledge in gerontology with, say, an MBAor law degree will have a license to print money,” oneprofessor says. Margarite Santos is a 21-year-old senior at USC. She began college as a biology major but found she was “really bored with bacteria.” So she took a class in gerontology and discovered that she lied it. She says, “I did volunteer work in retirement homes and it was very satisfying.” 31. “...Old is suddenly in” (Line 1,Para. 1) mostprobably means “________”. A)America has suddenly become a nation ofold people B) gerontology has suddenly become popular C)moreelderly professors are found onAmerican campuses D)American colleges haverealized theneed ofenrolling olderstudents 32. With theagingofAmerica, lawyers can benefit ________. A)from theadoption ofthe“elder law” B) from rendering special services to theelderly C)byenriching their professional knowledge D)bywinning thetrust oftheelderly to promotetheirown interests 33. Whycan businessmen makemoney intheemerging elder market? A)Retirees are moregenerous inspending money. B)They can employ moregerontologists. C)Theelderly possess an enormous purchasing power. D)There are moreelderly peopleworking than before. 34. Whocan makebig money in thenew century according to thepassage? A)Retirees who are business-minded. B)Thevolunteer workers in retirement homes. C)College graduates with an MBAor lawdegree. D)Professionals witha good knowledge ofgerontology. 35. It can be seen from the passage that the expansion of America’s elderly population ________. A)will providegood job opportunities in many areas B) willimposean unbearableburden onsociety C)may lead to nursing homeabuse and age discrimination D)will create newfields of studyin universities 477淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. The decline in moral standards—which has long concerned social analysts—has at last captured the attention of average Americans. And Jean Bethke Elshtain, for one, is glad. The fact the ordinary citizens are now starting to think seriously about the nation’s moral climate, says this ethics (伦理学) professor at the University of Chicago, is reason tohope that newideas willcome forward toimprove it. But the challenge is not to be underestimated. Materialism and individualism in American society are the biggest obstacles. “The thought that ‘I’m in it for me’ has become deeply rooted inthenational consciousness,” Ms. Elshtainsays. Some of this can be attributed to the disintegration of traditional communities, in which neighbors looked out for one another, she says. With today’s greater mobility and with so many couples working, those bonds have been weakened, replaced by a greater emphasis onself. In a 1996 poll ofAmericans, loss of morality topped the list of the biggest problems facing the U.S. and Elshtain says the public is correct to sense that: Data show that Americans are struggling with problems unheard of in the 1950s, such as classroom violenceand ahigh rate ofbirths to unmarried mothers. The desire for a higher moral standard is not a lament (挽歌) for some nonexistent “golden age,” Elshtain says, nor is it a wishful (一厢情愿的) longing for a time that denied opportunities to women and minorities. Most people, in fact, favor the lessening ofprejudice. Moral decline will not be reversed until people find ways to counter the materialism in society, she says. “Slowly, you recognize that the things that matter are those that cant’ bebought.” 36. ProfessorElshtain is pleased tosee thatAmericans ________. A)have adapted toanew set ofmoral standards B) are longing for thereturn ofthegood olddays C)have realized theimportance ofmaterial things D)are awakening tothelowering oftheirmoral standards 37. Themoral decline ofAmerican society is caused manly by________. A)its growing wealth B) theself-centeredness of individuals C)underestimatingtheimpact of social changes D)theprejudice against women and minorities 38. Whichofthe following characterizesthetraditional communities? 478淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)Great mobility. B) Concern forone’s neighbors. C)Emphasis onindividualeffort. D)Ever-weakening social bonds. 39. In the1950s, classroom violence ________. A)was somethingunheard of B) was bynomeans arare occurrence C)attracted alot ofpubic attention D)began to appear in analysts’data 40. According toElshtain, thecurrent moral declinemay bereversed ________. A)ifpeople can return tothe“golden age” B) when women and mean enjoy equal rights C)when people rid themselves of prejudice D)ifless emphasis islaid onmaterial things Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 41. By thetimeyou get toNewYork, I________for London. A)would be leaving B) am leaving C)have already left D)shall have left 42. The article suggests that when a person ________ under unusual stress he should be especiallycareful tohave awell-balanced diet. A)is B) were C)be D)was 43. Thelawyer advised himto drop the ________,sincehe stands littlechance towin. A)event B) incident 479淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)case D)affair 44. Sometimes children have trouble ________ fact from fiction and may believe that such things actually exist. A)toseparate B) separating C)forseparating D)of separating 45. He is quite sure that it’s ________ impossible for him to fulfill the task within two days. A)absolutely B) exclusively C)fully D)roughly 46. There was a big holeinthe roadwhich ________thetraffic. A)set back B) stood back C)held up D)kept down 47. Many a delegate was in favor of his proposal that a special committee ________ to investigate theincident. A)were set up B) was set up C)beset up D)set up 48. In the Chinese household, grandparents and other relatives play ________ roles in raising children. A)incapable B) indispensable C)insensible D)infinite 49. Eye contact is important because wrong contact may create a communication ________. 480淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)tragedy B) vacuum C)question D)barrier 50. There was such a long line at the exhibition ________ we had to wait for about half an hour. A)as B) that C)so D)hence 51. There isno________to there housefrom themain road. A)access B) avenue C)exposure D)edge 52. ________ energy under the earth must be released in one form or another, for example,an earthquake. A)Accumulated B) Gathered C)Assembled D)Collected 53. He wasn’t appointed chairman of the committee, ________ not very popular with allits members. A)tobeconsidered B) considering C)being considered D)having considered 54. The twentieth century has witnessed an enormous worldwide political, economic and cultural ________. A)tradition B) transportation C)transmission D)transformation 481淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 55. The________stuck ontheenvelope says “ByAir”. A)diagram B) label C)signal D)mark 56. Mobile telecommunications ________ is expected to double in Shanghai this year as aresult of acontract signed between thetwo companies. A)capacity B) potential C)possession D)impact 57. Reading ________ the lines, I would say that the Government are more worried than they willadmit. A)behind B) between C)along D)among 58. My brother’s plans are very ________; he wants to master English, French and Spanish before heis sixteen. A)arbitrary B) aggressive C)ambitious D)abundant 59. Things might have been much worse if the mother ________ on her right to keep thebaby. A)has been insisting B) had insisted C)would insist D)insisted 60. Thestatistical figures inthat report are not ________.Youshould not refer tothem. A)accurate B) fixed C)delicate 482淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)rigid 61. Contrast may make something appear more beautiful than it is when ________ alone. A)seen B) is seen C)tobe seen D)having been seen 62. Thefootball game comes to you ________from NewYork. A)lively B) alive C)live D)living 63. None of us expected the chairman to ________ at the party. We thought he was still inhospital. A)turn in B) turn over C)turn up D)turn down 64. Themotherdidn’tknow who________for thebroken glass. A)blamed B) beblamed C)toblame D)would blame 65. He________to his customers and halved theprice. A)leaked B) drew C)quoted D)yielded 66. Tryon was extremely angry, but cool-headed enough to ________ storming into the boss’s office. A)prevent B) prohibit C)turn 483淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)avoid 67. Allflights ________becauseof theterrible weather,they had togo there bytrain. A)having been canceled B) had been canceled C)having canceled D)were canceled 68. The author of the report is well ________ with the problems in the hospital because hehas been working there for many years. A)informed B) acquainted C)enlightened D)acknowledged 69. Theboyspent as much timewatchingTVas he________studying. A)does B) had C)was D)did 70. The ships’ generator broke down, and the pumps had to be operated ________ instead ofmechanically. A)manually B) artificially C)automatically D)synthetically Part IVCloze (15minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. One summer night, on my way home from work I decided to see a movie. I knew thetheatre would beair-conditioned and Icouldn’tface my__71__apartment. Sitting in the theatre I had to look through the __72__ between the two tall heads in front of me. I had to keep changing the __73__every time she learned over to talk to him, __74__ he leaned over to kiss her. Why do Americans display such __75__ in a public 484淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 place? I thought the movie would be good for my English, but __76__ it turned out, it was an Italian move. __77__ about an hour I decided to give up on the movie and __78__ on my popcorn (爆玉米花). I’ve never understood why they give you so much popcorn! It tasted pretty good, __79__.After a while I heard __80__ more of the romantic-sounding Italians. I just heard the __81__ of the popcorn crunching (咀嚼) between my teeth. My thought stated to __82__. I remembered when I was is South Korea (韩国), I __83__ to watch Kojak on TV frequently. He spoke perfect Korean—I was really amazed. He seemed like a good friend to me, __84__ I saw him again in New York speaking __85__ English instead of perfect Korean. He didn’t even have a Korean accent and I __86__ likeI had been betrayed. When our family moved to the United States six years ago, none of us spoke any English. __87__ we had begun to learn a few words, my mother suggested that we all should speak English at home. Everyone agreed, but our house became very __88__ and we all seemed to avoid each other. We sat at the dinner table in silence, preferring that to __89__ in a difficult language. Mother tried to say something in English but it __90__ out all wrong and we all burst into laughter and decided to forget it!We’ve been speaking Korean at homeever since. 71. A)warm B) hot C)heated D)cool 72. A)crack B) blank C)break D)opening 73. A)aspect B) view C)space D)angle 74. A)while B) whenever C)or D)and 75. A)attraction B) attention 485淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)affection D)motion 76. A)since B) when C)what D)as 77. A)Within B)After C)For D)Over 78. A)concentrate B) chew C)fix D)taste 79. A)too B) still C)though D)certainly 80. A)much B) any C)no D)few 81. A)voice B) sound C)rhythm D)tone 82. A)wonder B) wander C)imagine D)depart 83. A)enjoyed 486淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) happened C)turned D)used 84. A)until B) because C)then D)therefore 85. A)artificial B) informal C)perfect D)practical 86. A)felt B) looked C)seemed D)appeared 87. A)While B) If C)Before D)Once 88. A)empty B) quiet C)stiff D)calm 89. A)telling B) uttering C)saying D)speaking 90. A)worked B) got C)came D)made 487淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic: A Letter to the University President about the Canteen Service on Campus. You should write at least 100 words, and base your composition ontheoutlinegiven in Chinesebelow: 假设你是李明，请你就本校食堂的状况给校长写一封信，内容应涉及食堂的饭 菜质量、价格、环境、服务等，可以是表扬，可以是批评建议，也可以兼有而有之。 January 12th, 2002 Dear Mr.President, ___________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ 488淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2002年1月四级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. A 3. A 4. D 5. D 6. C 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. A 11. D 12. C 13. A 14. D 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. D 19. B 20. C PartII 21. A 22. C 23. A 24. D 25. C 26. A 27. C 28. B 29. B 30. C 31. B 32. B 33. C 34. D 35. A 36. D 37. B 38. B 39. A 40. D Part III 41. D 42. A 43. C 44. B 45. A 46. C 47. C 48. B 49. D 50. B 51. A 52. A 53. C 54. D 55. B 56. A 57. B 58. C 59. B 60. A 61. A 62. C 63. C 64. C 65. D 66. D 67. A 68. B 69. D 70. A Part IV 71. B 72. D 73. D 74. C 75. C 76. D 77. B 78. A 79. C 80. C 81. B 82. B 83. D 84. A 85. C 86. A 87. D 88. B 89. D 90. C 489淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2002年1月四级听力原文 1. M: Jessica, could you this emails toall the club members? W: Sorry, the computer broke down this morning. I will for you as soon as I have fixed. Q:What does thewoman imply? 2. W:Did you find the bookforyour reading assignment in thelibrary? M: It closed before I got there. Ihad noidea that itcloses so early onweekends. Q:What does theman mean? 3. M: Did you check the power plugand press the play button? W: Yes, the power indicator was on, and it was running, but somehow the sound didn’t comethrough. Q:What was thewoman probably trying to do? 4. M: Juana, I am awfully sorry. I didn’t mean to hurt you. Shall we have a beer and forget thewholething? W:OK, we can drop it thistime. But don’t doitagain. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 5. W:Airports are sad places. M: Sometimes, I guess. But we’ll keep in touch.And I will fly over to see you with Christmas. Q:What are thespeakers doing? 6. M:Are you going toreturn to your present job after thevacation? W: No, I plan to graduate next semester. That means I’ll have to be a full-time student. Q:What willthewoman do? 7. W:John, are you doing research for ProfessorWilliams thissemester? M:Actually,Iam working as histeaching assistant. Q:What does theman mean? 8. M: Iheard there are afew seats left fortheshowtonight. W: Really? I was under the impression that the tickets were sold out a long time ago. Q:What doweknowfrom thewoman’s reply? 490淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 9. W:Mrs. Long’s briefing seems to go onforever.Iwas barely ableto stay awake. M: How could you sleep through that? It was very important for the mission we were going to carry out. Q:What does theman imply? 10. W:You seem very confident about the jobinterview,don’t you? M:Yes, I feel ready for it. I bought a good suit and clothing store and I had my hair cut. Ihad studiedalmost everything about finance and economics. Q:Where istheman probably going to work? PassageOne There was once a man in South America who had a parrot, a pet bird that could imitate human speech. The parrot was unique. There was no bird like him in the whole world. He could learn to say any word except one. He could not say the name of his native town, Ketunnel. The man did everything he could to teach the parrot to say Ketunnel, but he never succeeded.At first he was very gentle with the bird. But gradually, he lost his temper. “You stupid bird. Why can’t you learn to say that one word? Say Ketunnel or I will kill you.” But the parrot would not say it. Many times the man screamed, “Say Ketunnel, or I’ll kill you.” But the bird would never repeat the name. Finally, the man gave up. He picked up the parrot and threw him into the chicken house. “You are even more stupid than the chickens.” In the chicken house, there were four old chickens, waiting to be killed for Sunday’s dinner. The next morning, when he went out of the chicken house, the man opened the door. He was shocked by what he saw. He could not believe his eyes and ears. On the floor lay three dead chickens. The parrot was screaming at thefourth, “Say Ketunnel,or I’ll killyou.” Questions 11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. Whydid theman losehis temper? 12. Whokilled thethree chickens? 13. Whywas the shocked at thescene thenextmorning? PassageTwo In Britain, if you are found guilty of a crime, you can be sent to prison or be fined or be ordered to do community work such as tidying public places and helping the old.You may also be sent to special centers when you learn special skills like cooking, writing and car maintenance. About 5 percent of the present population are women. Many prisons were built over one hundred years ago. But the government will have built 11 new prisons bynext year.There are two sorts of prisons: the open sort and the closed sort. In the closed sort, prisoners are given very little freedom. They spend three to ten hours outside their cells when they exercise, eat, study, learn skills, watch TV and talk to other 491淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 prisoners. All prisoners are expected to work. Most of them are paid for what they do, whether it is doing maintenance or cooking and cleaning. Prisoners in open prisons are locked up at night, but for the rest of the time, they are free within the prison grounds. They can exercise, have visitors, or study. And some are allowed out of the ground to study ortodocommunity work. Questions 14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. Whatdowe knowabout women prisoners in Britain? 15. In what way are openprisons different from closed prisons? 16. Whatdowe learn about prisoners inBritain? PassageThree London taxi drivers know the capital like the back of their hands. No matter how small or indistinct the street is, the driver will be able to get you there without any trouble. The reason London taxi drivers are so efficient is that they all have gone through a very tough training period to get special taxi driving license. During this period, which can take two to four years, the would-be taxi driver has to learn the most direct route to every single road and to every important building in London. To achieve this, most learners go around the city on small motorbikes practicing how to move to and from different points of the city. Learner taxi drivers are tested several times during the training period by government officers. The exams are terrible experience. The officers ask you “How do you get from Birmingham palace to the Tower of London?” and you have to take them there in the direct line. When you get to the tower, they won’t say “well done”. They will quickly move on to the next question.After five or six questions, they will just say “See you in two months’ time.” and then you know the exam is over. Learner drivers are not allowed to work and earn money as drivers. Therefore, many of them keep their previous jobs until they have obtained the license. The training can cost quite a lot, because learners have to pay for their own expenses on the tests and the medical exam. Questions 17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. Whyare London taxidrivers very efficient? 18. Howlong does thetraining period last? 19. Whydoes thespeaker thinkthe driving testis a terribleexperience? 20. Whydolearner drivers have to keep their present jobs? 492淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2002年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they had to finish in the evening. This is most likely to have taken place at the office. Therefore, A) “At the office” is the best answer. You should choose [A] on the Answer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough the center. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)His father. B) His mother. C)His brother. D)His sister. 2. A)Ajobopportunity. B)Apositionas general manager. C)Abig travel agency. D)An inexperienced salesman. 3. A)Having a break. B) Continuingthemeeting. C)Moving ontothenext item. 493淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Waitinga littlelonger. 4. A)The weatherforecast says itwill befine. B)Theweather doesn’tcount intheir plan. C)They will not doas planned in case ofrain. D)They will postponetheir program if itrains. 5. A)He wishes to have morecourses likeit. B) Hefinds it hard tofollowthe teacher. C)Hewishes theteacher would talkmore. D)He doesn’t liketheteacher’s accent. 6. A)Go onwith thegame. B) Draw pictures onthe computer. C)Reviewhis lessons. D)Have a good rest. 7. A)Shedoes notagree with Jack. B) Jack’s performance isdisappointing. C)Mostpeople willfind basketball boring. D)Sheshares Jack’s opinion. 8. A)The man went to awrong check-in counter. B)Theman has justmissed his flight. C)Theplane willleave at 9:14. D)The plane’s departure timeremains unknown. 9. A)At anewsstand. B)At a car dealer’s. C)At a publishinghouse. D)At anewspaper office. 10. A)He wants to get anew position. B) Heis asking thewoman forhelp. C)Hehas left thewoman agood impression. D)He enjoys letterwriting. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 494淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Passageone Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)They are interested in other kindsof reading. B)They are active in voluntary services. C)They tend tobe lowineducation and in income. D)They livein isolated areas. 12. A) The reasons why –people don’t read newspapers are more complicated than assumed. B)There are more uneducated peopleamong thewealthy than originallyexpected. C)Thenumber ofnewspaper readers is steadily increasing. D)There are morenonreaders among young people nowadays. 13. A)Lowering theprices oftheir newspapers. B) Shortening theirnews stories. C)Adding variety to theirnewspapercontent. D)Including moreadvertisements in theirnewspapers. PassageTwo Questions14to17arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)Abasket. B)Acup. C)Aegg. D)An oven. 15. A)Tolet inthesunshine. B)Toserve as its door. C)Tokeep thenest cool. D)For thebird to lay eggs. 16. A)Branches. 495淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) Grasses. C)Mud. D)Straw. 17. A)Someare builtunderground. B) Somecan be eaten. C)Mostare sewed with grasses. D)Most are dried bythe sun. PassageThree Questions18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 18. A)Toexaminethechemical elements intheIceAge. B)Tolook intothepattern of solarwind activity. C)Toanalyze the compositionofdifferent trees. D)Tofind out theorigin of carbon-14 onEarth. 19. A)The lifecycle of trees. B)Thenumber oftrees. C)Theintensity ofsolarburning. D)The quality ofair. 20. A)It affects thegrowth oftrees. B) It has been increasing sincethe IceAge. C)It isdetermined bythe chemicals in theair. D)It follows a certain cycle. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. In the 1960s, medical researchers Thomas Holmes and Richard Rahe developed a checklist of stressful events. They appreciated the tricky point that any major change can be stressful. Negative events like “serious illness of a family member” were high on the 496淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 list, but so were some positive life-changing events, like marriage. When you take the Holmes-Rahe test you must remember that the score does not reflect how you deal with stress—it only shows how much you have to deal with.And we now know that the way you handlethese events dramatically affects your chances ofstaying healthy. By the early 1970s, hundreds of similar studies had followed Holmes and Rahe.And millions of Americans who work and live under stress worried over the reports. Somehow, the research got boiled down to a memorable message. Women’s magazines ran headlines like “Stress causes illness!” If you want to stay physically and mentally healthy,the articles said, avoid stressful events. But such simplistic advice is impossible to follow. Even if stressful events are dangerous, many—like the death of a loved one—are impossible to avoid. Moreover, any warning to avoid all stressful events is a prescription (处方) for staying away from opportunities as well as trouble. Since any change can be stressful, a person who wanted tobe completely free ofstress would never marry,haveachild, take anew jobormove. The notion that all stress makes you sick also ignores a lot of what we know about people. It assumes we’re all vulnerable (脆弱的) and passive in the face of adversity (逆 境). But what about human initiative and creativity? Many come through periods of stress with more physical and mental vigor than they had before. We also know that a long time without change or challenge can lead to boredom, and physical and metal strain. 21. Theresult of Holmes-Rahe’s medical research tellsus ________. A)theway you handle majorevents may cause stress B) what should bedone toavoid stress C)what kind ofevent would cause stress D)howto cope with sudden changes in life 22. Thestudies onstress in theearly 1970’s led to ________. A)widespread concern over itsharmful effects B) great panicover themental disorder itcould cause C)an intensiveresearch into stress-related illnesses D)popular avoidance of stressfuljobs 23. Thescore ofthe Holmes-Rahe test shows ________. A)howmuch pressure you are under B) howpositiveevents can change your life C)howstressful a majorevent canbe D)howyou can deal with life-changing events 24. Whyis “such simplisticadvice” (Line1,Para. 3)impossible to follow? 497淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)No one can stay onthesame jobfor long. B) No prescription iseffective in relieving stress. C)Peoplehave toget married someday. D)You could bemissing opportunitiesas well. 25. According to the passage people who have experienced ups and downs may become ________. A)nervous whenfaced with difficulties B) physically and mentally strained C)morecapableof coping with adversity D)indifferent toward what happens tothem PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. Most episodes of absent-mindedness — forgetting where you left something or wondering why you just entered a room—are caused by a simple lack of attention, says Schacter.“You’re supposed to remembersomething, but you haven’t encoded itdeeply.” Encoding, Schacter explains, is a special way of paying attention to an event that has a major impact on recalling it later. Failure to encode properly can create annoying situations. If you put your mobile phone in a pocket, for example, and don’t pay attention to what you did because you’re involved in a conversation, you’ll probably forget that the phone is in the jacket now hanging in you wardrobe (衣柜). “Your memory itself isn’t failing you,” says Schacter. “Rather, you didn’t give your memory system the information itneeded.” Lack of interest can also lead to absent-mindedness. “A man who can recite sports statistics from 30 years ago,” says Zelinski, “may not remember to drop a letter in the mailbox.” Women have slightly better memories than men, possibly because they pay moreattention to theirenvironment, and memory relies onjustthat. Visual cues can help prevent absent-mindedness, says Schacter. “But be sure the cue is clear and available,” he cautions. If you want to remember to take a medication (药物) with lunch, put the pill bottle on the kitchen table—don’t leave it in the medicine chest and writeyourself a notethat you keep inapocket. Another common episode of absent-mindedness: walking into a room and wondering why you’re there. Most likely, you were thinking about something else. “Everyone does this from time to time,” says Zelinski. The best thing to do is to return to where you were before entering the room,and you’ll likelyremember. 26. Whydoes theauthor think that encoding properly isvery important? A)It helps us understand ourmemory system better. B) It enables us torecall somethingform our memory. 498淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)It expands ourmemory capacity considerably. D)It slows down the process of losingour memory. 27. Onepossiblereason why women havebetter memories than men is that________. A)they have a widerrange of interests B) they are more reliant ontheenvironment C)they have an unusual power of focusing theirattention D)they are moreinterested in what’shappening around them 28. Anoteinthe pocket can hardly serve as areminder because________. A)it willeasily get lost B) it’s not clear enoughfor you toread C)it’s out ofyour sight D)it might get mixed upwith other things 29. Whatdowe learn from thelast paragraph? A)If wefocus ourattention on onething, we might forget another. B) Memory depends to acertain extentontheenvironment. C)Repetitionhelps improve ourmemory. D)If wekeep forgetting things, we’dbetter return towhere we were. 30. Whatis thepassage mainly about? A)The process ofgradual memory loss. B)Thecauses ofabsent-mindedness. C)Theimpact of theenvironment onmemory. D)Awayifencoding and recalling. PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. It is hard to track the blue whale, the ocean’s largest creature, which has almost been killed off by commercial whaling and is now listed as an endangered species. Attaching radio devices to it is difficult, and visual sightings are too unreliable to give real insight intoits behavior. So biologists were delighted early this year when, with the help of the Navy, they were able to track a particular blue whale for 43 days, monitoring its sounds. This was possible because of the Navy’s formerly top-secret system of underwater listening devices spanning theoceans. Tracking whales is but one example of an exciting new world just opening to civilian scientists after the cold war as the Navy starts to share and partly uncover its 499淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 global network of underwater listening system built over the decades to track the ships of potentialenemies. Earth scientists announced at a news conference recently that they had used the system for closely monitoring a deep-sea volcanic eruption (爆发) for the first time and thatthey plan similarstudies. Other scientists have proposed to use the network for tracking ocean currents and measuring changes in ocean and global temperatures. The speed of sound in water is roughly one mile a second—slower than through land but faster than through air. What is most important, different layers of ocean water can act as channels for sounds, focusing them in the same way a stethoscope (听诊器) does when it carries faint noises from a patient’s chest to a doctor’s ear. This focusing is the main reason that even relatively weak sounds in the ocean, especially low-frequency ones, can often travel thousands ofmiles. 31. Thepassage is chiefly about ________. A)an effort toprotect an endangered marine species B) thecivilian useofa military detection system C)theexposureofa U.S.Navy top-secret weapon D)a newway to lookinto thebehavior ofblue whales 32. Theunderwater listeningsystem was originally designed ________. A)totrace and locateenemy vessels B) tomonitordeep-sea volcaniceruptions C)tostudy themovement ofocean currents D)toreplace theglobal radio communications network 33. Thedeep-sea listeningsystem makes use of________. A)thesophisticated technology offocusing sounds underwater B) thecapabilityof soundto travel at high speed C)theuniqueproperty oflayers ofocean water in transmitting sound D)low-frequency sounds traveling across different layers ofwater 34. It can be inferred from thepassage that ________. A)new radio devices should bedeveloped for tracking the endangered bluewhales B) bluewhales are nolonger endangered with theuseof thenewlistening system C) opinions differ as to whether civilian scientists should be allowed to use military technology D)military technology has great potentialin civilian use 35. Whichofthe following istrue about theU.S.Navy underwaterlistening network? 500淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)It is nowpartly accessibleto civilian scientists. B) It has been replaced byamoreadvanced system. C)It became useless tothe military after thecold war. D)It is indispensablein protecting endangered species. PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. The fitness movement that began in the late 1960s and early 1970s centered around aerobic exercise (有氧操). Millions of individuals became engaged in a variety of aerobic activities, and literally thousands of health spas developed around the country to capitalize (获利) on this emerging interest in fitness, particularly aerobic dancing for females. A number of fitness spas existed prior to this aerobic fitness movement, even a national chain with spas in most major cities. However, their focus was not on aerobics, but rather on weight-training programs designed to develop muscular mass, strength, and endurance in their primarily male enthusiasts. These fitness spas did not seem to benefit financially form the aerobic fitness movement to better health, since medical opinion suggested that weight-training programs offered few, if any, health benefits. In recent years, however, weight training has again become increasingly popular for males and for females. Many current programs focus not only on developing muscular strength and endurance butonaerobicfitness as well. Historically, most physical-fitness tests have usually included measures of muscular strength and endurance, not for health-related reasons, but primarily because such fitness components have been related to performance in athletics. However, in recent years, evidence has shown that training programs designed primarily to improve muscular strength and endurance might also offer some health benefits as well. The American College of Sports Medicine now recommends that weight training be part of a total fitness program for healthy Americans. Increased participation in such training is one of the specific physical activity and fitness objectives of Healthy People 2000: National Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Objectives. 36. Theword “spas” (Line 3,Para. 1)most probably refers to________. A)sports activities B) places forphysical exercise C)recreation centers D)athletic training programs 37. Early fitness spas were intended mainly for________. A)thepromotion ofaerobic exercise B) endurance and muscular development C)theimprovement ofwomen’s figures 501淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)better performance in aerobic dancing 38. Whatwas theattitudeofdoctors towards weight training in health improvement? A)Positive. B) Indifferent. C)Negative. D)Cautious. 39. Peoplewere given physical fitness testsin order to find out ________. A)howell they could doin athletics B) what theirhealth condition was like C)what kind offitness center was suitablefor them D)whether they were fitfor aerobic exercise 40. Recent studies have suggested that weight training ________. A)has become an essential part ofpeople’s life B) may well affect thehealth of thetrainees C)willattract more peoplein thedays tocome D)contributes tohealth improvement as well Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 3.0. incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 41. Youwould be________a risk to letyour child go toschool byhimself. A)omitting B) attaching C)affording D)running 42. Heis always here; it’s ________you’venever met him. A)unique B) strange C)rare D)peculiar 43. There has been agreat increase inretail sales, ________? 502淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)does there B) isn’t there C)hasn’tthere D)isn’t it 44. We’dliketo ________atablefor fivefor dinnerthis evening. A)preserve B) retain C)reserve D)sustain 45. Although a teenager,Fred could resist ________what todoand what not todo. A)being told B) telling C)tobe told D)totell 46. The European Union countries were once worried that they would not have ________ suppliesof petroleum. A)proficient B) efficient C)potential D)sufficient 47. In fact, Peterwould rather haveleft forSan Francisco than ________in NewYork. A)tostay B) stayed C)staying D)having stayed 48. He soon received promotion, for his superiors realized that he was a man of considerable________. A)ability B) future C)possibility D)opportunity 49. Britain ahs the highest ________ of road traffic inthe world—over 60cars for every mileof road. 503淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)popularity B) density C)intensity D)prosperity 50. Howis it ________your roommate’s request andyours are identical? A)if B) so C)what D)that 51. In my opinion,he’s________themost imaginativeofall the contemporary poets. A)inall B) at best C)forall D)byfar 52. Hedidn’thave timeto read thereport word for word: hejust ________it. A)skimmed B) observed C)overlooked D)glanced 53. Theleader of theexpedition________everyone tofollowhis example. A)promoted B) reinforced C)sparked D)inspired 54. Whata lovely party! It’s worth ________all my life. A)remembering B) toremember C)tobe remembered D)being remembered 55. Whowould you rather ________with you, Georgeor me? A)going B) togo 504淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)have gone D)went 56. The ________ goal of the book is to help bridge the gap between research and teaching, particularly between researchers and teachers. A)intensive B) concise C)joint D)overall 57. Theowner and editor ofthenewspaper ________theconference. A)were attending B) were to attend C)is toattend D)are to attend 58. Weleft themeeting, there obviously________nopoint in staying. A)were B) being C)tobe D)having 59. Theirproducts are frequently overpriced and ________inquality. A)influential B) inferior C)superior D)subordinate 60. Theneighborhood boys liketo play basketball onthat ________lot. A)valid B) vacant C)vain D)vague 61. These people once had fame and fortune; now ________ is left to them is utter poverty. A)all that B) all what 505淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)all which D)that all 62. Toour________,Geoffrey’s illness proved not to beas serious as wehad feared. A)anxiety B) relief C)view D)judgment 63. Many peoplelikewhite coloras it is a________ofpurity. A)symbol B) sign C)signal D)symptom 64. The residents, ________ had been damaged by the fire, were given help by the Red Cross. A)all of theirhomes B) all theirhomes C)whoseall homes D)all of whosehomes 65. This research has attracted wide ________ coverage and has featured on BBC television’sTomorrow’sWorld. A)message B) information C)media D)data 66. Iwould never have ________acourt oflaw ifI hadn’tbeen so desperate. A)sought for B) accounted for C)turned up D)resorted to 67. Investigators agreed that passengers on the airliner ________ at the very moment of thecrash. A)should have died B) mustbe dying 506淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)musthave died D)ought to die 68. Theenergy ________bythechain reaction is transformed into heat. A)transferred B) released C)delivered D)conveyed 69. ________ their work will give us a much better feel for the wide differences between thetwo schools ofthought. A)Tohave reviewed B) Having reviewed C)Reviewing D)Being reviewed 70. During the process, great care has to be taken to protect the ________ silk from damage. A)sensitive B) tender C)delicate D)sensible Part IVShortAnswerQuestions (15minutes) Directions: In this part there is a short passage-with five questions or incomplete statements. Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements in the fewest possible words (not exceeding 10 words). As researchers learn more about how children’s intelligence develops, they are increasingly surprised by the power of parents. The power of the school has been replaced by the home. To begin with, all the factors which are part of intelligence—the child’s understanding of language, learning patterns, curiosity—are established well before the child enters school at the age of six. Study after study has shown that even after school begins, children’s achievements have been far more influenced by parents than by teachers. This is particularly true about learning that is language-related. The school rather than the home is given credit for variations in achievement in subjects such as science. In view of their power, it’s sad to see so many parents not making the most of their child’s intelligence. Until recently parents had been warned by educators who asked them not to educate their children. Many teachers now realize that children cannot be educated 507淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 only at school and parents are being asked to contribute both before and after the child enters school. Parents have been particularly afraid to teach reading at home. Of course, children shouldn’t be pushed to read by their parents, but educators have discovered that reading is best taught individually—and the easiest place to do this is at home. Many four-and five-year-olds who have been shown a few letters and taught their sounds will compose single words oftheirown withthem even before they havebeen taught to read. Questions:(注意：答题尽量简短，超过 10个词要扣分。每条横线限写一个英 语单词，标点符号不占格) S1. What have researchers found out about the influence of parents and the school on children’s intelligence? S2. Whatdoresearchers conclude about children’s learning patterns? S3. In which area may school play a moreimportant role? S4. Whydid many parents fail to makethemost oftheir children’s intelligence? S5. Theauthor suggestsin thelast paragraph that parents should beencouraged to PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Student Use of Computers. You should write at least 120 words, and baseyour composition onthechart andthe outlinegiven below: 1. 上图所示为 1990年、1995年、2002年某校大学生使用计算机的情况，请描述 其变化； 2. 请说明发生这些变化的原因(可从计算机的用途、价格或社会发展等方面加以说 明)； 508淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 3. 你认为目前大学生在计算机使用中有什么困难或问题。 StudentUseof Computers 509淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2002年6月四级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. A 3. A 4. D 5. B 6. C 7. A 8. D 9. D 10. A 11. C 12. D 13. C 14. B 15. B 16. C 17. A 18. A 19. C 20. D PartII 21. C 22. A 23. A 24. D 25. C 26. B 27. D 28. C 29. A 30. B 31. B 32. A 33. C 34. D 35. A 36. B 37. B 38. C 39. A 40. D Part III 41. D 42. B 43. C 44. B 45. A 46. D 47. B 48. A 49. B 50. D 51. D 52. A 53. D 54. A 55. D 56. D 57. C 58. B 59. B 60. C 61. A 62. B 63. A 64. D 65. C 66. D 67. C 68. B 69. C 70. C S1. Parents have greater influence than the school./Parent’s influence is greater than the school’s. S2. They are established well before theage ofsix. S3. Science subjects. S4. They were told byeducators not to educate theirchildren. S5. teach reading at home. 510淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2002年6月四级听力原文 1. W:I supposeyou’vebought somegifts foryour family. M:Well, I’ve bought a shirt for my father and two books for my sister. But I haven’t decided what tobuyfor mymotherprobably somejewels. Q:Whodid theman buythebooksfor? 2. W: Look, it says they want a junior sales manager and it seems like it’s a big company.That’ll begood for you might have to travel alot. M: Do they say anything about theexperience? Q:What are they talking about? 3. W: I think we’ve covered everything. What about a cup of coffee before we move ontothenext item? M: Good idea. I really can’twait another minute. Q:What does thewoman suggest doing? 4. W:But what happens ifitrains.Whatare we going todothen? M: We’ll have to count on good weather. But if it does rain the whole thing will have tobe canceled. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 5. W:You tookan optional coursethis semester didn’t you? How isit going? M:Terrible. It seems likethemore theprofessor talks theless Iunderstand. Q: Howdoes the man feel about thecourse? 6. W:Mark is playing computergames. M: Shouldhedothat when thefinal exam is drawing near? Q:What does theman think Mark should do? 7. M: Jack seems tothink thisyear’s basketball season will bedisappointing. W:That’s his opinion. Mostothers thinkdifferently. Q:What does thewoman mean? 8. M: Is thisthecheck-in counter for Flight 914to LosAngeles? M: Yes, but I’m sorry the flight is delayed because of a minor mechanical problem. Pleasewait for further notice. Q:What dowelearn from this conversation? 511淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 9. M: Excuse me. I’d like to place an advertisement for a used car in this Sunday editionof your paper. W: Ok, but you have to run your advertisement all week. We can’t quote rates for justSunday. Q:Where istheconversation most probably taking place? 10. M: Ispend so much timepolishingmy letterapplication. W: It’s worthwhile to make the effort. You know just how important it is to give impression. Q:What doweknowabout theman? PassageOne Not everybody reads the daily newspaper. People who don’t read newspaper are sometimes referred to as non-readers. Early research has shown that the non-readers are generally low in education low in income either very young or very old. In addition non-readers are more likely to live in rural areas and have less contact with neighbours and friends. Other studies show that non-readers tend to isolate themselves from the community and less likely to own a home and seldom belong to local voluntary organizations Why don’t these people read daily paper? They say they don’t have the time they prefer radio or TV they have no interest in reading a tale and besides they think newspapers are too expensive. Recent surveys however, have indicated the portrait of the non-reader is more complicated than first thought. There appears to be a group of non-readers that do not fit the type mentioned above. They are high in income and fall into the age group of 26 to 65. They are far move likely to report that they don’t have the time to read the papers and they have no interest in the content. Editors and publishers are attempting to win them back. First they are also adding news briefs and comprehensive indexes. This will help overcome the time problem. And they are also giving variety to newspapercontent tohelp build thereader’sinterest. Questions 11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. Whatis typical ofnon-readers according to early research? 12. Whatare thefinds of recent surveys? 13. Whatare editors and publishers doing to attract the non-readers? PassageTwo Did you know that there’s a kind of bird that can sew? This called the tailor bird uses its mouth as a needle. It sews leaves together in the shape of a cup then it adds a layer of straw to the inside of the cup and lays its eggs there. Each bird species builds its own special kind of nest. The most common materials used for nests are grasses branches 512淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 and feathers.Abird must weave these materials into a nest. Just imagine building a house withoutcement ornails to hold together. Another bird is called the weaver bird. The weaver bird builds a nest that looks like a basket the nest shaped like a pear with a hole in the middle. The hole is the door of the nest. A third bird is called the oven bird. The oven bird makes a nest that is very solid. The nest is made of mud. The oven bird forms the mud into the shape of an oven and then let it dry in the sun. The sun bakes the mud making it very hard. Not all birds make their homes in branches. Some birds build their nests on the ground while others bury their eggs under the ground.And some birds do not build nests at all. So when you look for nests and eggs in branches of the trees and bushes remember that some nests may be right your feet. Questions 14to17arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. Whatdoes the nest builtbytailorbird look like? 15. Whyis there aholeintheweaver bird’s nest? 16. Whatis theoven bird’s nest made of? 17. Whatmight surprise us about birds’nests according tothespeaker? PassageThree You can tell the age of a tree by counting its rings but these records of trees’ life really say a lot more. Scientists are using tree rings to learn what’s being happening on the sun’s surface for the last ten thousand years. Each ring represents a year of growth. As the tree grows it adds a layer to its trunk taking up chemical elements from the air. By looking up the elements in the rings for a given year scientists can tell what elements were in the air that year. Doctors Stevenson is analysing one element—carbon-14 in ring from both living and dead trees. Some of the rings go back almost ten thousand years to the end of the Ice Age. When Stevenson followed the carbon-14 trail back in time he found carbon-4 levels change with the intensity of solar burning. You see the sun has cycles. Sometimes it burns fiercely and other times it’s relatively calm. During the sun’s violent periods it throws off charged particles in fast moving strings called solar winds. The particles interfere with the formation of carbon-14 on earth. When there’s more solar wind activity less carbon-14 is produced. Ten thousand years of tree rings show that the carbon-14 level rises and falls about every 420 years. The scientists concluded that the solarwind activity must followthe samecycle. Questions 18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 18. Whatis thepurpose ofthescientists in studying tree rings? 19. Whataffects theamount ofcarbon-14 onearth? 513淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 20. Whatdowe learn from thepassage about thesolar wind activity? 514淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, A) “At the office” is the correct answer.You should choose [A] on theAnswer Sheet and mark it with asingle linethrough thecenter. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)They are both anxious totry Italian food. B)They are likely to have dinnertogether. C)Theman will treat thewoman todinner tonight. D)The woman refused to have dinner withthe man. 2. A)It’s only forrent, not forsale. B) It’snot as good as advertised. C)It’sbeing redecorated. D)It’s nolonger available. 3. A)Colleagues. B) Husband and wife. C)Employer andemployee. 515淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Mother and son. 4. A)Shecontacts her parents occasionally. B) Shephones her parents regularly at weekends. C)Shevisitsher parents at weekends when thefares are down. D)Sheoften call her parents regardless oftherates. 5. A)The nextbus is coming soon. B)Thebus will wait a few minutes at thestop. C)There are only two orthree passengers waiting for thebus. D)They can catch thisbus withoutrunning. 6. A)The assignment lookseasy but actually it’s quitedifficult. B)Theassignment is toodifficultfor them tocomplete ontime. C)They cannot finish theassignment untilThursday. D)They have plentyof timeto work ontheassignment. 7. A)The man will go tomeet thewoman this evening. B)Theman and thewoman havean appointment at 7o’clock. C)Thewoman can’t finish making thejam before 7o’clock. D)The woman won’t beable to seetheman this evening. 8. A)She’s learned a lotfrom the literature class. B) She’s written somebooks about world classics. C)She’s metsomeof theworld’s best writers. D)She’s just back from atrip round theworld. 9. A)The examwas easier than theprevious one. B) Joeis surethat he willdobetter in thenextexam. C)Joeprobably failed in theexam. D)The oral part oftheexam was easier than thewritten part. 10. A)Sheis tired of drivinginheavy traffic. B) Shedoesn’tmind itas theroad conditionsare good. C)Sheis unhappy to haveto drive such along way every day. D)Sheenjoys it becauseshe’sgood at driving. Section BCompoundDictation Directions: In this section, you will hear a passage three times. When the passage is 516淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 read for the first time, you should listen carefully for its general idea. When the passage is read for the second time, you are required to fill in the blanks numbered from S1 to S7 with the exact words you have just heard. For blanks numbered from S8 to S10 you are required to fill in the missing information. You can either use the exact words you have just heard or write down the main points in your own words. Finally, when the passage is readfor thethirdtime, you should check whatyouhave written. It’s difficult to imagine the sea ever running out of fish. It’s so vast, so deep, so (S1) ________. Unfortunately, it’s not bottomless. Over-fishing, (S2) ________ with destructivefishing practices, iskillingoffthefish and (S3)________theirenvironment. Destroy the fish, and you destroy the fishermen’s means of living. At least 60 (S4) ________ of the world’s commercially important fish (S5) ________ are already over-fished, or fished to the limit.As a result, governments have had to close down some areas ofsea to commercial fishing. Big, high-tech fleets (S6) ________ that everything in their path is pulled out of water. Anything too small, or the wrong thing, is thrown back either dead or dying. That’san (S7)________ofmore than 20million metric tonsevery year.(S8)________. In some parts of the world, for every kilogram of prawns (对虾) caught, up to 15 kilograms of unsuspecting fish and other marine wildlife die, simply for being in the wrong place at thewrong time. True, (S9) ________, then catch them in a way that doesn’t kill other innocent sea life. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions11to15arebasedon thefollowingpassage. Like many of my generation, I have a weakness for hero worship. At some point, however, we all begin to question our heroes and our need for them. This leads us to ask: Whatis ahero? Despite immense differences in cultures, heroes around the world generally share a numberof characteristics that instruct and inspire people. A hero does something worth talking about. A hero has a story of adventure to tell and a communitywho will listen. But ahero goes beyond merefame. Heroes serve powers or principles larger than themselves. Like high-voltage transformers, heroes take the energy of higher powers and step it down so that it can be 517淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 used byordinary people. The hero lives a life worthy of imitation. Those who imitate a genuine hero experience life with new depth, enthusiasm, and meaning. A sure test for would-be heroes is what or whom do they serve? What are they willing to live and die for? If the answer or evidence suggests they serve only their own fame, they may be famous persons but not heroes. Madonna and Michael Jackson are famous, but who would claim thattheir fans find lifemoreabundant? Heroes are catalysts (催化剂) for change.They have a vision from the mountaintop. They have the skill and the charm to move the masses. They create new possibilities. Without Gandhi, India might still be part of the British Empire. Without Rosa Parks and Martin Luther King, Jr., we might still have segregated (隔离的) buses, restaurants, and parks. It may be possible for large-scale change to occur without leaders with magnetic personalities, but the pace of change would be slow, the vision uncertain, and the committeemeetings endless. 11. Although heroes may comefrom different cultures, they ________. A)generally possess certain inspiringcharacteristics B) probably share someweaknesses ofordinary people C)are often influenced byprevious generations D)all unknowingly attract alarge number offans 12. According to the passage, heroes are compared to high-voltage transformers in that ________. A)they have a visionfrom themountaintop B) they have warm feelings and emotions C)they can serve as concrete examplesof nobleprinciples D)they can make peoplefeel stronger and more confident 13. Madonnaand Michael Jackson are not considered heroes because ________. A)they are popularonlyamong certain groups ofpeople B) theirperformances donot improvetheir fans morally C)theirprimary concern is theirownfinancial interests D)they are notclear about theprinciples they should follow 14. Gandhi and Martin Luther King are typical examples of outstanding leaders who ________. A)are good at demonstrating theircharmingcharacters B) can movethemasses with theirforceful speeches C)are capable ofmeeting all challenges and hardships D)can provide an answer to theproblems oftheir people 518淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 15. Theauthor concludes that historical changes would ________. A)be delayed withoutleaders with inspiringpersonal qualities B) nothappen without heroes making thenecessary sacrifices C)takeplace ffthere were heroes to lead thepeople D)produce leaders with attractivepersonalities PassageTwo Questions16to20arebased onthe followingpassage. According to a survey, which was based on the responses of over 188,000 students, today’s traditional-age college freshmen are “more materialistic and less altruistic (利他 主义的)”than at any timein the17years ofthepoll. Not surprising in these hard times, the student’s major objective “is to be financially well off. Less important than ever is developing a meaningful philosophy of life.” It follows then that today themost popularcourse is not literatureor history butaccounting. Interest in teaching, social service and the “altruistic” fields is at a low. On the other hand, enrollment inbusiness programs, engineering and computer science is way up. That’s no surprise either. A friend of mine (a sales representative for a chemical company) was making twice the salary of her college instructors her first year on the job—even before shecompleted hertwo-yearassociate degree. While it’s true that we all need a career, it is equally true that our civilization has accumulated an incredible amount of knowledge in fields far removed from our own and that we are better for our understanding of these other contributions—be they scientific or artistic. It is equally true that, in studying the diverse wisdom of others, we learn how to think. More important, perhaps, education teaches us to see the connections between things, as well as to seebeyond ourimmediateneeds. Weekly we read of unions who went on strike for higher wages, only to drive their employer out ofbusiness. No company; nojob. Howshortsighted in thelong run! But the most important argument for a broad education is that in studying the accumulated wisdom of the ages, we improve our moral sense. I saw a cartoon recently which shows a group of businessmen looking puzzled as they sit around a conference table; one of them is talking on the intercom (对讲机): “Miss Baxter,” he says, “could you pleasesend in someonewho can distinguish right from wrong?” From thelong-term point ofview,that’s what education really ought to beabout. 16. According tothe author’sobservation, college students ________. A)have never been so materialisticas today B) have never been sointerested in thearts C)have never been sofinancially well offas today D)have never attached somuch importance tomoral sense 519淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 17. Thestudents’criteria for selecting majors today have much to dowith ________. A)theinfluences of theirinstructors B) thefinancial goals they seek in life C)theirown interpretations ofthecourses D)their understanding ofthecontributions of others 18. By saying “While it’s true that... be they scientific or artistic” (Lines 1-3, Para. 5), theauthormeans that ________. A)business management should beincluded ineducational programs B) human wisdom has accumulated at an extraordinarily high speed C)human intellectual development has reached newheights D)theimportance ofa broad education shouldnot beoverlooked 19. Studying thediverse wisdom ofothers can ________. A)create varying artisticinterests B) help peoplesee things intheir right perspective C)help improveconnections among people D)regulate the behaviorofmodern people 20. Whichofthe following statements istrue according to thepassage? A)Businessmen absorbed in theircareer are narrow-minded. B) Managers often find ithard to tell right from wrong. C)Peopleengaged intechnical jobslead amore rewarding life. D)Career seekers shouldnotfocus onimmediateinterests only. PassageThree Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. New technology links the world as never before. Our planet has shrunk. It’s now a “global village” where countries are only seconds away by fax or phone or satellite link. And, of course, our ability to benefit from this high-tech communications equipment is greatly enhanced byforeign languageskills. Deeply involved with this new technology is a breed of modern businesspeople who have a growing respect for the economic value of doing business abroad. In modern markets, success overseas often helps support domesticbusiness efforts. Overseas assignments are becoming increasingly important to advancement within executive ranks. The executive stationed in another country no longer need fear being “out of sight and out of mind.” He or she can be sure that the overseas effort is central to the company’s plan for success, and that promotions often follow or accompany an assignment abroad. If an employee can succeed in a difficult assignment overseas, 520淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 superiors will have greater confidence in his or her ability to cope back in the United States where cross-cultural considerations and foreign language issues are becoming moreand more prevalent (普遍的). Thanks to a variety of relatively inexpensive communications devices with business applications, even small businesses in the United States are able to get into international markets. English is still the international language of business. But there is an ever-growing need for people who can speak another language. A second language isn’t generally required to get a job in business, but having language skills gives a candidate the edge when other qualifications appeartobeequal The employee posted abroad who speaks the country’s principal language has an opportunity to fast-forward certain negotiations, and cam have the cultural insight to know when it is better to move more slowly. The employee at the home office who can communicate well with foreign clients over the telephone or by fax machine is an obvious asset to thefirm. 21. Whatis theauthor’s attitudetoward high-tech communications equipment? A)Critical. B) Prejudiced. C)Indifferent. D)Positive. 22. With the increased use of high-tech communications equipment, businesspeople ________. A)have to get familiarwith modern technology B) are gaining moreeconomic benefits from domesticoperations C)are attaching more importance totheir overseas business D)are eager to work overseas 23. In this passage, “out of sight and out of mind” (Lines 2-3, Para. 3) probably means ________. A)being unable to thinkproperly for lack ofinsight B) being totallyout of touch withbusiness at home C)missingopportunities forpromotion when abroad D)leaving all care and worry behind 24. According to the passage, what is an important consideration of international corporationsin employing people today? A)Connections with businesses overseas. B)Abilityto speak theclient’s language. 521淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Technical know-how. D)Business experience. 25. The advantage of employees having foreign language skills is that they can ________. A)better control thewhole negotiationprocess B) easily find new approaches tomeet market needs C)fast-forward theirproposals toheadquarters D)easily makefriends withbusinesspeople abroad PassageFour Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. In recent years, Israeli consumers have grown more demanding as they’ve become wealthier and more worldly-wise. Foreign travel is a national passion; this summer alone, one in 10 citizens will go abroad. Exposed to higher standards of service elsewhere, Israelis are returning home expecting the same.American firms have also begun arriving in large numbers. Chains such as KFC, McDonald’s and Pizza Hut are setting a new standard of customer service, using strict employee training and constant monitoring to ensure the friendliness of frontline staff. Even the American habit of telling departing customers to “Have a nice day” has caught on all over Israel. “Nobody wakes up in the morning and says, ‘Let’s be nicer,’” says Itsik Cohen, director of a consulting firm. “Nothing happens without competition.” Privatization, or the threat of it, is a motivation as well. Monopolies (垄断者) that until recently have been free to take their customers for granted now fear what Michael Perry, a marketing professor, calls “the revengeful (报复的) consumer.” When the government opened up competition with Bezaq, the phone company, its international branch lost 40% of its market share, even while offering competitive rates. Says Perry, “People wanted revenge for all the years of bad service.” The electric company, whose monopoly may be short-lived, has suddenly mopped requiring users to wait half a day for a repairman. Now, appointments are scheduled to the half-hour. The graceless El Al Airlines, which is already at auction (拍卖), has retrained its employees to emphasize service and is boasting about the results in an ad campaign with the slogan, “You can feel the change in the air.” For the first time, praise outnumbers complaints on customer survey sheets. 26. It may beinferred from thepassage that ________. A)customer service inIsrael is nowimproving B) wealthy Israeli customers are hard to please C)thetouristindustry has brought chain stores toIsrael D)Israeli customers preferforeign products to domesticones 522淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 27. In theauthor’s view,higherservice standards are impossible in Israel ________. A)ifcustomer complaints go unnoticed bythemanagement B) unless foreign companies are introduced in greater numbers C)ifthere’s nocompetition among companies D)without strict routinetraining ofemployees 28. If someone inIsrael today needs arepairman in case ofa power failure, ________. A)they can have itfixed in notime B) it’s nolongernecessary to makean appointment C)theappointment takes only halfa day to make D)they only have to wait half an hourat most 29. TheexampleofElA1Airlines shows that ________. A)revengeful customers are a threat to themonopoly ofenterprises B) an ad campaign is away out forenterprises in financial difficulty C)agood slogan has great potential for improving service D)staffretraining is essential forbetter service 30. Whydid Bezaq’s international branch lose40%of itsmarket share? A)Because the rates itoffered were not competitiveenough. B) Because customers were dissatisfied with its past service. C)Because theservice offered byits competitors was far better. D)Because it nolonger received any support from thegovernment. Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 3.0. incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 31. Such crimes may be so complex that months or years go by before anyone ________ them. A)discovered B) willdiscover C)would have discovered D)discovers 32. Though ________ in a big city, Peter always prefers to paint the primitive scenes of country life. 523淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)grown B) raised C)tended D)cultivated 33. Thecareless man received a ticket forspeeding. He________have driven so fast. A)can’t B) wouldn’t C)shouldn’t D)mustn’t 34. If people feel hopeless, they don’t bother to ________ the skills they need to succeed. A)adopt B) acquire C)accumulate D)assemble 35. If I________harder at school, I would besitting in acomfortable officenow. A)worked B) were to work C)had worked D)were working 36. Theshop assistant was dismissed as shewas ________ofcheating customers. A)accused B) charged C)scolded D)cursed 37. All her energies are ________ upon her children and she seems to have little time foranything else. A)guided B) aimed C)directed D)focused 38. While crossing the mountain area, all the men carried guns lest they ________ by wildanimals. 524淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)should beattacked B) had been attacked C)mustbe attacked D)would be attacked 39. Everyone should be ________ to a decent standard of living and an opportunity to beeducated. A)attributed B) entitled C)identified D)justified 40. His wifeis constantly funding ________with him, which makes him very angry. A)errors B) shortcomings C)fault D)flaw 41. Vitaminsare complex ________that thebodyrequires in very smallmounts. A)matters B) materials C)particles D)substances 42. Apart from caring for her children, she has to take on such heavy ________ housework as carrying water and firewood. A)time-consumed B) timely-consumed C)time-consuming D)timely-consuming 43. Anna was reading a piece of science fiction, completely ________ to the outside world. A)having been lost B) tobe lost C)losing D)lost 44. The police are trying to find out the ________ of the woman killed in the traffic 525淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 accident. A)evidence B) recognition C)status D)identity 45. All human beings have a comfortable zone regulating the ________ they keep from someonethey talk with. A)distance B) scope C)range D)boundary 46. Wehave planned anexcitingpublicity ________with ouradvertisers. A)struggle B) campaign C)battle D)conflict 47. ________ thehelp oftheir group, wewould not have succeeded in theinvestigation. A)Besides B) Regardless of C)But for D)Despite 48. ________ much is known about what occurs during sleep, the precise function of sleep and its different stages remains largely in therealm ofassumption. A)Because B) For C)Since D)While 49. John doesn’t believe in ________medicine; he hassome remedies ofhis own. A)standard B) regular C)routine D)conventional 526淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 50. Owing to ________ competition among the airlines, travel expenses have been reduced considerably. A)fierce B) strained C)eager D)critical 51. They always give thevacant seats to________comes first. A)whoever B) whomever C)who D)whom 52. In Africa, educational costs are very low for those who are ________ enough to get intouniversities. A)ambitious B) fortunate C)aggressive D)substantial 53. Professor Wang, ________ for his informative lectures, was warmly received by his students. A)knowing B) known C)tobe known D)having known 54. Our manager is ________ an important customer now and he will be back this afternoon. A)calling on B) calling in C)calling up D)calling for 55. A fire engine must have priority as it usually has to deal with some kind of ________. A)precaution B) crisis C)emergency 527淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)urgency 56. Hesaid that thedriver must have had anaccident; otherwise he________bythen. A)would have arrived B) musthave arrived C)should arrive D)would arrive 57. The film provides a deep ________ into a wide range of human qualifies and feelings. A)insight B) imagination C)fancy D)outlook 58. It ishigh timethat such practices ________. A)are ended B) beended C)were ended D)must beended 59. Urban crowdedness would be greatly relieved if only the ________ charged on publictransport were more reasonable. A)fees B) fares C)payments D)costs 60. Thedoctor hadalmost losthope at onepoint, butthepatient finally ________. A)pulled out B) pulled through C)pulled up D)pulled over Part IVCloze (15minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the 528淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 center. Alanguage is a signaling system which operates with symbolic vocal sounds (语声), and which isused byagroup ofpeople forthe purpose ofcommunication. Let’s look at this __61__ in more detail because it is language, more than anything else, __62__distinguishes man from therest ofthe__63__world. Other animals, it is true, communicate with one another by __64__ of cries: for example, many birds utter __65__ calls at the approach of danger; monkeys utter __66__ cries, such as expressions of anger, fear and pleasure. __67__ these various means of communication differ in important ways __68__ human language. For instance, animals’ cries do not __69__ thoughts and feelings clearly. This means, basically, that they lack structure. They lack the kind of structure that __70__ us to divide a human utterance into __71__. We can change an utterance by __72__ one word in it with __73__: a good illustration of this is a soldier who can say, e.g., “tanks approaching from the north“, __74__ who can change one word and say aircraft approaching from the north” or “tanks approaching from thewest”; but abird has a single alarm cry,__75__means “danger!” This is why the number of __76__ that an animal can make is very limited: the great tit (山雀) is a case __77__ point; it has about twenty different calls, __78__ in human language the number of possible utterances is __79__. It also explains why animal cries are very __80__in meaning. 61. A)classification B) definition C)function D)perception 62. A)that B) it C)as D)what 63. A)native B) human C)physical D)animal 64. A)ways B) means C)methods D)approaches 529淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 65. A)mating B) exciting C)warning D)boring 66. A)identical B) similar C)different D)unfamiliar 67. A)But B)Therefore C)Afterwards D)Furthermore 68. A)about B) with C)from D)in 69. A)infer B) explain C)interpret D)express 70. A)encourages B) enables C)enforces D)ensures 71. A)speeches B) sounds C)words D)voices 72. A)replacing B) spelling C)pronouncing 530淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)saying 73. A)ours B) theirs C)another D)others 74. A)so B) and C)but D)or 75. A)this B) that C)which D)it 76. A)signs B) gestures C)signals D)marks 77. A)in B) at C)of D)for 78. A)whereas B) since C)anyhow D)somehow 79. A)boundless B) changeable C)limitless D)ceaseless 80. A)ordinary B) alike 531淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)common D)general PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic It Pays to Be Honest. You should write at least 120 words according totheoutlinegiven below in Chinese. 1. 当前社会上存在许多不诚实的现象 2. 诚实利人利已，做人应该诚实 ItPays to BeHonest 532淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年1月四级参考答案 Part I 1. B 2. D 3. D 4. B 5. A 6. D 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. B PartII 11. A 12. C 13. B 14. B 15. A 16. A 17. B 18. D 19. B 20. D 21. D 22. C 23. C 24. B 25. A 26. A 27. C 28. D 29. D 30. B Part III 31. D 32. B 33. C 34. B 35. C 36. A 37. D 38. A 39. B 40. C 41. D 42. C 43. D 44. D 45. A 46. B 47. C 48. D 49. D 50. A 51. A 52. B 53. B 54. A 55. C 56. A 57. A 58. C 59. B 60. B Part IV 61. C 62. A 63. D 64. B 65. C 66. C 67. A 68. C 69. D 70. B 71. C 72. A 73. C 74. B 75. C 76. C 77. A 78. A 79. C 80. D S1. mysterious S2. coupled 533淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S3. ruining S4. percent S5. species S6. ensure S7. average S8. When you consider that equals a quarter of the world catch, you begin to see the sizeof theproblem. S9. True, some countries are beginning to deal with this problem, but it’s vital we find a rational way offishing S10.Before every ocean becomes a dead sea, it would make sense to give the fish enough timetorecover,grow to fullsizeand reproduce 534淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they had to finish in the evening. This is most likely to have taken place at the office. Therefore, A) “At the office” is the best answer. You should choose [A] on the Answer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough the centre. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)At atheatre. B)At a bookingoffice. C)At a railway station. D)At arestaurant. 2. A)The man is inviting thewoman to dinner. B)Thewoman is toobusy to join theman fordinner. C)Thewoman is afriend of theStevensons. D)The man is going tovisit theStevensons. 3. A)The professor’s presentation was notconvincing enough. B)Theprofessor’s lecture notes were too complicated. C)Theprofessor spoke with astrong accent. 535淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)The professor spoke toofast. 4. A)The furnished apartment was inexpensive. B)Theapartment was provided with someold furniture. C)Thefurniture in themarket was onsale every Sunday. D)The furniture hebought was very cheap. 5. A)The man is thinkingabout taking anew job. B)Theman likes ajob that enables himto travel. C)Theman is sure that hewill gain more bytakingthe job. D)The man doesn’t want to stay homeandtake care oftheirchild. 6. A)Takethe GRE testagain in 8weeks. B) Callto check his scores. C)Be patient and wait. D)Inquire when thetest scores are released. 7. A)Sheread it selectively. B) Shewent over itchapter bychapter. C)Sheread itslowly. D)Shefinished it at a stretch. 8. A)He was kept in hospital for along time. B) Hewas slightly injured inatraffic accident. C)Hewas seriously wounded ina mineexplosion. D)He was fined for speeding. 9. A)Wait fora taxi. B) Buy somefood. C)Go onatrip. D)Book train tickets. 10. A)It’s not as hard as expected. B) It’stoo tough for somestudents. C)It’smuch moredifficultthan people think. D)It’s believed to bethehardest optionalcourse. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 536淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choice marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)Anxious and worried. B) Proud andexcited. C)Nervous andconfused. D)Inspired and confident. 12. A)His father scolded himseverely. B) His father took backthesix dollars. C)His father madehim dothecutting again. D)His father cut theleaves himself. 13. A)One can benefit alot from working with hisfather. B) Manual labourers shouldn’t belooked down upon. C)Oneshouldalways dohisjob earnestly. D)Teenagers tend tobe careless. Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)He ran a village shop. B) Heworked ona farm. C)Heworked in anadvertising agency. D)He was a gardener. 15. A)It was stressful. B) It was colorful. C)It was peaceful. D)It was boring. 16. A)His desire to start Iris own business. B)Thecrisis inhis family life. C)Thedecline in his health. D)His dream ofliving inthe countryside. Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 537淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 17. A)Because there are nosigns to direct them. B) Because notourguides are available. C)Because all thebuildings in thecity look alike. D)Because the universityis everywhere inthe city. 18. A)They set theirownexams. B)They select theirown students. C)They award theirowndegrees. D)They organizetheir own laboratory work. 19. A)Most ofthem have alonghistory. B) Manyofthem are specialized libraries. C)They house morebooks thanany other university library. D)They each have acopy ofevery bookpublished in Britain. 20. A)Very few ofthem are engaged inresearch. B)They were notawarded degrees until1948. C)They have outnumbered malestudents. D)They were not treated equally until 1881. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. On average, American kids ages 3 to 12 spent 29 hours a week in school, eight hours more that they did in 1981.They also did more household work and participated in more of such organized activities as soccer and ballet (芭蕾舞). Involvement in sports, in particular, rose almost 50% from 1981 to 1997: boys now spend an average of four hours a week playing sports; girls log hall that time.All in all, however, children’s leisure time dropped from 40%ofthe dayin 1981to25% “Children are affected by the same time crunch (危机) that affects their parents,” says Sandra Hofferth, who headed the recent study of children’s timetable.Achief reason, she says, is that more mothers are working outside the home. (Nevertheless, children in both double-income and “male breadwinner” households spent comparable amounts of time interacting with their parents 19 hours and 22 hours respectively. In contrast, 538淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 children spent only 9hours with theirsingle mothers.) All work and no play could make for some very messed-up kids. “Play is the most powerful way a child explores the world and learns about himself,” says T. Berry Brazelton, professor at Harvard Medical School Unstructured play encourages independent thinking and allows the young to negotiate their relationships with their peers, but kidsages 3to 12spent only12hours aweek engagedin it. The children sampled spent a quarter of their rapidly decreasing “free time” watching television. But that, believe it or not, was one of the findings parents might regard as good news. If they’re spending less time in front of the TV set, however, kids aren’t replacing it with reading. Despite efforts to get kids more interested in books, the children spent just over anhoura week reading. Let’s face it,who’s got thetime? 21. By mentioning “the same time crunch” (Line 1, Para. 2) Sandra Hofferth means ________. A)children have littletimetoplay with their parents B) children are nottaken good care of bytheirworking parents C)bothparents and children suffer from lack ofleisuretime D)bothparents and children havetrouble managing theirtime 22. According to the author, the reason given by Sandra Hofferth for the time crunch is ________. A)quiteconvincing B) partially true C)totallygroundless D)rather confusing 23. According tothe authora child develops betterif ________. A)he has plenty oftimereading andstudying B) heis left to play with his peers inhis own way C)hehas more timeparticipating in school activities D)he isfree to interact with his working parents 24. Theauthor isconcerned about thefact thatAmerican kids ________. A)are engaged inmore andmore structured activities B) are increasingly neglected bytheirworking mothers C)are spending moreand moretimewatchingTV D)are involved less and less in householdwork 25. Wecan infer from thepassage that________. A)extracurricular activities promotechildren’s intelligence 539淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) mostchildren willturn toreading withTVsets switched off C)efforts to get kidsinterested in reading have been fruitful D)most parents believereading to bebeneficial to children PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. Henry Ford, the famous U.S. inventor and car manufacturer, once said, “The business of America is business.” By this he meant that the U.S. way of life is based on thevalues of thebusiness world. Few would argue with Ford’s statement. A brief glimpse at a daily newspaper vividly shows how much people in the United States think about business. For example, nearly every newspaper has a business section, in which the deals and projects, finances and management, stock prices and labor problems of corporations are reported daily. In addition, business news can appear in every other section. Most national news has an important financial aspect to it. Welfare, foreign aid, the federal budget, and the policies of the Federal Reserve Bank are all heavily affected by business. Moreover, business news appears in some of the unlikeliest places. The world of arts and entertainment is often referred toas “theentertainment industry”or“showbusiness.” The positive side of Henry Ford’s statement can be seen in the prosperity that business has brought to U.S. life. One of the most important reasons so many people from all over the world come to live in the United States is the dream of a better job. Jobs are produced in abundance (大量地) because the U.S. economic system is driven by competition. People believe that this system crates more wealth, more jobs, and a materially better way oflife. The negative side of Henry Ford’s statement, however, can be seen when the word business is taken to mean big business. And the term big business—referring to the biggest companies, is seen in opposition to labor. Throughout U.S. history working people have had to fight hard for higher wages, better working conditions, and the fight to form unions. Today, many of the old labor disputes are over, but there is still some employee anxiety. Downsizing—the laying off of thousands of workers to keep expenses lowand profits high—creates feelings ofinsecurity for many. 26. TheUnited States is atypical country ________. A)which encourages free trade at homeandabroad B) where people’s chief concern ishowto make money C)where all businesses are managed scientifically D)which normally works according tothefederal budget 27. Theinfluence ofbusiness in theU.S. is evidenced bythe fact that ________. A)most newspapers are run bybig businesses B) even publicorganizations concentrate onworking forprofits 540淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Americans of all professions knowhow todobusiness D)even arts and entertainment are regarded as business 28. According to the passage, immigrants choose to settle in the U.S., dreaming that ________. A)they can start profitable businesses there B) they can bemorecompetitivein business C)they willmake afortune overnight there D)they will find better chances of employment 29. Henry Ford’s statement can be taken negatively because ________. A)working peopleare discouraged tofight for theirfights B) there are many industries controlled byafew big capitalists C)there isa conflicting relationship between big corporations and labor D)publicservices are notrun bythefederal government 30. Acompany’sefforts to keepexpenses lowand profits high may result in ________. A)reduction in thenumberof employees B) improvement ofworking conditions C)fewerdisputes between labor andmanagement D)a risein workers’wages PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. Professor Smith recently persuaded 35 people, 23 of them women, to keep a diary of all their absent-minded actions for a fortnight. When he came to analyse their embarrassing lapses (差错) in a scientific report, he was surprised to find that nearly all of them fell into a few groupings, Nor did the lapses appear to be entirely random (随机 的). One of the women, for instance, on leaving her house for work one morning threw her dog her earrings and tried to fix a dog biscuit on her ear. “the explanation for this is that the brain is like a computer,” explains the professor. “People programme themselves to do certain activities regularly. It was the woman’s custom every morning to throw her dogtwo biscuits and then put on her earrings. But somehow the action got reversed in the programme,” About one in twenty of the incidents the volunteers reported were these “programme assembly failures.” Altogether the volunteers logged 433 unintentional actions that they found themselves doing—an average of twelve each, There appear to be peak periods in the day when we are at our zaniest (荒谬可笑的). These are two hours some time between eight a.m. and noon, between four and six p.m. with a smaller peak between eight and ten p.m. 541淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 “Among men the peak seems to be when a changeover in brain ‘programmes’occurs, as for instance between going to and from work.”Women on average reported slightly more lapses—12.5 compared with 10.9 for men—probably because they were more reliable reporters. A startling finding of the research is that the absent-minded activity is a hazard of doing things in which we are skilled. Normally, you would expect that skill reduces the number of errors we make. But trying to avoid silly slips by concentrating more could makethings alot worse—even dangerous. 31. In his study ProfessorSmith asked thesubjects ________. A)tokeep track ofpeople who tend to forget things B) toreport their embarrassing lapses at random C)toanalyse their awkward experiences scientifically D)tokeep arecord ofwhat they didunintentionally 32. ProfessorSmith discovered that ________. A)certain patterns can be identified intherecorded incidents B) many peoplewere tooembarrassed toadmit theirabsent-mindedness C)men tend to bemore absent-minded than women D)absent-mindedness is an excusable human weakness 33. “Programme assembly failures” (Line 6, Para. 2) refers to the phenomenon that people________. A)often fail to programme theirroutines beforehand B) tend to makemistakes when they are in ahurry C)unconsciously change thesequence ofdoing things D)are likely tomess things upifthey aretoo tired 34. Welearn from thethird paragraph that ________. A)absent-mindedness tends to occur during certain hours of theday B) women are very careful toperform actions during peak periods C)women experience morepeak periods ofabsent-mindedness D)men’s absent-mindedness often results in funnysituations 35. It can be concluded from the passagethat ________. A)people should avoid doingimportant things during peak periods oflapses B) hazards can beavoided when peopledothings they are good at C)peopleshouldbecareful when programming theiractions D)lapses cannot always beattributed tolack ofconcentration 542淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. It’s no secret that many children would be healthier and happier with adoptive parents than with the parents that nature dealt them. That’s especially true of children who remain in abusive homes because the law blindly favors biological parents. It’s also true of children who suffer for years in foster homes (收养孩子的家庭) because of parents who can’t orwon’t care for them butrefuse to give upcustody(监护) rights. Fourteen-year-old Kimberly Mays fits neither description, but her recent court victory could eventually help children who do. Kimberly has been the object of an angry custody baffle between the man who raised her and her biological parents, with whom she has never lived. A Florida judge ruled that the teenager can remain with the only father she’s ever known and that herbiological parents have “nolegal claim” onher. The ruling, though it may yet be reversed, sets aside the principle that biology is the primary determinant of parentage. That’s an important development, one that’s long overdue. Shortly after birth in December 1978, Kimberly Mays and another infant were mistakenly switched and sent home with the wrong parents. Kimberly’s biological parents, Ernest and Regina Twigg, received a child who died of a heart disease in 1988. Medical tests showed that the child wasn’t theTwiggs’own daughter, but Kimt only was, thus sparking a custody battle with Robert Mays. In 1989, the two families agreed that Mr. Mays would maintain custody with the Twiggs getting visiting fights. Those rights were ended when Mr.Mays decided that Kimberly was beingharmed. The decision to leave Kimberly with Mr. Mays rendered her suit debated. But the judge made clear that Kimberly did have standing to sue (起诉) on her own behalf. Thus hemade clear that shewas morethan just property to be handled as adultssaw fit. Certainly, the biological link between parent and child is fundamental. But biological parents aren’t always preferable to adoptive ones, and biological parentage does not convey an absoluteownership that cancels all therights ofchildren. 36. Whatwas theprimary consideration in theFlorida judge’s ruling? A)The biological link. B)Thechild’s benefits. C)Thetraditional practice. D)The parents’feelings. 37. Wecan learn from theKimberly case that ________. A)children are morethan just personal possessionsof theirparents B) thebiological linkbetween parent and child should beemphasized C)fosterhomes bring children more pain and suffering than care D)biological parents shouldn’t claim custody rights after theirchild is adopted 543淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 38. TheTwiggs claimed custody rights toKimberly because ________. A)they found herunhappy in Mr.Mays’custody B) they regarded her astheir property C)they were her biological parents D)they felt guilty about their pastmistake 39. Kimberly had been given to Mr.Mays ________. A)bysheer accident B) outof charity C)at his request D)for better care 40. Theauthor’s attitudetowards the judge’s rulingcould be described as ________. A)doubtful B) critical C)cautious D)supportive Part IIIVocabulary andStructure (20minute) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are for choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecentre. 41. Shehertrip to NewYorkbecause shewas ill. A)called off B) closed down C)putup D)went off 42. ________ thestorm,the ship would havereached itsdestination ontime. A)But for B) In case of C)In spiteof D)Because of 43. We should concentrate on sharply reducing interest rates to pull the economy out of ________. A)rejection 544淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) restriction C)retreat D)recession 44. Theof findinggold in Californiaattracted a lotof peopletosettledown there. A)prospects B) speculations C)stakes D)provisions 45. Isuffered from mental because ofstress from myjob. A)damage B) release C)relief D)fatigue 46. Therest of theday was entirely at his for reading orrecreation. A)dismissal B) survival C)disposal D)arrival 47. Youwillnot beabout your food in timeofgreat hunger. A)special B) particular C)peculiar D)specific 48. Crime is increasing worldwide, and there is every reason to believe the will continue intothenextdecade. A)emergency B) trend C)pace D)schedule 49. Youshouldn’t have written in the________sincethebookbelongs tothe library. A)interval B) border 545淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)margin D)edge 50. Theof airplaneengines announced a coming airraid. A)roar B) exclamation C)whistle D)scream 51. Thisticket you to a free boat touronthelake. A)entities B) appoints C)grants D)credits 52. Thisis thenurse whoto mewhen Iwas illin hospital. A)accompanied B) attended C)entertained D)shielded 53. Iwas about to amatch when IrememberedTom’s warning. A)rub B) hit C)scrape D)strike 54. Theadvertisement says this material doesn’t in thewash, but it has. A)contract B) shrink C)slim D)dissolve 55. He was proud of being chosen to participate in the game and he ________ us that he would try as hard as possible. A)insured B) guaranteed C)assumed 546淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)assured 56. Not only the professionals but also the amateurs will from the new training facilities. A)derive B) acquire C)benefit D)reward 57. The work was almost complete when we received orders to ________ no further withit. A)progress B) proceed C)march D)promote 58. Iwaited for him halfan hour,but henever ________. A)turned in B) turned down C)turned off D)turned up 59. Ahousewitha dangerous gas can bebroken intoimmediately. A)leak B) split C)mess D)crack 60. Adark suit isto alight onefor evening wear. A)favourable B) suitable C)preferable D)proper 61. It was in theUnited States that I madetheofProfessor Jones. A)acknowledgement B) acquaintance C)recognition 547淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)association 62. Couldyou take asheet ofpaper andwrite your name at thetop? A)bare B) vacant C)hollow D)blank 63. A culture in which the citizens share similar religious beliefs and values is more likely to have laws that represent the wishes of its people than is a culture where citizenscome from backgrounds. A)extensive B) influential C)diverse D)identical 64. Areas where students have particular difficultyhave been treated particular care. A)by B) in C)under D)with 65. Hegave ato handle theaffairs in a friendly manner. A)pledge B) mission C)plunge D)motion 66. Don’t let thechild playwith scissors he cuts himself. A)incase B) so that C)nowthat D)onlyif 67. ________ the danger from enemy action, people had to cope with a severe shortage offood, clothing, fuel, and almost everything. A)As far as B)As longas C)As well as 548淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)As soon as 68. Many peoplelost theirjobs during thebusiness ________. A)desperation B) decrease C)despair D)depression 69. Whenever abig company a smallone, the product almost always gets worse. A)gets onwith B) cuts down C)takes over D)puts upwith 70. Mr.Smithwas theonly witness who said that thefire was ________. A)mature B) deliberate C)meaningful D)innocent Part IVShortAnswerQuestions (15 minutes) Directions: In this part there is a short passage with 8 questions or incomplete statements. Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements in the fewest possible words. Write your answers in thespaces provided ontheright ofthe page. What personal qualities are desirable in a teacher? I think the following would be generally accepted. First, the teacher’s personality should be lively and attractive. This does not rule out people who are plain-looking, or even ugly, because many such people have great personal charm. But it does rule out such types as the over-excitable, sad, cold, and frustrated. Secondly, it is not merely desirable but essential for a teacher to have a genuine capacity for sympathy, a capacity to understand the minds and feelings of other people, especially, since most teachers are school teachers, the minds and feelings of children. Closely related with this is the capacity to be tolerant—not, indeed, of what is wrong, but of the weaknesses and immaturity of human nature which induce (i)~) people, and again especiallychildren, tomake mistakes. Thirdly, I hold it essential for a teacher to be both intellectually and morally honest. This means that he will be aware of his intellectual strengths and limitations, and will have thought about and decided upon the moral principles by which his life shall be 549淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 guided. There is no contradiction in my going on to say that a teacher should be a bit of an actor. That is part of the technique of teaching, which demands that every now and then a teacher should be able to put on an act to enliven (使生动) a lesson, correct a fault, or award praise. Children, especially young children, live in a world that is rather larger than life. Ateacher must be capable of infinite patience. This, I may say, is largely a matter of self-disciplineand self-training, for weare none ofus born likethat. Finally, I think a teacher should have the kind of mind which always wants to go on learning. Teaching is a job at which one will never be perfect; there is always something more to learn about it. There are three principal objects of study: the subjects which the teacher is teaching; the methods by which the subjects can best be taught to the particular pupils in the classes he is teaching; and—by far the most important—the children, young people, or adults to whom the subjects are to be taught. The two fundamental principles of British education today are that education is education of the whole person, and that it is best acquired through full and active co-operation between two persons, the teacher and thelearner. S1. Plain-lookingteachers canalso beadmired bytheirstudentsif theyhave S1. S2. Theauthor says itis S2 that teachers besympathetic with theirstudents. S3. Ateacher should betolerant because humans tend to have S3(1)and to be S3(2). S4. Ateacher who is S4will beable to makehis lessons more lively. S5. Howcan ateacher acquire infinitepatience? S5 S6. Since teaching is a job no one can be perfect at, it is necessary for teachers to keep improvingtheirknowledge of thesubjects they teach and theirS6 S7. Teachers’most important object ofstudy is S7. S8. Education cannot bebest acquired withoutS8between theteacher and thelearner PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write an eye-witness account of a traffic accident. You should write at least 120 words according totheoutlinegiven below in Chinese: 假设你在某日某时某地目击一起车祸，就此写一份见证书。见证书须包括以下 几点： 1. 车祸发生的时间及地点 550淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2. 你所见到的车祸情况 3. 你对车祸原因的分析 An Eye-WitnessAccountof aTrafficAccident 551淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年6月四级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. A 3. D 4. D 5. A 6. C 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. C PartII 11. B 12. C 13. C 14. C 15. A 16. B 17. D 18. B 19. B 20. B 21. D 22. B 23. D 24. A 25. C 26. D 27. C 28. B 29. C 30. D Part III 31. B 32. D 33. D 34. A 35. A 36. B 37. D 38. C 39. C 40. A 41. D 42. A 43. A 44. B 45. D 46. A 47. B 48. C 49. A 50. C 51. B 52. D 53. B 54. C 55. C 56. B 57. D 58. C 59. A 60. B Part IV 61. A 62. C 63. C 64. A 65. D 66. B 67. D 68. A 69. D 70. C S1. great personal charm S2. essential personal charm S3. (1)weaknesses (2)immature S4. abitof an actor 552淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S5. by/through self-disciplineand self-training S6. teaching methods S7. thoseto whom subjects are taught S8. full and active cooperation 553淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年6月四级听力原文 1. W:Gorge, look at thelong waiting line. Iam glad you’ve madeareservation. M: More and more people enjoy eating out now. Beside, this place is especially popularwith theoverseas students. Q:Where didthe conversation most probably take place? 2. M: I wonder if you can drop by tomorrow evening. The Stevensons are coming over todinner.I’dlikeyou to meet them. W: Sure, I’dloveto.I’veheard theyare very interesting people. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 3. W:The presentation madebyProfessor Jackson was complicated tounderstand. M:Well, Ithink hedidn’tspeak slowly enough for ustotake thenotes. Q:What didthe man complain? 4. W:You’vegot your apartment furnished, haven’t you? M: I’vebought someused furniture from Sunday market. It was areal bargain. Q:What does theman mean? 5. M: Mary doesn’t want me to take the job. She says our child is too young. And the jobrequires much travelling. W: You should talk to her again and see if you can find a way out. Think about the gains and losses before you makethedecision. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 6. M: I haven’t got my scores on the GRE test yet. Do you think I should call to make inquiries? W:There isnohurry.Thetest scores are released at least eight weeks after thetest. Q:What does thewoman advisetheman to do? 7. M: Haveyou finished reading the bookyou bought last month? W: Oh, I didn’t read straight through the way you read a novel, I just covered a few chapters which interested memost. Q: Howdid thewoman read thebook? 8. W:Hello, Joe, Haven’t seen you forquiteawhile.Are you fine? M: Oh, yes, but not a thing to go against me. I had a car accident, only some minor injuries though. 554淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Q:What happened to Joe? 9. M:The taxiis waiting downstairs, let’s hurry. W: Wait a minute. I’ll take some food with us. I don’t like the meal served on the train. Q:What are thespeakers going to do? 10. W: Is that optional course as hard as everybody says? M: It’s actually even worse, believe itor not. Q:What didthe man say about thecourse? PassageOne My father woke me up early one morning when I was fourteen and announced “Get up. You are going with me to cut grass.” I felt proud and excited because my father thought I was responsible enough to help him in his business. Still, that first day was very hard. From sunrise to sunset, my father, my younger brother and I cut and t very large yards in well-to-do part of the city. By the end of the day I was exhausted, but I felt good. I put out a hard day’s labor and earned six dollars. One day, my father spotted some weeds I have miss cutting and pulled me inside. “Cut that section again!” he said firmly “and don’t make me have to tell you again.” The message was very clear. Today I stress the importance of doing the job right the first time. Every job I have held from cutting lawns to wash dishes to working a machine on the construction site. I have learned something that help me in my next job. If you work hard enough, you can learn from any jobyou do. Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. Howdid thespeakerfeel when hisfather asked himto help cut grass? 12. Whatdid his father dowhenthe speaker missed cutting someleaves? 13. Whatdid thespeaker want to tell usin this passage? PassageTwo I am living in a small village in the country. My wife and I run a village shop. We have a very peaceful live, boring some my say. But we love it. We know all the people in the village. They have plenty of time to stop and chat. I have plenty of time for my hobbies too--gardening, fishing, and walking in the country side. I love the outdoor life. It wasn’t always like this though I used to have a really stressful job, working so late in the office every evening. I often bring work home at the weekends. The advertising world is very competitive. And when I look back, I can’t imagine how I stood it. I have no private life at all. No time for the really important things in life. Because of the pressure of the job, I used to smoke and drink too much. The crisis came when my wife 555淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 left me. She complaint that she never saw me and I had no time for family life. This made me realize what is really important to me. I talked things through with her and decided to get back together and started a new and better life together. I gave up tobacco and alcohol and searched for new hobbies. Now I am afraid of looking back since the past lifeseemed likeahorrible dream. Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. Whatdid thespeaker doforaliving? 15. Whatdowe knowabout thespeaker’s lifein thepast? 16. Whatmade thespeaker change hislife style? PassageThree “Where is the university?” is the question many visitors to Cambridge ask. But no one could point at any one direction because there is no campus. The university consists of 31 self-governing colleges. It has lecture halls, libraries, laboratories, museums and offices throughout the city. Individual colleges choose their own students who have to meet their minimum entrance requirements set by the university. And the graduates usually live and study in their colleges but they are taught in very full groups. Lectures and laboratories and practical work are organized by the university and held in university buildings. There are over ten thousand undergraduates and three thousand five hundred post-graduates. About 40% of them are women and some 8% from overseas. As well as teaching, research is of major importance. Since the beginning of the twentieth century, more than sixty university members have won Nobel prizes. The university has a huge number of buildings for teaching and research. It has more than 60 specialist subject libraries as well as the university library, which as the copy-right libraries, is entitled to a copy of every book published in Britain. Examinations are held and degrees are awarded by the university. It allowed women to take the university exams in the 1881, but it was thenotuntil 1941that theywere awarded degrees. Questions 17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. Whyis itdifficult tolocated Cambridge University? 18. Whatdoes the passage tellus about thecolleges ofthe university? 19. Whatcan belearnt from thepassageabout thelibraries inCambridge University? 20. What does we know from the passage tell us about the women students in Cambridge university? 556淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年9月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversation. At the end of each conversation, a question wilt be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). and decide which is the best answer Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theeoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)Attheairport. D)In arestaurant. From tile conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they had to finish in the evening. This conversation is most likely to have taken place at the office. Therefore, A) “At the office” is the best answer You should choose [A] on the Answer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough thecentre. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)GiveBoba phonecall. B) Go andpick Bob up. C)Go lookforBob. D)Wait forBob. 2. A)Sheis workingin thecity. B) Lifein thesuburbs is lonely. C)Jobsare easier to find in thecity. D)It’s less expensiveliving in thecity. 3. A)In aprintingshop. B)At a publishinghouse. C)At a bookstore. 557淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)In alibrary. 4. A)The woman be morecareful nexttime. B)Theytry tothinkofasolution. C)Thewoman find aspare key. D)They comedownstairs. 5. A)Sending an e-mail. B)Workinginan office. C)Talking onthephone. D)Doing spelling practice. 6. A)Buysomething forthepicnic. B)Go shopping with theman. C)Go for aridearound town. D)Have a picnic. 7. A)The woman misplaced her class permit forbiology. B)Thewoman arrivedforregistration tooearly. C)Thewomanmissedregistration forthe biology course. D)The woman got awrong class permit. 8. A)The woman likes theweather in NewYork very much. B)Thewoman willstay inNewYork along time. C)Theman is planning to visitNewYork. D)It’s quitecold inNewYork now. 9. A)The old lady sitting nextto thecouplelikes toys very much. B)Anoldlady took thecouple’s suitcasefor herown. C)Thecouple’s suitcase was stolen in therestaurant. D)The manforgot to putthetoys in theirsuitcase. 10. A)She’s flying to Hong Kong. B) She’s goingto buyan air ticket. C)She’s going to say good-bye to Bill. D)She’s leaving for Hong Kong with Bill. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 558淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions 11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)Theyhimonly retired workers. B)They each dojobsthey are good at. C)They close thehotel during lowseasons. D)They employ as few workers as possible. 12. A)Stafftraining. B) Book-keeping. C)Cleaningand washing up. D)Gardening andflower arranging. 13. A)They have theirhotel beautifully decorated. B)They provide delicious food. C)Theymake theirguestsfeel at home. D)They give parties regularly fortheirvisitors. PassageTwo Questions14to17arebased onthe passage youhavejustheard. 14. A)Towithdraw his deposit. B)Tocashacheek. C)Torob thebank. D)Toget his prize. 15. A)Aradio announcer B)Abank employee. C)Acar mechanic. D)Amovieactor. 16. A)They let himdowhat hewanted to. B)They helped himfindlarge bills. 559淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Theypressedthealarm. D)They called the police. 17. A)He was afraid that be would becaught onthespot. B) Large billswere not within his reach. C)Themaximum sum allowed was 55,000. D)He was limited bytimeandthesizeof hispockets. PassageThree Questions 18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 18. A)Arescuer ontheGolden GateBridge. B)Aprofessional diver. C)Atelephone operator. D)Aguard ontheGolden Gate Bridge. 19. A)Someoneham fallen offthebridge. B) Someoneonthebridge isbeingattacked. C)Someoneis threatening to destroy thebridge. D)Someoneonthe bridgeis attempting tokill himself. 20. A)Call the mother tocome fight away. B)Try to communicatewith them first. C)Help them to get out oftheirmisty. D)Remind them that they have children totake care of. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single ling through the centre. PassageOne Questions 21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. A recent study, published in last week’s Journal of the American Medical Association, offers a picture of how risky it is toget a lift from a teenage driver, Indeed, a 16-year-old driver with three or more passengers is three times as likely to have a fatal accident as a teenager driving alone, By contrast, the risk of death for drivers between 30 560淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 and 59decreases with each additional passenger. The authors also found that the death rates for teenage drivers increased dramatically after 10 p.m., and especially after midnight, with passengers in the car, the driver was even morelikely to diein alate-night accident. Robert Foss, a scientist at the University of North Carolina Highway Safety Research Center, says the higher death rates for teenage drivers have less to do with “really stupid behavior” than with just a lack of driving experience. “The basic issue.” Be says, “is that adults who are responsible for issuing licenses fail to recognize how complex and skilled atask drivingis.” Both he and the author of the study believe that the way to mitigate (使…缓解) the problem is to have states institute so-called graduated licensing systems, in which getting a license is a multistage process. A graduated license requires that a teenager first prove himself capable of driving in the presence of an adult, followed by a period of driving withnight ofpassenger restrictions, before graduating to fulldriving privileges. Graduated licensing systems have reduced teenage driver crashes, according to recent studies.About half of the states now have some sort of graduated licensing system in place, but only 10 of those states have restrictions on passengers, California is the strictest, with a novice (新手) driver prohibited from carrying any passenger under 20 (without thepresenceof an adult over 25)for thefirst six months. 21. Whichofthe following situationsis mostdangerous according to thepassage? A)Adults giving alift to teenagers onthehighway after 10p.m. B)Ateenager drivingafter midnight withpassengers in thecar. C)Adults driving withthree or moreteenage passengers lateat night. D)Ateenager getting alift from astranger onthehighway at midnight. 22. According to Robert Foss. The high death rate of teenage drivers is mainly due to ________. A)their frequent drivingat night B) theirimproper way of driving C)theirlack ofdriving experience D)their drivingwith passengers 23. AccordingtoParagraph 3.which ofthe following statements isTRUE? A)Teenagers should spend more timelearning to drive. B) Driving isa skill too complicated forteenagers tolearn. C)Restrictionsshould be imposedonteenagers applying totakedriving lessons. D)Thelicensing authorities are partly responsible for teenagers’driving accidents. 24. A suggested measure to be taken to reduce teenagers’ driving accidents is that 561淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 ________. A)driving in thepresence ofan adult shouldbemade a rule B)they should beprohibited from taking onpassengers C)they should notbe allowed to drive after 10p.m. D)thelicensing system shouldbeimproved 25. The present situation in about half of the states is that the graduated licensing system ________. A)is under discussion B) is about tobe set up C)has been put into effect D)has been perfected PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe following passage. If you know exactly what you want, the best route to a job is to get specialized training. A recent survey shows that companies like graduates in such fields as business and health care who can go to work immediately with very little on-the-job training. That’s especially true of booming fields that are challenging for workers. At Cornell’s School of Hotel Administration, for example, bachelor’s degree graduates get an average of four or five job offers with salaries ranging from the high teens to the low 20s and plenty of chances for rapid advancement. Large companies, especially, like a background offormal education coupled withwork experience. But in the long run, too much specialization doesn’t pay off. Business, which has been flooded with MBAs, no longer considers the degree an automatic stamp of approval. The MBA may open doors and command a higher salary initially, but the impact of a degree washes out after five years. As further evidence of the erosion (销蚀) of corporate (公司的) faith in specialized degrees, Michigan State’s Scheetz cites a pattern in corporate hiring practices, although companies tend to take on specialists as new hires, they often seek out generalists for middle and upper-level management. “They want someone who isn’t constrained (限制) bynuts and boltsto look at thebig picture, “says Scheetz. This sounds suspiciously like a formal statement that you approve of the liberal-arts graduate. Time and again labor-market analysts mention a need for talents that liberal-arts majors are assumed to have: writing and communication skills, organizational skills, open-mindedness and adaptability, and the ability to analyze and solve problems, David Birch claims he does not hire anybody with an MBAor an engineering degree, “I hire only liberal-arts people because they have a less-than-canned way of doing things,” says Birch. Liberal-arts means an academically thorough and strict program that includes literature, history, mathematics, economics, science, human behavior—plus a computer 562淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 course or two. With that under your belt, you can feel free to specialize, “A liberal-arts degree coupled with an MBA or some other technical training is a very good combinationin themarketplace,”says Scheetz. 26. What kinds ofpeople are in highdemand onthejob market? A)Students witha bachelor’s degree in humanities. B) People with an MBAdegree front top universities. C)Peoplewith formal schooling plus work experience. D)Peoplewith special training in engineering. 27. By saying “... but the impact of a degree washes out after five years” (Line 3, Para, 3),theauthor means ________. A)most MBAprograms fail to providestudents with asolid foundation B)an MBAdegree does not help promotion to managerial positions C)MBAprograms willnot beas popularin five years’timeas they are now D)infive peoplewill forgetabout thedegreetheMBAgraduates have got 28. AccordingtoScheetz’s statement (Lines 4-5.Para. 4),companies prefer ________. A)people who have astrategicmind B)peoplewho are talented in finearts C)peoplewhoare ambitiousand aggressive D)people who have received trainingin mechanics 29. DavidBirch claims that he onlyhires liberal-arts people because ________. A)theyare more capableof handlingchanging situations B) they can stick toestablished ways ofsolving problems C)they are thoroughly trained inavariety of specialized fields D)they have attended special programs inmanagement 30. Whichofthe followingstatements does theauthor support? A)Specialists are moreexpensivetohire thangeneralists. B) Formal schoolingis less important than jobtraining. C)On-the-job training is,in thelong run, less costly. D)Generalists will outdospecialists inmanagement. PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. About six years ago I was eating lunch in a restaurant in New York City when a 563淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 woman and a young boy sat down at the next table, I couldn’t help overhearing parts of their conversation. At one point the woman asked: “So, how have you been?” And the boy—who could not have been more than seven or eight years old—replied. “Frankly, I’ve been feeling a littledepressed lately.” This incident stuck in my mind because it confirmed my growing belief that children are changing.As far as I can remember,my friends and I didn’t find out we were “depressed” untilwe were inhigh school. The evidence of a change in children has increased steadily in recent years. Children don’t seem childlike anymore. Children speak more like adults, dress more like adults and behave more likeadults than they used to. Whether this is good or bad is difficult to say, but it certainly is different. Childhood as it oncewas nolongerexists,Why? Human development is based not only on innate (天生的) biological states, but also on patterns of access to social knowledge. Movement from one social rote to another usually involves learning the secrets of the new status. Children have always been taught adult secrets, but slowly and in stages: traditionally, we tell sixth graders things we keep hidden from fifth graders. In the last 30 years, however, a secret-revelation (揭示) machine has been installed in 98 percent of American homes. It is called television, Television passes information, and indiscriminately (不加区分地), to all viewers alike, be they children or adults. Unable to resist the temptation, many children turn their attention from printed texts to theless challenging, more vividmoving pictures. Communication through print, as a matter of fact, allows for a great deal of control over the social information to which children have access. Reading and writing involve a complex code of symbols that must be memorized and practices. Children must read simplebooks before they can read complex materials. 31. According tothe author,feeling depressed is ________. A)a suresign ofa psychological problem in a child B)somethinghardly to beexpected ina young child C)an inevitablehas ofchildren’s mental development D)a mental scale present inall humans,including children 32. Traditionally,achildis supposedtolearn about theadult world ________. A)through contact with society B) graduallyand under guidance C)naturally and bybiological instinct D)through exposuretosocial information 33. The phenomenon that today’s children seem adult like is attributed by the author to ________. 564淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)thewidespread influence oftelevision B) thepoorarrangement ofteaching content C)thefast pace ofhuman intellectual development D)theconstantlyrising standard ofliving 34. Whyis theauthorin favorofcommunication through printfor children? A)It enables children to gain moresocial information. B) It develops children’s interest inreadingand writing. C)It helps children tomemorizeand practice more. D)Itcan control what children are to learn. 35. Whatdoes the authorthink ofthechange intoday’s children? A)He feels amused bychair premature behavior. B) Hethinks itis aphenomenonworthy of note. C)Heconsiders it apositivedevelopment. D)He seems to beupset about it. PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. “Opinion” is a word that is used carelessly today. It is used to refer to matters of taste, belief, and judgment. This casual use would probably cause little confusion if people didn’t attach too much importance to opinion. Unfortunately, most to attach great importance to it. “I have as much right to my opinion as you to yours,” and “Everyone’s entitled to his opinion,” are common expressions. In fact, anyone who would challenge another’s opinionis likely to bebranded intolerant. Is that label accurate? Is it intolerant to challenge another’s opinion? It depends on what definition of opinion you have in mind. For example, you may ask a friend “What do you think of the new Ford cars?”And he may reply, “In my opinion, they’re ugly.” In this case, it would not only be intolerant to challenge his statement, but foolish. For it’s obvious that by opinion he means his personal preference, a matter of taste. And as the oldsaying goes, “It’s pointlessto argue about matters oftaste.” But consider this very different use of the term, a newspaper reports that the Supreme Court has delivered its opinion in a controversial case. Obviously the justices did not shale their personal preferences, their mere likes and dislikes, they stated their considered judgment, painstakingly arrived at after thorough inquiry and deliberation. Most of what is referred to as opinion falls somewhere between these two extremes. It is not an expression of taste. Nor is it careful judgment.Yet it may contain elements of both. It is a view or belief more or less casually arrived at, with or without examining the evidence. Is everyone entitled to his opinion? Of course, this is not only permitted, but 565淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 guaranteed. We are free to act on our opinions only so long as, in doing so, we do not harm others. 36. Whichofthe following statements isTRUE, accordingto theauthor? A)Everyonehas aright toholdhis own opinion. B) Freeexpressionofopinions often leads to confusion. C)Mostpeople tend to becareless informing their opinions. D)Casual use oftheword “opinion”often brings about quarrels. 37. Accordingtothe author,whoof thefollowing would belabored as intolerant? A)Someonewhoturns adeaf ear toothers’opinions. B) Someonewhocan’tput upwithothers’tastes. C)Someonewho values onlytheir ownopinions. D)Someonewhoseopinion harms otherpeople. 38. Thenew Ford cars are cited as an exampleto showthat ________. A)it isfoolish tocriticizea famous brand B) oneshould not always agree toothers’opinions C)personal tastes are notsomethingto be challenged D)it isunwise to express one’s likesand dislikesin public 39. Considered judgment isdifferent from personal preference inthat ________. A)it isstated byjudges in thecourt B) itreflects publiclikeand dislikes C)itis aresult ofalot ofcontroversy D)it isbased oncareful thought 40. As indicated inthepassage, beingfreeto act onone’s opinion ________. A)means that onecan ignore other people’s criticism B) means that one canimposehis preferences onothers C)doesn’tmean that onehas theright to dothings at will D)doesn’t mean that onehas theright to chargeothers withoutevidence Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences it: this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose cite ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the Corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecentre. 566淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 41. The beam that is ________ by a laser differs in several ways from the light that comes out ofa flashlight. A)emitted B)transported C)motivated D)translated 42. Webookedrooms at thehotel ________we shouldfindnovacancies onourarrival. A)whenever B) if C)since D)lest 43. Modern forms of transportation and communication have done much to ________ theisolationoflife inAlaska. A)break through B)break down C)break into D)break out 44. We know through painful experience that freedom is never by the oppressor; it must be________bytheoppressed. A)demanded B) commanded C)required D)requested 45. Colorand sexare not relevant ________whethera personis suitableforthe job. A)on B) for C)to D)with 46. ________ the enormous flow of food from the entire globe, these countries have for many years not felt any population pressure. A)Thanks to B) By means of C)In linewith 567淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)With regard to 47. Research universities have to keep up with the latest computer and scientific hardware ________price. A)onaccount of B) regardless of C)inaddition to D)not to mention 48. Three university departments have been ________ $600,000 to develop good practice in teaching and learning. A)promoted B)included C)secured D)awarded 49. The rapid development of communications technology is transforming the ________ inwhich peoplecommunicate across timeand space. A)mood B) mission C)manner D)vision 50. Mr. Jones holds strong views against video games and ________ the closing of all recreationfacilities forsuch games. A)assists B) acknowledges C)advocates D)admits 51. Workers in the fine arts ________ thoughts and feelings through their creative works. A)transmit B) elaborate C)convey D)contribute 52. Smallas it is,theant isas muchacreature as ________allother animals onearth. A)are 568淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) do C)is D)have 53. Thepoliceman declared that theblowonthevictim’s head ________from behind. A)should have been made B) musthave been made C)would have been made D)ought to have beenmade 54. Finding a job can be ________ and disappointing, and therefore it is important that you are prepared. A)exploiting B) frustrating C)profiting D)misleading 55. It British government often says that furnishing children with ________ to the information superhighway isa top priority. A)procedure B)protection C)allowance D)access 56. Louis Herman, at the University of Hawaii, has ________ a series of new experimentsin which someanimals have learned to understand sentences. A)installed B) equipped C)devised D)formatted 57. Researchers at the University of Illinois determined that the ________ of a father can help improveachild’s grades. A)involvement B) interaction C)association D)communication 58. Wecan accept your order ________payment is made inadvance. 569淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)inthebelief that B) inorder that C)ontheexcusethat D)oncondition that 59. Many in the credit industry expect that credit cards will eventually ________ paper money for almostevery purchase. A)exchange B) reduce C)replace D)trade 60. Any donation you can give will help us ________ the suffering and isolation of the homeless thisNewYear. A)lift B) patch C)comfort D)ease 61. In India more than one hundred languages are spoken, ________ which only fourteen are recognized as official. A)of B) in C)with D)within 62. Techniques for ________ sleep would involve learning to control both mind and body so that sleep can occur. A)cultivating B) promoting C)pushing D)strengthening 63. It is important to ________ between the rules of grammar and the conventions of written language. A)determine B) identify C)explore D)distinguish 570淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 64. It is too early to say whether IBM’s competitors will be able to ________ their products to thenew hardwareat an affordable cost. A)adapt B) stick C)yield D)adopt 65. This research has attracted wide coverage in the ________ and has featured on BBC television’sTomorrow’sWorld. A)data B) source C)message D)media 66. Ihad just posted theletter when Iremembered that hadn’t ________thecheque. A)imposed B) involved C)enclosed D)contained 67. Shehad a tenseexpression onherface, ________shewere expecting trouble. A)even though B) as though C)even as D)nowthat 68. They were ________ admission to the military exhibition because they were foreigners. A)denied B) declined C)deprived D)rejected 69. It gaveme astrange feeling of excitementto see my namein ________. A)prospect B) print C)process D)press 571淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 70. Residents were cutting their lawns, washing their cars and otherwise ________ a pleasant, sunny day. A)idling away B) taking away C)chasing away D)driving away Part IVShortAnswerQuestions (15minutes) Directions: In this part there is a short passage with 8 questions or incomplete statements. R the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements in fewest possible words. Your answer may be a word, a phrase, or a short sentence. Fewest possible words. Your answer may be a word, a phrase, or a short sentence. Write your answers in the spaces provided ontherightof thepage. Sport is one of the world’s largest industries, and most athletes are professionals who are paid for their efforts. Because an athlete succeeds by achievement only—not by economic ground or family connections—sports can be a fast route to wealth, and many athletes play onlyfor money than forlove. This has not always been true. In the ancient Olympics the winner got only a wreath of olive leaves (橄榄叶花环). Even though the winners became national heroes, the games remained amateur for centuries.Athletes won fame, but nomoney.As time passed, however, the contests became increasingly less amateur and cities began to hire athletes to represent them. By the fourth century A.D., the Olympics were ruined, and they were soon ended. In 1896, the Olympic games were revived (使再度兴起) with the same goal of pure amateur competition. The rules bar athletes who have ever received a $50 prize or an athletic scholars or who have spent four weeks in a training camp. At least one competitor in the 1896 games met these qualifications. He was Spiridon Loues, a water carrier who won the marathon race, after race, a rich Athenian offered him anything he wanted.Atrue amateur, Loues accepted only a cart and a horse. Then he gave up running forever. But Loues was an exception and now, as the Chairman of the German Olympic Committee said, “Nobody pays any attention to these rules.” Many countries pay their athletes to train year-round, and Olympic athletes are eager to sell their names to companies that make everything from skiequipment to fast food. Even the games themselves have become a huge business. Countries fight to hold the Olympics not only for honor, but for money. The 1972 games in Munich cost the Germans 545 million dollars, but by selling medal symbols, TV rights, food, drink, hotel rooms, and souvenirs (纪念品), they managed to make a profit. Appropriately, the symbol of victory in the Olympic games is no longer a simple olive wreath—it is a gold medal. S1. Tomany people, sports today isnothing but S1. 572淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S2. Whatdomost athletes oftoday go after? S2. S3. Whatreward could anancient Greek athlete expect?S3. S4. By the fourth century A.D., Olympic contests became increasingly more S4 thus ruining theOlympics. S5. When the Olympic games were revived in 1896, athletes who had received special training in camps would beS5. S6. Whatdid Spiridon Loues doafter heaccepted theAthenian’s gift?S6. S7. According to the author, some athletes are even willing to advertise for businesses which sell things likeS7. S8. The 1972 Munich games managed to make a big profit mainly by S8(1) services and selling S8(2). PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic The Day My Classmate Fell Ill (or Got Injured). You should write at least 120wordsaccording to theoutlinegiven below in Chinese: 1. 简单叙述一下这位同学生病(或受伤)的情况 2. 同学、老师和我是如何帮助他/她的 3. 人与人之间的这种相互关爱给我的感受是… TheDay My Classmate Fell Ill (orGot Injured) 573淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年9月四级参考答案 Part IListeningComprehension 1. D 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. C 6. A 7. B 8. C 9. B 10. A 11. D 12. C 13. C 14. D 15. C 16. A 17. D 18. A 19. D 20. B Part II Reading Comprehension 21. B 22. C 23. D 24. D 25. C 26. C 27. B 28. A 29. A 30. D 31. B 32. B 33. A 34. D 35. B 36. A 37. B 38. C 39. D 40. C Part IIIVocabulary andStructure 41. A 42. D 43. A 44. A 45. C 46. A 47. B 48. D 49. C 50. C 51. C 52. A 53. B 54. B 55. D 56. C 57. A 58. D 59. C 60. D 61. A 62. B 63. D 64. A 65. D 66. C 67. B 68. A 69. B 70. A PartIVShortAnswerQuestions S1. afast routeto wealth S2. money S3. awreath ofoliveleaves/olive wreath S4. professional S5. barred 574淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S6. Hegave uprunning forever./Giving uprunning forever. S7. Skiequipment and fast food S8. (1)hotel (2) medal symbols,TVrights, souvenirs, food and drinks 575淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年12月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they had to finish in the evening. This conversation is most likely to have taken place at the office. Therefore, A) “At the office” is the best answer. You should choose [A] on the Answer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough thecentre. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)The man could come sometimelater. B)Thesizethemanwants willarrive soon. C)Thesizeofthe skirtis ail right for the man. D)The man couldbuyashirt of adifferent color. 2. A)The woman is filmingthe lake. B)Thewoman is runningtoward thelake. C)Thewoman can’t takea photo oftheman. D)The woman is watching an exciting film withthe man. 3. A)It’s quiet in therestaurant. B)Therestaurant is toofar from their school. C)Theprice is high inthe restaurant. 576淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)The restaurant serves good food. 4. A)On a busy street. B) In aHong Kong hotel. C)At an airport. D)At abooking office. 5. A)The woman shouldconfirm herappointment with thedoctor. B)Thewoman should haveseen thedoctor earlier. C)Thewoman’s headache willgo away byitself. D)The woman has been complaining toomuch. 6. A)Put offhis appointment with Mr.Johnson. B) Help movethings to Mr.Johnson’s office. C)Help thewoman movetheitems. D)Hurry to Mr.Johnson’s office. 7. A)The man didn’t practicehard enough. B)Theman should find a new partner. C)Theman should not give up. D)The man shouldnotdream of being asuperstar. 8. A)It doesn’t appeal toher. B) It’sincredibly delicious. C)Shehas already tasted it. D)There isnomore left. 9. A)The man is adiligent student. B)Theman has badstudy habits. C)Theman has madea mess ofhis midterm exam. D)The man is usually thelast tohand inhis testpaper. 10. A)The man has finished Msassignment. B)Theman is willing tohelp the woman. C)Theman will drive thewoman to school. D)Theman is losingpatience with thewoman. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 577淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)The importance ofgood manners. B)Theart ofsaying thank you. C)Thesecret ofstaying pretty. D)The differencebetween elegance and good manners. 12. A)They were willing tospend more moneyonclothes. B)They paid more attention to theirappearance. C)They were moreaware ofchanges in fashion. D)They were nicer and gentler. 13. A)By puttingonalittle make-up. B) By decoratingour homes. C)By being kindand generous. D)By wearing fashionable clothes. PassageTwo Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)Children don’tget enough education insafety. B)Theplaygrounds are inpoor condition. C)Theplaygrounds are overcrowded. D)Children are keen ondangerous games. 15. A)They should help maintain theequipment. B)They should teach theirchildren howto usetheequipment. C)They should stop theirchildren from climbingladders. D)They should keep awatchful eye ontheir children. 16. A)They can becreativewhen they feel secure. B)They may panic in front ofhigh playground equipment. 578淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)They should be aware of thepotential risksin theplayground. D)They tend to stay withinshouting orrunning distanceoftheir parents. PassageThree Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)It’s admired worldwide. B) It takes skill. C)It pays well. D)It’s afull-timejob. 18. A)An oldlady carrying ahandbag ontheleft. B)Amotherwith ababy in herarms. C)Awoman whose bag is hanging in front. D)Alonefemale witha handbag at her right side. 19. A)Asidepocket ofhis jacket. B)Thetop pocket ofhis jacket. C)Asidepocket ofhis trousers. D)The back pocket ofhis tight trousers. 20. A)Clothingstores where peopleare relaxed andoffguard. B) Hotels and restaurants in southeast London. C)Airports where peoplecarry alot ofluggage. D)Theater lobbieswith uniformed security guards. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. I’m usually fairly skeptical about any research that concludes that people are either happier or unhappier or more or less certain of themselves than they were 50 years ago. While any of these statements might be true, they are practically impossible to prove scientifically. Still, I was struck by a report which concluded that today’s children are 579淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 significantly more anxious than children in the 1950s. In fact, the analysis showed, normal children ages 9 to 17 exhibit a higher level of anxiety today than children who were treated formental illness50years ago. Why are America’s kids so stressed? The report cites two main causes: increasing physical isolation—brought on by high divorce rates and less involvement in community, among otherthings—and a growing perception that theworld is amore dangerous place. Given that we can’t turn the clock back, adults can still do plenty to help the next generation cope. At the top of the list is nurturing (培育) a better appreciation of the limits of individualism. No child is an island. Strengthening social ties helps build communities and protect individuals against stress. To help kids build stronger connections with others, you can pull the plug on TVs and computers. Your family will thank you later. They will have more time for face-to-face relationships, and they will get more sleep. Limit the amount of virtual (虚拟的) violence your children are exposed to. It’s not justvideo games and movies; children see alot of murderand crime onthelocal news. Keep your expectations for your children reasonable. Many highly successful peoplenever attended Harvard orYale. Make exercise part of your daily routine. It will help you cope with your own anxieties and provide a good model for your kids. Sometimes anxiety is unavoidable. But itdoesn’t have toruin your life. 21. The author thinks that the conclusions of any research about people’s state of mind are ________. A)surprising B) confusing C)illogical D)questionable 22. What does the author mean when he says, “we can’t turn the clock back” (Line 1, Para. 3)? A)It’s impossibleto slowdown thepace ofchange. B)Thesocial reality children are facing cannot bechanged. C)Lessons learned from thepast shouldnot be forgotten. D)It’s impossibleto forget thepast. 23. According to an analysis, compared with normal children today, children treated as mentallyill 50years ago ________. A)were less isolated physically B) were probably less self-centered 580淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)probably suffered less from anxiety D)were considered less individualistic 24. The first and most important thing parents should do to help their children is ________. A)toprovide themwith a safer environment B) tolower theirexpectations for them C)toget them moreinvolved socially D)toset a good modelfor them tofollow 25. Whatconclusion can be drawn from thepassage? A)Anxiety,though unavoidable, can becoped with. B) Children’s anxiety has been enormously exaggerated. C)Children’s anxiety can beeliminated with moreparental care. D)Anxiety,if properly controlled, mayhelp children become mature. PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. It is easier to negotiate initial salary requirement because once you are inside, the organizational constraints (约束) influence wage increases. One thing, however, is certain: your chances of getting the raise you feel you deserve are less if you don’t at least ask for it. Men tend to ask for more, and they get more, and this holds true with otherresources, not justpay increases. ConsiderBeth’sstory: I did not get what I wanted when I did not ask for it. We had cubicle (小隔间) offices and window offices. I sat in the cubicles with several male colleagues. One by one they were moved into window offices, while I remained in the cubicles, several males who were hired after me also went to offices. One in particular told me he was next in line for an office and that it had been part of his negotiations for the job. I guess they thought me content to stay in the cubicles since I did not voice my opinion either way. It would be nice if we all received automatic pay increases equal to our merit, but “nice” isn’t a quality attributed to most organizations. If you feel you deserve a significant raise inpay,you’ll probably haveto askfor it. Performance is your best bargaining chip (筹码) when you are seeking a raise. You must be able to demonstrate that you deserve a raise. Timing is also a good bargaining chip. If you can give your boss something he or she needs (a new client or a sizable contract, for example) just before merit pay decisions are being made, you are more likelytoget theraise you want. Use information as a bargaining chip too. Find out what you are worth on the open market. 581淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Whatwill someoneelse pay for your services? Go into the negotiations prepared to place your chips on the table at the appropriate timeand prepared touse communication style to guide thedirection ofthe interaction. 26. According tothe passage, before taking ajob,aperson should________. A)demonstrate his capability B) give his boss agood impression C)askfor as much money as hecan D)ask forthesalary hehopes to get 27. Whatcan beinferred from Beth’s story? A)Prejudice against women still existsin someorganizations. B) If people want what they deserve, they have toask for it. C)Peopleshould notbe content with what they havegot. D)Peopleshould be careful when negotiating for a job. 28. Wecan learn from thepassage that ________. A)unfairness exists in salary increases B) mostpeople are overworked and underpaid C)oneshould avoidoverstating one’sperformance D)most organizations give theirstaffautomaticpay raises 29. Toget apay raise, aperson should ________. A)advertisehimselfonthejob market B) persuade his boss tosign a long-term contract C)try to get insideinformation about theorganization D)dosomething to impress hisboss just before merit pay decisions 30. Tobesuccessful in negotiations, onemust________. A)meet hisboss at theappropriate time B) arrive at thenegotiation table punctually C)begood at influencing theoutcomeof theinteraction D)be familiarwith what theboss likes and dislikes PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. When families gather for Christmas dinner, some will stick to formal traditions dating back to Grandma’s generation. Their tables will be set with the good dishes and 582淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 silver,and thedress code willbe Sunday-best. But in many other homes, this china-and-silver elegance has given way to a stoneware ( 粗 陶 )-and-stainless informality, with dresses assuming an equally casual-Friday look. For hosts and guests, the change means greater simplicity and comfort. For makers offine chinain Britain, itspells economic hard times. Last week Royal Doulton, the largest employer in Stoke-on-Trent, announced that it is eliminating 1,000 jobs—one-fifth of its total workforce. That brings to more than 4,000 the number of positions lost in 18 months in the pottery (陶瓷) region. Wedgwood and otherpottery factories made cutsearlier. Although a strong pound and weak markets in Asia play a role in the downsizing, the layoffs in Stoke have their roots in earthshaking social shifts.Aspokesman for Royal Doulton admitted that the company “has been somewhat slow in catching up with the trend” toward casual dining. Families eat together less often, he explained, and more peopleeat alone, either because they are single orthey eat infront oftelevision; Even dinner parties, if they happen at all, have gone casual. In a time of long work hours and demanding family schedules, busy hosts insist, rightly, that it’s better to share a takeout pizza on paper plates in the family room than to wait for the perfect moment or a “real” dinner party. Too often, the perfect moment never comes. Iron a fine-patterned tablecloth?Forget it.Polishthesilver?Whohas time? Yet the loss of formality has its down side. The fine points of etiquette (礼节) that children might once have learned at the table by observation or instruction from parents and grandparents (“Chew with your mouth closed.” “Keep your elbows off the table.”) must be picked up elsewhere. Some companies now offer etiquette seminars for employees who may becompetent professionally but clueless socially. 31. Thetrend toward casual dining has resulted in ________. A)bankruptcy offine chinamanufacturers B) shrinkingof thepottery industry C)restructuring oflarge enterprises D)economic recession in Great Britain 32. Whichofthe following may bethebest reason forcasual dining? A)Family members need more timeto relax. B) Busy schedules leave people notimeforformality. C)Peoplewant to practiceeconomy in times ofscarcity. D)Young peoplewon’t followtheetiquette ofthe oldergeneration. 33. It can be learned from the passage that Royal Doulton is ________. A)a retailer ofstainless steel tableware B) adealer in stoneware 583淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)apottery chain store D)a producer offine china 34. Themain cause ofthe layoffs inthe pottery industryis ________. A)theincreased value ofthepound B) theeconomic recession inAsia C)thechange inpeople’s way oflife D)thefierce competitionat homeand abroad 35. Refined table manners, though less popular than before in current social life ________. A)are stilla mustoncertain occasions B) axeboundtoreturn sooner orlater C)are still being taught byparents at home D)can help improve personal relationships PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. Some houses are designed to be smart. Others have smart designs. An example of the second type of house won an Award of Excellence from the American Institute of Architects. Located on the shore of Sullivan’s Island off the coast of South Carolina, the award-winning cube-shaped beach house was built to replace one smashed to pieces by Hurricane (飓风) Hugo 10 years ago. In September 1989, Hugo struck South Carolina, killing18peopleand damaging ordestroying 36,000homes inthestate. Before Hugo, many new houses built along South Carolina’s shoreline were poorly constructed, and enforcement of building codes wasn’t strict, according to architect Ray Huff, who created the cleverly-designed beach house. In Hugo’s wake, all new shoreline houses are required to meet stricter, better-enforced codes. The new beach house on Sullivan’s Island should be able to withstand a Category 3 hurricane with peak winds of 179to209kilometers per hour. At first sight, the house on Sullivan’s Island looks anything but hurricane-proof. Its redwood shell makes it resemble “a large party lantern (灯笼)” at night, according to one observer. But looks can be deceiving. The house’s wooden frame is reinforced with long steel rods to give it extra strength. Tofurther protect the house from hurricane damage, Huff raised it 2.7 meters off the ground on timber pilings—long, slender columns of wood anchored deep in the sand. Pilings might appear insecure, but they are strong enough to support the weight of the house. They also elevate the house above storm surges. The pilings allow the surges to run under the house instead of running into it. “These swells of water come ashore at 584淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 tremendous speeds and cause most of the damage done to beach-front buildings,” said Huff. Huff designed the timber pilings to be partially concealed by the house’s ground-to-roof shell. “The shell masks the pilings so that the house doesn’t look like it’s standing with its pant legs pulled up,” said Huff. In the event of a storm surge, the shell should break apart and let thewaves rush underthe house,thearchitect explained. 36. After the tragedy caused by Hurricane Hugo, new houses built along South Carolina’s shorelineare required ________. A)tobeeasily reinforced B) tolook smarter indesign C)tomeet stricter building standards D)tobedesigned in theshapeof cubes 37. Theaward-winning beach houseis quitestrong because ________. A)it isstrengthened bysteel rods B) itis made ofredwood C)itis in theshape ofashell D)it isbuilt with timberand concrete 38. Huff raised the house 2.7 meters off the ground on timber pilings in order to ________. A)withstand peak winds ofabout 200km/hr B) anchor stronger pilings deep inthesand C)break huge sea waves into smallerones D)prevent water from rushing intothehouse 39. Themain function of theshell is________. A)tostrengthen thepilings ofthe house B) togive thehousea betterappearance C)toprotect thewooden frame ofthehouse D)toslowdown thespeed ofthe swellingwater 40. It can be inferred from thepassage that theshell should be________. A)fancy-looking B) waterproof C)easily breakable D)extremely strong 585淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 PartIIIVocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecentre. 41. Heasked us to ________them incarrying through theirplan. A)provide B) arouse C)assist D)persist 42. Agood many proposals were raised bythedelegates, ________was to be expected. A)that B) what C)so D)as 43. He was such a ________ speaker that he held our attention every minute of the three-hourlecture. A)specific B) dynamic C)heroic D)diplomatic 44. Arriving home, the boy told his parents about all the ________ which occurred in his dormitory. A)occasions B) matters C)incidents D)issues 45. The opening between the rocks was very narrow,but the boys managed to________ through. A)press B) squeeze C)stretch D)leap 586淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 46. They are trying to ________thewaste discharged bythefactory for profit. A)expose B) exhaust C)exhibit D)exploit 47. Themanager urged his staffnot to________the splendidopportunity. A)drop B) miss C)escape D)slide 48. ________ Iadmire David as a poet,Idonot likehim as aman. A)Much as B) Only if C)If only D)As much 49. Because of a ________ engagement, Lora couldn’t attend my birthday party last Saturday. A)pioneer B) premature C)prior D)past 50. Thecontinuous rain ________the harvesting of thewheat crop bytwo weeks. A)set back B) set off C)set out D)set aside 51. Not having a good command of English can be a serious ________ preventing you from achieving your goals. A)obstacle B) fault C)offense D)distress 587淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 52. It’svery ________of you notto talk aloud whilethebaby is asleep. A)concerned B) careful C)considerable D)considerate 53. Many aplayer who had been highly thought ofhas ________from thetennis scene. A)disposed B) disappeared C)discouraged D)discarded 54. She’s fainted.Throw somewater onherface andshe’ll ________. A)come round B) comealong C)comeon D)come out 55. Alltheir attemptsto ________thechild from theburning buildingwere invain. A)regain B) recover C)rescue D)reserve 56. Computertechnology will________a revolution in business administration. A)bring around B) bring about C)bring out D)bring up 57. The university has launched a research center to develop new ways of ________ bacteriawhich have become resistant todrug treatments. A)regulating B) halting C)interrupting D)combating 58. The ________ goal of the book is to help bridge the gap between research and 588淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 teaching, particularly the gap between researchers and teachers. A)joint B) intensive C)overall D)decisive 59. The rapid development of communications technology is transforming the ________ inwhich peoplecommunicate across timeand space. A)route B) transmission C)vision D)manner 60. When Igo outin theevening Iuse thebike________thecar ifI can. A)rather than B) regardless of C)inspiteof D)other than 61. There is no ________ evidence that people can control their dreams, at least in experimental situationsin alab. A)rigid B) solid C)smooth D)harsh 62. Every culture has developed ________ for certain kinds of food and drink, and equally strong negative attitudes toward others. A)preferences B) expectations C)fantasies D)fashions 63. It isreported that Uruguay understands and ________China onhuman rights issues. A)grants B) changes C)abandons D)backs 589淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 64. Only afew people have________to thefull facts oftheincident. A)access B) resort C)contact D)path 65. His trousers ________when hetried to jump overthe fence. A)cracked B) split C)broke D)burst 66. So far, ________ winds and currents have kept the thick patch of oil southeast of the Atlanticcoast. A)governing B) blowing C)prevailing D)ruling 67. The author was required to submit an ________ of about 200 words together with his research paper. A)edition B) editorial C)article D)abstract 68. As the old empires were broken up and new states were formed, new official tongues began to ________at an increasing rate. A)bring up B) buildup C)spring up D)strikeup 69. Many patients insist on having watches with them in hospital, ________ they have noschedules tokeep. A)even though B) for C)as if 590淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)since 70. Someplants are very ________to light; they prefer theshade. A)sensible B) flexible C)objective D)sensitive Part IVCloze (15minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. It’s an annual back-to-school routine. One morning you wave goodbye, and that __71__ evening you’re burning the late-night oil in sympathy. In the race to improve educational standards, __72__ are throwing the books at kids. __73__ elementary school studentsare complaining of homework __74__.What’s awell-meaning parent to do? As hard as __75__ may be, sit back and chill, experts advise. Though you’ve got to get them to do it, __76__ helping too much, or even examining __77__ too carefully, you may keep them __78__ doing it by themselves. “I wouldn’t advise a parent to check every __79__ assignment,” says psychologist John Rosemond, author Of Ending the Tough Homework. “There’s a __80__ of appreciation for trial and error. Let your children __81__thegrade they deserve.” Many experts believe parents should gently look over the work of younger children and ask them to rethink their __82__. But “you don’t want them to feel it has to be __83__,”shesays. That’s not to say parents should __84__ homework—first, they should monitor how much homework their kids __85__. Thirty minutes a day in the early elementary years and an hour in __86__ four, five, and six is standard, says Rosemond. For junior-high students it should be “__87__ mom than an hour and a half,” and two for high-school students. If your child __88__ has mom homework than this, you may want to check __89__otherparents and thentalk to theteacher about __90__assignment 71. A)very B) exact C)right D)usual 72. A)officials B) parents 591淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)experts D)schools 73. A)Also B) Even C)Then D)However 74. A)fatigue B) confusion C)duty D)puzzle 75. A)there B) we C)they D)it 76. A)via B) under C)by D)for 77. A)questions B) answers C)standards D)rules 78. A)off B) without C)beyond D)from 79. A)single B) piece C)page D)other 80. A)drop 592淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) short C)cut D)lack 81. A)acquire B) earn C)gather D)reach 82. A)exercises B) defects C)mistakes D)tests 83. A)perfect B) better C)unusual D)complete 84. A)forget B) refuse C)miss D)ignore 85. A)have B) prepare C)make D)perform 86. A)classes B) groups C)grades D)terms 87. A)about B) no C)much D)few 593淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 88. A)previously B) rarely C)merely D)consistently 89. A)with B) in C)out D)up 90. A)finishing B) lowering C)reducing D)declining PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a letter in reply to a friend’s inquiry about applying for admission to your college or university. You should write at least 120 words according to the outline given below in Chinese: 1. 建议报考的专业及理由 2. 报考该专业的基本条件 3. 应当如何备考 ALetterinReply toaFriend December 27th,2003 Dear, ___________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ 594淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年12月四级参考答案 Part I 1. A 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. C 6. B 7. D 8. B 9. C 10. D 11. C 12. A 13. B 14. C 15. B 16. D 17. A 18. C 19. A 20. B PartII 21. D 22. B 23. C 24. C 25. C 26. D 27. B 28. A 29. D 30. C 31. B 32. B 33. D 34. C 35. A 36. C 37. A 38. D 39. B 40. C Part III 41. C 42. D 43. B 44. C 45. B 46. D 47. B 48. A 49. C 50. A 51. A 52. D 53. B 54. A 55. C 56. B 57. D 58. C 59. D 60. A 61. B 62. A 63. D 64. A 65. B 66. C 67. D 68. C 69. A 70. D Part IV 71. A 72. B 73. B 74. A 75. D 76. C 77. B 78. D 79. A 80. D 81. B 82. C 83. A 84. D 85. A 86. C 87. B 88. D 89. A 90. C 595淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2004年6月19日大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, A) “At the office” is the correct answer.You should choose [A] on theAnswer Sheet and mark it with asingle linethrough thecenter. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)The man saw Mark onthestreet two months ago. B)Thewoman had forgotten Mark’s phone number. C)Thewoman made aphonecall to Mark yesterday. D)Mark and thewoman had not been in touch forsometime. 2. A)The man is latefor thetrip becausehe isbusy. B)Thewoman is glad to meet Mr.Brown inperson. C)Theman is meeting thewoman onbehalf ofMr.Brown. D)The woman feels sorry that Mr.Brown isunable tocome. 3. A)At 10:30. B)At 10:25. C)At 10:40. 596淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)At 10:45. 4. A)The man nolonger smokes. B)Theman is under pressure from his wife. C)Theman usually follows hiswife’sadvice. D)The man refuses to listen to hisdoctor’s advice. 5. A)Move toa big city. B) Becomea teacher. C)Go back to school. D)Work in NewYork. 6. A)Quit delivering flowers. B)Workat arestaurant. C)Bring her flowers every day. D)Leave hisjob to work for her. 7. A)Shecan find theright person tohelp theman. B) Shecan help theman out. C)She’s alsoin need ofa textbook. D)Shepicked upthebookfrom thebus floor. 8. A)The man was confused about thedateof theappointment. B)Theman wants to change thedate oftheappointment. C)Theman is glad he’sgot in touchwith thedoctor. D)The man can’t come forthe appointment at 4:15. 9. A)The two speakers are at a losswhat todo. B)Theman is worried about his future. C)Thetwo speakers are seniors at college. D)The woman regrets spending hertimeidly. 10. A)Shehas learned alot from thenovel. B) Shealso found theplot difficultto follow. C)Sheusually has difficultyremembering names. D)Shecan recall thenames ofmost characters in thenovel. Section BCompoundDictation Directions: In this section, you will hear a passage three times. When the passage is 597淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 read for the first time, you should listen carefully for its general idea. When the passage is read for the second time, you are required to fill in the blanks numbered from SI to S7 with the exact words you have just heard. For blanks numbered from S8 to S10 you are required to fill in the missing information. You can either use the exact words you have just heard or write down the main points in your own words. Finally, when the passage is readfor thethirdtime, you should check whatyouhave written. The Library of Congress is America’s national library. It has millions of books and other objects. It has newspapers, (S1) ________ publications as well as letters of (S2) ________ interest. It also has maps, photographs, art (S3) ________, movies, sound recordings and musical (S4)________.All together,it has morethan 100million objects. The Library of Congress is open to the public Monday through Saturday, except for public holidays. Anyone may go there and read anything in the collection. But no one is (S5)________totakebooks out ofthebuilding. The Library of Congress was (S6) ________ in 1800. It started with eleven boxes of books in one room of the Capitol building. By 1814,the collection had increased to about 3,000 books. They were all (S7) ________ that year when the Capitol was burned down duringAmerica’s war with Britain. To help re-build the library, Congress bought the books of President Thomas Jefferson. Mr.Jefferson’scollection included 7,000books in sevenlanguages. (S8)________.Today,three buildings hold thelibrary’scollection. (S9) ________. It buys some of its books and gets others as gifts. It also gets materials through its copyright office. (S10) ________. This means the Library of Congress receives almost everything that ispublished in theUnited States. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions11to15arebasedon thefollowingpassage. Aisfor always getting to work ontime. B isfor being extremely busy. C isfor theconscientious (勤勤恳恳的) way you doyour job. You may be all these things at the office, and more. But when it comes to getting ahead, experts say, the ABCs of business should include a P, for politics, as in office politics. 598淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Dale Carnegie suggested as much more than 50 years ago: Hard work alone doesn’t ensure career advancement. You have to be able to sell yourself and your ideas, both publicly and behind the scenes. Yet, despite the obvious rewards of engaging in office politics—a better job, a raise, praise—many people are still unable—or unwilling—to “play thegame.” “People assume that office politics involves some manipulative (工于心计的) behavior,” says Deborah Comer, an assistant professor of management at Hofstra University. “But politics derives from the word ‘polite’. It can mean lobbying and forming associations. It can mean being kind and helpful, or even trying to please your superior,and thenexpecting somethingin return.” In fact, today, experts define office politics as proper behavior used to pursue one’s own self-interest in the workplace. In many cases, this involves some form Of Socializing within the office environment—not just in large companies, but in small workplaces as well. “The first thing people are usually judged on is their ability to perform well on a consistent basis,’” says Neil P Lewis, a management psychologist. “But if two or three candidates are up for a promotion, each of whom has reasonably similar ability, a manager is going to promotethe person heor shelikes best. It’s simplehuman nature.” Yet, psychologists say, many employees and employers have trouble with the concept of politics in the office. Some people, they say, have an idealistic vision of work and what it takes to succeed. Still others associate politics with flattery (奉承), fearful that, if they speak up for themselves, they may appear to be flattering their boss for favors. Experts suggest altering this negative picture by recognizing the need for some self-promotion. 11. “Office politics” (Line 2,Para. 4)is used in thepassage to refer to________. A)thecode of behavior forcompany staff B) thepolitical views and beliefs ofofficeworkers C)theinterpersonal relationships withina company D)thevarious qualities required fora successful career 12. Toget promoted, one mustnot only becompetent but ________. A)give his boss agood impression B) honest and loyal tohis company C)get along well with his colleagues D)avoid being toooutstanding 13. Whyare many people unwillingto “play the game” (Line 4,Para. 5)? A)They believethat doing so is impractical. B)They feel that such behavioris unprincipled. 599淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)They are not good at manipulating colleagues. D)They think theeffort willget them nowhere. 14. Theauthor considers officepolitics to be________. A)unwelcome at theworkplace B) bad for interpersonal relationships C)indispensableto thedevelopment of company culture D)an importantfactor forpersonal advancement 15. It istheauthor’sview that ________. A)speaking upforoneself is part of human nature B) self-promotion does not necessarily mean flattery C)hard work contributes very littleto one’s promotion D)many employees fail to recognizetheneed offlattery PassageTwo Questions16to20arebased onthe followingpassage. As soon as it was revealed that a reporter for Progressive magazine had discovered how to make a hydrogen bomb, a group of firearm (火器) fans formed the National Hydrogen Bomb Association, and they are now lobbying against any legislation to stop Americans from owning one. “The Constitution,” said the association’s spokesman, “gives everyone the right to own arms. It doesn’t spell out what kind of arms. But since anyone can now make a hydrogen bomb,thepublicshould beable to buyitto protect themselves.” “Don’t you think it’s dangerous to have one in the house, particularly where there are children around?” “The National Hydrogen Bomb Association hopes to educate people in the safe handling of this type of weapon. We are instructing owners to keep the bomb in a locked cabinet and thefuse(导火索) separately in adrawer.” “Some people consider the hydrogen bomb a very fatal weapon which could kill somebody.” The spokesman said, “Hydrogen bombs don’t kill people—people kill people. The bomb is for self-protection and it also has a deterrent effect. If somebody knows you have anuclear weapon in your house, they’re going to think twiceabout breaking in.” “But those who want to ban the bomb for American citizens claim that if you have one locked in the cabinet, with the fuse in a drawer, you would never be able to assemble itin timeto stopan intruder (侵入者).” “Another argument against allowing people to own a bomb is that at the moment it is very expensive to build one. So what your association is backing is a program which 600淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 would allow the middle and upper classes to acquire a bomb while poor people will be left defenseless with just handguns.” 16. According to the passage, some people started a national association so as to ________. A)block any legislation to ban theprivatepossession of thebomb B) coordinate themass production ofthedestructive weapon C)instruct peoplehowto keep thebomb safe at home D)promote thelarge-scale saleof thisnewly invented weapon 17. Some people oppose the ownership of H-bombs by individuals on the grounds that ________. A)thesizeofthebomb makes itdifficultto keep in adrawer B) mostpeople don’t knowhow tohandle theweapon C)people’s lives willbe threatened bytheweapon D)they may fall intothe hands ofcriminals 18. By saying that the bomb also has a deterrent effect the spokesman means that it ________. A)will frighten away any possibleintruders B) can showthespecial statusofits owners C)willthreaten the safety of theowners as well D)can killthoseentering others’houses byforce 19. According to the passage, opponents of the private ownership of H-bombs are very much worried that ________. A) the influence of the association is too powerful for the less privileged to overcome B) poorly-educatedAmericans willfind itdifficult tomake useofthe weapon C)thewideuse oftheweapon will pushupliving expenses tremendously D)thecost oftheweapon willput citizens onanunequal basis 20. From thetoneofthepassage we knowthat theauthor is________. A)doubtful about thenecessity ofkeeping H-bombs at home forsafety B) unhappy with thosewho voteagainst theownership ofH-bombs C)notserious about theprivate ownership ofH-bombs D)concerned about thespread ofnuclear weapons PassageThree 601淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Sign has become a scientific hot button. Only in the past 20 years have specialists in language study realized that signed languages are unique—a speech of the hand. They offer a new way to probe how the brain generates and understands language, and throw new light on an old scientific controversy: whether language, complete with grammar, is something that we are born With, or whether it is a learned behavior. The current interest in sign language has roots in the pioneering work of one rebel teacher at Gallaudet University inWashington, D.C., theworld’s only liberal arts university fordeaf people. When Bill Stokoe went to Gallaudet to teach English, the school enrolled him in a course in signing. But Stokoe noticed something odd: among themselves, students signed differently from his classroom teacher. Stokoe had been taught a sort of gestural code, each movement of the hands representing a word in English.At the time,American Sign Language (ASL) was thought to be no more than a form of pidgin English (混杂英语). But Stokoe believed the “hand talk” his students used looked richer. He wondered: Might deaf people actually: have a genuine language? And could that language be unlike any other on Earth? It was 1955, when even deaf people dismissed their signing as “substandard”. Stokoe’s idea was academicheresy(异端邪说). It is 37 years later. Stokoe—now devoting his time to writing and editing books and journals and to producing video materials on ASL and the deaf culture—is having lunch at a cafe near the Gallaudet campus and explaining how he started a revolution. For decades educators fought his idea that signed languages are natural languages like English, French and Japanese. They assumed language must be based on speech, the modulation (调节) of sound. But sign language is based on the movement of hands, the modulation of space. “What I said,” Stokoe explains, “is that language is not mouth stuff —it’s brain stuff.” 21. Thestudy ofsign language isthought to be________. A)a newway to lookat thelearning of language B) achallenge to traditional, views onthe natureof language C)an approach: to simplifying the grammatical structure ofa language D)an attempt toclarify misunderstanding about theorigin of language 22. The, present growing interest insign language was stimulated by________. A)a famous scholar in thestudy ofthehuman brain B) aleading specialist inthestudy ofliberal arts C)an English teacher in auniversity for thedeaf D)somesenior experts inAmerican Sign Language 23. According toStokoe, sign language is ________. A)a Substandard language 602淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) agenuine language C)an artificial language D)an international language 24. Mosteducators objected toStokoe’sidea becausethey thought ________. A)sign language was not extensively used even bydeaf people B) sign languagewas too artificial tobe widely accepted C)alanguage should beeasy to useand understand D)a language couldonlyexist inthe form ofspeech sounds 25. Stokoe’s argument is based onhis belief that ________. A)sign language is as efficient as any otherlanguage B) sign languageis derived from natural language C)language isa system ofmeaningful codes D)language is aproduct ofthebrain PassageFour Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. It came as something of a surprise when Diana, Princess of Wales, made a trip to Angola in 1997, to support the Red Cross’s campaign for a total ban on all anti-personnel landmines. Within hours of arriving inAngola, television screens around the World were filled with images of her comforting victims injured in explosions caused by landmines. “I knew the statistics,” she said. “But putting a face to those figures brought the reality home to me; like When I met Sandra, a 13-year-old girl who had lost her leg, and people likeher.” The Princess concluded, with a simple message: “We must stop landmines”. And sheused every opportunity during her visitto repeat thismessage. But, back in London, her views were not shared by some members of the British government, which refused to support a ban on these weapons. Angry politicians launched an, attack on the Princess in the press. They described her as “very ill-informed”and a“loose cannon (乱放炮的人).” The Princess responded by brushing aside the criticisms: “This is a distraction (干 扰)wedonot need.AllI’m trying todois help.” Opposition parties, the media and the Public immediately voiced their support for the Princess. To make matters worse for the government, it soon emerged that the Princess’s trip had been approved by the Foreign Office, and that she was in fact very well-informed about both the situation in Angola and the British government’s policy regarding landmines.Theresult was asevere embarrassment for thegovernment. To try and limit the damage, the Foreign Secretary, Malcolm Rifkind, claimed that the Princess’s views on landmines were not very different from government policy, and 603淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 that it was “working towards” a worldwide ban. The Defense Secretary, Michael Portillo, claimed thematter was “amisinterpretation ormisunderstanding.” For the Princess, the trip to this war-torn country was an excellent opportunity to use her popularity to show the world how much destruction and suffering landmines can cause. She said that the experience had also given her the Chance to get closer to people and theirproblems. 26. Princess Diana paid avisit toAngolain1997________. A)tovoice hersupport for atotal ban of landmines B) toclarify the British government’s stand onlandmines C)toinvestigate thesufferings oflandmine victimsthere D)toestablish her image as a friend oflandminevictims 27. What did Diana mean when she said “... putting a face to those figures brought the reality hometome” (Line 5,Para. 1)? A)Shejust couldn’t bear to meet thelandmine victimsfacetoface. B)Theactual situation inAngola made herfeel likegoing back home. C)Meeting thelandminevictims in person madeher believe thestatistics. D)Seeing the pain ofthevictims madeher realizethe seriousness ofthesituation. 28. Somemembers oftheBritish government criticized Dianabecause ________. A)she was ill-informed of thegovernment’s policy B) they were actually opposed to banning landmines C)shehad not consulted the government before thevisit D)they believed that she had misinterpreted the situationinAngola 29. Howdid Diana respond tothecriticisms? A)Shepaid noattention to them. B) Shemademore appearances onTV. C)Shemet the13-year-oldgirl as planned. D)Sherose to argue with heropponents. 30. Whatdid Princess Diana think ofher visittoAngola? A)It had caused embarrassment to theBritish government. B) It had brought her closer tothe ordinary people. C)It had greatly promoted her popularity. D)It had affected her relations with theBritish government. Part IIIVocabulary andStructure(20minutes) 604淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 31. Iwent along thinking ofnothing ________,onlylooking at things around me, A)inparticular B) inharmony C)indoubt D)inbrief 32. Critics believe that the control of television by mass advertising has ________ the qualityof theprograms. A)lessened B) declined C)affected D)effected 33. Imustcongratulate you ________theexcellent design ofthenew bridge. A)with B) of C)at D)on 34. There is a fully ________ health center on the ground floor of the main office building. A)installed B) equipped C)provided D)projected 35. For more than 20 years, we’ve been supporting educational programs that ________ from kindergartens tocolleges. A)move B) shift C)range D)spread 36. The________at themilitary academy isso rigid that students can hardly bear it. 605淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)convention B) confinement C)principle D)discipline 37. The test results are beyond ________; they have been repeated in labs all over the world. A)negotiation B) conflict C)bargain D)dispute 38. Iwas so________intoday’s history lesson. Ididn’t understand athing. A)amazed B) neglected C)confused D)amused 39. It ________ you to at least 50% off the regular price of either frames or lenses when you buy both. A)presents B) entitles C)credits D)tips 40. Deserts and high mountains have always been a ________ to the movement of peoplefrom place toplace. A)barrier B) fence C)prevention D)jam 41. In order to make things convenient for the people, the department is planning to set upsome________shops in theresidential area. A)flowing B) drifting C)mobile D)unstable 606淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 42. Mr.Smithsays: “Themediaare very good at sensing amood andthen ________it.” A)overtaking B) enlarging C)widening D)exaggerating 43. Thisis not an economical way to get morewater; ________,itis very expensive. A)ontheother hand B) onthecontrary C)inshort D)or else 44. It was the first time that such a ________ had to be taken at a British nuclear power station. A)presentation B) precaution C)preparation D)prediction 45. ________ that he wasn’t happy with the arrangements, I tried to book a different hotel. A)Perceiving B) Penetrating C)Puzzling D)Preserving 46. The board of the company has decided to ________ its operations to include all aspects oftheclothing business. A)multiply B) lengthen C)expand D)stretch 47. His businesswas very successful, butit was at the________ofhis family life. A)consumption B) credit C)exhaustion D)expense 607淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 48. First published in1927,thecharts remain an ________source forresearchers. A)identical B) indispensable C)intelligent D)inevitable 49. Joe is not good at sports, but when it ________ mathematics, he is the ‘best in the class. A)comes to B) comes upto C)comes onto D)comes aroundto 50. Doctors warned against chewing tobacco as a________for smoking. A)relief B) revival C)substitute D)succession 51. When carbon isadded to iron in proper ________theresult issteel. A)rates B) thicknesses C)proportions D)densities 52. Youshould tryto ________your ambitionand bemorerealistic. A)reserve B) restrain C)retain D)replace 53. Nancy is only a sort of ________ of her husband’s opinion and has no ideas of her own. A)sample B) reproduction C)shadow D)echo 608淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 54. Now that spring is here, you can ________ these fur coats till you need them again nextwinter. A)put over B) putaway C)putoff D)put down 55. There isa ________ofimpatience in thetoneofhis voice. A)hint B) notion C)dot D)phrase 56. Please________dictionaries when you are not sure ofword spellingor meaning. A)seek B) inquire C)search D)consult 57. At yesterday’sparty, Elizabeth’s boyfriend amused us by________CharlieChaplin. A)copying B) following C)imitating D)modeling 58. Shekeeps a supply ofcandles inthe housein case ofpower ________. A)failure B) lack C)absence D)drop 59. The group of technicians are engaged in a study which ________ all aspects of urban planning. A)inserts B) grips C)performs D)embraces 609淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 60. The lecture which lasted about three hours was so ________ that the audience couldn’t help yawning. A)tedious B) bored C)clumsy D)tired Part IVCloze (15minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Historians tend to tell the same joke when they are describing history education in America. It’s the one __61__ the teacher standing in the schoolroom door __62__ goodbye to students for the summer and calling __63__ them, “By the way, we won WorldWarII.” The problem with the joke, of course, is that it’s __64__ funny. The recent surveys on __65__ illiteracy (无知) are beginning to numb (令人震惊): nearly one third of American 17-year-olds cannot even __66__ which countries the United States __67__ against in that war. One third have no __68__ when the Declaration of Independence was __69__. One third thought Columbus reached the New World after 1750. Two thirds cannot correctly __70__ the Civil War between 1850 and 1900. __71__ when they get theanswers right, someare __72__guessing. Unlike math or science, ignorance of history cannot be __73__ connected to loss of international __74__. But it does affect our future __75__ a democratic nation and as individuals. The __76__ news is that there is growing agreement __77__ what is wrong with the __78__ of history and what needs to be __79__ to fix it.The steps are tentative (尝试性) __80__yet tobe felt inmostclassrooms. 61. A)about B) in C)for D)by 62. A)shaking B) waving C)nodding D)speaking 610淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 63. A)in B) after C)for D)up 64. A)rarely B) so C)too D)not 65. A)historical B) educational C)cultural D)political 66. A)distinguish B) acknowledge C)identify D)convey 67. A)defeated B) attacked C)fought D)struck 68. A)sense B) doubt C)reason D)idea 69. A)printed B) signed C)marked D)edited 70. A)place B) judge C)get 611淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)lock 71. A)Even B)Though C)Thus D)So 72. A)hardly B) just C)still D)ever 73. A)exclusively B) practically C)shortly D)directly 74. A)competitiveness B) comprehension C)community D)commitment 75. A)of B) for C)with D)as 76. A)fine B) nice C)surprising D)good 77. A)to B) with C)on D)of 78. A)consulting B) coaching 612淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)teaching D)instructing 79. A)done B) dealt C)met D)reached 80. A)therefore B) or C)and D)as PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition entitled A Brief Introduction to a Tourist Attraction. You should write at least 120 wordsaccording tothefollowingguidelines: Yourrole: atourguide Youraudience: a group offoreign tourists Yourintroduction should include:  somewelcoming words  theschedule fortheday  a description of the place the tourists will be visiting (e.g. a scenic spot or a historical site, etc.) You should make the introduction interesting and the arrangements for the day clear toeverybody. ABrief Introduction toaTouristAttraction 613淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2004年6月19日四级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. D 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. C PartII 11. C 12. D 13. B 14. D 15. B 16. A 17. C 18. A 19. D 20. A 21. C 22. C 23. B 24. D 25. D 26. A 27. D 28. B 29. A 30. B Part III 31. A 32. C 33. D 34. B 35. C 36. D 37. D 38. C 39. B 40. A 41. C 42. D 43. B 44. B 45. A 46. C 47. D 48. B 49. A 50. C 51. C 52. B 53. D 54. B 55. A 56. D 57. C 58. A 59. D 60. A Part IV 61. A 62. B 63. B 64. D 65. A 66. C 67. C 68. D 69. B 70. B 71. A 72. B 73. D 74. C 75. D 76. D 77. C 78. C 79. A 80. B S1. popularS2 historical S3 printsS4 instruments S5. permitted S6 established S7 destroyed 614淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S8. In 1897,thelibrary moved intoits own buildingacross the street from theCapitol. S9. The library provides books and materials to the US Congress and also lends books tootherAmerican libraries, government agencies and foreign libraries. S10.Anyone who wants copyright protection for a publication in the US must send two copies to thelibrary. 615淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2004年6月19日四级听力原文 1. M: I ran into our friend Mark yesterday on the street, and he said he hadn’t heard from you in two months. W:Yes,Iknow.But I’ve beentoo busy tophonehim. Q:What canbeinferred from the conversation? 2. M: Mr. Brown asked me to tell you that he’s sorry he can’t come to meet you in person. He’sreally toobusy to makethetrip. W:That’s okay.I’m glad you’vecome inhis place. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 3. M: So, when are the other guys going to get here?The train is leaving in 10 minutes. Wecan’t wait here forever! W: It’s 10:30 already? They are supposed to be here by now! I told everybody to meet here by10:15. Q:When isthetrain leaving? 4. W:So you’ve finallylistened toyour wife’s advice and given upsmoking? M: It was my doctor’s advice. I’m suffering from highblood pressure. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 5. W:Frank, Ithought you were working in NewYork. M: I was, but I’ve moved back. I just couldn’t get used toliving in a big city,so here Iam back in school taking courses fora teacher’s certificate. Q:What isFrank planning todo? 6. M:Washing dishes at the restaurant every day is really boring. W:Whydon’t you quit and deliverflowers for me? Q:What does thewoman advisetheman to do? 7. M: CanI borrowyour math textbook?Ilost mineonthebus. W:You’ve asked theright person. Ihappen to havean extracopy. Q:What does thewoman mean? 8. W: Hello, this is Dr. Gray’s office. We’re calling to remind you of your 4:15 appointmentfor your annual checkup tomorrow. M: Oh, thanks. It’sa good thingyou called. I thought it was 4:15 today. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 616淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 9. W:I justcan’t believe thisis ourlast year.College isgoing byfast. M: Yeah. We’ll have to face the real world soon. So, have you figured out what you’re going todoafter you graduate? Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 10. M: Ihad a hard timegetting through thisnovel. W:I shareyour feeling.Whocan rememberthenames of35different characters? Q:What does thewoman imply? PassageOne The Library of Congress is America’s national library. It has millions of books and other objects. It has newspapers and popular publications, as well as letters of historical interest. It also has maps, photographs, art prints, movies, sound recordings, and musical instruments. All together, it has more than 100 million objects. The Library of Congress is open to the public Monday through Saturday except for public holidays. Anyone may go there and read anything in the collection. But no one is permitted to take books out of the building.The Library of Congress was established in1800. It started with 11 boxes of books in one room of the Capitol Building. By 1814, the collection had increased to about 3,000 books. They were all destroyed that year, when the Capitol was burned down during America’s war with Britain. To help rebuild the library, Congress bought the books of President Thomas Jefferson. Mr. Jefferson’s collection included 7,000 books in seven languages. In 1897, the library moved into its own building across the street from the Capitol. Today, three buildings hold the library’s collection. The library provides books and materials to the U. S. Congress and also lends books to other American libraries, government agencies, and foreign libraries. It buys some of its books and gets others as gifts. It also gets materials through its copyright office. Anyone who wants copyright protection for a publication in the U. S. must send two copies to the library. This means the Library of Congress receives almost everything that is published in the United States. 617淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年1月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, A) “At the office” is the best answer. You should choose [A] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with asingle linethrough thecenter. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)The man enjoys traveling bycar. B)Theman lives farfrom thesubway. C)Theman is good at driving. D)The man used toown acar. 2. A)Tonyshould continue taking thecourse. B) Sheapproves ofTony’s decision. C)Tonycan choose anotherscience course. D)Shecan’t meetTony so early in themorning. 3. A)Shehas tostudy forthe exam. B) Sheis particularly interested in plays. C)She’s eager to watch thenewplay. 618淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Shecan lend her notes totheman. 4. A)They willbe replaced byon-line education sooner orlater. B)They will attract fewerkids as on-line education expands. C)They will continueto existalong with on-lineeducation. D)They will limittheir teaching tocertain subjects only. 5. A)Most students would liketowork for anewspaper. B) Moststudents find a jobbyreading advertisements. C)Moststudents find it hard to get a job after they graduate. D)Most students don’t want jobs advertised inthenewspapers. 6. A)Move thewashing machine tothe basement. B)Turn thebasement intoa workshop. C)Repairthewashing machine. D)Finish his assignment. 7. A)Somestudents at theback cannot hear theprofessor. B)Theprofessor has changed his reading assignment. C)Someof thestudents are not ontheprofessor’slist. D)The professor has brought extracopies ofhis assignment. 8. A)Shedoesn’t want totalk about thecontest. B) She’s modestabout her success inthecontest. C)She’s spenttwo years studying English inCanada. D)She’s very proudofher success in thespeech contest. 9. A)Talkingabout sports. B)Writing uplocal news. C)Reading newspapers. D)Putting upadvertisements. 10. A)They shouldn’t change theirplan. B)They’dbetter changetheir mind. C)Thetennis game won’t last long. D)Weather forecasts are notreliable. Section BCompoundDictation Directions: In this section, you will hear a passage three times. When the passage is 619淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 read for the first time, you should listen carefully for its general idea. When the passage is read for the second time, you are required to fill in the blanks numbered from SI to S7 with the exact words you have just heard. For blanks numbered from S8 to S10 you are required to fill in the missing information. You can either use the exact words you have just heard or write down the main points in your own words. Finally, when the passage is readfor thethirdtime, you should check whatyouhave written. There are a lot of good cameras available at the moment—most of these are made in Japan but there are also good (S1) ________ models from Germany and the USA. We have (S2) ________ a range of different models to see which is the best (S3) ________ for money. After a number of different tests and interviews with people who are (S4) ________ with the different cameras being assessed, our researchers (S5) ________ the Olympic BY model as the best auto-focus camera available at the moment. It costs $200 although you may well want to spend more—(S6) ________ as much as another $200— on buying (S7) ________ lenses and other equipment. It is a good Japanese camera, easy touse. (S8)________whereas theAmerican versions are considerably moreexpensive. The Olympic BY model weighs only 320 grams which is quite a bit less than other cameras of a similar type. Indeed one of the other models we looked at weighed almost twice as much. (S9) ________. All the people we interviewed expressed almost total satisfaction with it. (S10) ________. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. PassageOne Questions11to15arebasedon thefollowingpassage. Scratchy throats, stuffy noses and body aches all spell misery, but being able to tell ifthecause is acold or flu(流感) may makea differencein howlong themisery lasts. The American Lung Association (ALA) has issued new guidelines on combating colds and the flu, and one of the keys is being able to quickly tell the two apart. That’s because the prescription drugs available for the flu need to be taken soon after the illness sets in. As for colds, the sooner a person starts taking over-the-counter remedy, the soonerrelief will come. The common cold and the flu are both caused by viruses. More than 200 viruses can cause cold symptoms, while the flu is caused by three viruses—flu A, B and C. There is no cure for either illness, but the flu can be prevented by the flu vaccine (疫苗), which is, formost people, thebest way tofight theflu, according to theALA. 620淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 But if the flu does strike, quick action can help. Although the flu and common cold have many similarities, there are someobvious signs to look for. Cold symptoms such as stuffy nose, runny nose and scratchy throat typically develop gradually, and adults and teens often do not get a fever. On the other hand, fever is one of the characteristic features of the flu for all ages. And in general, flu symptoms including fever and chills, sore throat and body aches come on suddenly and are more severe than cold symptoms. The ALA notes that it may be particularly difficult to tell when infants and preschool age children have the flu. It advises parents to call the doctor if their small children have flu-likesymptoms. Both cold and flu symptoms can be eased with over-the-counter medications as well. However, children and teens with a cold or flu should not take aspirin for pain relief because of the risk of Reye syndrome (综合症)，a rare but serious condition of the liver and central nervous system. There is, of course, no vaccine for the common cold. But frequent hand washing and avoiding close contact with people who have colds can reduce the likelihood of catching one. 11. According tothe author,knowing thecause of themisery will help ________. A)shorten theduration oftheillness B) thepatient buymedicineover thecounter C)thepatient obtain cheaper prescriptiondrugs D)prevent people from catching colds and theflu 12. Welearn from thepassage that ________. A)one doesn’tneed to takeany medicineifhe has a cold ortheflu B) aspirin should notbe included inover-the-counter medicines for theflu C)delayed treatment of theflu willharm theliverand central nervous system D) over-the-counter drugs can be taken to ease the misery caused by a cold or the flu 13. According tothe passage, tocombat theflu effectively,________. A)one shouldidentify the virus which causes it B) oneshould consult adoctor as soon as possible C)oneshould takemedicine uponcatching the disease D)one shouldremain alert whenthedisease is spreading 14. Whichofthe following symptoms willdistinguish the flufrom acold? A)Astuffynose. B)Ahigh temperature. 621淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Asorethroat. D)Adry cough. 15. If children have flu-likesymptoms, their parents ________. A)are advised not togive them aspirin B) should watch out for signs of Reye syndrome C)are encouraged to take them to hospitalfor vaccination D)should prevent them from mixing withpeople running afever PassageTwo Questions16to20arebased onthe followingpassage. In a time of low academic achievement by children in the United States, many Americans are turning to Japan, a country of high academic achievement and economic success, for possible answers. However, the answers provided by Japanese preschools are not the ones Americans expected to find. In most Japanese preschools, surprisingly little emphasis is put on academic instruction. In one investigation, 300 Japanese and 210 American preschool teachers, child development specialists, and parents were asked about various aspects of early childhood education. Only 2 percent of the Japanese respondents (答问卷者) listed “to give children a good start academically” as one of their top three reasons for a society to have preschools. In contrast, over half the American respondents chose this as one of their top three choices. Toprepare children for successful careers in first grade and beyond, Japanese schools do not teach reading, writing, and mathematics, but rather skills such as persistence, concentration, and the ability to function as a member of a group. The vast majority of young Japanese children are taught toread at homebytheirparents. In the recent comparison of Japanese andAmerican preschool education, 91 percent of Japanese respondents chose providing children with a group experience as one of their top three reasons for a society to have preschools. Sixty-two percent of the more individually oriented (强调个性发展的) Americans listed group experience as one of their top three choices. An emphasis on the importance of the group seen in Japanese early childhood education continues intoelementary school education. Like in America, there is diversity in Japanese early childhood education. Some Japanese kindergartens have specific aims, such as early musical training or potential development. In large cities, some kindergartens are attached to universities that have elementary and secondary schools. Some Japanese parents believe that if their young children attend a university-based program, it will increase the children’s chances of eventually being admitted to top-rated schools and universities. Several more progressive programs have introduced free play as a way out for the heavy intellectualizing in some Japanese kindergartens. 16. Welearn from thefirst paragraph that manyAmericans believe ________. 622淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) Japanese parents are more involved in preschool education than American parents B) Japan’s economic success is aresult ofits scientificachievements C)Japanesepreschool education emphasizes academicinstruction D)Japan’s higher education issuperior to theirs 17. Most Americans surveyed believe that preschools should also attach importance to ________. A)problem solving B) groupexperience C)parental guidance D)individually-oriented development 18. In Japan’spreschool education, thefocus ison________. A)preparing children academically B) developing children’sartisticinterests C)tapping children’s potential D)shaping children’s character 19. Freeplay has been introduced in someJapanese kindergartens in order to________. A)broaden children’s horizon B) cultivatechildren’screativity C)lighten children’s study load D)enrich children’s knowledge 20. Why do some Japanese parents send their children to university-based kindergartens? A)They can dobetterintheirfuture studies. B)They can accumulatemore group experience there. C)They can be individually oriented when they grow up. D)They can have betterchances of getting afirst-rate education. PassageThree Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Lead deposits, which accumulated in soil and snow during the 1960’s and 70’s, were primarily the result of leaded gasoline emissions originating in the United States. In the twenty years that the Clean AirAct has mandated unleaded gas use in the United States, thelead accumulation worldwide has decreased significantly. 623淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A study published recently in the journal Nature shows that air-borne leaded gas emissions from the United States were the leading contributor to the high concentration of lead in the snow in Greenland. The new study is a result of the continued research led by Dr. Charles Boutron, an expert on the impact of heavy metals on the environment at the National Center for Scientific Research in France. A study by Dr. Boutron published in1991showed that lead levels in arctic(北极的) snowwere declining. In his new study, Dr. Boutron found the ratios of the different forms of lead in the leaded gasoline used in the United States were different from the ratios of European, Asian and Canadian gasolines and thus enabled scientists to differentiate (区分) the lead sources. The dominant lead ratio found in Greenland snow matched that found in gasolinefrom theUnited States. In a study published in the journalAmbio, scientists found that lead levels in soil in the Northeastern United States had decreased markedly since the introduction of unleaded gasoline. Many scientists had believed that the lead would stay in soil and snow for a longer period. The authors of the Ambio study examined samples of the upper layers of soil taken from the same sites of 30 forest floors in New England, New York and Pennsylvania in 1980 and in 1990.The forest environment processed and redistributed the lead faster than thescientists had expected. Scientists say both studies demonstrate that certain parts of the ecosystem (生态系 统) respond rapidly to reductions in atmospheric pollution, but that these findings should notbe usedas alicenseto pollute. 21. Thestudy published in thejournal Natureindicates that ________. A)theCleanAirAct has notproduced thedesired results B) lead deposits in arcticsnoware ontheincrease C)lead will stay in soiland snowlongerthanexpected D)theUS is themajorsource of lead pollution inarcticsnow 22. Lead accumulation worldwide decreased significantly after the use of unleaded gas intheUS ________. A)was discouraged B) was enforced bylaw C)was prohibited bylaw D)was introduced 23. Howdid scientists discoverthesource of lead pollution inGreenland? A)By analyzing thedata publishedin journals likeNatureandAmbio. B) By observing thelead accumulations in different parts ofthearcticarea. 624淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)By studying thechemical elements ofsoiland snowinNortheasternAmerica. D) By comparing the chemical compositions of leaded gasoline used in various countries. 24. Theauthors of theAmbio study have found that ________. A)forests get rid oflead pollutionfaster than expected B) lead accumulations in forests are more difficultto deal with C)lead deposits are widely distributed in theforests of theUS D)theupper layers ofsoil in forests are easily polluted bylead emissions 25. It can be inferred from thelast paragraph thatscientists ________. A)are puzzled bythemystery of forest pollution B) feel relieved bytheuseofunleaded gasoline C)stillconsider lead pollutiona problem D)lack sufficientmeans to combat lead pollution PassageFour Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. Exercise is one of the few factors with a positive role in long-term maintenance of bodyweight. Unfortunately,that message has not gotten through to the averageAmerican, who would rather try switching to “light” beer and low-calorie bread than increase physical exertion. The Centers for Disease Control, for example, found that fewer than one-fourth of overweight adults who were trying to shed pounds said they were combiningexercise with theirdiet. In rejecting exercise, some people may be discouraged too much by caloric-expenditure charts: for example, one would have to briskly walk three miles just to work off the 275 calories in one delicious Danish pastry (小甜饼). Even exercise professionals concede half a point here. “Exercise by itself is a very tough way to lose weight,” says York Onnen, program director of the President’s Council on Physical Fitness and Sports. Still, exercise’s supporting role in weight reduction is vital. A study at the Boston University Medical Center of overweight police officers and other public employees confirmed that those who dieted without exercise regained almost all their old weight, whilethosewhoworked exerciseinto their daily routinemaintained theirnew weight. If you have been sedentary (极少活动的) and decide to start walking one mile aday, the added exercise could burn an extra 100 calories daily. In a year’s time, assuming no increase in food intake, you could lose ten pounds. By increasing the distance of your walks gradually andmaking otherdietary adjustments, you mayloseeven moreweight. 26. Whatis said about theaverageAmerican in thepassage? 625淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)They tend to exaggerate thehealthful effect of “light” beer. B)They usually ignore theeffect ofexercise onlosingweight. C)They prefer “light”beer and low-calorie bread to otherdrinks and food. D)They knowthefactors that play a positiverolein keeping down bodyweight. 27. Somepeople dislikeexercisebecause________. A)they think it isphysically exhausting B) they find it hard to exercise whileonadiet C)they don’t think itpossibletowalk 3miles every day D)they find consultingcaloric-expenditurecharts troublesome 28. “Even exercise professionals concede half a point here” (Line 3, Para. 2) means “They ________”. A) agree that the calories in a small piece of pastry can be difficult to work off by exercise B) partially believe diet plays asupporting roleinweight reduction C)are not fullyconvinced that dietingcan helpmaintain one’s new weight D)are not sufficiently informed of thepositiverole ofexercise in losingweight 29. Whatwas confirmed bytheBoston University Medical Center’s study? A)Controllingone’scalorie intakeismore important than doing exercise. B) Even occasional exercise can help reduce weight. C)Weight reduction is impossiblewithoutexercise. D)One could loseten pounds in ayear’s timeifthere’s noincrease in food intake. 30. Whatis theauthor’s purposeinwriting this article? A)Tojustify thestudy oftheBoston University Medical Center. B)Tostress the importanceof maintainingproper weight. C)Tosupport thestatement made byYork Onnen. D)Toshow themosteffective way tolose weight. PartIIIVocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 31. Themachine looked likealarge,________,old-fashioned typewriter. A)forceful 626淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) clumsy C)intense D)tricky 32. Though she began her ________ by singing in a local pop group, she is now a famous Hollywood moviestar. A)employment B) career C)occupation D)profession 33. Withintwo weeks of arrival, all foreigners had to________with thelocal police. A)inquire B) consult C)register D)resolve 34. Considering your salary, you should be able to ________ at least twenty dollars a week. A)put forward B) putup C)putout D)put aside 35. As hehas ________ourpatience, we’llnot wait for himany longer. A)torn B) wasted C)exhausted D)consumed 36. These teachers try to be objective when they ________ the integrated ability of their students. A)justify B) evaluate C)indicate D)reckon 37. Mrs. Morris’s daughteris pretty and ________,and manygirls envy her. A)slender 627淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) light C)faint D)minor 38. Tomorrow the mayor is to ________ a group of Canadian businessmen on a tour of thecity. A)coordinate B) cooperate C)accompany D)associate 39. I’m ________ enough to know it is going to be a very difficult situation to compete against three strong teams. A)realistic B) conscious C)aware D)radical 40. Can you give meeven the________clueas to where her sonmight be? A)simplest B) slightest C)least D)utmost 41. Norman Davis will be remembered by many with ________ not only as a great scholar butalso as amostdelightful and faithful friend. A)kindness B) friendliness C)warmth D)affection 42. Salaries for ________positionsseem to be higher than for permanent ones. A)legal B) optional C)voluntary D)temporary 43. Most people agree that the present role of women has already affected U.S. society. ________, ithas affected thetraditional roleof men. 628淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)Aboveall B) In all C)At most D)At last 44. Science and technology have ________ in important ways to the improvement of agricultural production. A)attached B) assisted C)contributed D)witnessed 45. As anactor hecould communicateawhole ________ofemotions. A)frame B) range C)number D)scale 46. This is what you should bear in mind: Don’t ________ a salary increase before you actually get it. A)hang on B) draw on C)wait on D)count on 47. The ship’s generator broke down, and the pumps had to be operated ________ instead ofmechanically. A)artificially B) automatically C)manually D)synthetically 48. The little girl was so frightened that she just wouldn’t ________ her grip on my arm. A)loosen B) remove C)relieve D)dismiss 629淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 49. Henever arrives ontimeand my________is that he feels themeetings are useless. A)preference B) conference C)inference D)reference 50. Mrs. Smith was so ________about everything that noservants could please her. A)specific B) special C)precise D)particular 51. Last night he saw two dark ________ enter the building, and then there was the explosion. A)features B) figures C)sketches D)images 52. It isobvious that this newrule isapplicable to everyonewithout ________. A)exception B) exclusion C)modification D)substitution 53. His temperand personally showthat he can becomea soldierofthetop ________. A)circle B) rank C)category D)grade 54. During the lecture, the speaker occasionally ________ his point by relating his own experiences. A)illustrated B) hinted C)cited D)displayed 630淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 55. Only those who can ________ to lose their money should make high-risk investments. A)maintain B) sustain C)endure D)afford 56. Hefound the ________mediaattention intolerable anddecided to go abroad. A)sufficient B) constant C)steady D)plenty 57. There has been acollision ________anumber ofcars onthemain road totown. A)composing B) consisting C)involving D)engaging 58. ________ elephants are different from wild elephants in many aspects, including theirtempers. A)Cultivated B) Regulated C)Civil D)Tame 59. Tendays ago theyoung maninformed his bossofhis intention to________. A)resign B) reject C)retreat D)replace 60. As one of the world’s highest paid models, she had her face ________ for five million dollars. A)deposited B) assured C)measured D)insured 631淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Part IVCloze (15minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Wise buying is a positive way in which you can make your money go further. The __61__ you go about purchasing an article or a service can actually __62__ you money orcan add __63__thecost. Take the __64__ example of a hairdryer. If you are buying a hairdryer, you might __65__ that you are making the __66__ buy if you choose one __67__ look you like and which is also the cheapest __68__ price. But when you get it home you may find that it __69__ twice as long as a more expensive __70__ to dry your hair. The cost of the electricity plus the cost of your time could well __71__ your hairdryer the most expensiveone ofall. Sowhat principles should you __72__when you go out shopping? If you __73__ your home, your car or any valuable __74__ in excellent condition, you’ll besaving money in thelong __75__. Before you buy a new __76__, talk to someone who owns one. If you can, use it or borrow itto checkit suitsyour particular __77__. Before you buy an expensive __78__, or a service, do check the price and __79__ is onoffer.Ifpossible, choose __80__three itemsor threeestimates. 61. A)form B) fashion C)way D)method 62. A)save B) preserve C)raise D)retain 63. A)up B) to C)in D)on 64. A)easy 632淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) single C)simple D)similar 65. A)convince B) accept C)examine D)think 66. A)proper B) best C)reasonable D)most 67. A)its B) which C)whose D)what 68. A)for B) with C)in D)on 69. A)spends B) takes C)lasts D)consumes 70. A)mode B) copy C)sample D)model 71. A)cause B) make C)leave D)prove 633淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 72. A)adopt B) lay C)stick D)adapt 73. A)reserve B) decorate C)store D)keep 74. A)products B) possession C)material D)ownership 75. A)run B) interval C)period D)time 76. A)appliance B) equipment C)utility D)facility 77. A)function B) purpose C)goal D)task 78. A)component B) element C)item D)particle 79. A)what B) which C)that 634淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)this 80. A)of B) in C)by D)from PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a campaign speech in support of your election to the post of chairman of the student union. You should write at least 120 words following the outline given below in Chinese: 1. 你认为自己具备了什么条件(能力、性格、爱好等)可以胜任学生会主席的工作 2. 如果当选，你将为本校同学做些什么 ACampaignSpeech 635淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年1月四级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. A 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. D 7. C 8. B 9. C 10. A S1. quality S2. investigated S3. value S4. familiar S5. recommend S6. perhaps S7. additional S8. Equivalent German models tend to beheavier and slightly less easy to use. S9. Similarly, it is smaller than most of its competitors, thus fitting easily into a pocket orahandbag. S10.Theonly problem was slight awkwardness inloading thefilm. Part II Reading Comprehension 11. A 12. D 13. C 14. B 15. A 16. C 17. B 18. D 19. C 20. D 21. D 22. B 23. D 24. A 25. C 26. B 27. B 28. B 29. C 30. D Part IIIVocabulary 31. B 32. B 33. C 34. D 35. C 36. B 37. A 38. C 39. B 40. B 636淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 41. D 42. D 43. A 44. C 45. B 46. D 47. C 48. A 49. C 50. D 51. B 52. A 53. B 54. A 55. D 56. B 57. C 58. D 59. A 60. D PartIVCloze 61. C 62. A 63. B 64. C 65. D 66. B 67. B 68. C 69. B 70. D 71. B 72. A 73. D 74. B 75. A 76. A 77. B 78. C 79. A 80. D 637淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年1月四级听力原文 1. W:You’vesold your car.Youdon’t need one? M: Not really. I’ve never liked driving anyway. Now we’ve moved to a place near thesubway entrance.Wecan get about quiteconveniently. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 2. M: I’m going to drop my Information Science class. It means too early in the morning. W:Is that really thegood reason to drop the class,Tony? Q:What does thewoman mean? 3. W: If you aren’t doing anything particular, shall we see the new play at the Grand Theater tonight? M: Soundsgreat. But I’vegot to go over mynotes for tomorrow’s midterm. Q:What does thewoman imply? 4. M: What do you think of the prospects for online education? Is it going to replace thetraditional school? W: I doubt it. Schools are here to stay, because there are much more than just book learning. Even though more and more kids are going online, I believe fewer of them willquit school altogether. Q:What does thewoman thinkoftheconventional schools? 5. M: Howdomoststudents find a jobafter they graduate? W:They usually look fora jobbysearching theWantAds inthenewspapers. Q:What does thewoman mean? 6. M:Allen is inthe basement trying to repairthewashing machine. W:Shouldn’t hebe working onhis term paper? Q:What does woman thinkAllen shoulddo? 7. W: Professor Newman, a few of us at the back didn’t get a copy of your reading assignment. M: Well, there’re only 38 names on my class list. And I didn’t bring any spare copies. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 8. M: Congratulations, Li Ming.You are the talk of the town, and the pride of our class now. 638淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 W: If you are referring to my winning the English Speech Contest, I don’t think it’s such a big deal. You know I’ve spent two summer vacations learning English in Canada. Q:What dowelearn about Li Ming from theconversation? 9. M:Would you pass metheSports Section please? W:Sure, ifyou give metheclassifiedAds and Local-News Section. Q:What are thespeakers doing? 10. W: If the weather is this hot tomorrow, we may as well give up the idea of playing tennis inthe afternoon. M: Oh, I don’t think it’ll last long. The weather forecast says it will cloud over by mid-afternoon Q:What does theman mean? PassageOne There are a lot of good cameras available at the moment—most of these are made in Japan but there are also good quality models from Germany and the USA. We have investigated a range of different models to see which is the best value for money.After a number of different tests and interviews with people who are familiar with the different cameras being assessed, our researchers recommend the Olympic BY model as the best auto-focus camera available at the moment. It costs $200 although you may well want to spend more—perhaps as much as another $200—on buying additional lenses and other equipment. It is a good Japanese camera, easy to use. Equivalent German models tend to be heavier and slightly less easy to use, whereas the American versions are considerably more expensive. The Olympic BYmodel weighs only 320 grams which is quite a bit less than other cameras of a similar type. Indeed one of the other models we looked at weighed almost twice as much. Similarly, it is smaller than most of its competitors, thus fitting easily into a pocket or a handbag.All the people we interviewed expressed almost total satisfaction with it. The only problem was the slight awkwardness in loading the film. 639淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年6月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20minutes) SectionA 1. A)The man hates tolend histools toother people. B)Theman hasn’t finished working onthebookshelf. C)Thetools have already been returned to thewoman. D)The toolstheman borrowed from thewoman are missing. 2. A)Givethe ring to apoliceman. B)Waitfor theowner ofthering inthe rest room. C)Hand in thering to thesecurity office. D)Takethe ring tothe administrationbuilding. 3. A)Savetimebyusing acomputer. B) Buy herown computer. C)BorrowMartha’s computer. D)Stay homeand completeher paper. 4. A)The man doesn’t havemoney for his daughter’s graduatestudies. B)Theman doesn’t think hisdaughter will get abusiness degree. C)Theman insists that hisdaughter should pursueher studies in science. D)The man advises his daughter to thinkcarefully before making her decision. 5. A)The cinemais somedistance away from where theyare. B) Hewould liketo read thefilm review in thenewspaper. C)They should wait to see themovieat a latertime. D)He’ll find his way tothecinema. 6. A)He’s been toSeattlemany times. B) Hehas chaired alot ofconferences. C)Hehas ahigh position in his company. D)He lived in Seattleformany years. 7. A)Teacher and student. B) Doctorand patient. 640淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Managerand officeworker. D)Travel agent and customer. 8. A)Sheknows the guy who willgive thelecture. B) Shethinksthelecture might beinformative. C)Shewants to add something to herlecture. D)She’llfinished her report thisweekend. 9. A)An art museum. B)Abeautiful park. C)Acollege campus. D)An architectural exhibition. 10. A)The houses for saleare of poorquality. B)Thehouses are tooexpensivefor thecouple tobuy. C)Thehousing developers provide free trips forpotential buyers. D)The man is unwillingto takea lookat thehouses for sale. Section B Passage1 11. A)Synthetic fuel B) Solarenergy C)Alcohol D)Electricity 12. A)Airtrafficconditions B)Trafficjams onhighways C)Road conditions D)New traffic rules 13. A)Go through ahealth check B) Carry little luggage C)Arrive early for boarding D)Undergo security checks Passage2 641淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 14. A)In afast-food restaurant B)At a shoppingcenter C)At a county fair D)In abakery 15. A)Avoideating any food B) Prepare theright type of pieto eat C)Washhis hands thoroughly D)Practice eating apiequickly 16. A)On thetable B) Behind hisback C)Under hisbottom D)On his lap 17. A)Looking sideways to seehowfast your neighbor eats. B) Eating from theoutsidetoward themiddle. C)Swallowingthe piewith water. D)Holding thepiein theright position. Passage3 18. A)Beauty B) Loyalty C)Luck D)Durability 19. A)He wanted tofollowthe traditionof hiscountry. B) Hebelieved that it symbolized an everlasting marriage. C)It was thought ablood vessel in that finger led directly to theheart. D)It was supposed that thediamond onthat finger would bring good luck. 20. A)The two peoplecan learn about each other’s likes and dislikes. B)Thetwo people can havetimetodecide ifthey are a good match. C)Thetwo people can havetimetoshop for theirnewhome. D)The two peoplecan earn enough moneyfor theirwedding. Part IIReading Comprehension(35minutes) 642淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Passage1 Is there enough oil beneath theArctic National Wildlife Refuge (保护区) (ANWR) to help secure America’s energy future? President Bush certainly thinks so. He has argued that tapping ANWR’s oil would help ease California’s electricity crisis and provide a major boost to the country’s energy independence. But no one knows for sure how much crude oil lies buried beneath the frozen earth with the last government survey, conducted in1998,projecting outputanywhere from 3billion to 16billionbarrels. The oil industry goes with the high end of the range, which could equal as much as 10% of U.S. consumption for as long as six years. By pumping more than 1 million barrels a day from the reserve for the next two three decades, lobbyists claim, the nation could cut back on imports equivalent to all shipments to the U.S. from Saudi Arabia. Sounds good.An oil boom would also mean a multibillion-dollar windfall (意外之财) in tax revenues, royalties (开采权使用费) and leasing fees for Alaska and the Federal Government. Best of all, advocates of drilling say, damage to the environment would be insignificant. “We’ve never had a document case of oil rig chasing deer out onto the pack ice.” saysAlaska StateRepresentativeScott Ogan. Not so far, say environmentalists. Sticking to the low end of government estimates, the National Resources Defense Council says there may be no more than 3.2 billion barrels of economically recoverable oil in the coastal plain of ANWR, a drop in the bucket that would do virtually nothing to ease America’s energy problems. And consumers would wait up to a decade to gain any benefits, because drilling could begin only after much bargaining over leases, environmental permits and regulatory review.As forANWR’s impact on the California power crisis, environmentalists point out that oil is responsible for only 1% of the Golden State’s electricity output—and just 3% of the nation’s. 21. Whatdoes President Bush think oftapping oil inANWR? A)It will exhaustthe nation’s oil reserves. B) It willhelp secure thefuture ofANWR. C)It willhelp reduce thenation’s oil imports. D)It will increaseAmerica’s energy consumption. 22. Welearn from thesecond paragraph that theAmerican oil industry ________. A)believes that drillingfor oil inANWRwill produce high yields B) tends to exaggerateAmerica’s relianceonforeign oil C)shows littleinterest in tapping oil inANWR D)expects tostop oilimports from SaudiArabia 23. Thoseagainst oil drillinginANWR argue that ________. A)it can cause serious damage to theenvironment B) itcan dolittleto solveU.S. energy problems 643淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)itwill drain the oilreserves in theAlaskan region D)it willnot have much commercial value 24. Whatdotheenvironmentalists mean bysaying “Not sofast”(Line 1,Para. 3)? A)Oil exploitation takes a longtime B)Theoil drillingshould be delayed C)Don’t be toooptimistic D)Don’t expect fast returns 25. It can be learned from the passage that oil exploitation beneath ANWR’s frozen earth ________. A)remains acontroversial issue B) is expected to get under way soon C)involves alot oftechnological problems D)will enable theU.S. to beoil independent Passage2 “Tear‘em apart!”“Killthefool!”“Murderthe referee(裁判)!” These are common remarks one may hear at various sporting events. At the time they are made, they may seem innocent enough. But let’s not kid ourselves. They have been known to influence behavior in such a way as to lead to real bloodshed. Volumes have been written about the way words affect us. It has been shown that words having certain connotations (含义) may cause us to react in ways quite foreign to what we consider to be our usual humanistic behavior. I see the term “opponent” as one of those words. Perhaps thetimehas cometo delete itfrom sports terms. The dictionary meaning of the term “opponent “is “adversary “: “enemy “; “one who opposes your interests.” “Thus, when a player meets an opponent, he or she may tend to treat that opponent as an enemy. At such times, winning may dominate one’s intellect, and every action, no matter how gross, may be considered justifiable. I recall an incident in a handball game when a referee refused a player’s request for a time out for a glove change because he did not considered then wet enough. The player proceeded to rub his gloves across hiswetT-shirt and then exclaimed. “Arethey wet enough now?” In the heat of battle, players have been observed to throw themselves across the court without considering the consequences that such a move might have on anyone in their way. I have also witnessed a player reacting to his opponent’s international and illegal blocking by deliberately hitting him with the ball as hard as he could during the course of play. Off the court, they are good friends. Does that make any sense? It certainlygives proofofa court attitudewhich departs from normal behavior. Therefore, I believe it is time we elevated (提升) the game to the level where it belongs thereby setting an example to the rest of the sporting world. Replacing the term “opponent” with“associate”couldbean ideal way to start. 644淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 The dictionary meaning of the term “associate” is “colleague”; “friend”; “companion.” Reflect a moment! You may soon see and possibly feel the difference in your reaction to theterm “associate”rather than “opponent.” 26. Whichofthe following statements best expresses theauthor’s view? A)Aggressive behavior insports can have serious consequences. B)Thewords people usecan influencetheir behavior. C)Unpleasant words in sports are often used byforeign athletes. D)Unfair judgments byreferees will lead to violence onthesports field. 27. Harsh words are spoken during games becausethe players ________. A)are too eager to win B) are usually short-tempered and easily offended C)cannot afford to bepolitein fierce competition D)treat theirrivals as enemies 28. What did the handball player do when he was not allowed a time out to change his gloves? A)He refused to continuethegame. B) Heangrily hitthereferee witha ball. C)Heclaimed that therefereewas unfair. D)He wet his gloves byrubbing them across hisT-shirt. 29. According tothe passage, players, ina game, may ________. A)deliberately throwthe ballat anyone illegally blocking their way B) keep onscreaming and shoutingthroughout the game C)liedown ontheground as an act ofprotest D)kick the ball across thecourt with force 30. Theauthor hopes to havethe current situationin sports improved by________. A)calling onplayers to useclean language onthecourt B) raising thereferee’s sense ofresponsibility C)changing theattitudeof players onthesports field D)regulating therelationship between players and referees Passage3 Consumers are being confused and misled by the hodge-podge ( 大 杂 烩 ) of environmental claims made by household products, according to a “green labeling” study published byConsumers International Friday. 645淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Among the report’s more outrageous (令人无法容忍的) findings-a German fertilizer described itself as “earthworm friendly” a brand of flour said it was “non-polluting”and a British toiletpaper claimed to be“environmentally friendlier” The study was written and researched by Britain’s National Consumer Council (NCC) for lobby group Consumer International. It was funded by the German and Dutch governments and theEuropean Commission. “ While many good and useful claims are being made, it is clear there is a long way to go in ensuring shoppers are adequately informed about the environmental impact of products they buy,”said Consumers International directorAnnaFielder. The 10-country study surveyed product packaging in Britain, Western Europe, Scandinavia and the United States. It found that products sold in Germany and the United Kingdom made themost environmental claims onaverage. The report focused on claims made by specific products, such as detergent (洗涤剂) insect sprays and by some garden products. It did not test the claims, but compared them to labeling guidelines set by the International Standards Organization (ISO) in September, 1999. Researchers documented claims of environmental friendliness made by about 2,000 products and found many too vague or too misleading to meet ISO standards. “Many products had specially-designed labels to make them seem environmentally friendly, but in fact many of these symbols mean nothing,” said report researcher Philip Page. “Laundry detergents made the most number of claims with 158. Household cleaners were second with 145 separate claims, while paints were third on our list with 73. The high numbers show how very confusing it must be for consumers to sort the true from themisleading.”hesaid. The ISO labeling standards ban vague or misleading claims on product packaging, because terms such as “environmentally friendly” and “non-polluting” cannot be verified. “What we are now pushing for is to have multinational corporations meet the standards set bytheISO.” saidPage. 31. According tothe passage, theNCCfound itoutrageous that ________. A)all theproducts surveyed claim tomeet ISO standards B) theclaims made byproducts are often unclear ordeceiving C)consumers would believe manyof themanufactures’claim D)few products actually prove to beenvironment friendly 32. As indicated inthispassage, withso many good claims, the consumers ________. A)are becoming morecautious about the products they are going to buy B) are still not willing to pay more forproducts with green labeling C) are becoming more aware of the effects different products have on the environment 646淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)stilldonot knowtheexact impact of different products ontheenvironment 33. Astudywas carried out byBritain’s NCC to ________. A) find out how many claims made by products fail to meet environmental standards B) inform theconsumers oftheenvironmental impact oftheproducts they buy C)examineclaims madebyproducts against ISO standards D)revise theguidelines set bytheInternational Standards Organization 34. Whatis oneof theconsequences caused bythe many claims ofhousehold products? A)They are likely to lead to serious environmental problems. B) Consumers find itdifficult to tellthe truefrom the false. C)They could arouse widespread anger among consumer. D)Consumers will betempted to buyproducts they don’t need. 35. It can be inferred from the passage that the lobby group Consumer International wants to ________. A)make product labeling satisfyISO requirements B) seeall household products meet environmental standards C)warn consumers of thedanger ofso-called green products D)verify theefforts of non-pollutingproducts Passage4 Two hours from the tall buildings of Manhattan and Philadelphia live some of the world’s largest black bears. They are in northern Pennsylvania’s Pocono Mountains, a homethey share with an abundance ofother wildlife. The streams, lakes, meadows (草地), mountain ridges and forests that make the Poconos an ideal place for black bears have also attracted more people to the region. Open spaces are threatened by plans for housing estates and important habitats (栖息地) are endangered by highway construction. To protect the Poconos natural beauty from irresponsible development, the Nature Conservancy (大自然保护协会) named the area oneofAmerica’s “Last Great Places”. Operating out of a century-old schoolhouse in the village of Long Pond, Pennsylvania, the conservancy’s bud Cook is working with local people and business leaders to balance economic growth with environmental protection. By forging partnerships with people like FrancisAltemose, the Conservancy has been able to protect morethan 14,000acres ofenvironmentally importantland inthearea. Altemose’s family has farmed in the Pocono area for generations. Two years ago Francis worked with the Conservancy to include his farm in a county farmland protection program. As a result, his family’s land can be protected from development and the 647淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Altemoses will be better able to provide a secure financial future for their 7-year-old grandson. Cook attributes the Conservancy’s success in the Poconos to having a local presence and a commitment to working with local residents “The key to protecting these remarkable lands is connecting with the local community,” Cook said. “The people who live there respect the land. They value quiet forests, clear streams and abundant wildlife. They are eager to help with conservation effort. For more information on how you can help the Nature Conservancy protect the Poconos and the world’s other “Last Great Places,” please call 1-888-564 6864 or visit us ontheWorldWideWebat www.tnc.org. 36. The purpose in naming the Poconos as one of America’s “Last Great Places” is to ________. A)gain support from thelocal community B) protect it from irresponsible development C)makeit abetter homeforblack bears D)provide financial security for futuregenerations 37. Welearn from thepassage that ________. A)thepopulation inthePocono area isgrowing B) wildlifein thePocono area is dying out rapidly C)thesecurity of thePocono residents isbeingthreatened D)farmlands inthePocono area are shrinkingfast 38. Whatis important inprotecting thePoconos according to Cook? A)The settingupof anenvironmental protection website B) Support from organizations likeTheNature Conservancy C)Cooperation with thelocal residents andbusiness leaders D)Inclusion of farmlands intheregion’s protection program 39. Whatdoes Bud Cook mean by“having alocal presence” (Line1,Para. 5)? A)Financial contributions from local business leaders B) Consideration oftheinterests ofthelocal residents C)Theestablishment of awildlifeprotection foundation inthe area D)The settingupof alocal Nature Conservancy branch in thePocono area 40. Thepassage most probably is ________. A)an official document 648淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) anews story C)an advertisement D)a research report PartIIIVocabulary (20minutes) 41. Aword processor is much better than a typewriter in that it enables you to enter and ________ your textmoreeasily. A)register B) edit C)propose D)discharge 42. We don’t know why so many people in that region like to wear dresses of such ________ colors. A)low B) humble C)mild D)dull 43. Thenews has just ________thatthe president is going tovisit Chinanextmonth. A)come down B) comeup C)comeout D)come about 44. The ________ that exists among nations could certainly be lessened if misunderstanding andmistrustwere removed. A)tension B) strain C)stress D)intensity 45. The other day, Mum and I went to St. James’s Hospital, and they did lots and lots of testsonme, most ofthem ________and frightening. A)cheerful B) horrible C)hostile D)friendly 649淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 46. In the Mediterranean seaweed is so abundant and so easily harvested that it is never ofgreat ________. A)fare B) payment C)worth D)expense 47. Thewriter was so ________in her work that shedidn’tnotice himenter the room. A)absorbed B) abandoned C)focused D)centered 48. Actually, information technology can ________ the gap between the poor and the rich. A)link B) break C)ally D)bridge 49. Some research workers completely ________ all those facts as though they never existed. A)ignore B) leave C)refuse D)miss 50. Computer power now allows automatic searches of fingerprint files to match a print at acrime ________. A)stage B) scene C)location D)occasion 51. The most basic reason why dialects should be preserved is that language helps to ________ aculture. A)retain B) relate C)remark 650淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)review 52. Companies are struggling to find the right ________ between supply and demand, butit is noeasy task. A)equation B) formula C)balance D)pattern 53. Mass advertising helped to ________ the emphasis from the production of goods to theirconsumption. A)vary B) shift C)lay D)moderate 54. Because of his excellent administration, people lived in peace and ________ and all previously neglected matters were taken care of. A)conviction B) contest C)consent D)content 55. Iknowyou’vegot asmoothtongue, so don’t talk me________buying it. A)away B) down C)out D)into 56. Showing some sense of humor can be a(n) ________ way to deal with some stressful situation. A)effective B) efficient C)favorable D)favorite 57. Thesituationdescribed in thereport ________terrible, but it may not happen. A)inclines B) maintains 651淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)sounds D)remains 58. Thecompany istrying every means to________the wholesaleprice of itsproducts. A)pull down B) putdown C)set down D)bring down 59. The mayor ________ the police officer a medal of honor for his heroic deed in rescuing theearthquake victims. A)rewarded B) awarded C)credited D)prized 60. The native Canadians lived in ________ with nature, for they respected nature as a provider oflife. A)coordination B) acquaintance C)contact D)harmony 61. Many people are asking whether traditional research universities in fact have any future ________. A)at all B) so far C)inall D)onend 62. Iwas impressed ________theefficiency ofthework donein thecompany. A)in B) about C)with D)for 63. Now in Britain, wines take up four times as much ________ in the storehouse as bothbeer and spirits. A)block 652淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) land C)patch D)space 64. His hand shook alittleas he________thekey in thelock. A)squeezed B) inserted C)stuffed D)pierced 65. For professional athletes, ________ to the Olympics means that they have a chance toenter thehistory books. A)access B) attachment C)appeal D)approach 66. In the long ________, the new information technologies may fundamentally alter ourway of life. A)view B) distance C)jump D)run 67. Allthearrangements shouldbecompleted ________your departure. A)prior to B) superiorto C)contrary to D)parallel to 68. We need to create education standards that prepare our next generation who will be ________ withan even morecompetitivemarket. A)tackled B) encountered C)dealt D)confronted 69. In the late seventies, the amount of fixed assets required to produce one vehicle in Japan was ________equivalent to that intheUnited States. 653淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)rudely B) roughly C)readily D)coarsely 70. Many people believe we are heading for environmental disaster ________ we radicallychange way we live. A)but B) although C)unless D)lest Part IVShortAnswerQuestions (15minutes) We commonly think of sportsmanship in connection with athletic contests, but it also applies to individual outdoor sports. Not everyone who picks up a fishing rod or goes out with a gun is a sportsman. The sportsman first of all obeys the fish and game laws, not because he is liable to be punished as a violator, but because he knows that in themain theselaws are madefor hisbest interests. The following are some of the things that those who would qualify for membership inthesportsmanship fraternity(圈内人)willdo. 1. Take no more game than the bag limit provided for by the fish and game laws. The person who comes back from a trip boasting about the large number of fish or game taken is not asportsman but agame hog(贪得无厌的捕猎者). 2. Observe the unwritten rules of fair play. This means shooting game birds only when the birds are “on the wing”. For the same reason, do not use a shotgun to shoot a rabbit orsimilaranimal whileit is sitting orstanding still. 3. Be careful in removing illegal or undersized fish from the hook. This should be done only after wetting the hands. This is necessary because the body of the fish is covered with a thin, protective film which will stick to your dry hands. If the hands are dry when the fish is handled, the film is torn from the body of the fish. Without the protective film, the fish is more easily attacked by diseases. If you wish to release a fish that is hooked in such a way that it will be impossible to be close to the hook as convenient. In a remarkably short time, the hook will break down and the fish will remain almost unharmed. Fish have been known to feed successfully while hooks were stillintheir lips. 4. Be sure of the identity of your target before you shoot. Many useful and harmless species of wildlife are thoughtlessly killed by the uninformed person who is out with a gun tokill whatever flies within range. S1. In what respect does the author think individual outdoor sports are similar to athletic contests? 654淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S2. A person who goes out fishing with a fishing rod or hunting with a gun is not necessarily ________. S3. What’s the most important thing a true sportsman should bear in mind when he goes fishingor hunting________. S4. Those who violate the fish and game laws will not be ________ for membership in thesportsmanshipfraternity. S5. What are people called when they break the bag limit and boast about their big catch? S6. Atruesportsman will notshoot an animal which is not________. S7. What are people advised to do before they remove illegal or undersized fish from thehook? S8. Whatshould sportsman doto avoid killingrare species ofwildlife? PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a short essay in honor of teachers on the occasion of Teacher’s Day. You should write at least 120 wordsfollowing theoutlinegiven below: 1. 向老师致以节日祝贺 2. 从一件难忘的事回忆老师的教诲和无私的奉献 3. 我如何回报老师的关爱 655淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年6月四级参考答案 Part IListeningComprehension 1. D 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. A 6. A 7. C 8. B 9. C 10. D 11. D 12. A 13. B 14. C 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. A 19. C 20. B Part II Reading Comprehension 21. C 22. A 23. B 24. C 25. A 26. B 27. D 28. D 29. A 30. C 31. B 32. D 33. C 34. B 35. A 36. B 37. A 38. C 39. D 40. D Part III 41. B 42. D 43. C 44. A 45. B 46. C 47. A 48. D 49. A 50. B 51. A 52. C 53. B 54. D 55. D 56. A 57. C 58. D 59. B 60. D 61. A 62. C 63. D 64. B 65. A 66. D 67. A 68. D 69. B 70. C PartIVShortAnswerQuestions S1. Both ofthem are in common with sportsmanship S2. asportsman S3. Toobey thelaw. S4. qualified S5. Agame hog. 656淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S6. moving S7. Towet their hands. S8. They should knowtheidentity ofthetarget. 657淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年6月四级听力原文 1. W: Simon, oh, well, could you return the tools I lend you for building the bookshelf last month? M: Oh, Ihate totell you this, butI can’tseem to find them. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 2. W:I foundan expensivediamond ring in therestroom this morning. M: If I were you, I would turn it in to the security office. It is behind the administrationbuilding. Q:What does theman suggest thewoman do? 3. W: I am going to Martha’s house. I have a paper to complete.And I need to use her computer. M:Why don’t you buyone yourself?Think howmuchtimeyou couldsave. Q:What does theman suggest thewoman do? 4. W:Daddy,I havedecided to give upscience and go to business school. M: Well, it is your choice as long as pay your own way, but I should warn you that noteveryone with abusiness degree willmake asuccessful manager. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 5. W: I just read in the newspaper that Lord of the Rings is this year’s greatest hit. Whydon’twe go and see itat theGrand Cinema? M: Don’t you think thatcinema is alittle out ofthe way? Q:What does theman mean? 6. W:Bob said that Seattleis agreat place for conferences. M: Heis certainly inthe position to makethat comment. HE has been thereso often. Q:What does theman say about? 7. W: Mr. Watson, I wonder whether it’s possible for me to take a vacation early next month. M: Did you fillout arequest form? Q:What istheprobable relationship between the two speakers? 8. M: Do you want to go to the lecture this weekend? I heard that the guy who is going todeliver thelecture spent a year livingin therainforest. W: Great, I am doing a report on the rain forest. Maybe I can get some new information to add it. 658淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Q:What does thewoman mean? 9. W: Wow, I do like this campus. All the big trees, the green lawns, and the old buildings with tallcolumns. It’s really beautiful. M: It sure is.The architecture of these buildings is in the Greek style. It was popular inthe 18thcentury here. Q:What are thespeakers talking about? 10. M: This article is nothing but advertising for housing developers. I don’t think the houses for saleare half that good. W:Come on, David.Why so negative?Weare thinking of buying a home, aren’t we? Justa trip tolook at the place won’t cist us much. Q:What canbeinferred form the conversation? PassageOne In the next few decades, people are going to travel very differently from the way they do today. Everyone is going to drive electrically-powered cars, so in the few years, people won’t worry about running out of gas. Some of the large automobile companies are really moving ahead with this new technology. F&C Motors, a major auto company, for example, is holding a press conference next week. After the press conference, the company will present its new electronically-operated models. Transportation in the future won’t be limited to the ground; many people predict that traffic will quickly move to the sky. In the coming years, instead of radio reports about road conditions and highway traffic, news reports will talk about traffic jams in the sky. But the sky isn’t the limit. In the future, you will probably even be able to take a trip to the moon. Instead of listening to regular airplane announcements, you will hear someone say: the spacecraft to the moon leaves in 10 minutes. Please check your equipment. And remember no more than 10ounces of carry-on baggage are allowed. Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. Whatwill beused to power cars in thenextfew decades? 12. Whatwill future news reports focus onwhen talking about transportation? 13. Whatwill passengers beasked todowhen they travel to themoon? PassageTwo County fairs are a tradition in New England towns. They offer great entertainment. One popular event is the pie-eating contest. If you want to take part in the contest, it is a good idea to remember these guidelines: first, make sure your stomach is nearly empty of food. Eating a whole pie can be hard if you have just finish a meal. Next, it is helpful to like the pie you are going to eat. The cream types are a good choice. They slide down the 659淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 throat more easily. Placing your hands in the right position adds to the chances of winning. There is a temptation to reach out and help the eating process.This will result in becoming disqualified. Don’t just sit on your hands, if your hands are tied behind your back, you willnot betempted to make useofthem. Now you are ready to show your talent at eating pies. The object of course, is to get the bottom of the pie plate before the other people. It is usually better to start at the outsideand work toward the middle.This method gives you a goal to focus on.Try not to notice what the other people near you are doing. Let the cheers from the crowd spur you on.But don’t lookup.All you shouldthink about iseating that pie. Questions14to17arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. Whereis pie-eating contest usually held? 15. Whatshould aperson dobefore entering intothepie-eating contest? 16. Whereis person advised to puthis hands during thecontest? 17. Whatsuggestion is offered for eating upthepiequickly? PassageThree The period of engagement is the time between the marriage proposal and the wedding ceremony. Two people agree to marry when they decided to spend their lives together.The man usually gives the woman a diamond engagement ring. That tradition is said to have started when anAustrian man gave a beauty. He placed it on the third finger of her left hand. He chose that finger because it was thought that the blood vessel in that finger went directly to the heart. Today we know that this is not true, yet the tradition continues. Americans generally are engaged for a period of about one year, if they are planning a wedding ceremony and a party. During this time, friends of the bride may hold a party at which women friends and family members give the bride gifts that she will need as a wife. These could include cooking equipment or new clothing. Friends of the man who is getting married may have a bachelor party for him. This usually takes place the night before thewedding. Only man are invited to thebachelor party. During the marriage ceremony, the bride and her would-be husband usually exchange gold rings that represent the idea that their union will continue forever. The wife often wears both the wedding ring and the engagement ring on the same finger. The husband wears his ring on the third finger on his left hand. Many people say the purpose of the engagement period is to permit enough time to plan the wedding. But the main purpose is to let enough time pass so the two people are sure that they want to marry each other. Either person may decide to break the engagement, if this happens, the woman usually returns the ring to the man. They also return any wedding gifts they have received. 660淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 18. Whatwas thediamond ring said to represent? 19. Whydid theAustrian man place the diamond ring onthe third finger of the left hand ofhis would-bewife? 20. Whatis thechief advantage of having theengagement period? 661淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年12月大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA 1. A)Seea doctor. B) Stayin bed fora few days. C)Get treatment in abetter hospital. D)Make aphone call to thedoctor. 2. A)The 2:00 train willarrive earlier. B)The2:30 train has adining car. C)Thewoman prefers totake the2:30 train. D)they are gong tohave somefast food onthetrain 3. A)Shehas been longing to attend Harvard University. B) She’ll considerthe man’ssuggestion carefully. C)Shehas finished her project with Dr.Garcia’s help. D)She’llconsult Dr.Garcia about entering graduate school. 4. A)Alicedidn’t seem to benervous during herspeech. B)Alice needs more training inmaking publicspeeches. C)Theman can hardly understandAlice’s presentation. D)The man didn’t think highly ofAlice’s presentation. 5. A)It’s worse than 30years ago. B) It remains almost thesame as before. C)There are more extremes inthe weather. D)There has been asignificant rise intemperature. 6. A)At apublishinghouse. B)At a bookstore. C)In areading room. D)In Prof. Jordan’s office. 7. A)The man can stay in her brother’s apartment. B) Her brothercan help theman find acheaper hotel. 662淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)Her brothercan find an apartment for theman. D)The man shouldhave booked aless expensivehotel. 8. A)Priority shouldbe given to listening. B) It’smost helpful toread English newspapers every day. C)It’smore effective to combinelisteningwith reading. D)Reading shouldcome before listening. 9. A)It can help solvecomplex problems. B) It willmost likely proveineffective. C)It isa new weapon against terrorists. D)It will help detect all kinds ofliars. 10. A)Help the company recruit graduate students. B)Visit theelectronics company nextweek. C)Get apart-timejoboncampus before graduation. D)Apply fora job intheelectronics company. Section B PassageOne Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)It ha been proven tobethe bestpain-killer. B) It isa possiblecure forheart disease. C)It can help lower high bodytemperature effectively. D)It reduces thechance ofdeath for heart surgery patients. 12. A)It keeps blood vessels from being blocked. B) It speeds uptheir recovery after surgery. C)It in creases the bloodflowtotheheart. D)It adjusts theirblood pressure. 13. A)It is harmful to heart surgery patients with stomach bleeding. B) It shouldnot be taken byheart surgery patients before theoperation. C)It willhave considerableside effects iftaken in large doses. D)It shouldnot begiven to patients immediately after theoperation. PassageTwo 663淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)They strongly believein family rules. B)They are very likely to succeed inlife. C)They tend totake responsibility forthemselves. D)They are in thehabit ofobeying their parents. 15. A)They growupto be funnyand charming. B)They often havea poorsense ofdirection. C)They get less attention from theirparents. D)They tend to besmart and strong-willed. 16. A)They usually don’t followfamily rules. B)They don’t liketo take chances in their lives. C)They are less likely to besuccessful in life. D)They tend to believein their parent’s ideas. PassageThree Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)They wanted tofollow hisexample. B)They fully supported hisundertaking. C)They were puzzled byhisdecision. D)They were afraid he wasn’tfully prepared. 18. A)It is more exciting than space travel. B) It ismuch cheaperthan space travel. C)It ismuch safer than space travel. D)It is less time-consuming than space travel. 19. A)They both attract scientists’attention. B)They can both be quitechallenging. C)They are boththought-provoking. D)They may both lead tosurprising findings. 20. A)Toshow howsimplethemechanical aids for divingcan be. B)Toprovidean excuseforhis changeable character. C)Toexplorethephilosophical issues ofspace travel. 664淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Toexplain why he tookupunderwater exploration. Part IIReading comprehension(35minutes) PassageOne Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Just five one-hundredths of an inch thick, light golden in color and with a perfect “saddle curl,” the Lay’s potato chip seems an unlikely weapon for global domination. But its maker. Frito-Lay. Thinks otherwise. “Potato chips are a snack food for the world,” said Salman Amin, the company’s head of global marketing. Amin believes there is no corner ofthe world that can resist thecharms of aFrito-Lay potato chip. Frito-Lay is the biggest snack maker inAmerica, owned by PepsiCo. And accounts for over half of the parent company’s $3 billion annual profits. But the U.S. snack food market is largely saturated, andto grow,thecompany has to lookoverseas. Its strategy rests on two beliefs: first a global product offers economies of scale with which local brands cannot compete. And second, consumers in the 21st century are drawn to “global” as a concept. “Global” does not mean products that are consciously identified as American, but ones than consumes-especially young people-see as part of a modem, innovative (创新的) world in which people are linked across cultures by shared beliefs and tastes. Potato chips are anAmerican invention, but most Chinese, for instance, do not know than Frito-Lay is an American company. Instead, Riskey, the company’s research and development head, would hope they associate the brand with the new world ofglobal communications and business. With brand perception a crucial factor, Riskey ordered a redesign of the Frito-Lay logo (标识). The logo, along with the company’s long-held marketing image of the “irresistibility”of itschips,would help facilitatethecompany’s global expansion. The executives acknowledge that they try to swing national eating habits to a food created inAmerica, but they deny that amounts to economic imperialism. Rater, they see Frito-Lay as spreading the benefits of free enterprise across the world. “We’re making products in those countries, we’re adapting them to the tastes of those countries, building businesses and employing people and changing lives,” said Steve Reinemund, PepsiCo’s chiefexecutive. 21. It isthebelief of Frito-Lay’s head ofglobal marking that ________. A)potato chips can hardly be usedas aweapon to dominatetheworld market B) their company mustfind new ways to promotedomesticsales C)the light golden color enhances thecharm of theircompany’s potato chips D)people theworld over enjoy eating theircompany’s potato chips 22. Whatdowe learn about Frito-Lay from Paragraph 2? A)Its products useto bepopular amongoverseas consumers. 665淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) Its expansionhas caused fierce competition in thesnack marker. C)It gives halfof itsannual profits to itsparent company. D)It needs to turn to theword market fordevelopment. 23. One of the assumptions on which Frito-Lay bases its development strategy is that ________. A)consumers worldwide todayare attracted byglobal brands B) local brands cannot compete successfully withAmerican brands C)products suitingChinese consumers’needs bring moreprofits D)products identified asAmerican willhave promising market value 24. Whydid Riskeyhave the Frito-Lay logo redesigned? A)Tosuit changing tastes ofyoung consumers. B)Topromotethecompany’s strategy ofglobalization. C)Tochange thecompany’s long-held marketing image. D)Tocompete with otherAmerican chip producers. 25. Frito-Lay’s executives claim that the promoting of American food in the international market ________. A)won’t affect the eating habits ofthelocal people B) willlead to economicimperialism C)willbe inthe interest ofthe local people D)won’t spoilthetaste oftheirchips PassageTwo Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. In communities north of Denver, residents are pitching in to help teachers and administrators as the Vrain school District tries to solve a $13.8 million budget shortage blamed on mismanagement. “We’re worried about our teachers and principals, and we really don’t want to lose them because of this,” one parent sail. “If we can help ease their financial burden, we will.“ Teachers are grateful, but know it may be years before the district is solvent (有综合 能力的). They feel really good about the parent support, but they realize it’s impossible forthen tosolvethis problem. The 22,000-student district discovered the shortage last month. “It’s extraordinary. Nobody would have imagined something happening like this at this level,” said State TreasurerMikeCoffman. Coffman and district officials last week agreed on a state emergency plan freeing yp a $9.8 million loan that enabled the payroll (工资单) to be met for 2,700 teachers and 666淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 staffintimefor theholidays. District officials also took $1.7 million from student-activity accounts its 38 schools. At Coffman’s request, the District Attorney has begun investigating the district’s finances. Coffman says he wants to know whether district officials hid the budget shortage until after the November election, when voters approved a $212 million bond issueforschools. In Frederick, students’parents are buying classroom supplies and offering to pay for groceries and utilities tokeep first-year teachers andprincipals intheir jobs. Some $36,000 has been raised in donations from Safeway. A Chevrolet dealership donated $10,000 and forgave the district’s $10,750 bill for renting the driver educating cars. IBM contributed 4,500packs ofpaper. “We employ thousands of people in this community,” said Mitch Carson, a hospital chief executive, who helped raise funds. “We have children in the school, and we see howthey could be affected.” At Creek High School, three students started a website that displays newspaper articles, district information and an email forum (论坛)。 “Rumors about what’s happening to the district are moving at lighting speed,” said a student. “We wanted to knowthetruth, and spread that around instead.” 26. Whathas happened totheVrainSchool District? A)Ahuge financial problem has arisen. B) Manyschools there are mismanaged. C)Lotsof teachers in thedistrict are planning to quit. D)Many administrativepersonnel havebeen laid off. 27. Howdid theresidents in theVrainSchool District respond to thebudget shortage? A)They felt somewhat helpless about it. B)They accused thoseresponsible forit. C)They pooled their efforts to helpsolveit. D)They demanded athrough investigation. 28. In the view of State Treasurer Mike Coffman, the educational budget shortage is ________. A)unavoidable B) unthinkable C)insolvable D)irreversible 29. Whydid Coffmanrequest an investigation? 667淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)Tosee ifthere was adeliberatecover-up oftheproblem. B)Tofind out theextentof theconsequences of thecase. C)Tomake surethat theschool principals were innocent. D)Tostop the voters approving the$212million bongissue. 30. Three high school studentsstarted awebsite in orderto ________. A)attract greaterpublicattention to their needs B) appeal tothe publicforcontributions and donations C)exposeofficials who neglected theirduties D)keep people properly informed ofthecrisis PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. “Humans should not try to avoid stress any more than they would shun food, love or exercise.” Said Dr. Hans Selye, the first physician to document the effects of stress on the body. While here’s on question that continuous stress is harmful, several studies suggest that challenging situations in which you’re able to rise to the occasion can be good for you. In a 2001 study of 158 hospital nurses, those who faced considerable work demands but coped with the challenge were more likely to say they were in good health than those who felt they stress that you can manage also boost immune (免疫的) function. In a study at the Academic Center for Dentistry in Amsterdam, researchers put volunteers through two stressful experiences. In the first, a timed task that required memorizing a list followed by a short test, subjects through a gory (血淋淋的) video on surgical procedures. Those who did well on the memory test had an increase in levels of immunoglobulinA, an antibody that’s the body’s first line of defense against germs. The video-watchers experienced adownturn in theantibody. Stress prompts the body to produce certain stress hormones. In short bursts these hormones have a positive effect, including improved memory function. “They can help nerve cells handle information and put it into storage,” says Dr. Bruce McEwen of Rockefeller University in New York. But in the long run these hormones can have a harmful effect onthebodyand brain. “Sustained stress is not good for you,” says Richard Morimoto, a researcher at Northwestern University in Illinois studying the effects of stress on longevity, “It’s the occasional burst ofstress or briefexposureto stress that could be protective.” 31. Thepassage is mainly about ________. A)thebenefits ofmanageable stress B) stay away from C)runout of 668淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)put upwith 32. Theword “shun”(Line 1,Para. 1) mostprobably means ________. A)cut down on B) stay away from C)runout of D)put upwith 33. Wecan conclude from the studyof the158nurses in 2001that ________. A)people under stress tend to havea poormemory B) peoplewho can’t get theirjob doneexperience morestress C)doingchallenging work may begood for one’s health D)stress will weaken the body’s defenseagainst germs 34. In the experiment described in Paragraph 3, the video-watchers experienced a downturn in theantibody because ________. A)thevideo was not enjoyable at all B) theoutcomewas beyond their control C)they knew littleabout surgical procedures D)they felt nopressure whilewatching the video 35. Dr.Bruce McEwen of Rockefeller University believes that ________. A)a person’s memory is determined bythelevel ofhormones in hisbody B) stress hormones have lasting positiveeffects onthebrain C)short bursts ofstress hormones enhance memory function D)a person’s memory improves with continued experience ofstress PassageFour Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. If you want to teach your children how to say sorry, you must be good at saying it yourself, especially toyour ownchildren. But how you say it can be quitetricky. If you say to your children “I’m sorry I got angry with you, but ...” what follows that “but” can render the apology ineffective: “I had a bad day” or “your noise was giving me a headache” leaves the person who has been injured feeling that he should be apologizingforhis bad behavior in expecting anapology. Another method by which people appear to apologize without actually doing so is to say “I’m sorry you’re upset”; this suggests that you are somehow at fault for allowing yourselftoget upset bywhat theotherperson has done. Then there is the general, all covering apology, which avoids the necessity of 669淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 identifying a specific act that was particularly hurtful or insulting, and which the person who is apologizing should promise never to do again. Saying “I’m useless as a parent” does not commita person toany specific improvement. These pseudo-apologies are used by people who believe saying sorry shows weakness, Parents who wish to teach their children to apologize should see it as a sign of strength, and therefore not resort tothese pseudo-apologies. But even when presented with examples of genuine contrition, children still need help to become a ware of the complexities of saying sorry. A three-year-old might need help in understanding that other children feel pain just as he does, and that hitting a playmate over the head with a heavy toy requires an apology. Asix-year-old might need reminding that spoiling other children’s expectations can require an apology. A 12-year-old might need to be shown that raiding the biscuit tin without asking permission is acceptable, but that borrowing a parent’s clothes withoutpermission is not. 36. If a motheradds “but” to an apology,________. A)she doesn’t feel that sheshould have apologized B) shedoes not realizethat thechild has been hurt C)thechild may find theapology easierto accept D)thechild may feel that heowes her an apology 37. According to the author, saying “I’m sorry you’re upset” most probably means “________”. A)You havegood reason toget upset B) I’m aware you’re upset, butI’m not toblame C)Iapologizeforhurting your feelings D)I’m at fault for making you upset 38. It isnot advisable to usethegeneral, all-covering apology because ________. A)it gets oneinto thehabit ofmaking empty promises B) itmay make theother person feel guilty C)itis vague and ineffective D)it ishurtful and insulting 39. Welearn from thelast paragraph that in teaching children to say sorry ________. A)thecomplexities involved should be ignored B) theirages shouldbe taken into account C)parents need to set them agood example D)parents should bepatient and tolerant 40. It can be inferred from thepassage that apologizing properly is________. 670淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)a social issuecalling for immediateattention B) notnecessary amongfamily members C)asign ofsocial progress D)not as simpleas it seems PartIIIVocabulary (20 minutes) 41. Some people believe that since oil is scarce, the ________ of the motor industry is uncertain. A)terminal B) benefit C)fate D)estimate 42. Tospeed upthe________ofletters, the PostOfficeintroduced automaticsorting. A)treatment B) delivery C)transmission D)departure 43. These overseas students showgreat ________forlearning anew language. A)enthusiasm B) authority C)convention D)faith 44. The defense lawyer was questioning the old man who was one of the ________ of themurder committedlast month. A)observers B) witnesses C)audiences D)viewers 45. Politically these nations tend to be ________, with very high birth rates but poor educationand verylowlevels ofliteracy. A)unstable B) reluctant C)rational D)unsteady 671淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 46. The chairman was blamed for letting his secretary ________ too much work last week. A)take to B) takeout C)takeaway D)take on 47. “Youtry toget somesleep. I’ll ________thepatient’s breakfast, “said thenurse. A)see to B) stick to C)get to D)lead to 48. The London Marathon is a difficult race.________, thousands of runners participate every year. A)Therefore B) Furthermore C)Accordingly D)Nevertheless 49. The bank refused to ________ him any money, so he had to postpone buying a house. A)credit B) borrow C)loan D)lease 50. The more a nation’s companies ________ factories abroad, the smaller that country’s recorded exports will be. A)lie B) spot C)stand D)locate 51. Being ignorant ofthelaw isnot accepted as an ________forbreaking thelaw. A)excuse B) intention C)option 672淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)approval 52. Within two days, the army fired more than two hundred rockets and missiles at military ________in thecoastal city. A)goals B) aims C)targets D)destinations 53. It is said in some parts of the world, goats, rather than cows, serve as a vital ________ ofmilk. A)storage B) source C)reserve D)resource 54. “This light is too ________ for me to read by. Don’t we have a brighter bulb some where”; said theelderly man. A)mild B) dim C)minute D)slight 55. We have arranged to go to the cinema on Friday, but we can be ________ and go anotherday. A)reliable B) probable C)feasible D)flexible 56. We are quite sure that we can ________ our present difficulties and finish the task according to schedule. A)get across B) get over C)get away D)get off 57. ________ recent developments we donot thinkyour scheme is practical. A)In viewof 673淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) In favor of C)In case of D)In memory of 58. Jessica was ________ from the warehouse to the accounting office, which was considered apromotion. A)delivered B) exchanged C)transferred D)transformed 59. Mr. Smith asked his secretary to ________ a new paragraph in the annual report she was typing. A)inject B) install C)invade D)insert 60. There’sthe living room stillto be________,so that’s my next project. A)abandoned B) decorated C)dissolved D)assessed 61. Theold paper millhas been ________ to makeway for anew shopping centre. A)held down B) kept down C)cut down D)turn down 62. It may be necessary to stop ________ in the learning process and go back to the difficultpointsin thelessons. A)at a distance B) at intervals C)at case D)at length 63. Youcan hireabicycle in many places. Usually you’ll have to paya________. A)deposit 674淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) deal C)fare D)fond 64. My grandfather had always taken a ________ interest in my work, and I had an equal admiration for thestories ofhis time. A)splendid B) weighty C)vague D)keen 65. ________ quantities of water are being used nowadays with the rapid development ofindustry andagriculture. A)Excessive B) Extensive C)Extreme D)Exclusive 66. John cannot afford togo to university,________going abroad. A)nothing but B) anything but C)notto speak of D)nothing to speak of 67. Most laboratory and field studies of human behavior ________ taking a situational photograph at a given timeand in agivenplace. A)involve B) compose C)enclose D)attach 68. If you don’t liketo swim, you ________as well stay at home. A)should B) may C)can D)would 69. Dr. Smith was always ________ the poor and the sick, often providing them with free medical care. 675淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)reminded of B) absorbed in C)tended by D)concerned about 70. Thomas Jefferson and John Adams died on July 4, 1826, the fiftieth ________ of American Independence. A)ceremony B) occasion C)occurrence D)anniversary Part IVCloze (15minutes) As a physician who travels quite a lot, I spend a lot of time on planes listening for that dreaded “Is there a doctor on board?” announcement. I’ve been __71__ only once—for a woman who had merely fainted. But the __72__ made me quite curious about how __73__ this kind of thing happens I wondered what I would do if __74__ with a real midair medical emergency-with out access __75__ a hospital staff and the usual emergency equipment. So __76__ the New England Journal of Medicine last week __77__astudy about in –flight medical events. I read it__78__interest. The study estimated that there are a(n) __79__ of 30 in-flight medical emergencies on U.S. flights every day. Most of them are not __80__; fainting and dizziness are the most frequent complaints. __81__ 13% of them –roughly four a day—are serious enough to __82__ a pilot to change course. The most common of theserious emergencies __83__ heart trouble, strokes, anddifficulty breathing. Let’s face it: plane rides are __84__. For starters, cabin pressures at high altitudes are set at roughly __85__ they would be if you lived at 5,000 to 8,000 feet above sea level. Most people can tolerate these pressures pretty __86__, but passengers with heart disease __87__ experience chest pains as result of the reduced amount of oxygen flowing through their blood. __88__ common in-flight problem is deep venous thrombosis—the so-called economy class syndrome (综合症).__89__ happens, don’t panic. Things are getting better on the in-flight-emergency front. Thanks to more recent legislation, flights with at __90__ one attendant are starting to install emergency medical kits to treat heart attacks. 71. A)called B) addressed C)informed D)surveyed 72. A)Accident 676淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) condition C)incident D)disaster 73. A)soon B) long C)many D)often 74. A)confronted B) treated C)identified D)provided 75. A)for B) to C)by D)through 76. A)before B) since C)when D)while 77. A)collected B) conducted C)discovered D)published 78. A)by B) of C)with D)in 79. A)amount B) average C)sum D)number 677淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 80. A)significant B) heavy C)common D)serious 81. A)For B) On C)But D)So 82. A)require B) inspire C)engage D)command 83. A)include B) confine C)imply D)contain 84. A)enjoyable B) stimulating C)tedious D)stressful 85. A)who B) what C)which D)that 86. A)harshly B) reluctantly C)easily D)casually 87. A)ought to B) may C)usedto 678淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)need 88. A)Any B) One C)Other D)Another 89. A)Whatever B)Whichever C)Whenever D)Wherever 90. A)most B) worst C)least D)best PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a short essay entitled Should the University Campus Be Open to Tourists? You should write at Least 120wordsfollowing theoutlinegiven below: 1. 名校校园正成为旅游新热点 2. 校园是否应对游客开放，人们看法不同 3. 我认为… Shouldthe University Campus BeOpentoTourists? 679淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年12月四级参考答案 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) 1. A 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. C 6. B 7. A 8. C 9. B 10. D 11. D 12. A 13. A 14. B 15. C 16. A 17. C 18. B 19. B 20. D Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) 21. D 22. D 23. A 24. B 25. C 26. A 27. C 28. B 29. A 30. D 31. D 32. B 33. C 34. B 35. C 36. D 37. B 38. C 39. B 40. D PartIIIVocabulary (20 minutes) 41. C 42. B 43. A 44. B 45. A 46. D 47. A 48. D 49. C 50. D 51. A 52. C 53. B 54. B 55. D 56. B 57. A 58. C 59. D 60. B 61. D 62. B 63. A 64. D 65. A 66. C 67. A 68. B 69. D 70. D Part IVClose(15 minutes) 71. A 72. A 73. D 74. A 75. B 76. C 77. D 78. C 79. B 80. D 81. C 82. D 83. A 84. D 85. A 86. C 87. C 88. B 89. C 90. C PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a short essay entitled 680淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Should the University Campus Be Open to Tourists? You should write at Least 120wordsfollowing theoutlinegiven below: 1. 名校校园正成为旅游新热点 2. 校园是否应对游客开放，人们看法不同 3. 我认为… ShouldtheUniversity Campus Be Open to tourism? Nowadays, many famous university campuses have become one of the popular tourist attraction. It has been shown on TV and on the radio that every year thousands and thousands of middle school students visit Tsing Hua University and Peking University and other famous universities in China. In the place far away from the capital city,thelocal students also visittheuniversities famous in theirown province. So far as the present situation is concerned, is it a good or bad thing to open the university campus for tourists? Different people have different opinions. On one hand, some people argued that it is a good thing for the students to visit the famous university campus in that it can enable the middle students to get more information about the university and they can have enough time and opportunity to prepare themselves with the chance to get into the university. On the other hand, some people hold a negative view about this phenomenon. In their opinion, the public tourism will have negative effect on the universities because it will not only do harm to the environment but also to the intellectual atmosphere. In my opinion, the tourism to the universities is not a good thing. The campus is mainly a place for study. With the increasing tourism on the campus, it will ruin the spiritualatmosphereinthis learning field. 681淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年12月四级听力原文 1. W: Carol told us on the phone not to worry about her. Her left leg doesn’t hurt as much as it did yesterday. M: She’d better have it examined by a doctor anyway. And I will call her about it thisevening. Q:What does theman think Carol should do? 2. M:There isa non-stop train forWashington and itleaves at 2:30. W: It’s faster than the 2 o’clock train. Besides, we can have something to eat before gettingonthe train. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 3. M: Hi, Melissa, how’s your project going? Have you thought about going to graduate school?Perhaps you can get intoHarvard. W: Everything is coming along really well. I have been thinking about graduate school. But I’lltalk to mytutorDr.Garciafirst and see what shethinks. Q:What doyou learn about thewoman from the conversation? 4. W: Did you attend Alice’s presentation last night? It was the first time for her to give aspeech to alarge audience. M: Howshecould be so calm in front of somany people is really beyond me! Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 5. W:You’ve been doing weather reports for neatly 30 years. Has the weather got any worse inall these years? M:Well, not necessarily worse. But we are seeing more swings. Q:What does theman say about the weather? 6. M: Excuse me, I am looking for the textbook by a Professor Jordon for the marketing course. W: I am afraid it’s out of stock.You’ll have to order it.And it will take the publisher 3weeks tosend itto us. Q:Where didthis conversationmost probably take place? 7. M: Iam going to NewYork nextweek, but thehotel Ibooked isreally expensive. W:Whybookahotel? Mybrother has 2spare rooms inhis apartment. Q:What does thewoman mean? 8. W: In my opinion, watching the news on TV is a good way to learn English. What 682淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 doyou think? M: It would be better if you could check the same information in English newspapers afterwards. Q:What does theman say about learning English? 9. M: I hear a newly-invented drug can make people tell the truth and it may prove useful in questioning terrorists. Isn’tit incredible? W: Simple solutions to complex problems rarely succeed.As far as I know, no such drugs are ever knownto work. Q:What does thewoman thinkofthenew drug? 10. M: You know the electronics company is coming to our campus to recruit graduate studentsnextweek. W:Really?Whatday? I’dliketo talk tothem and handin my resume. Q:What does thewoman want to do? Passageone A new study reports the common drug aspirin greatly reduces life threatening problems after an operation to replace blocked blood vessels to the heart. More than 800,000 people around the world have this heart surgery each year. The doctors who carried out the study say giving aspirin to patients soon after the operation could save thousands of lives. People usually take aspirin to control pain and reduce high body temperature. Doctors also advise some people to take aspirin to help prevent heart attacks. About 10-15 percent of these heart operations end in death or damage to the heart or other organs. The new study shows that even a small amount of aspirin reduced such threats. The doctors said the chance of death for patients who took aspirin would fall by 67%.They claimed this was true ifthe aspirin was given within 48 hours of the operation. The doctors believe aspirin helps heart surgery patients because it can prevent blood from thickening and blood vessels from being blocked. However, the doctors warned that people who have stomach bleeding or other bad reactions from aspirin should not take it after heart surgery. Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. Whatis thefinding ofthenew study ofaspirin? 12. In what way can aspirin help heart surgery patients according to thedoctors? 13. Whatwarning did thedoctors give about the useof aspirin? PassageTwo Were you the first or the last child in you family? Or were you a middle or an only 683淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 child? Some people think it matters where you were born in you family. But there are different ideas about what birth order means. Some people say that oldest children are smart and strong-willed. They are very likely to be successful. The reason for this is simple. Parents have a lot of time for their first child; they give him or her a lot of attention. So this child is very likely to do well. An only child will succeed for the same reason. What happens to the other children in the family? Middle children don’t get so much attention, so they don’t feel that important. If a family has many children, the middle one sometimes gets lost in the crowd. The youngest child, though, often gets special treatment. He or she is the baby. Often this child grows up to be funny and charming. Do you believe these ideas of birth order too?Arecent study saw things quite differently. The study found that first children believed in family rules. They didn’t take many chances in their lives. They usually followed orders. Rules didn’t mean as much to later children in the family. They went out and followed their own ideas. They took chances and they often did better in life. Questions14to16arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. According to common belief, in what way are the first child and the only child alike? 15. Whatdopeople usually sayabout middlechildren? 16. Whatdowe learn about laterchildren in afamily from arecent study ofbirth order? PassageThree When my interest shifted from space to the sea, I never expected it would cause such confusion among my friends, yet I can understand their feelings. As I have been writing and talking about space flight for the best part of 20 years, a sudden switch of interest to the depth of the sea doer seem peculiar. To explain, I’d like to share my reasons behind this unusual change of mind. The first excuse I give is an economic one. Underwater exploration is so much cheaper than space flight. The first round-trip ticket to the moon is going to cost at least 10 billion dollars if you include research and development. By the end of this century, the cost will be down to a few million. On the other hand, the diving suit and a set of basic tools needed for skin-diving can be bought for 20 dollars. My second argument is more philosophical. The ocean, surprisingly enough, has many things in common with space. In their different ways, both sea and space are equally hostile. If we wish to survive in either for any length of time, we need to have mechanical aids. The diving suit helped the design of the space suit. The feelings and the emotions of a man beneath the sea will be much like those of a man beyond the atmosphere. Questions17to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. Howdid thespeaker’s friends respond to his change ofinterest? 684淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 18. What is one of the reasons for the speaker to switch his interest to underwater exploration? 19. In what way does thespeaker thinkdiving is similarto space travel? 20. Whatis thespeaker’s purposeingiving thistalk? 685淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年6月17日大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 试卷一 密封条由考生亲自启封 注意事项 一、将自己的校名、姓名、学校代号、准考证号写在答题纸和试卷二上。将本 试卷代号划在答题纸上。 二、试卷一、答题纸和试卷二均不得带出考场。考试结束，监考人员收卷后考 生才可离开。 三、仔细读懂题目的说明。 四、在 90分钟内做完试卷一上的Part I至Part III 和试卷二上的 Part IV90分钟 后，监考人员收取答题纸和试卷一，然后考生再做试卷二上的作文题。作文题答题 时间为30 分钟。全部考试时间为120分钟，不得拖延时间。 五、多项选择题的答案一定要划在答题纸上，凡是写在试卷上的答案一律无效。 试卷二上的题目答案直接写在试卷二上。 六、多项选择题每题只能选一个答案；如多选，则该题无分。选定答案后，用 HB 浓度以上的铅笔在相应字母的中部划一条横线。正确的方法是：[A][B][C] [D]。 使用其它符号答题者不给分。划线要有一定粗度，浓度要盖过字母底色。 七、如果要改动答案，必须先用橡皮擦净原来选定的答案，然后再按上面的规 定重新答题。 八、在考试过程中要注意对自己的答案保密，若被他人抄袭，一经发现，后果 自负。 全国大学英语四、六级考试委员会 Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what war said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once: After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you maxi read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is, the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through thecenter. Example: Youwillhear: Youwillread: A)At theoffice. B) In thewaiting room. 686淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)At theairport. D)In arestaurant. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they had to finish in the evening. This conversation is most likely to have taken place at the office. Therefore, A) “At the office” is the best answer. You should choose [A] on the Answer Sheet and mark itwith asingle linethrough thecentre. SampleAnswer[A] [B][C] [D] 1. A)They went a longway toattend theparty. B)They didn’tthink muchof thefood and drinks. C)They knew none oftheotherguests at the party. D)They enjoyed theparty better thantheotherguests. 2. A)Tothebookstore. B)Tothedentist’s. C)Tothemarket. D)Tothe post office. 3. A)Dr.Andrews has been promoted for histhoroughness. B) Shedisagrees with Dr.Andrews onmany occasions. C)Dr.Andrews used tokeep his patients waiting. D)Shedislikes Dr.Andrews as much as thenew physician. 4. A)Tomis usually talkative. B)Tomhas avery bad temper. C)Tomhas dozens ofthings toattend to. D)Tomis disliked byhiscolleagues. 5. A)Topickup the woman from thelibrary. B)Tomake acopy of theschedule forhis friend. C)Tofind out moreabout thetopicforthe seminar. D)Toget theseminarschedule for thewoman. 6. A)The woman has toget thetextbooksinother ways. B)Thewoman has soldherused textbooksto thebookstore. C)Theman is going tobuyhis textbooksfrom abookstore. D)The man doesn’t want to sell histextbooks tothewoman. 7. A)Attend aconference. 687淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) Givea speech. C)Meet his lawyer. D)Make abusiness trip. 8. A)Jessie always says what shethinks. B) Jessieseems to have alot onher mind. C)Jessieis wrong tofind fault with her boss. D)Jessie shouldknowthe marketing director better. 9. A)Helen is talkative. B) Helen isactive. C)Helen issociable. D)Helen is quiet. 10. A)Jimmywill regret marrying aFrenchwoman. B) Jimmyis rich enough tobuy a big house. C)Jimmyis not serious inmaking decisions. D)Jimmy’s words are often not reliable. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions11to13arebasedon thepassageyou havejustheard. 11. A)It can beused byfarmers to protect large buildings. B) It was brought to thenorthern USAbyAsian farmers. C)It has done moreharm than good in thesouthern USA. D)It was introduced intotheUSAto killharmful weeds. 12. A)Peoplewill have torely onkudzufor aliving. B)They will soonbeovergrown with kudzu. C)They will become toohard toplough. D)Peoplewill find it hard to protect thesoil. 688淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 13. A)The farmers there have brought itunder control. B)Thefactories there have found agood usefor it. C)Theclimate thereis unfavorable to itsgrowth. D)The soilthere is not so suitableforthe plant. PassageTwo Questions14to17arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 14. A)Abusinesscorporation. B)Theuniverse as a whole. C)Asociety oflegal professionals. D)An association of teachers and scholars. 15. A)Its largest expansiontook place during that period. B) Its roleinsociety went through adramatic change. C)Smalluniversities combined to form biggerones. D)Provincial colleges were taken overbylarger universities. 16. A)Private donations. B) Government funding. C)Grants from corporations. D)Fees paid bystudents. PassageThree Questions18to20arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 17. A)He was wounded in theSpanish civilwar. B) Hewas interested inthestudy ofwild animals. C)Hestarted theorganization Heifer International. D)He sold hiscows to many countries in theworld. 18. A)Tohelp starving families to become self-supporting. B)Tomake plans forthedevelopment ofpoor communities. C)Toteach people howto usenew skills toraise animals. D)Todistributefood tothe pooraround theworld. 19. A)They should help otherfamilies theway they have been helped. B)They should offerall baby animals to theirpoorneighbors. 689淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)They should submita report of theirneeds and goals. D)They should providefood forthelocal communities. 20. A)It has improved animal breeding skillsall over theworld. B) It has helped relieve hungerinsomedeveloping countries. C)It has promoted international exchangeof farming technology. D)It has bridged thegap between therich and thepoorinAmerica. Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes) Passageone Directions: There are 4 passages in this part, Each passage is followed by some questions at unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Questions21to25arebased onthe followingpassage. Interest in pursuing international careers has soared in recent years, enhanced by chronic (长久的) personnel shortages that are causing companies to search beyond their homeborders fortalent. Professionals seek career experience outside of their home countries for a variety of reasons. They may feel the need to recharge their batteries with a new challenge. They may want a position with more responsibility that encourages creativity and initiative. Or they may wish to expose their children to another culture, and the opportunity to learn a second language. When applying for a job, one usually has to submit a resume or curriculum vitae (CV). The two terms generally mean the same thing: a one-or two-page document describing one’s educational qualifications and professional experience. However, guidelines for preparing a resume are constantly changing. The best advice is to find out what is appropriate regarding the corporate (公司) culture, the country culture, and the culture of the person making the hiring decision.The challenge will be to embrace two or more cultures inone document.Thefollowing listis agood place to start. ● “Educational requirements differ from country to country. In almost every case of ‘cross-border’job hunting, just stating the title of your degree will not bean adequate description. Provide the reader with details about your studies and any related experience.” ● Pay attention to the resume format you use-chronological or reverse-chronological order. Chronological order means listing your ‘oldest’ work experience first. Reverse-chronological order means listing your current or most recent experience first. Most countries have preferences about which format is most acceptable. If you find no specific guidelines, the general preference is for the reverse-chronological 690淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 format.” ● If you are submitting your resume in English, find out if the recipient (收件人) uses British English or American English because there are variations between the two versions. For example, university education is often referred to as ‘tertiary education’in the United Kingdom, but this term is almost never used in the United States. A reader who is unfamiliarwith thesevariations mayassumethat your resume contains errors. 21. Companiesare hiring moreforeign employees because ________. A)they find foreign employees are usually moretalented B) they need original ideas from employees hired overseas C)they want to expand theirbusiness beyond homeborders D)they have difficulty findingqualified personnel at home 22. Theauthor believes that an individual whoapplies to work overseas ________. A)is usually creativeand fullof initiative B) aims toimprove hisforeign language skills C)is dissatisfiedwith his ownlifeat home D)seeks either hisownor hischildren’s development 23. When itcomes to resume writing, itis best to ________. A)take cultural factors into consideration B) learn about thecompany’s hiring process C)followappropriate guidelines for job hunting D)knowthe employer’s personal likesand dislikes 24. When writingabout qualifications, applicants are advised to________. A)stress their academicpotential to impress thedecision maker B) give thetitleoftheuniversity degree they haveearned at home C)providea detailed description of theirstudy andwork experiences D)highlight their keeninterest inpursuing a ‘cross-border’career 25. According to the author’s last piece of advice, the applicants should be aware of ________. A)thedifferent educational systems in theUS and theUK B) thedifferences between the varieties of English C)therecipient’spreference with regard to theformat D)thedistinctivefeatures ofAmerican and British cultures Questions26to30arebased onthe followingpassage. 691淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 PassageTwo Educating girls quite possibly yields a higher rate of return than any other investment available in the developing world. Women’s education may be unusual territory for economists, but enhancing women’s contribution to development is actually as much an economic as a social issue. And economics, with its emphasis on incentives (激励), provides guideposts that point to an explanation for why so many girls are deprived of an education. Parents in low-income countries fail to invest in their daughters because they do not expect them to make an economic contribution to the family: girls grow up only to marry into somebody else’s family and bear children. Girls are thus seen as less valuable than boys and art kept at home to do housework while their brothers are sent to school-the prophecy (预言) becomes self-fulfilling, trapping women in a vicious circle (恶性循环) ofneglect. An educated mother, on the other hand, has greater earning abilities outside the home and faces an entirely different set of choices. She is likely to have fewer but healthier children and can insist on the development of all her children, ensuring that her daughters are given a fair chance. The education of her daughters then makes it much more likely that the next generation of girls, as well as of boys, will be educated and healthy.Thevicious circle is thustransformed intoa virtuous circle. Few will dispute that educating women has great social benefits. But it has enormous economic advantages as well. Most obviously, there is the direct effect of education on the wages of female workers. Wages rise by 10 to 20 per cent for each additional year of schooling. Such big returns are impressive by the standard of other available investments, but they are just the beginning. Educating women also has a significant impact onhealth practices, includingfamily planning. 26. Theauthor argues that educating girls in developing countries is ________. A)troublesome B) labor-saving C)rewarding D)expensive 27. By saying “... the prophecy becomes self-fulfilling...” (Lines 45, Para. 2). the author means that ________. A)girls will turn outto be less valuablethan boys B) girlswill becapable ofrealizing theirown dreams C)girlswill eventually find theirgoals inlifebeyond reach D)girls will beincreasingly discontented with theirlife at home 28. The author believes that a vicious circle can turn into a virtuous circle when ________. 692淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)women care more about education B) girlscan gainequal access toeducation C)afamily has fewer but healthier children D)parents can afford their daughters’education 29. Whatdoes the authorsayabout women’s education? A)It deserves greaterattention than other social issues. B) It isnow given top priority inmany developing countries. C)It willyield greater returns than otherknown investments. D)It has aroused theinterest ofa growing number ofeconomists. 30. Thepassage mainly discusses ________. A)unequal treatment ofboys and girls in developing countries B) thepotential earning power ofwell-educated women C)themajorcontributions ofeducated women to society D)theeconomic and social benefits of educating women PassageThree Questions31to35arebased onthe followingpassage. Speeding off in a stolen car, the thief thinks he has got a great catch. But he is in for an unwelcome surprise. The car is fitted with a remote immobiliser (锁止器), and a radio signal from a control centre miles away will ensure that once the thief switches the engineoff, hewill not beable tostart it again. The idea goes like this. A control box fitted to the car contains a mini-cellphone, a micro-processor and memory, and a GPS (全球定位系统) satellite positioning receiver. If the car is stolen, a coded cellphone signal will tell the control centre to block the vehicle’s engine management system and prevent the engine beingrestarted. In the UK, a set of technical fixes is already making life harder for car thieves. ‘The pattern of vehicle crime has changed,’says Martyn Randall, a security expert. He says it would only take him a few minutes to teach a person how to steal a car, using a bare minimumoftools. But only ifthecar is morethan 10years old. Modern cars are far tougher to steal, as their engine management computer won’t allow them to start unless they receive a unique ID code beamed out by the ignition (点 火 ) key. In the UK, technologies like this have helped achieve a 31% drop in vehicle-related crime since1997. But determined criminals are still managing to find other ways to steal cars, often by getting bold of the owner’s keys. And key theft is responsible for 40% of the thefts of vehicles fitted with a tracking system. If the car travels 100 metres without the driver confirming their ID, the system will 693淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 send a signal to an operations centre that it has been stolen. The hundred metres minimum avoids false alarms dueto inaccuracies in theGPSsignal. Staff at the centre will then contact the owner to confirm that the car really is missing, andkeep policeinformed ofthevehicle’s movements viathecar’s GPSunit. 31. What’s thefunction of theremote immobilizerfitted to a car? A)Tohelp thepolicemake asurprise attack onthe car thief. B)Toallowthecar to lockautomatically when stolen. C)Toprevent thecar thief from restarting it once itstops. D)Toprevent car theft bysending aradio signal to thecar owner. 32. By saying “The pattern of vehicle crime has changed” (Lines 1-2. Para. 3), Martyn Randall suggeststhat ________. A)it takes a longertimeforthecar thiefto dothestealing B) self-prepared tools are nolonger enough forcar theft C)thethiefhas to make useof computertechnology D)thethief has lostinterest in stealing cars over 10years old 33. Whatis essential inmaking amodem car tougher tosteal? A)Acoded ignition key. B)AuniqueID card. C)Aspecial cellphonesignal. D)AGPSsatellitepositioning receiver. 34. Why does the tracking system set a 100-metre minimum before sending an alarm to theoperationscentre? A)Toleave timefor theoperations centre to give an alarm. B)Tokeep policeinformed ofthecar’s movements. C)Togive thedriver timeto contact theoperations centre. D)Toallow forpossibleerrors in theGPS system. 35. Whatwill theoperations centre dofirst after receiving analarm? A)Start thetracking system. B) Contact thecar owner. C)Block thecar engine. D)Locate the missing car. PassageFour 694淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions36to40arebased onthe followingpassage. Psychiatrists (精神病专家) who work with older parents say that maturity can be an asset in child rearing-older parents are more thoughtful, use less physical discipline and spend more time with their children. But raising kids takes money and energy. Many older parents find themselves balancing their limited financial resources, declining energy and failing health against the growing demands of an active child. Dying and leaving young children is probably the older parents’ biggest, and often unspoken, fear. Having late-life children, says an economics professor, often means parents, particularly fathers, “end up retiring much later.” For many, retirement becomes an unobtainable dream. Henry Metcalf, a 54-year-old journalist, knows it takes money to raise kids. But he’s also worried that his energy will give out first. Sure, he can still ride bikes with his athletic fifth grader, but he’s learned that young at heart doesn’t mean young. Lately he’s been taking afternoon naps (午睡) to keep up his energy. “My body is aging,” says Metcalf. “Youcan’t get away from that.” Often, older parents hear the ticking of another kind of biological clock. Therapists who work with middle-aged and older parents say fears about aging are nothing to laugh at. “They worry they’ll be mistaken for grandparents, or that they’ll need help getting up out of those little chairs in nursery school,” says Joann Galst, a New York psychologist. But at the core of those little fears there is often a much bigger one: “that they won’t be alivelong enough to support and protect theirchild,” shesays. Many late-life parents, though, say their children came at just the right time. After marrying late and undergoing years of fertility (受孕) treatment, Marilyn Nolen and her husband. Randy, had twins. “We both wanted children,” says Marilyn, who was 55 when she gave birth. The twins have given the couple what they desired for years, “a sense of family.” Kids of older dads are often smarter, happier and more sociable because their fathers are more involved in their lives. “The dads are older, more mature,” says Dr. Silber,“and more ready to focus onparenting.” 36. Whydopsychiatrists regard maturity as an asset in child rearing? A)Older parents are often better prepared financially. B) Olderparents can take bettercare oftheirchildren. C)Olderparents are usually moreexperienced inbringing uptheirchildren. D)Older parents can better balance their resources against children’s demands. 37. What does the author mean by saying “For many, retirement becomes an unobtainabledream”(Lines 7-8, Para. 1)? A)They are reluctant to retire when theyreach theirretirement age. B)They can’t obtainthe retirement benefits theyhave dreamed of. C)They can’t get fullpension unless they work someextrayears. D)They have togo onworking beyond their retirement age. 695淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 38. Theauthor gives theexampleof Henry Metcalf toshow that ________. A)older parents shouldexercise moreto keep upwith theirathleticchildren B) many peopleare young inspirit despitetheiradvanced age C)olderparents tend to beconcerned about their aging bodies D)taking afternoon naps isa good way tomaintain energy 39. What’s the biggest fear of older parents according to New York psychologist Joan Galst? A)Approaching ofdeath. B) Slowingdown of theirpace oflife. C)Being laughed at byother people. D)Being mistaken for grandparents. 40. Whatdowe learn about Marilyn and RandyNolen? A)They thought they were an exampleofsuccessful fertility treatment. B) Not untilthey reached middleagedid they think of having children. C)Not untilthey had thetwins didtheyfeel they had formed afamily. D)They believed that children born ofolderparents would besmarter. PartIIIVocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences it: this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose cite ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the Corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with asinglelinethrough thecenter. 41. People’s expectations about the future may have more influence on their sense of well-being than their ________statedoes. A)current B) initial C)modern D)primitive 42. After working all day, he was so tired that he was in no ________ to go to the party withus. A)taste B) mood C)sense D)emotion 696淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 43. There is already ________ clear to show that plants and animals are being affected byclimatechange. A)witness B) certification C)identity D)evidence 44. Many women still feel that they are being ________ by a male culture, particularly intheprofessional services sector. A)held back B) held forth C)held on D)held out 45. The findings paint a unique picture of the shopping habits of customers, plus their motivationand ________. A)privileges B) possibilities C)possessions D)preferences 46. It’s good to know that quite a few popular English expressions actually ________ from theBible. A)acquire B) obtain C)derive D)result 47. Tom, did it ever ________ to you that you would be punished for cheating on exams? A)happen B) occur C)reflect D)strike 48. In the U.S. 88 percent of smokers had started before they were 18, despite the fact thatit is ________tosell cigarettes toanyone under that age. A)liable B) liberal 697淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)irrational D)illegal 49. According to the key witnesses, a peculiarly big nose is the criminal’s most memorablefacial ________. A)feature B) hint C)spot D)signature 50. Brazil’s constitution ________themilitary useofnuclear energy. A)withdraws B) forbids C)interrupts D)objects 51. Some people argue that the death ________ does not necessarily reduce the number ofmurders. A)plot B) practice C)penalty D)pattern 52. Many personnel managers say it is getting harder and harder to ________ honest applicants from the growing numberof dishonest ones. A)distinguish B) disguise C)dissolve D)discount 53. A study shows that students living in non-smoking dorms are less likely to ________ thehabit ofsmoking. A)make up B) turn up C)draw up D)pickup 54. Almost all job applicants are determined to leave a good ________ on a potential employer. 698淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A)illusion B) reputation C)impression D)reflection 55. A special feature of education at MIT is the opportunity for students and faculty to ________ togetherinresearch activities. A)specialize B) participate C)consist D)involve 56. Although they lost their jobs, savings and unemployment benefits allow the couple to________their comfortable home. A)come in for B) catch upwith C)lookforward to D)holdonto 57. Although many experts agree that more children are overweight, there is debate overthebest ways to ________theproblem. A)relate B) tackle C)file D)attach 58. An important factor in determining how well you perform in an examination is the ________ ofyour mind. A)state B) case C)situation D)circumstance 59. Research shows that there is no ________ relationship between how much a person earns andwhether he feels good about life. A)successive B) subsequent C)significant D)sincere 699淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 60. Sadly, as spending on private gardens has ________, spending on public parks has generally declined. A)heightened B) lifted C)flown D)soared 61. Lung cancer, like some other cancers, often doesn’t produce ________ until it is too lateand has spread beyond thechest tothebrain, liveror bones. A)trails B) therapies C)symptoms D)symbols 62. With the increasing unemployment rate, workers who are 50 to 60 years old are usually thefirst tobe ________. A)laid off B) laid aside C)laid out D)laid up 63. The physical differences between men and women can be ________ directly to our basicroles as hunters and child-bearers. A)pursued B) traced C)switched D)followed 64. It is clear that the dog has a much greater ________ of its brain devoted to smell than is thecase with humans. A)composition B) compound C)percent D)proportion 65. American college students are increasingly ________ with credit card debt and the consequences can berather serious. A)boosted B) burdened 700淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)discharged D)dominated 66. Numerous studies already link the first meal of the day to better classroom ________. A)performance B) function C)behavior D)display 67. The most successful post-career athletes are those who can take the identity and fife skillsthelearned insports and ________ them to another areaof life. A)utilize B) employ C)apply D)exert 68. The technological advances made it possible for the middle classes to enjoy what had once been ________onlyto thevery rich. A)manageable B) measurable C)acceptable D)affordable 69. Being out of work, lane can no longer ________ friends to dinners and movies as sheused to. A)urge B) treat C)appeal D)compel 70. ________ by the superstars on television, the young athletes trained hard and played intensely. A)Imitated B) Imposed C)Insured D)Inspired Part IVCloze (15minutes) 701淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arejour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. The part of the environmental movement that draws my firm’s attention is the design of cities’ buildings and products. When we designed America’s first so-called “green” office building in New York two decades __71__, we felt very alone. But today, thousands of people come to green building conferences, and the __72__ that buildings can be good for people and the environment will be increasingly influential in years to __73__. Back in 1984 we discovered that most manufactured products for decoration weren’t designed for __74__ use. The “energy-efficient” sealed commercial buildings constructed after the 1970s energy crisis __75__ indoor air quality problems caused by materials such as paint, wall covering and carpet. So far 20 years, we’ve been focusing on these materials __76__ to the molecules, looking for ways to make them __77__ for peopleand theplanet. Home builders can now use materials-such as paints that release significantly __78__ amounts of organic compounds-that don’t __79__ the quality of the air, water, or soil. Ultimately, __80__, our basic design strategy is focused not simply on being “less bad” but on creating __81__ healthful materials that can be either safely returned to the soil __82__ reused by industry again and again. As a matter of __83__, the world’s largest carpet manufacturer has already __84__ a carpet that is fully and safely recyclable (可循环用的). Look at it this way: No one __85__ out to create a building that destroys the planet. But our current industrial systems are __86__ causing these conditions, whether we like it or not. So __87__ of simply trying to reduce the damage, we are __88__ a positive approach. We’re giving people high-quality, healthful products and an opportunity to make choices that have a __89__ effect on the world. It’s not just the building industry, either. __90__ cities are taking these environmentally positive approaches to design, planning and building. Portland, Seattle and Boston have said they want to be green cities. Chicago wants tobethe greenest city intheworld. 71. A)ago B) off C)before D)away 72. A)practice B) outlook C)idea D)scheme 702淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 73. A)go B) come C)arrive D)continue 74. A)indoor B) inward C)relevant D)flexible 75. A)displayed B) discovered C)exhibited D)revealed 76. A)back B) down C)next D)near 77. A)comfortable B) cautious C)safe D)stable 78. A)reduced B) revised C)descended D)delayed 79. A)deny B) depress C)dissolve D)destroy 80. A)besides B) however C)anyhow 703淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)anyway 81. A)partially B) exactly C)completely D)superficially 82. A)or B) and C)but D)nor 83. A)interest B) fact C)principle D)course 84. A)sketched B) constructed C)researched D)developed 85. A)starts B) pulls C)looks D)makes 86. A)basically B) originally C)traditionally D)inevitably 87. A)because B) out C)instead D)regardless 88. A)adjusting B) admitting 704淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)adopting D)adapting 89. A)functional B) beneficial C)precious D)sensible 90. A)Entire B)Total C)Full D)Complete PartVWriting(30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a poster recruiting volunteers. You should write at Least 120 words following the outline given below: 1. 校学生会将组织一次暑假志愿者活动，现招募志愿者 2. 本次志愿者活动的目的、活动安排等 3. 报名条件及联系方式 Volunteers Needed 705淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年6月17日四级参考答案 Part I 1. C 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. A 9. D 10. D 11. C 12. B 13. C 14. D 15. A 16. B 17. C 18. A 19. A 20. B PartII 21. D 22. D 23. A 24. C 25. B 26. C 27. A 28. B 29. C 30. D 31. C 32. B 33. A 34. D 35. B 36. C 37. D 38. C 39. A 40. C Part III 41. A 42. B 43. D 44. A 45. D 46. C 47. B 48. D 49. A 50. B 51. C 52. A 53. D 54. C 55. B 56. D 57. B 58. A 59. C 60. D 61. C 62. A 63. B 64. D 65. B 66. A 67. C 68. D 69. B 70. D Part IV 71. A 72. C 73. B 74. A 75. D 76. B 77. C 78. A 79. D 80. B 81. C 82. A 83. B 84. D 85. A 86. D 87. C 88. C 89. B 90. A 706淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年6月17日四级听力原文 SectionA 1. M: Ithinkthehostess really went out ofher way to maketheparty asuccess. W:Yes, the food and drinks were great, but if only we had known a few of the other guests. Q:What didthe two speakers say about theparty? 2. M: Can you stop by the post office and get me some envelopes and 39 cents’ stamps? W: Well, I am not going to stop by the post office, but I can buy you some at the bookstoreafter I seethedentist onMarket street. Q:Where willthewoman go first? 3. M: Howdoyou likethenewphysician whoreplaced Dr.Andrews? W: He may not seem as agreeable or as thorough as Dr. Andrews, but at least he doesn’tkeep patients waiting for hours. Q:What canwe infer from thewoman’s answer? 4. W: Tom must be in a bad mood today. He hasn’t said half a dozen words all afternoon. M: Oh, really?That’s not liketheTomweknow. Q:What does theman imply? 5. W: Do you have the seminar schedule with you? I’d like to find out the topic for Friday. M: I gave it to my friend, but there should be copies available in the library. I can pick oneupfor you. Q:What does theman promiseto do? 6. W:I wonder if you could sell me the Psychology textbooks.You took the course last semester,didn’tyou? M:As a matteroffact, Ialready sold them back to theschool bookstore. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 7. W: Here is this week’s schedule, Tony. On Monday,there is the board meeting.Your speech to the lion’s club is on Tuesday afternoon. Then on Wednesday you have an appointmentwith your lawyer and… M:Wait, you mean the business conference onTuesday is cancelled? 707淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Q:What willtheman dothisTuesday? 8. M: Can you believe it? Jessie told her boss he was wrong to have fired his marketing director W: Yeah, but you know Jessie. If she has something in mind, everyone will know about it. Q:What does thewoman mean? 9. M: We’ve got three women researchers in our group: Mary, Betty and Helen. Do you knowthem? W: Sure. Mary is active and sociable. Betty is the most talkative woman I’ve ever met. But guess what? Helen’s justtheopposite. Q:What dowelearn from thewoman’s remark about Helen? 10. W:Jimmysaid that hewas going to marry arich French businesswoman. M: Don’t be so sure. He once told me that he had bought a big house. Yet he’s still sharing an apartment with Mark. Q:What does theman imply? Section B Passage1 Unless you have visited the southern United States, you probably have never heard of Kudzu. Kudzu, as any farmer in the south will sadly tell you, is a super-powered weed. It is a strong climbing plant. Once it gets started, Kudzu is almost impossible to stop. It climbs to the tops of the tallest trees. It can cover large buildings. Whole barns and farm houses have been known to disappear from view. Wherever it grows, its thick twisting stems are extremely hard to remove. Kudzu was once thought to be a helpful plant. Originally found in Asia, it was brought to America to help protect the land from being swallowed by the sea. It was planted where its tough roots which grow up to five feet long could help hold back the soil. But the plant soon spread to places where it wasn’t wanted. Farmers now have to fight to keep it from killing other plants. In a way,Kudzu is a sign of labor shortage in the south. Where there is no one to work the fields, Kudzu soon takes over. The northern United States faces no threat from Kudzu. Harsh winters kill it off. The plant loves the warmth of the south, but the south surely doesn’t love it. If someone could invent some use for Kudzu and remove it from southern farmland, his or herfortune would be assured. 11. Whatdowe learn about “Kudzu”from the passage? 12. Whatwill happen ifthefields are neglected in thesouthern United States? 708淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 13. Whyisn’t Kudzu athreat to thenorthern United States? Passage2 The word “university” comes from the Latin word “universitas”, meaning “the whole”. Later, in Latin legal language, “universitas” meant a society or corporation. In the MiddleAges, the word meant “ an association of teachers and scholars”. The origins of universities can be traced back to the 12th to14th centuries. In the early 12th century, long before universities were organized in the modern sense, students gathered together for higher studies at certain centers of learning. The earliest centers in the Europe were at Bolonia in Italy, founded in 1088. Other early centers were set up in France, the Czech Republic,Austria and Germany from 1150 to 1386. The first universities in Britain were Oxford and Cambridge. They were established in 1185 and 1209 respectively. The famous London University was founded in 1836.This was followed by the foundation of several universities such as Manchester and Birmingham, which developed from provincial colleges. It was in the 1960’s that the largest expansion of higher education took place in Britain. This expansion took 3 basic forms: existing universities were enlarged, new universities were developed from existing colleges and completely new universities were set up. In Britain, finance for universities comes from three source: the first, and the largest source, is grants from the government, the second source is fees paid by students and the third one is private donations. All the British universities except one receive some government funding. The exception is Buckingham, which is Britain’s only independent university. 14. Whatdid theword “Universitas”mean intheMiddleAges? 15. Whywas the 1960s sosignificant forBritish HigherEducation? 16. Whatis themain financial source forBritish universities? Passage3 One of the biggest problems in developing countries is hunger. An organization called Heifer International is working to improve the situation. The organization sends farm animals to families and communities around the world. An American farmer, Dan West, developed the idea for Heifer International in the 1930s. Mr. West was working in Spain where he discovered a need for cows. Many families were starving because of the civil war in that county. So Mr. West asked his friends in the United States to send some cows. The first Heifer animals were sent in 1944. Since that time, more than 4,000,000 people in 115 countries have had better lives because of Heifer animals. To receive a Heifer animal, families must first explain their needs and goals. They must also make a plan which will allow them to become self-supporting. Local experts usually provide training. The organization says that animals must have food, water, shelter, health care and the ability to reproduce. Without them, the animals will not remain healthy and productive. Heifer International also believes that families must pass on some of their 709淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 success to others in need. This belief guarantees that each person who takes part in the program also becomes a giver. Every family that receives a Heifer animal must agree to give that animal’s first female baby to other people in need . Families must also agree to pass on the skills and training they receive from Heifer International. This concept helps communitiesbecome self-supporting. 17. Whatdoes the speaker tell us about Mr.West? 18. Whatis theultimategoal ofHeifer International? 19. What are families required to do after they receive support from Heifer International? 20. Whatis themajorachievement ofHeiferInternational? 710淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年6月24日大学英语新四级(CET-4)真题试卷 PartIWriting(30 minute) 注意：此部分试题在答题卡 1上。 Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minute to write a short essay on the topic of students selecting their lectures. You should write at least 120 words followingthe outlinegiven bellow: 1. 有些大学允许学生自由选择某些课程的任课教师 2. 学生选择教师时所考虑的主要因素 3. 学生自选任课教师的益处和可能产生的问题 On Students Selecting Lecturers Part IIReading comprehension(skimming andscanning)(15 minute) Directions: In this part, you will have 15 minute to go over the passage quickly and answer thequestions on Answer Sheet1. Forquestions1-7,mark Y(forYES) if the statement agrees with the information given in thepassage; N(for NO) if statement contradicts the information given in the passage; NG(for NOT GIVEN) iftheinformation is notgiven in thepassage. Forquestion8-10,completethesentenceswiththeinformationgiveninthepassage. Highways Early in the 20th century,most of the streets and roads in the U.S. were made of dirt, brick, and cedar wood blocks. Built for horse, carriage, and foot traffic, they were usually poorly cared for and too narrow to accommodate(容纳)automobiles. With the increase in auto production, private turnpike (收费公路) companies under local authorities began to spring up, and by 1921 there were 387,000 miles of paved roads. Many were built using specifications of 19th century Scottish engineers Thomas Telford and John MacAdam (for whom the macadam surface is named), whose specifications stressed the importance of adequate drainage. Beyond that, there were no national standards for size, weight restrictions, or commercial signs. During World War I, roads throughout the country were nearly destroyed by the weight of trucks. When General Eisenhower returned from Germany in 1919, after serving in the U.S. army’s 711淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 first transcontinental motor convoy (车队), he noted: “The old convoy had started me thinking about good, two-lane highways, but Germany’s Autobahn or motorway had mademesee thewisdom ofbroader ribbons across theland.” It would take another war before the federal government would act on a national highway system. During World War II, a tremendous increase in trucks and new roads were required. The war demonstrated how critical highways were to the defense effort. Thirteen per cent of defense plants received all their supplies by truck, and almost all other plants shipped more than half of their products by vehicle. The war also revealed that local control of highways had led to a confusing variety of design standards. Even federal and state highways did not follow basic standards. Some states allowed trucks up to36,000pounds, whileothers restricted anything over7,000pounds. Agovernment study recommended a national highway system of 33,920 miles, and congress soon passed the Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1944, which called for strict, centrallycontrolled design criteria. The interstate highway system was finally launched in 1956 and has been hailed as one of the greatest public works projects of the century. To build its 44,000-mile web of highways, bridge, and tunnels, hundreds of unique engineering designs and solutions had to be worked out. Consider the many geographic features of the country: mountains, steep grades, wetlands, rivers, deserts and plains. Variables included the slope of the land, the ability of the pavement to support the load, the intensity of road use, and the nature of the underlying soil. Urban areas were another problem. Innovative designs of roadways, tunnels, bridges, overpasses, and interchanges that could run through or bypass urban areas soon began to weave their way across the country, forever altering the face of America. Today, the interstate system links every major city in the U.S., and the U.S. with Canada and Mexico. Built with safety in mind, the highways have wide lanes and shoulders, dividing medians, or barriers, long entry and exit lanes, curves engineered for safe turns, and limited access. The death rate on highways is half that of all other U.S. roads (0.86 deaths per 100 million passenger miles compared to 1.99 deaths per 100 million onall otherroads). By opening the North American continent, highways have enabled consumer goods and services to reach people in remote and rural areas of the country, spurred the growth of suburbs, and provided people with greater options in term of jobs, access to cultural programs, health care, and other benefits. Above all, the interstate system provides individualswith what they cherish most:personal freedom ofmobility. The interstate system has been an essential element of the nation’s economic growth in terms of shipping and job creation: more than 75 percent of the nation’s freight deliveries arrive by truck; and most products that arrive by rail or air use interstates for the last leg of the journey by vehicle. Not only has the highway system affected the American economy by providing shipping routes, it has led to the growth of spin-off industries like service stations, motels, restaurants, and shopping centers. It has allowed therelocation ofmanufacturing plants and other industries from urban areas to rural. By the end of the century there was an immense network of paved roads, residential 712淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 streets, expressways, and freeways built to support millions of vehicles. The highway system was officially renamed for Eisenhower to honor his vision and leadership. The year construction began he said: “Together, the united forces of our communication and transportation systems are dynamic elements in the very name we bear—United States. Withoutthem, we would bea mere allianceof manyseparateparts.” 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡 1上作答。 1. National standards forpaved roads were in place by1921. 2. General Eisenhower felt that the broad German motorways made more sense than thetwo-lane highways ofAmerica. 3. It was in the 1950s that the American government finally took action to build a national highway system. 4. Many of the problems presented by the country’s geographical features found solutionsin innovativeengineering projects. 5. In spite of safety considerations, the death rate on interstate highways is still higher than that ofotherAmerican roads. 6. The interstate highway system provides access between major military installations inAmerica. 7. Service stations, motels and restaurants promoted the development of the interstate highway system. [附：答题卡1] 1. [Y][N][NG] 2. [Y][N][NG] 3. [Y][N][NG] 4. [Y][N][NG] 5. [Y][N][NG] 6. [Y][N][NG] 7. [Y][N][NG] 8-10 题请见答题卡1 713淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 [附：答题卡1] 8. Thegreatest benefit brought about bytheinterstate system was ________. 9. Trucks using theinterstatehighways deliver more than ________. 10. Theinterstate system was renamed after Eisenhower in recognition of________. Part III Listening Comprehension SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 8 short conversations and 2 long conversations. At the end of each conversation, one or more questions will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer, then mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2with asinglelinethoughthe centre. 注意：此部分答题在答题卡 2上作答。 11. A)The girls got onwell witheach other. B) It’sunderstandable that girls don’t get along. C)Shewas angry with theotheryoung stars. D)The girls lacked the courageto fight. 12. A)The woman does herown housework. B)Thewoman needs a housekeeper. C)Thewoman’s houseis ina mess. D)The woman works as ahousekeeper. 13. A)The Edwards are quitewell-off. B)TheEdwards should cut down ontheirliving expenses. C)It’ll beunwisefor theEdwards to buyanother house. D)It’s too expensiveforthe Edwards tolivein theirpresent house. 14. A)The woman didn’t expectit tobe so warm at noon. B)Thewoman is sensitivetoweather changes. C)Theweather forecast was unreliable. D)The weatherturned coldall ofa sudden. 714淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 15. A)At aclinic. B)In asupermarket. C)At a restaurant. D)In anice cream shop. 16. A)The woman did not feel any danger growing upin theBronx. B)Theman thinks it was quitesafe livingintheBronx district. C)Thewoman started workingat an early age to support herfamily. D)The man doesn’t thinkit safe to send an 8-year-old to buythings. 17. A)The man has never seen thewoman before. B)Thetwo speakers work for thesamecompany. C)Thetwo speakers work onthesame floor. D)The woman is interested in market research. 18. A)The woman can’ttolerate anynoise. B)Theman is looking for an apartment. C)Theman has missed hisappointment. D)Thewoman is going totake a train trip. Questions19to21arebased onthe conversation you havejustheard. 19. A)Tomake a businessreport to thewoman. B)Tobe interviewed for a jobin thewoman’scompany. C)Toresign from hisposition inthe woman’s company. D)Toexchange stock market information with thewoman. 20. A)He is head of asmall tradingcompany. B) Heworks in aninternational insurance company. C)Heleads ateam of brokers in abig company. D)He is apublicrelations officer in asmall company. 21. A)The woman thinks Mr.Saunders is asking formore than theycan offer. B) Mr.Saunders will share onethird ofthewoman’s responsibilities. C)Mr.Saunders believes that hedeserves more paid vacations. D)The woman seems tobe satisfied with Mr.Saunders’past experience. Questions22to25arebased onthe conversation you havejustheard. 22. A)She’s worried about theseminar. 715淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B)Theman keeps interrupting her. C)Shefinds ittoohard. D)Shelacks interest init. 23. A)The lecturers are boring. B)Thecourse ispoorly designed. C)Sheprefers Philosophyto English. D)Sheenjoys literature more. 24. A)Karen’s friend. B) Karen’s parents. C)Karen’s lecturers. D)Karen’s herself. 25. A)Changing her major. B) Spendingless of her parents’money. C)Getting transferred tothe EnglishDepartment. D)Leaving theuniversity. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. 注意: 此部分试题请在答题卡 2上作答. PassageOne Questions 26to29arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 26. A)Rent a grave. B) Burn thebody. C)Burythedead near achurch. D)Buyapiece of landfor agrave. 27. A)Tosolve theproblem oflackofland. B)Tosee whether they have decayed. C)TofollowtheGreek religious practice. 716淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Tomove them toa multi-storey graveyard. 28. A)They should beburied lying down. B)They should be buried standing up. C)They should be buried after being washed. D)They should beburied when partially decayed. 29. A)Burning dead bodies to ashes. B) Storingdead bodies in aremote place. C)Placing deadbodies ina boneroom. D)Digging updead bodies after three years. PassageTwo Questions30to32arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 30. A)Many foreign tourist visittheUniteStates everyyear. B)Americans enjoy eating out with theirfriends. C)TheUnited States isacountry ofimmigrants. D)Americans prefer foreign foods to their own food. 31. A)They can makefriends withpeople from othercountries. B)They can get toknow peopleofother cultures and theirlifestyles. C)They can practisespeaking foreign languages there. D)They can meet with businessmen from all over theworld. 32. A)The couplecook thedishes and thechildren help them. B)Thehusband does thecooking and thewife serves as thewaitress. C)Themother does thecooking while thefather and children serving theguests. D)Ahired cook prepares thedishes and thefamily members serve the guests. PassageThree Questions33to35arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 33. A)He tookthem to watch abasketball game. B) Hetrained them to play European football. C)Helet them compete ingettingballs outofa basket. D)He taught them to play an excitingnew game. 717淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 34. A)The players found thebasket too high to reach. B)Theplayers had troublegettingthe ball outof thebasket. C)Theplayers had difficulty understanding the complex rules. D)The players soon found thegame boring. 35. A)By removing thebottom ofthebasket. B) By lowering thepositionof thebasket. C)By simplifying the complex rules. D)By altering the sizeofthebasket. Section C Directions: In this section, you will hear a passage three times. When the passage is read for the first time, you should listen carefully for its general idea. When the passage is read for the second time, you are required to fill in the blanks numbered from 36 to 43 with the exact words you have just heard. For blanks numbered from 44 to 46 you are required to fill in the missing information. For these blanks, you can either use the exact words you have just heard or write down the main points in your own words. Finally, when the passage is read for the third time, you should check what you have written. 注意：此部分试题在答题卡 2上；请在答题卡 2上作答。 For Americans, time is money. They say, “you only get so much time in this life; you’d better use it wisely.” The (36) ________ will not be better than the past or present, as American are (37) ________ to see things, unless people use their time for constructive activity. Thus Americans (38) ________ a “well-organized” person, one who has a written list of thins to do and a (39) ________ for doing them. The ideal person is punctual and is (40) ________ of other people’s time. They do not (41) ________ people’s time with conversation or other activity that has no (42) ________ beneficial outcome. The American attitude toward time is not (43) ________ shared by others, especially non-Europeans. They are more likely to regard time as (44) ________________________________. One of the more difficult things many students must adjust to in the states is the notion that time must be saved whenever possible and used wisely every day. In the contest (45) ________________________________, McDonald’s, KFC, and other fast food establishments are successful in a country where many people want to spend the least amount of time preparing and eating meals. As McDonald’s restaurants (46) ________________________________, bringing not just hamburgers but an emphasis onspeed, efficiency,andshiny cleanliness. Part IVReading comprehension(readingindepth)(25 minutes) 718淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 SectionA Directions: In this section, thereis a passage with ten blanks. You are required to select one word for each blank from a list of choices given in a word bank following the passage. Read the passage through carefully before making your choices. Each choice in bank is identified by a letter. Please mark the corresponding letter for each item on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. You may not use any of the words in the bank more thanonce. Questions47to56arebased onthe followingpassage. El Nino is name given to the mysterious and often unpredictable change in the climate of the world. This strange __47__ happens every five to eight years. It starts in the Pacific Ocean and is thought to be caused by a failure in the trade winds (信风)， which affects the ocean currents driven by these winds. As the trade winds lessen in __48__, the ocean temperatures rise, causing the Peru current flowing in from the east to warm upbyas much as 5℃. The warming of the ocean has far-reaching effects. The hot, humid (潮湿的) air over the ocean causes severe __49__ thunderstorms. The rainfall is increased across South America. __50__ floods to Peru. In the West pacific, there are droughts affecting Australia and Indonesia. So while some parts of the world prepare for heavy rains and floods, otherparts face drought, poorcrops and __51__. El Nino usually lasts for about 18 months. The 1982-83 El Nino brought the most __52__ weather in modern history. Its effect was worldwide and it left more than 2,000 people dead and caused over eight billion pounds __53__ of damage. The 1990 El Nino lasted untilJune1995.Scientists __54__thistobethe longest ElNino for 2,000years. Nowadays, weather experts are able to forecast when an El Nino will __55__, but they are stillnot __56__surewhat leads to it orwhat affects howstrong it willbe. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡 2上作答。 A) estimate I) completely B) strength J) destructive C) deliberately K) starvation D) notify L) bringing E) tropical M) exhaustion F) phenomenon N) worth G) stable O) strike H) attraction http://www.TopSage.com Section B 719淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Directions: There are 2 passages in this section. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions57to61arebased onthe followingpassage. Communications technologies are far from equal when it comes to conveying the truth. The first study to compare honesty across a range of communication media has fund that people are twice as likely to tell lies in phone conversations as they are in emails. The fact that emails are automatically recorded—and can come back to haunt (困 扰)you—appears to be thekey tothefinding. Jeff Hancock of Cornell University in Ithaca, NewYork, asked 30 students to keep a communications diary for a week. In it they noted the number of conversations or email exchanges they had lasting more than 10 minutes, and confessed to how many lies they told. Hancock then worked out the number of lies per conversation for each medium. He found that lies made up 14 per cent of emails, 21 per cent of instant messages, 27 per cent offace-to-face interactionsand an astonishing 37percent ofphonecalls. His results to be presented at the conference on human-computer interaction in Vienna,Austria, inApril, have surprised psychologists. Some expected emailers to be the biggest liars, reasoning that because deception makes people uncomfortable, the detachment (非直接接触) of emailing would make it easier to lie. Others expected people to lie more in face-to-face exchanges because we are most practised at that form ofcommunication. But Hancock says it is also crucial whether a conversation is being recorded and could be reread, and whether it occurs in real time. People appear to be afraid to lie when they know the communication could later be used to hold them to account, he says. This is why fewer lies appear inemail than onthephone. People are also more likely to lie in real time—in a instant message or phone call, say—than if they have time to think of a response, says Hancock. He found many lies are spontaneous (脱口而出的) responses to an unexpected demand, such as: “Do you like mydress?” Hancock hopes his research will help companies work our the best ways for their employees to communicate. For instance, the phone might be the best medium foe sales where employees are encouraged to stretch the truth. But, given his result, work assessment where honesty is a priority,might be best doneusing email. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡 2上作答。 57. Hancock’s study focuses on________. A)theconsequences oflying in various communications media 720淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) thesuccess ofcommunications technologies inconveying ideas C)peopleare less likely to liein instantmessages D)people’s honesty levels across arange ofcommunications media 58. Hancock’s research finding surprised those who believed that ________. A)people are less likely to lieininstant messages B) peopleare unlikely to liein face-to-face interactions C)peopleare most likely toliein email communication D)people are twiceas likely toliein phoneconversations 59. According to the passage, why are people more likely to tell the truth through certain mediaofcommunication? A)They are afraid ofleaving behind traces oftheir lies. B)They believe that honesty is thebest policy. C)They tend tobe relaxed when usingthosemedia. D)They are mostpractised at thoseforms ofcommunication. 60. According to Hancock the telephone is a preferable medium for promoting sales because________. A)salesmen can talkdirectly to theircustomers B) salesmen mayfeel less restrained to exaggerate C)salesmen can impress customers as being trustworthy D)salesmen may pass oninstant messages effectively 61. It can be inferred from thepassage that ________. A)honesty shouldbeencouraged in interpersonal communications B) moreemployers willuse emails to communicatewith theiremployees C)suitablemediashould bechosen fordifferent communication purposes D)email is nowthedominant medium ofcommunication within acompany PassageTwo Questions62to66arebased onthe followingpassage. In a country that defines itself by ideals, not by shared blood, who should be allowed to come work and live here? In the wake of the Sept. 11 attacks these questions have never seemed more pressing. On Dec. 11, 2001, as part of the effort to increase homeland security, federal and local authorities in 14 states staged “Operation Safe Travel”—raids on airports to arrest employees with false identification (身份证明). In Salt Lake City there were 69 arrests. But those captured were anything but terrorists, most of them illegal immigrants from 721淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Central or South America. Authorities said the undocumented workers’ illegal status madethem open toblackmail (讹诈)byterrorists. Many immigrants in Salt Lake City were angered by the arrests and said they felt as ifthey were being treated likedisposablegoods. MayorAnderson said those feelings were justified to a certain extent. “We’re saying we want you to work in these places, we’re going to look the other way in terms of what our laws are, and then when it’s convenient for us, or when we can try to make a point in terms of national security, especially after Sept. 11, then you’re disposable. There are wholefamilies being uprooted forall of thewrong reasons,”Anderson said. If Sept. 11 had never happened, the airport workers would not have been arrested and could have gone on quietly living in America, probably indefinitely. Ana Castro, a manager at a Ben & Jerry’s ice cream shop at the airport had been working 10 years with the same false Social Security card when she was arrested in the December airport raid. Now she and her family are living under the threat of deportation (驱逐出境). Castro’s case is currently waiting to be settled. While she awaits the outcome, the government has granted her permission to work here and shehas returned toher job at Ben & Jerry’s. 62. According tothe author,theUnited States claimstobea nation ________. A)composed ofpeople havingdifferent values B) encouraging individual pursuits C)sharing common interests D)founded onshared ideals 63. Howdid theimmigrants in Salt Lake Cityfeel about “Operation SafeTravel”? A)Guilty. B) Offended. C)Disappointed. D)Discouraged. 64. Undocumented workers became the target of “Operation Safe Travel” because ________. A)evidence was found that they were potential terrorists B) mostofthem worked at airports under threat of terrorists C)terroristsmight takeadvantage of theirillegal status D)they were reportedly helping hide terroristsaround theairport 65. By saying “... we’re going to look the other way in terms of what our laws are” (Line2,Para. 4), MayorAnderson means “________”. A)we willturn ablindeye to your illegal status B) wewill examinethelaws in adifferent way 722淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)there are otherways of enforcing thelaw D)theexisting laws must not beignored 66. Whatdowe learn aboutAna Castro from thelastparagraph? A)Shewill bedeported sooner orlater. B) Sheis allowed to stay permanently. C)Her case has been dropped. D)Her fate remains uncertain. PartVCloze (15 minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. Do you wake up every day feeling too tired, or even upset? If so, then a new alarm clock could be justfor you. The clock, called SleepSmart, measures your sleep cycle, and waits __67__ you to be in your lightest phase of sleep __68__ rousing you. Its makers say that should __69__ you wake upfeeling refreshed every morning. As you sleep you pass __70__ a sequence of sleep states—light sleep, deep sleep and REM (rapid eye movement) sleep—that __71__ approximately every 90 minutes. The point in that cycle at which you wake can __72__ how you feel later, and may __73__ have a greater impact than how much or little you have slept. Being roused during alight phase__74__you are more likely towake upenergetic. SleepSmart __75__ the distinct pattern of brain waves __76__ during each phase of sleep, via a headband equipped __77__ electrodes (电极) and a microprocessor. This measures the electrical activity of the wearer’s brain, in much the __78__ way as some machines used for medical and research __79__, and communicates wirelessly with a clock unit near the bed. You __80__ the clock with the latest time at __81__ you want to be wakened, and it __82__ duly (适时地) wakes you during the last light sleep phase before that. The __83__ was invented by a group of students at Brown University in Rhode Island __84__ a friend complained of waking up tired and performing poorly on a test. “__85__ sleep-deprived people ourselves, we started thinking of __86__ to do about it,” says Eric Shashoua, a recent college graduate and now chief executive officer of Axon Sleep Research Laboratories, acompany created bythestudents to develop their idea. 67. A)beside B) near C)for 723淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)around 68. A)upon B) before C)towards D)till 69. A)ensure B) assure C)require D)request 70. A)through B) into C)about D)on 71. A)reveals B) reverses C)resumes D)repeats 72. A)effect B) affect C)reflect D)perfect 73. A)already B) ever C)never D)even 74. A)means B) marks C)says D)dictates 75. A)removes B) relieves 724淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)records D)recalls 76. A)proceeded B) produced C)pronounced D)progressed 77. A)by B) of C)with D)over 78. A)familiar B) similar C)identical D)same 79. A)findings B) prospects C)proposals D)purposes 80. A)prompt B) program C)plug D)plan 81. A)where B) this C)which D)that 82. A)then B) also C)almost D)yet 83. A)claim 725淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) conclusion C)concept D)explanation 84. A)once B) after C)since D)while 85. A)Besides B) Despite C)To D)As 86. A)what B) how C)whether D)when PartVITranslation(5 minutes) Directions: Complete the sentences on Answer Sheet 2 by translating into English the Chinesegiven in brackets. 87. Having spent some time in the city, he had no trouble ________ (找到去历史博物 馆的路). 88. ________ (为了挣钱供我上学)， Mother often takes on more work than is good forher. 89. Theprofessor required that ________ (我们交研究报告)。 90. Themore you explain, ________(我愈糊涂). 91. Though a skilled worker, ________ (他被公司解雇了) last week because of the economiccrisis. 726淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年6月24日新四级参考答案 范文： OnStudentsChoosingLecturers Nowadays, some universities give students the right to choose who teaches some of their classes. This has led to some debate over whether students should be given this much power. There are several factors that students consider when choosing a lecturer, including the teaching style of the lecturer, the lecturer’s academic background, and the lecturer’s reputation among students. The ideal lecturer is one who has an interesting teaching style, adiverse academicbackground, and agood reputation among students. There are both positive and negative aspects to allowing students to choose their lecturers. Giving students the choice encourages them to take ownership for their classes, and also puts pressure onteachers toimprove theirteaching quality. However, the factors that students consider might not be the ones that lead to the highest quality of education. Schools might end up with lecturers who teach interesting classes without muchcontent. 1. N 2. Y 3. Y 4. Y 5. N 6. NG 7. N 8. The greatest benefit brought about by the interstate system was personal freedom of mobility 9. Trucks using theinterstatehighways deliver more than 75percent 10. The interstate system was renamed after Eisenhower in recognition his vision and leadership 11. A 12. A 13. C 14. D 15. C 727淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 16. A 17. B 18. B 19. B 20. C 21. D 22. D 23. C 24. B 25. D 26. D 27. A 28. B 29. A 30. C 31. B 32. C 33. D 34. B 35. A 36. future 37. trained 38. admire 39. schedule 40. considerate 41. waste 42. visible 43. necessarily 44. somethingthat is simplythere around them, not somethingthey can use 45. thefast food industry can beseen as aclear exampleofAmerican cultural product 46. spread around the world, they have been viewed as symbols of American society and culture 47. Fphenomenon 48. B strength 49. E tropical 50. Lbringing 51. Kstarvation 52. J destructive 53. Nworth 728淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 54. Aestimate 55. Ostrike 56. Icompletely 57. D 58. C 59. A 60. B 61. C 62. D 63. B 64. C 65. C 66. D 67. C 68. B 69. A 70. A 71. D 72. B 73. D 74. A 75. C 76. B 77. C 78. D 79. D 80. B 81. C 82. A 83. C 84. B 85. D 86. A 87. finding theway tothehistory museum 88. In order to support myuniversity studies (to finance myeducation) 89. wehand in ourresearch report(s) 90. themoreconfused I am 91. hewas fired bythe company 729淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年6月24日新四级听力原文 SectionA 11. M:What was itlikeworking with thoseyoung stars? W:It was a great group, I always got mad when people said that we didn’t get along, justbecause we’regirls, there was never afight.We had a great time. Q:What does thewoman mean? 12. M:Are you tellingme you don’t have ahousekeeper? W:No, we don’t.ifyou make amess, you clean upyourself. Q:What dowelearn from this conversation? 13. M: Ihear that theEdwards are thinkingofbuying another house. W: Should they be doing that with all the other expenses they have o pay? Anyhow, they are over 70now,their present houseis nottoo bad. Q:What does theman imply? 14. W:You looklikeyou are freezing to death.Whydon’t you put thison? M: Thank you, it was so warm at noon, I didn’t expect the weather to change so quickly. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 15. W:I’llhave thesteak, French fries, and let’s see, chocolate icecream fordissert. M: Oh, oh,you know these things will ruin your health, too much fat and sugar,how about ordering somevegetables andfruit instead? Q:Where does theconversation mostprobably takeplace? 16. W:What was it likegrowing upinNewYork’s Bronx District?Was it safe? M: To me it was, it was all I knew. My mom would send me to the shop and I’d go and buythings when I was about 8years old. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 17. W: Nice weather, isn’t it? Oh, I’ve seen you around the office, but I don’t think we’ve met, Iam Henry Smith, I work intheMarket Research Section. M: Nice to meet you, Henry, I am Helen Grant, I am in the Advertising Section on theninthfloor. Q:What canwe infer from theconversation? 18. M: Ma’am,I hear you havean apartment forrent, can I takea lookat it? 730淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 W: Sure, you’re welcome any time by appointment, but I have to tell you the building is close to a railways. And if you can’t put up with the noise you might as well save thetrip. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? Conversation1 W: Please have a seat, Mr. Saunders. I received your job resume last week, and it was very impressed. M:Thank you! W: We are a small financial company trading mostly stocks and bonds may I ask why you are sointerested in working for us? M: Your company has an impressive reputation and I’ve always wanted to work for asmallercompany. W: That’s good to hear. Would you mind telling me a little bit about your present job? M: I’m currently working in a large international company in charge of a team of 8 brokers.We buyandsell stocks formajor clients worldwide. W:Whydoyou thinkyou are the right candidatefor this position? M:As a head broker, I have a lot of experiences in the stock market, I deal with the clients onthedaily bases, and Ienjoy workingwith people. W: Well, you might just be the person we’ve been looking for. Do you have any questions? M:Aha, if Iwere hired, howmany accounts would Ibe handling? W: you will be working with two other head brokers, in another words, you will be handling about athird ofour clients. M:Andwho would I report to? W:Directly to me. M: Isee.What kind ofbenefits packagedoyou offer? W: Two weeks of paid vacation in your first year employment, you are also been entitled to medical and dental insurance, but this is something you should discuss withour Personnel Department. Doyou haveany other questions? M: No not at themoment. W: Well, I have to discuss you application with my colleagues and we’ll get back to you early next week. M: OK, thanks, it’s been nice meeting you! W:Nice meeting you too!Andthanks for coming intoday. 19. What’s thepurpose ofMr.Saunders’visit? 731淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 20. Whatis Mr.Saunders’current job? 21. Whatcan we concludefrom theconversation? Conversation2 M: Hey,Karen, you are not really reading it, are you? W:Pardon? M:Thebook!Youhaven’t turned thepage in thelast ten minutes. W: No, Jim, I suppose I haven’t. I need to get through it, though, but I keep drifting away. M: Soitdoesn’t really hold your interest? W: No, not really. I wouldn’t bother with it, to be honest, but I have to read it for a seminar.I’m at a university. M: It’s a laboroflabor then rather than a laborof love. W: I should say, I don’t like Dickens at all really, the author, indeed, I am starting to likethewholecourse less and less. M: It’s not just thebook,,it’s thecurse as well? W: Yeah, in a way, although the curse itself isn’t really that bad, a lot of it is pretty good, in fact, and the lecturer is fine, as to me, I suppose, you see, I want to do philosophyrather than English, but my parents tookme outofit. M: So the courses are OK as such, it’s just that had if been left to you, you would choosea different one. W: Oh, they had my best interest and heart of course, my parents, they always do, don’t they? They believe that my job prospect would be pretty limited with the degree of philosophy. Plus, they give me a really generous allowance, but I am beginning to feel that I’m wasting my time and their money. They would be so disappointed though ifItold themI was quitting. 22. Whycan’t Karen concentrateonthebook? 23. Whyis Karen starting to likethecourse less andless? 24. Whothinks Philosophy graduates have limited job opportunities? 25. Whatis Karen thinking ofdoing? Section B PassageOne In Greece, only rich people will rest in peace for ever when they die. Most of the population, however, will be undisturbed for only three years, then they will be dug up, 732淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 washed, compressed into a small tin box, and placed in a bone room. If the body has only partially decayed, it is reburied in a smaller cheaper grave, but not for long, the body will be dug up again some time later when it has fully decayed. Buying a piece of land for a grave is the only way to avoid this process. The cost of the grave is so great that most p0eople choose to rent the grave for three years and even after it has been dug up, lasting peace is still not guaranteed. If no one pays for renting space in the bone room, the skeleton is removed and stored in a building in a poor part of the town. Lack of space in Athens is the main reason why the dead are dug up after the three years. The city is so overcrowded that sometimes dead bodies are kept in the hospitals for over a week until a grave is found. Athens’ city council wants to introduce cremation, that is burning dead bodies as a means ofdealing with the problems. But theGreek church resists this practice, they believe the only place where people burn is hell, so burning dead bodies is against the Greek concept of life after death. To save space, the church suggested burying the bodies standing up instead of lying down. Some people proposed building multi-storey underground grave yards. 26. Whatmust Greeks doto keepthe dead resting in ever-lasting peace? 27. Whyare most dead bodies inAthens dugupafter three years? 28. Whatsuggestions does thechurchgive about theburying of deadbodies? 29. Whatpractice does theGreek church object to? PassageTwo If you visit a big city anywhere in the world, you will probably find a restaurant would serve the food of your own native country. Most large cities in the United States offer international sample of foods. Many people enjoy eating the food of other nations. This is probably one reason why there are so many different kinds of restaurants in the United States. A second reason is that many Americans come from other part of the world. They enjoy tasting the foods of their native lands. In the city of Detroit, for example, there are many people from western Europe, Greece, Latin America, and the Far East. There are many restaurants in Detroit which serve the foods of these areas. There are many other international restaurants too. Americans enjoy the foods in these restaurants as well as the opportunity to better understand the people and their way of life. One of the most common international restaurants to be found in the United States is the Italian restaurant. The restaurant may be a small business run by a single family. The mother of the family cooks all of the dishes, and the father and children serve the people who come to eat there. Or it may be a large restaurant owned by several different people who worked together in the business. Many Italian dishes thatAmericans enjoy are made withmeats, tomatoes and cheese, they are very delicious andtasty. 30. Whyare there somany international restaurants inthe United States? 733淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 31. Why do Americans like to go to international restaurants apart from enjoying the foods there? 32. Howis atypical Italian family restaurant run in theUnited States? PassageThree One winter day in 1891, a class at a training school in Massachusetts, U.S.A, went into the gym for their daily exercises. Since the football season had ended, most of the young man felt they were infor aboring time. But their teacher, James Nasmith had other ideas. He had been working for a long time on a new game that would have the excitement of the American football. Nasmith showed the men a basket he had hung at the each end of the gym, and explained that they were going to sue a round European football, at first everybody tried to throw the ball into the basket no matter where he was standing. “Pass! Pass!” Nasmith kept shouting, blowing his whistle to stop the excited players. Slowly, they began to understand what was wanted of them. The problem with the new game, which was soon called “basketball”, was getting the ball out of the basket. They used ordinary food baskets with bottoms and the ball, of course, stayed inside. At first, someone had to climb up every time a basket was scored. It was several years before someone came up with the idea of removing the bottom of the basket and letting the ball fall through. There have been many changes in the rules since then, and basketball has become one of the world’s most popularsports. 33. Whatdid Nasmith doto entertain his students onewinter day? 34. According thespeaker,what was theproblem withthe newgame? 35. Howwas the problem with thenew game solved? 734淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年12月23日大学英语新四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part IWriting(30 minutes) 注意：此部分试题在答题卡 1上。 Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minute to write a short essay on the topic of students selecting their lectures. You should write at least 120 words followingthe outlinegiven bellow: 1. 许多人喜欢在除夕夜看春节晚会 2. 但有些人提出取消春节晚会 3. 我的看法 Part IIReading Comprehension(Skimming and Scanning)(15minutes) Directions: In this part, you will have 15 minute to go over the passage quickly and answer thequestions on Answer Sheet1. For questions1-7, mark Y(forYES) if the statement agrees with the information given in thepassage; N(for NO) if statement contradicts the information given in the passage; NG(for NOT GIVEN) iftheinformation is notgiven in thepassage. For question 8-10, complete thesentences withtheinformation given inthepassage. SixSecrets ofHigh-Energy People There’s an energy crisis in America, and it has nothing to do with fossil fuels. Millions of us get up each morning already weary over the day holds. “I just can’t get started,” people say. But it’s not physical energy that most of us lack. Sure, we could all use extra sleep and a better diet. But in truth, people are healthier today than at any time in history. I can almost guarantee that if you long for more energy, the problem is not withyour body. What you’re seeking is not physical energy. It’s emotional energy. Yet, sad to say, life sometimes seems designed to exhaust our supply. We work too hard. We have family obligations. We encounter emergencies and personal crises. No wonder so many of us sufferfrom emotional fatigue, akindof utterexhaustion ofthespirit. And yet we all know people who are filled with joy, despite the unpleasant circumstances of their lives. Even as a child, I observed people who were poor, or disabled, or ill, but who nonetheless faced life with optimism and vigor. Consider Laura Hillenbrand, who despite an extremely weak body, wrote the best-seller Seabiscuit. 735淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Hillenbrand barely had enough physical energy to drag herself out of bed to write. But she was fueled by having a story she wanted to share. It was emotional energy that helped her succeed. Unlike physical energy, which is finite and diminishes with age, emotional energy is unlimited and has nothing to do with genes or upbringing. So how do you get it? You can’t simply tell yourself to be positive. You must take action. Here are six practical strategies that work. 1.Do something new. Very little that’s new occurs in our lives. The impact of this sameness on our emotional energy is gradual, but huge: It’s like a tire with a slow leak.You don’t notice it at first, but eventually you’ll get a flat. It’s up to you to plug the leak—even though there are always a dozen reasons to stay stuck in your dull routines of life. That’s where Maura, 36,awaitress, foundherself a year ago. Fortunately, Maura had a lifeline—a group of women friends who meet regularly to discuss their lives. Their lively discussions spurred Maura to make small but nevertheless life altering changes. She joined a gym in the next town. She changed her look with a short haircut and new black T-shirts. Eventually, Maura gathered the courage to quit her joband start her own business. Here’s a challenge: If it’s something you wouldn’t ordinarily do, do it. Try a dish you’ve never eaten. Listen to music you’d ordinarily tune out. You’ll discover these smallthings addto your emotional energy. 2.Reclaimlife’s meaning. So many of my patients tell me that their lives used to have meaning, but that somewhere along thelinethings went stale. The first step in solving this meaning shortage is to figure out what you really care about, and then do something about it.Acase in point is Ivy, 57, a pioneer in investment banking. “I mistakenly believed that all the money I made would mean something,” she says. “But I feel lost, like a 22-year-old wondering what to do with her life.” Ivy’s solution? She started a program that shows Wall Streeters how to donate time and money topoor children. In theprocess, Ivy filled her lifewith meaning. 3.Putyourselfinthe funzone. Most of us grown-ups are seriously fun-deprived. High-energy people have the same day-to-day work as the rest of us, but they manage to find something enjoyable in every situation.Areal estate broker I know keeps herself amused on the job by mentally redecorating the houses she shows to clients. “I love imagining what even the most run-down house could look like with a little tender loving care,” she says. “It’s a challenge—and theleast desirable properties are usually the mostfun.” We all define fun differently, of course, but I can guarantee this: If you put just a bit ofit intoyour day,you energy willincrease quickly. 4.Bidfarewelltoguiltandregret. 736淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Everyone’s past is filled with regrets that still cause pain. But from an emotional energy point of view, they are dead weights that keep us from moving forward. While they can’t merely be willed away, I do recommend you remind yourself that whatever happened is in the past, and nothing can change that. Holding on to the memory only allows thedamage to continueinto thepresent. 5.Makeupyourmind. Say you’ve been thinking about cutting your hair short. Will it look stylish—or too extreme? You endlessly think it over. Having the decision hanging over your head is a huge energy drain. Every time you can’t decide, you burden yourself with alternatives. Quit thinking thatyou have to make theright decision; instead, makea choice and don’t look back. 6.Giveto get. Emotional energy has a kind of magical quality; the more you give, the more you get back. This is the difference between emotional and physical energy. With the latter, youhave toget it to beable togive it.Withtheformer,however,you get it bygiving it. Start by asking everyone you meet, “How are you?” as if you really want to know, then listen to the reply. Be the one who hears. Most of us also need to smile more often. If you don’t smile at the person you love first thing in the morning, you’re sucking energy out of your relationship. Finally, help another person—and make the help real, concrete. Give a massage (按摩) to someone you love, or cook her dinner. Then, expand the circle to work. Try asking yourself what you’d do if your goal were to be helpful rather thanefficient. After all, if it’s true that what goes around comes around, why not make sure that what’s circulating around you is thegood stuff? 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡 1上作答。 1. The energy crisis in America discussed here mainly refers to a shortage of fossil fuels. 2. Peoplethesedays tend to lack physical energy. 3. Laura Hillenbrand is an example cited to show how emotional energy can contribute toone’s success inlife. 4. Theauthor believes emotional energy is inherited andgenetically determined. 5. Even small changes people make in their lives can help increase their emotional energy. 6. Ivy filled her lifewith meaning bylaunching aprogram to help poor children. 737淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 7. Thereal-estate broker theauthorknows istalented in homeredecoration. 8. Peopleholdingontosad memories ofthepast will find it difficult to________. 9. When it comes to decision-making, one should make a quick choice without ________. 10. Emotional energy is in a way different from physical energy in that the more you give, ________. PartIII ListingComprehension(35 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 8 short conversations and 2 long conversations. At the end of each conversation, one or more questions will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer, then mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2with asinglelinethoughthe centre. 注意：此部分答题在答题卡 2上作答。 11. A)Plan his budget carefully. B) Giveher moreinformation. C)Ask someone elsefor advice. D)Buy agift for his girlfriend. 12. A)She’llhave somechocolate cake. B) She’ll takea lookat themenu. C)She’ll go withoutdessert. D)She’llprepare thedinner. 13. A)The man can speak a foreign language. B)Thewoman hopes to improveher English. C)Thewoman knows many different languages. D)The man wishes to visitmany more countries. 14. A)Go tothelibrary. B) Meet thewoman. C)SeeProfessor Smith. 738淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Have a drink in thebar. 15. A)Sheisn’t sure when Professor Bloom will beback. B)Theman shouldn’t belatefor his class. C)Theman can comeback sometimelater. D)Shecan pass onthemessage for theman. 16. A)He has astrange personality. B) He’s got emotional problems. C)His illnessis beyond cure. D)His behavior is hardto explain. 17. A)The tickets are moreexpensivethan expected. B)Thetickets are soldin advance at halfprice. C)It’sdifficult to buythetickets onthespot. D)It’s better tobuythe tickets beforehand. 18. A)He turned suddenly and raninto atree. B) Hewas hitbya fallen boxfrom atruck. C)Hedrove too fast and crashed into atruck. D)He was trying to overtake thetruck ahead ofhim. Questions19to21arebased onthe conversation you havejustheard. 19. A)Togo boating ontheSt. Lawrence River. B)Togo sightseeing in Quebec Province. C)Tocall ona friend inQuebec City. D)Toattend awedding inMontreal. 20. A)Study themap ofQuebec Province. B) Findmore about Quebec Province. C)Brush uponherFrench. D)Learnmore about thelocal customs. 21. A)It’s mostbeautiful in summer. B) It has many historical buildings. C)It was greatly expanded in the18th century. D)It’s theonlyFrench-speaking city inCanada. Questions22to25arebased onthe conversation you havejustheard. 739淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 22. A)It was about alittle animal. B) It took hersixyears to write. C)It was adapted from afairy tale. D)It was about alittle girl and herpet. 23. A)Sheknows how towrite best-selling novels. B) Shecan earn alotof money bywriting for adults. C)Sheis ableto win enough support from publishers. D)Shecan make alivingbydoing what she likes. 24. A)The characters. B)Thereaders. C)Her ideas. D)Her lifeexperiences. 25. A)Shedoesn’t really know where they originated. B) Shemainlydrew onstories of ancient saints. C)They popped outof her childhood dreams. D)They grew out ofherlong hours of thinking. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. PassageOne 26. A)Monitorstudents’sleep patterns. B) Help students concentrate inclass. C)Record students’weekly performance. D)Ask students to completeasleep report. 27. A)Declining health. B) Lack ofattention. C)Loss ofmotivation. D)Improper behavior. 740淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 28. A)They should makesure theirchildren are always punctual forschool. B)They should ensure their children growupin a healthy environment. C)They should help theirchildren accomplish high-qualitywork. D)They should seeto it that theirchildren have adequate sleep. PassageTwo Questions29to32arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 29. A)Shestopped being ahomemaker. B) Shebecamea famous educator. C)Shebecamea publicfigure. D)Shequit driving altogether. 30. A)Amotorist’s speeding. B) Her running astop sign. C)Her lack of drivingexperience. D)Amotorist’s failureto concentrate. 31. A)Nervous and unsure ofherself. B) Calmand confident of herself. C)Courageous and forceful. D)Distracted and reluctant. 32. A)More strict training ofwomen drivers. B) Restrictionsoncell phoneuse whiledriving. C)Improved trafficconditionsin cities. D)New regulations to ensure children’s safety. PassageThree Questions33to35arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 33. A)They haven’t devoted as much energy to medicine as tospace travel. B)Three are too manykinds ofcold viruses forthem toidentify. C)It isnot economical to find a cure foreach type of cold. D)They believepeople can recover withouttreatment. 34. A)They reveal theseriousness oftheproblem. B)They indicate howfast thevirus spreads. 741淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)They tell us what kindofmedicine to take. D)They showourbodyis fighting thevirus. 35. A)It actually does more harm than good. B) It causes damage tosome organs ofourbody. C)It works better when combined with otherremedies. D)It helps us to recover much sooner. Section C Directions: In this section, you will hear a passage three times. When the passage is read for the first time, you should listen carefully for its general idea. When the passage is read for the second time, you are required to fill in the blanks numbered from 36 to 43 with the exact words you have just heard. For blanks numbered from 44 to 46 you are required to fill in the missing information. For these blanks, you can either use the exact words you have just heard or write down the main points in your own words. Finally, when the passage is read for the third time, you should check what you have written. 注意：此部分试题在答题卡 2上；请在答题卡 2上作答。 You probably have noticed that people express similar ideas in different ways depending on the situation they are in. This is very (36) ________. All languages have two general levels of (37) ________: a formal level and an informal level. English is no (38) ________. The difference in these two levels is the situation in which you use a (39) ________ level. Formal language is the kind of language you find in textbooks, (40) ________ books and in business letters. You would also use formal English in compositions and (41) ________ that you write in school. Informal language is used in conversation with (42) ________, family members and friends, and when we write (43) ________ notes orletters to close friends. Formal language is different from informal language in several ways. First, formal language tends to be more polite. (44) ________________________________. For example, I might say to a friend or a family member “Close the door, please,” (45) ________________________________. Another difference between formal and informal language is some of the vocabulary. (46) ________________________________. Let’s say that I really like soccer. If I am talking to my friend I might say “I am just crazy about soccer!” But if I were talking to myboss,I would probably say “Ireally enjoysoccer.” Part IVReadingComprehension (readingindepth)(25 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, thereis a passage with ten blanks. You are required to select 742淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 one word for each blank from a list of choices given in a word bank following the passage. Read the passage through carefully before making your choices. Each choice in bank is identified by a letter. Please mark the corresponding letter for each item on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. You may not use any of the words in the bank more thanonce. Questions47to56arebased onthe followingpassage. The flood of women into the job market boosted economic growth and changed U.S. society in many ways. Many in-home jobs that used to be done __47__ by women—ranging from family shopping to preparing meals to doing __48__ work—still need to be done by someone. Husbands and children now do some of these jobs, a __49__ that has changed the target market for many products. Or a working woman may face a crushing “poverty of time” and look for help elsewhere, creating opportunities for producers of frozen meals, child care centers, dry cleaners, financial services, and the like. Although there is still a big wage __50__ between men and women, the income working women __51__ gives them new independence and buying power. For example, women now __52__ about half of all cars. Not long ago, many cars dealers __53__ women shoppers byignoring them or suggesting that they come back with their husbands. Now car companies have realized that women are __54__ customers. It’s interesting that some leading Japanese car dealers were the first to __55__ pay attention to women customers. In Japan, fewer women have jobs or buy cars—the Japanese society is still very much male-oriented. Perhaps it was the __56__ contrast with Japanese society that promptedAmerican firms to paymoreattention to women buyers. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡 2上作答 A) scale I) potential B) retailed J) gap C) generate K) voluntary D) extreme L) excessive E) technically M) insulted F) affordable N) purchase G) situation O) primarily H) really http://www.TopSage.com Section B Directions: There are 2 passages in this section. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark 743淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions57to61arebased onthe followingpassage. Reaching new peaks of popularity in North America is Iceberg Water, which is harvested from icebergs offthe coast ofNewfoundland, Canada. Arthur von Wiesenberger, who carries the title Water Master, is one of the few water critics in North America. As a boy, he spent time in the larger cities of Italy, France and Switzerland, where bottled water is consumed daily. Even then, he kept a water journal, noting the brands he liked best. “My dogcould tell the difference between bottled and tap water,”He says. But is plain tap water all that bad? Not at all. In fact, New York’s municipal water for more than a century was called the champagne of tap water and until recently considered among the best in the world in terms of both taste and purity. Similarly, a magazine in England found that tap water from the Thames River tasted better than several leading brands ofbottled water that were 400times moreexpensive. Nevertheless, soft-drink companies view bottled water as the next battle-ground for market share—this despite the fact that over 25 percent of bottled water comes from tap water: PepsiCo’s Aquafina and Coca-Cola’s Dasani are both purified tap water rather than spring water. As diners thirst for leading brands, bottlers and restaurateurs salivate (垂涎) over the profits. A restaurant’s typical mark-up on wine is 100 to 150 percent, whereas on bottled water it’s often 300 to 500 percent. But since water is much cheaper than wine, and many ofthe fancier brands aren’t available in stores, most diners don’t notice orcare. As a result, some restaurants are turning up the pressure to sell bottled water. According to an article in The Street Journal, some of the more shameless tactics include placing attractive bottles on the table for a visual sell, listing brands on the menu without prices, and pouring bottled water withouteven asking thediners ifthey want it. Regardless of how it’s sold, the popularity of bottled water taps into our desire for betterhealth, ourwish to appear cultivated, and even alonging for lost purity. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡 2上作答。 57. Whatdowe knowabout IcebergWaterfrom thepassage? A)It is akind of iced water. B) It isjust plain tap water. C)It isa kind ofbottled water. D)It is akind of mineral water. 58. By saying “My dog could tell the difference between bottled and tap water” (Line 4 744淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Para. 2),vonWiesenbergerwants toconvey themessage that ________. A)plain tap water iscertainly unfit for drinking B) bottledwater isclearly superior to tap water C)bottledwater often appeals moretodogs taste D)dogs can usually detect a finedifference in taste 59. The“fancier brands”(Line3Para. 5) refers to ________. A)tap water from theThames River B) famous wines not sold in ordinary stores C)PepsiCo’sAquafina and Coca-Cola’s Dasani D)expensivebottled water with impressivenames 60. Whyare somerestaurants turning upthe pressureto sell bottled water? A)Bottled water brings in huge profits. B) Competition from thewine industryis intense. C)Mostdiners find bottled water affordable. D)Bottled water satisfied diners’desire to fashionable. 61. According topassage, why isbottled water so popular? A)It is much cheaper thanwine. B) It isconsidered healthier. C)It appeals tomore cultivated people. D)It is more widely promoted in themarket. PassageTwo As we have seen, the focus of medical care in our society has been shifting from curing disease to preventing disease — especially in terms of changing our many unhealthy behaviors, such as poor eating habits, smoking, and failure to exercise. The line of thought involved in this shift can be pursued further. Imagine a person who is about the right weight, but does not eat very nutritious (有营养的) foods, who feels OK but exercises only occasionally, who goes to work every day, but is not an outstanding worker, who drinks a few beers at home most nights but does not drive while drunk, and who has no chest pains or abnormal blood counts, but sleeps a lot and often feels tired. This person is not ill. He may not even be at risk for any particular disease. But we can imagine that thisperson couldbea lothealthier. The field of medicine has not traditionally distinguished between someone who is merely “not ill” and someone who is in excellent health and pays attention to the body’s special needs. Both types have simply been called “well.” In recent years, however,some health specialists have begun to apply the terms “well” and “wellness” only to those who are actively striving to maintain and improve their health. People who are well are 745淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 concerned with nutrition and exercise, and they make a point of monitoring their body’s condition. Most important, perhaps, people who are well take active responsibility for all matters related to their health. Even people who have a physical disease or handicap (缺 陷) may be “well,” in this new sense, if they make an effort to maintain the best possible health they can in the face of their physical limitations. “Wellness” may perhaps best be viewed not as a state that people can achieve, but as an ideal that people can strive for. People who are well are likely to be better able to resist disease and to fight disease when it strikes. And by focusing attention on healthy ways of living, the concept of wellness can have a beneficial impact on the ways in which people face the challenges of daily life. 62. Todaymedical care is placing more stress on________. A)keeping peoplein ahealthy physical condition B) monitoringpatients’bodyfunctions C)removing people’s bad livinghabits D)ensuring people’s psychological well-being 63. In thefirst paragraph, peopleare reminded that ________. A)good health ismore than not being ill B) drinking, even ifnot to excess, could be harmful C)regular health checks are essential to keeping fit D)prevention is moredifficultthan cure 64. Traditionally,aperson isconsidered “well” ifhe ________. A)does nothave any unhealthy livinghabits B) does not have any physical handicaps C)is ableto handlehis daily routines D)is free from any kind ofdisease 65. According tothe author,thetrue meaning of “wellness” isfor people ________. A)tobest satisfy theirbody’s special needs B) tostrive tomaintain the best possiblehealth C)tomeet thestrictest standards ofbodily health D)tokeep aproper balance between work and leisure 66. According to what the author advocates, which of the following groups of people would beconsidered healthy? A)Peoplewho havestrong muscles as well as slimfigures. B) Peoplewho are not presently experiencing any symptoms of disease. C)Peoplewho try tobeas possible,regardless oftheirlimitations. 746淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Peoplewho canrecover from illness even withoutseeking medical care. PartVCloze (15 minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. Language is the most astonishing behavior in the animal kingdom. It is the species-typical behavior that sets humans completely __67__ from all other animals. Language is a means of communication, __68__ it is much more than that. Many animals can __69__. The dance of the honeybee communicates the location of flowers __70__ other members of the hive (蜂群). But human language permits communication about anything, __71__ things like unicorn (独角兽) that have never existed. The key __72__ in the fact that the units of meaning, words, can be __73__ together in different ways, according to __74__,tocommunicate different meanings. Language is the most important learning we do. Nothing __75__ humans so much as our ability to communicate abstract thoughts, __76__ about the universe, the mind, love, dreams, or ordering a drink. It is an immensely complex __77__ that we take for granted. Indeed, we are not aware of most __78__ of our speech and understanding. Consider what happens when one person is speaking to __79__. The speaker has to translate thoughts into __80__ language. Brain imaging studies suggest that the time from thoughts to the __81__ of speech is extremely fast, only 0.04 seconds! The listener must hear the sounds to __82__ out what the speaker means. He must use the sounds of speech to __83__ the words spoken, understand the pattern of __84__ of the words (sentences), and finally __85__ the meaning. This takes somewhat longer, a minimum of about 0.5seconds. But __86__started, it is ofcourse acontinuous process. 67. A)apart B) off C)up D)down 68. A)so B) but C)or D)for 69. A)transfer B) transmit C)convey 747淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)communicate 70. A)to B) from C)over D)on 71. A)only B) almost C)even D)just 72. A)stays B) situates C)hides D)lies 73. A)stuck B) strung C)rung D)consisted 74. A)rules B) scales C)laws D)standards 75. A)combines B) contains C)defines D)declares 76. A)what B) whether C)while D)if 77. A)prospect B) progress 748淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)process D)produce 78. A)aspects B) abstracts C)angles D)assumptions 79. A)anybody B) another C)other D)everybody 80. A)body B) gesture C)written D)spoken 81. A)growing B) fixing C)beginning D)building 82. A)put B) take C)draw D)figure 83. A)identify B) locate C)reveal D)discover 84. A)performance B) organization C)design D)layout 85. A)prescribe 749淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) justify C)utter D)interpret 86. A)since B) after C)once D)until PartVITranslation(5 minutes) Directions: Complete the sentences by translating into English the Chinese given in brackets. Please writeyoutranslation onAnswer Sheet 2. 87. Specialists in intercultural studies say that it is not easy to ________ (适应不同文 化中的生活). 88. Since my childhood I have found that ________ (没有什么比读书对我更有吸引 力). 89. The victim ________ (本来会有机会活下来) if he had been taken to hospital in time. 90. Somepsychologists claim that people ________(出门在外时可能会感到孤独). 91. Thenation’s populationcontinues to rise________(以每年1200万人的速度). 750淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年12月23日新四级参考答案 PartIWriting 四级英语参考范文： The approach of the Chinese Lunar New Year poses a national issue concerning the necessity of holding the CCTV Spring Festival Gala. Its established status is being challenged by a growing number of people, especially by younger generations. It is increasingly difficult to cater forall tastes. Some individuals deem that it should be canceled or replaced by other programs. These young people focus their attention on other forms of celebration instead of immersing themselves in TV. Despite that, the majority of mid-aged people and senior citizens uphold the importance of the traditional performance. The most striking feature of this gala is its traditionally close link with ordinary people’s lives. Most of people view this gala as an annual staple on the traditional Chinese Spring Festival Eve. They all have arestless night and glue theireyes onthetelevision. I am not supportive of the view that the grand gala should be abandoned. Undoubtedly, it plays a vital role in the celebration of Chinese New Year. To increase its appeal and meet young adults’ need, the upcoming performance should invite some big names including super stars from Hong Kong andTaiwan. We are all eagerly anticipating thisunforgettableevening show. Part IIReading Comprehension(Skimming andScanning) 1. N 2. N 3. Y 4. N 5. Y 6. Y 7. NG 8. moveforward 9. lookingback 10. themoreyou get back 751淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Part III Listening Comprehension 11. B 12. C 13. A 14. C 15. D 16. B 17. D 18. A 19. D 20. C 21. B 22. A 23. D 24. B 25. A 26. C 27. B 28. D 29. C 30. D 31. A 32. B 33. B 34. D 35. A 36. natural 37. usage 38. exception 39. particular 40. reference 41. essays 42. colleagues 43. personal 44. Whatwe mayfind interesting is that itusually takes morewords to be polite 45. buttoastranger,Iprobably would say“would you mind closing thedoor?” 46. There are bound to be some words and phrases that belong in formal language and others that are informal. Part IVReading Comprehension(Reading inDepth) 47. O 48. K 49. G 50. J 51. C 52. N 53. M 54. I 55. H 56. D 57. C 58. B 59. D 60. A 61. B 62. C 63. B 64. D 65. B 752淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 66. C PartVCloze 67. A 68. B 69. D 70. A 71. C 72. D 73. B 74. A 75. C 76. B 77. C 78. A 79. B 80. D 81. C 82. D 83. A 84. B 85. D 86. C 87. adapt to lives in different cultures/adapt (oneself)to livingin different cultures 88. nothingis moreattractive/appealing to methan reading 89. would have achance to survive 90. might feel lonely when they are away from home/might feel lonely when away from home 91. at therate of12million people peryear/at thespeed of12million people every year 753淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年12月23日新四级听力原文 Section B 11. M: Christmas is around the corner.And I’m looking for a gift for my girlfriend.Any suggestions? W: Well you have to tell me something about your girlfriend first.Also, what’s your budget? Q:What does thewoman want themanto do? 12. M:What would you likefor dessert? Ithink I’ll haveapple pieand icecream. W: The chocolate cake looks great, but I have to watch my weight. You go ahead and get yours. Q:What would thewoman mostprobably do? 13. W: Having visited so many countries, you must be able to speak several different languages. M: I wish I could. But Japanese and, of course English are the only languages I can speak. Q:What dowelearn from theconversation? 14. M: Professor Smith asked me to go to his office after class. So it’s impossible for metomake it tothe barat ten. W:Then itseems that we’llhave to meet an hour laterat thelibrary. Q:What willtheman dofirstafter class? 15. M: It’s already 11 now. Do you mean I ought to wait until Mr. Bloom comes back from theclass? W:Not really.Youcan justleave a note. I’ll give itto her later. Q:What does thewoman mean? 16. M: HowisJohn now?Is hefeeling any better? W: Not yet. It still seems impossible to make him smile. Talking to him is really difficultand hegets upset easily over littlethings. Q:What dowelearn about John from theconversation? 17. M: Do wehave to get theopera tickets in advance? W:Certainly.Tickets at thedoorare usually soldat a higher price. Q:What does thewoman imply? 754淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 18. M:The taxidriver musthave been speeding. W: Well, not really. He crashed into the tree because he was trying not to hit a box that had fallen offthetruck ahead of him. Q:What dowelearn about thetaxidriver? Questions19to21arebased onthe conversation you havejustheard. W: Hey, Bob, guess what? I’m going to visit Quebec next summer. I’m invited to go toa friend’s wedding. But whileI’m there I’dalso liketo dosomesightseeing. M:That’s nice, Shelly.But doyou mean theprovince of Quebec, orQuebec City? W: I mean the province. My friend’s wedding is in Montreal. I’m going there first. I’ll stay for fivedays.Is Montreal thecapital city oftheprovince? M: Well, Many people think so because it’s the biggest city. But it’s not the capital. Quebec City is. But Montreal is great. The Saint Royal River runs right through the middleof thecity.It’s beautiful insummer. W: Wow, and do you think I can get by in English? My French is OK, but not that good. Iknowmost peoplethere speak French, butcan Ialso use English? M: Well, People speak both French and English there. But you’ll hear French most of the time. And all the street signs are in French. In fact, Montreal is the third largest French speaking city in the world. So you’d better practice your French before you go. W: Good advice. What about Quebec City? I’ll visit a friend from college who lives there now.What’s itlike? M: It’s a beautiful city, very old. Many old buildings have been nicely restored. Someof them were builtin the17th or 18thcenturies.You’lllove there. W:Fantastic. Ican’t wait togo. 19. What’s thewoman’s main purpose ofvisitingQuebec? 20. Whatdoes the man advisethe woman to dobefore thetrip? 21. Whatdoes the man say about the Quebec City? Questions22to25arebased onthe conversation you havejustheard. M: Hi, Miss Rowling, how old were you when you started to write? And what was your first book? W: I wrote my first Finnish (finished) story when I was about six. It was about a smallanimal, arabbit, I mean.And I’ve been writing ever since? M:Why did you choose tobe an author? W: If someone asked me how to achieve happiness. Step One would be finding out what you love doing most. Step two would be finding someone to pay you to do this. 755淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Iconsider myself very lucky indeed tobeable to support myselfbywriting M: Do you haveany plans to writebooks for adults? W: My first two novels were for adults. I suppose I might write another one. But I never really imagine a target audience when I’m writing. The ideas come first. So it reallydepends ontheideas thatgrasp me next. M: where did theideas for the“Harry Potter” books comefrom? W: I’ve no ideas where the ideas came from.And I hope I’ll never find out. It would spoil my excitement if it turned out I just have a funny wrinkle on the surface of my brain, which makes methink about theinvisibletrain platform. M: Howdid you comeupwith thenames ofyour characters? W: I invented some of them. But I also collected strange names. I’ve got one from ancient saints, maps, dictionaries, plants, warmemoirs and people Imet. M: Oh, you are really resourceful. 22. Whatdowe learn from theconversation about Miss Rowling’s first book? 23. Whydoes Miss Rowling considerher so very lucky? 24. Whatdictates MissRowling’swriting? 25. According toMiss Rowling where did sheget theideas fortheHarry Porterbooks? Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Reducing the amount of sleep students get at night has a direct impact on their performance at school during the day. According to classroom teachers, elementary and middle school students who stay up late exhibit more learning and attention problems. This has been shown by Brown Medical School and Bradley Hospital research. In the study, teachers were not told the amount of sleep students received when completing weekly performance reports, yet they rated the students who had received eight hours or less as having the most trouble recalling all the material, learning new lessons and completing high-quality work. Teachers also reported that these students had more difficulty paying attention. The experiment is the first to ask teachers to report on the effects of sleep deficiency in children. Just staying up late can cause increased academic difficulty and attention problems for otherwise healthy, well-functioning kids, said 756淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Garharn Forlone, the study’s lead author. So the results provide professionals and parents with a clear message: when a child is having learning and attention problems, the issue of sleep has to be taken into consideration. “If we don’t ask about sleep, and try to improve sleep patterns in kids’ struggling academically, then we aren’t doing our job”, Forlone said. For parents, he said, the message is simple, “getting kids to bed on time is as important as gettingthem to school on time”. 26. Whatwere teachers told to dointhe experiment? 27. According tothe experiment, what problem can insufficient sleep cause in students? 28. Whatmessage did theresearcher intend to convey toparents? PassageTwo Questions29to32arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. Patricia Pania never wanted to be a public figure.All she wanted to be was a mother and home-maker. But her life was turned upside down when a motorist, distracted by his cell phone, ran a stop sign and crashed into the side of her car. The impact killed her 2-year-old daughter. Four months later, Pania reluctantly but courageously decided to try to educate the public and to fight for laws to ban drivers from using cell phones while a car is moving. She wanted to save other children from what happened to her daughter. In her first speech, Pania got off to a shaky start. She was visibly trembling and her voice was soft and uncertain. But as she got into her speech, a dramatic transformation took place. She stopped shaking and spoke with a strong voice. For the rest of her talk, she was a forceful and compelling speaker. She wanted everyone in the audience to know what she knew without having to learn it from a personal tragedy. Many in the audience were moved to tears and to action. In subsequent presentations, Pania gained reputation as a highly effective speaker. Her appearance on a talk show was broadcast three times, transmitting her message to over 40 million people. Her campaign increased public awareness of the problem, and prompted over 300 cities and several states to consider restrictions oncell phone use. 29. Whatwas thesignificant change in PatriciaPania’s life? 30. Whathad led to Pania’spersonal tragedy? 31. Howdid Paniafeel when shebegan her first speech? 32. Whatcould be expected as aresult ofPania’s efforts? PassageThree Questions33to35arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 757淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Many people catch a cold in the spring time or fall. It makes us wonder if scientists can send a man to the moon. Why can’t they find a cure for the common cold? The answer is easy. There’re actually hundreds of kinds of cold viruses out there. You never know which one you will get, so there isn’t a cure for each one. When a virus attacks your body, your body works hard to get rid of it. Blood rushes to your nose and causes a blockade in it. You feel terrible because you can’t breathe well, but your body is actually eating the virus. Your temperature rises and you get a fever, but the heat of your body is killing the virus. You also have a running nose to stop the virus from getting into your cells. You may feel miserable, but actually your wonderful body is doing everything it can to kill the cold. Different people have different remedies for colds. In the United States and some other countries, for example, people might eat chicken soup to feel better. Some people take hot bath and drink warm liquids. Other people take medicines to relieve various symptoms of colds. There was one interesting thing to note. Some scientists say taking medicines when you have a cold is actually bad for you. The virus stays inyou longer,becauseyour bodydoesn’tdevelop away to fight it andkill it. 33. According tothe passage, whyhaven’t scientistsfound acure for thecommon cold? 34. Whatdoes the speaker sayabout the symptoms ofthe commoncold? 35. What do some scientists say about taking medicines for the common cold, according tothepassage? 758淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2007年6月23日大学英语四级(CET-4)真题试卷 Part IWriting(30 minutes) 注意：此部分试题在答题卡 1上。 Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a short essay on the topic of Welcome to our club. You should write at least 120 words followingthe outlinegiven bellow: 欢迎辞，欢迎加入俱乐部。 标题：Welcometoour club 书写提纲： 1. 表达你的欢迎； 2. 对你们俱乐部作一个简要介绍。 Part IIReading Comprehension(Skimming and Scanning)(15minutes) Directions: In this part, you will have 15 minutes to go over the passage quickly and answer thequestions on Answer Sheet1. For questions1-7, mark Y(forYES) if the statement agrees with the information given in thepassage; N(for NO) if statement contradicts the information given in the passage; NG(for NOT GIVEN) iftheinformation is notgiven in thepassage. For question 8-10, complete thesentences withtheinformation given inthepassage. ProtectYourPrivacyWhenJob-huntingOnline Identity theft and identity fraud are terms used to refer to all types of crime in which someone wrongfully obtains and uses another person’s personal data in some way that involves fraud or deception,typically foreconomic gain. The numbers associated with identity theft are beginning to add up fast these days. Arecent General Accounting Office report estimates that as many as 750,000Americans are victims of identity theft every year. And that number may be low, as many people choosenot to report thecrime evenif they knowthey have beenvictimized. Identity theft is “an absolute epidemic,” states Robert Ellis Smith, a respected author and advocate of privacy. “It’s certainly picked up in the last four or five years. It’s worldwide. It affects everybody, and there’s very little you can do to prevent it and, worst ofall, you can’t detect ituntil it’s probably toolate.” Unlike your fingerprints, which are unique to you and cannot be given to someone 759淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 else for their use, you personal data, especially your social security number, your bank account or credit card number, your telephone calling card number, and other valuable identifying data, can be used, if they fall into the wrong hands, to personally profit at your expense. In the United States and Canada, for example, many people have reported that unauthorized persons have taken funds out of their bank or financial accounts, or, in the worst cases, taken over their identities altogether, running up vast debts and committing crimes while using the victims’names. In many cases, a victim’s losses may included not only out-of-pocket financial losses, but substantial additional financial costs associated with trying to restore his reputation in the community and correcting erroneous information for which thecriminal is responsible. According to the FBI, identity theft is the number one fraud committed on the Internet. So how do job seekers protect themselves while continuing to circulate their resumes online? The key to a successful online job search is learning to manager the risks. Here are sometips forstaying safe whileconducting ajob search ontheInternet. 1.Check foraprivacy policy. If you are considering posting your resume online, make sure the job search site your are considering has a privacy policy, like CareerBuilder.com. The policy should spell out how your information will be used, stored and whether or not it will be shared. You may want to think twice about posting your resume on a site that automatically shares your information with others. You could be opening yourself up to unwanted calls from solicitors(推销员). When reviewing the site’s privacy policy, you’ll be able to delete your resume just as easily as you posted it.You won’t necessarily want your resume to remain out there on the Internet once you land a job. Remember, the longer your resume remains posted on a jobboard, themore exposure, both positiveand not-so-positive, it will receive. 2.Takeadvantageof sitefeatures. Lawful job search sites offer levels of privacy protection. Before posting your resume, carefully consider your job search objective and the level of risk you are willing toassume. CareerBuilder.com, for example, offers three levels of privacy from which job seekers can choose. The first is standard posting. This option gives job seekers who post theirresumes themostvisibility to thebroadest employer audience possible. The second is anonymous (匿名的) posting. This allows job seekers the same visibility as those in the standard posting category without any of their contact information being displayed. Job seekers who wish to remain anonymous but want to share someotherinformation may choosewhich pieces ofcontact information todisplay. The third is private posting.This option allows a job seeker to post a resume without having it searched by employers. Private posting allows job seekers to quickly and easily apply for jobsthat appear onCareerBuilder.comwithout retyping theirinformation. 3.Safeguard youridentity. Career experts say that one of the ways job seekers can stay safe while using the 760淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Internet to search out jobs is to conceal their identities. Replace your name on your resume with a generic (泛指的) identifier, such as “Intranet Developer Candidate,” or “Experienced Marketing Representative.” You should also consider eliminating the name and location of your current employer. Depending on your title, it may not be all that difficult to determine who you are once the name of your company is provided. Use a general description of the company such as “Major auto manufacturer,”or“International packaged goods supplier.” If your job title is unique, consider using the generic equivalent instead of the exact titleassigned byyour employer. 4.Establishand email address foryoursearch. Another way to protect your privacy while seeking employment online is to open up an email account specifically for your online job search. This will safeguard your existing email box in the event someone you don’t know gets hold of your email address and shares itwith others. Using an email address specifically for you job search also eliminates the possibility that you will receive unwelcome emails in your primary mailbox. When naming your new email address, be sure that it doesn’t contain references to your name or other information that will give away your identity.The best solution is an email address that is relevant tothe jobyou are seeking suchas salesmgr2004@provider.com. 5.Protect yourreference. If your resume contains a section with the names and contact information of your references, take it out. There’s no sense in safeguarding your information while sharing privatecontact information of your references. 6.Keep confidential(机密的)information confidential. Do not, under any circumstances, share your social security, driver’s license, and bank account numbers or other personal information, such as race or eye color. Honest employers do not need this information with an initial application. Don’t provide this even if they say they need it in order to conduct a background check. This is one of the oldest tricks in thebook–don’t fall for it. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡 1上作答。 1. Robert Ellis Smith believes identity theft is difficult to detect and one can hardly do anythingto prevent it. 2. In many cases, identity theft not only causes the victims’immediate financial losses butcosts them a lottorestore theirreputation. 3. Identity theft is aminoroffence and its harm has been somewhat overestimated. 4. It isimportant that your resume not stay onlinelongerthan is necessary. 761淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 5. Of the three options offered by CareerBuilder.com in Suggestion 2, the third one is apparently moststrongly recommended. 6. Employers require applicants to submit very personal information on background checks. 7. Applicants are advised to use generic names for themselves and their current employers when seeking employment online. 8. Using a special email address in the job search can help prevent your from receiving ________. 9. Toprotect your references, you should not post onlinetheir________. 10. According tothe passage, identitytheft iscommitted typically for________. PartIII ListingComprehension(35 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, you will hear 8 short conversations and 2 long conversations. At the end of each conversation, one or more questions will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer, then mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2with asinglelinethoughthe centre. 注意：此部分答题在答题卡 2上作答。 11. A)It could help peopleofall ages to avoid cancer. B) It was mainly meant for cancer patients. C)It might appeal more toviewers over40. D)It was frequently interrupted bycommercials. 12. A)The man is fond oftraveling. B)Thewoman is aphotographer. C)Thewoman tooka lotof pictures at the contest. D)The man admires the woman’s talent in writing. 13. A)The man regrets beingabsent-minded. B)Thewoman saved theman sometrouble. C)Theman placed thereading listonadesk. 762淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)The woman emptied thewaste paper basket. 14. A)He quitteaching in June. B) Hehas left thearmy recently. C)Heopened a restaurant near theschool. D)He has taken over hisbrother’s business. 15. A)Sheseldom reads books from cover to cover. B) Sheis interested inreading novels. C)Sheread only part ofthebook. D)Shewas eager to knowwhat thebookwas about. 16. A)Shewas absent all week owing tosickness. B) Shewas seriously injured ina car accident. C)Shecalled to say that herhusband had been hospitalized. D)Shehad tobe away from school to attend toher husband. 17. A)The speakers want torent theSmiths’oldhouse. B)Theman lives two blocksaway from theSmiths. C)Thewoman is notsure ifsheis ontheright street. D)The Smiths’newhouseis not far from their oldone. 18. A)The man hada hard timefinding a parking space. B)Thewoman found theyhad got tothewrong spot. C)Thewoman was offended bytheman’s latearrival. D)The man couldn’tfind hiscar in theparking lot. Questions19to22arebased onthe conversation you havejustheard. 19. A)The hotel clerk had put hisreservation underanother name. B)Thehotel clerk insisted that hedidn’t make any reservation. C)Thehotel clerk tried totake advantage of hisinexperience. D)The hotel clerk couldn’t find his reservation for that night. 20. A)Agrand wedding was being held in thehotel. B)There was aconference going onin thecity. C)Thehotel was undergoing major repairs. D)It was abusy season forholiday-makers. 21. A)It was free ofcharge onweekends. 763淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) It had a 15%discount onweekdays. C)It was offered to frequent guests only. D)It was 10%cheaper thanin other hotels. 22. A)Demand compensation from thehotel. B)Ask for an additional discount. C)Complainto thehotel manager. D)Find acheaper room inanotherhotel. Questions23to25arebased onthe conversation you havejustheard. 23. A)An employee inthe city council at Birmingham. B)Assistant Director oftheAdmissionsOffice. C)Head oftheOverseas StudentsOffice. D)Secretary ofBirmingham Medical School. 24. A)Nearly fifty percent are foreigners. B)About fifteen percent are fromAfrica. C)Alarge majority are from LatinAmerica. D)Asmallnumber are from theFarEast. 25. A)Shewill havemore contact with students. B) It willbring her capability intofuller play. C)Shewillbe moreinvolved Ipolicy-making. D)It will beless demanding thanherpresent job. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions26to28arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 26. A)Her parents thrived intheurban environment. B) Her parents left Chicago towork onafarm. C)Her parents immigrated toAmerica. 764淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)Her parents set upan ice-cream store. 27. A)He taught English inChicago. B) Hewas crippled ina car accident. C)Heworked to become an executive. D)He was born witha limp. 28. A)Shewas fond ofliving anisolated life. B) Shewas fascinated byAmerican culture. C)Shewas very generous in offering help. D)Shewas highly devoted to herfamily. PassageTwo Questions29to32arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 29. A)He suffered a nervous breakdown. B) Hewas wrongly diagnosed. C)Hewas seriously injured. D)He developed astrange disease. 30. A)He was able to talk again. B) Heraced to thenursing home. C)Hecould tellred andblueapart. D)He could not recognizehis wife. 31. A)Twenty-nine days. B)Twoand ahalf months. C)Several minutes. D)Fourteen hours. 32. A)They welcomed thepublicityinthemedia. B)Theavoided appearing ontelevision. C)They released avideo of hisprogress. D)They declined to give details ofhis condition. PassageThree Questions33to35arebased onthe passageyouhavejustheard. 765淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 33. A)For people to shareideas and showfarm products. B) For officials toeducatethe farming community. C)For farmers to exchange theirdaily necessities. D)For farmers tocelebrate theirharvests. 34. A)By bringing ananimal rarely seen onnearbyfarms. B) By bringing a bag ofgrain in exchange for aticket. C)By offering to do volunteerwork at thefair. D)By performing aspecial skillat theentrance. 35. A)They contributeto themodernization ofAmerican farms. B)They help toincrease thestategovernments’revenue. C)They provide astage forpeople to give performances. D)They remindAmericans oftheimportance ofagriculture. Section C Directions: In this section, you will hear a passage three times. When the passage is read for the first time, you should listen carefully for its general idea. When the passage is read for the second time, you are required to fill in the blanks numbered from 36 to 43 with the exact words you have just heard. For blanks numbered from 44 to 46 you are required to fill in the missing information. For these blanks, you can either use the exact words you have just heard or write down the main points in your own words. Finally, when the passage is read for the third time, you should check what you have written. 注意：此部分试题在答题卡 2上；请在答题卡 2上作答。 Students’ pressure sometimes comes from their parents. Most parents are well (36) ________, but some of them aren’t very helpful with the problems their sons and daughters have in (37) ________ to college, and a few of them seem to go out of their way to add totheirchildren’s difficulties. For one thing, parents are often not (38) ________ of the kinds of problems their children face. They don’t realize that the (39) ________ is keener, that the required (40) ________ of work are higher, and that their children may not be prepared for the change. (41) ________ to seeingA’s and B’s on high school report cards, they may be upset when their children’s first (42) ________ college grades are below that level. At their kindest, they may gently (43) ________ why John or Mary isn’t doing better, whether he or she is trying as hard as he or she should, and so on. (44) ________________________________. Sometimes parents regard their children as extensions of themselves and (45) ________________________________. In their involvement and identification with 766淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 their children, they forget that everyone is different and that each person must develop in his or her own way. They forget that their children, (46) ________________________________. Part IVReadingComprehension (readingindepth)(25 minutes) SectionA Directions: In this section, thereis a passage with ten blanks. You are required to select one word for each blank from a list of choices given in a word bank following the passage. Read the passage through carefully before making your choices. Each choice in bank is identified by a letter. Please mark the corresponding letter for each item on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. You may not use any of the words in the bank more thanonce. Questions47to56arebased onthe followingpassage. Years ago, doctors often said that pain was a normal part of life. In particular, when older patients __47__ of pain, they were told it was a natural part of aging and they would have tolearn to livewith it. Times have changed. Today, we take pain __48__. Indeed, pain is now considered the fifth vital sign, as important as blood pressure, temperature, breathing rate and pulse in __49__ a person’s well-being. We know that chronic (慢性的) pain can disrupt (扰乱) aperson’slife, causing problems that __50__from missed work to depression. That’s why a growing number of hospitals now depend upon physicians who __51__ in pain medicine. Not only do we evaluate the cause of the pain, which can help us treat the pain better, but we also help provide comprehensive therapy for depression and other psychological and social __52__ related to chronic pain. Such comprehensive therapy often __53__ the work of social workers, psychiatrists ( 心 理 医 生 ) and psychologists,as well as specialists in pain medicine. This modern __54__ for pain management has led to a wealth of innovative treatments which are more effective and with fewer side effects than ever before. Decades ago, there were only a __55__ number of drugs available, and many of them caused __56__ side effects in older people, including dizziness and fatigue. This created a double-edged sword: the medications helped relieve the pain but caused other problems thatcould beworse than thepain itself. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡 2上作答 A) result I) determining B) involves J) limited C) significant K) gravely D) range L) complained 767淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 E) relieved M) respect F) issues N) prompting G) seriously O) specialize H) magnificent Section B Directions: There are 2 passages in this section. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. PassageOne Questions57to61arebased onthe followingpassage. I’ve been writing for most of my life. The book Writing Without Teachers introduced me to one distinction and one practice that has helped my writing processes tremendously. The distinction is between the creative mind and the critical mind. While you need to employ both to get to a finished result, they cannot work in parallel no matterhowmuch we might liketo think so. Trying to criticize writing on the fly is possibly the single greatest barrier to writing that most of us encounter. If you are listening to that 5th grade English teacher correct your grammar while you are trying to capture a fleeting (稍纵即逝的) thought, the thought will die. If you capture the fleeting thought and simply share it with the world in raw form, no one is likely to understand. You must learn to create first and then criticize ifyou want to makewriting the toolfor thinkingthat it is. The practice that can help you past your learned bad habits of trying to edit as you write is what Elbow calls “free writing.” In free writing, the objective is to get words down on paper non-stop, usually for 15-20 minutes. No stopping, no going back, no criticizing. The goal is to get the words flowing. As the words begin to flow, the ideas will come from the shadows and let themselves be captured on your notepad or your screen. Now you have raw materials that you can begin to work with using the critical mind that you’ve persuaded to sit on the side and watch quietly. Most likely, you will believe that this will take more time than you actually have and you will end up staring blankly at thepages as thedeadline draws near. Instead of staring at a blank start filling it with words no matter how bad. Halfway through you available time, stop and rework your raw writing into something closer to finished product. Move back and forth until you run out of time and the final result will mostlikely befar better than your current practices. 768淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡 2上作答。 57. When the author says the creative mind and the critical mind “cannot work in parallel” (Line4,Para. 1) inthe writingprocess, hemeans ________. A)noone canbe both creativeand critical B) they cannot be regarded as equally important C)they are in constant conflict with each other D)one cannot use them at thesametime 58. Whatprevents people from writing onis ________. A)putting theirideas in raw form B) attemptingto edit as they write C)ignoring grammatical soundness D)trying to capture fleeting thoughts 59. Whatis thechief objective ofthefirst stage ofwriting? A)Toorganize one’s thoughts logically. B)Tochoose an appropriate topic. C)Toget one’s ideas down. D)Tocollect raw materials. 60. Onecommon concern ofwriters about “free writing” is that________. A)it overstresses therole ofthecreative mind B) ittakes too much timeto edit afterwards C)itmay bring about too much criticism D)it does not help them to thinkclearly 61. In what way does thecritical mindhelp thewriter in thewritingprocess? A)It refines his writing into bettershape. B) It helps himto come upwith newideas. C)It saves the writingtimeavailable to him. D)It allows him to sitontheside andobserve. PassageTwo I don’t ever want to talk about being a woman scientist again. There was a time in my life when people asked constantly for stories about what it’s like to work in a field dominated by men. I was never very good at telling those stories because truthfully I never found them interesting. What I do find interesting is the origin of the universe, the shapeof space-timeand thenature of black holes. 769淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 At 19, when I began studying astrophysics, it did not bother me in the least to be the only woman in the classroom. But while earning my Ph.D. at MIT and then as a post-doctor doing space research, the issue started to bother me. My every achievement—jobs, research papers, awards—was viewed through the lens of gender (性 别) politics. So were my failures. Sometimes, when I was pushed into an argument on left brain versus (相对于) right brain, or nature versus nurture (培育), I would instantly fight fiercely onmy behalf and all womankind. Then one day a few years ago, out of my mouth came a sentence that would eventually become my reply to any and all provocations: I don’t talk about that anymore. It took me 10 years to get back the confidence I had at 19 and to realize that I didn’t want to deal with gender issues. Why should curing sexism be yet another terrible burden on every female scientist?After all,Idon’t study sociology or political theory. Today I research and teach at Barnard, a women’s college in New York City. Recently, someone asked me how may of the 45 students in my class were women. You cannot imagine my satisfaction at being able to answer, 45. I know some of my students worry how they will manage their scientific research and a desire for children. And I don’t dismiss those concerns. Still, I don’t tell them “war” stories. Instead, I have given them this: the visual of their physics professor heavily pregnant doing physics experiments.And in turn they have given me the image of 45 women driven by a love of science.Andthat’s a sight worth talking about. 62. Whydoesn’t theauthorwant to talk about being awoman scientist again? A)Shefeels unhappyworking in male-dominated fields. B) Sheis fed upwith theissueofgender discrimination. C)Sheis notgood at telling stories ofthekind. D)Shefinds space research more important. 63. From Paragraph 2, we can infer that people would attribute the author’s failures to ________. A)thevery fact that sheis awoman B) herinvolvement in gender politics C)herover-confidence as a female astrophysicist D)theburden shebears ina male-dominated society 64. What did the author constantly fight against while doing her Ph.D. and post-doctoral research? A)Lack ofconfidence in succeeding in space science. B) Unfair accusations from both insideand outsideher circle. C)People’s stereotyped attitudetoward female scientists. D)Widespread misconceptions about nature and nurtured. 770淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 65. Whydoes theauthor feel great satisfaction when talkingabout herclass? A)Female studentsnolonger have to botherabout gender issues. B) Her students’performance has brought back her confidence. C)Her female students candojust as well as malestudents. D)More female students are pursuing science than before. 66. Whatdoes the image theauthor presents toher studentssuggest? A)Women students needn’t have theconcerns ofher generation. B)Women havemore barriers ontheir way to academicsuccess. C)Women can balance a career in science and having afamily. D)Women nowhave fewerproblems pursuing ascience career. PartVCloze (15 minutes) Directions: Thereare 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there arefour choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡 2上作答。 An earthquake hit Kashmir on Oct. 8, 2005. it took some 75,000 lives, __67__ 130,000 and left nearly 3.5 million without food, jobs or homes. __68__ overnight, scores of tent villages bloomed __69__ the region, tended by international aid organizations, military __70__ and aid groups working day and night to shelter the survivors before winter set __71__. Mercifully, the season was mild. But with the __72__ of spring the refugees will be moved again. Camps that __73__ health care, food and shelter for 150,000 survivors have begun to closeas they were __74__intended to bepermanent. For most of the refugees, the thought of going back brings __75__ emotions. The past six months have been difficult. Families of __76__ many as 10 people have had to shelter __77__ a single tent and share cookstoves and bathing __78__ with neighbors. “They are looking forward to the clean water of their rivers,” officials say. “They are __79__ of free fresh fruit. They want to get back to their herds and start __80__ again.” But most will be returning to __81__ but heaps of ruins. In many villages, electrical __82__ have not been repaired, nor have roads. Aid workers __83__ that it will take years to rebuild what the earthquake took __84__. And for the thousands of survivors, the__85__willnever be complete. Yet the survivors have to start somewhere. New homes can be built __86__ the stones, bricks and beams of old ones. Spring is coming and it is a good time to start again. 771淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 67. A)injured B) ruined C)destroyed D)damaged 68. A)Altogether B)Almost C)Scarcely D)Surely 69. A)among B) above C)amid D)across 70. A)ranks B) equipment C)personnel D)installations 71. A)out B) in C)on D)forth 72. A)falling B) emergence C)arrival D)appearing 73. A)strengthened B) aided C)transferred D)provided 74. A)never B) once C)ever 772淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D)yet 75. A)puzzled B) contrasted C)doubled D)mixed 76. A)like B) as C)so D)too 77. A)by B) below C)under D)with 78. A)facilities B) instruments C)implements D)appliances 79. A)seeking B) dreaming C)longing D)searching 80. A)producing B) cultivating C)farming D)nourishing 81. A)anything B) something C)everything D)nothing 82. A)lines B) channels 773淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C)paths D)currents 83. A)account B) measure C)estimate D)evaluate 84. A)aside B) away C)up D)out 85. A)reservation B) retreat C)replacement D)recovery 86. A)from B) through C)upon D)onto PartVITranslation(5 minutes) Directions: Complete the sentences by translating into English the Chinese given in brackets. Please writeyoutranslation onAnswer Sheet 2. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡 2上作答，只需写出译文部分。 87. The finding of this study failed to ________________________ (将人们的睡眠质 量考虑在内). 88. The prevent and treatment of AIDS is ________________________ (我们可以合 作的领域). 89. Because oftheleginjury,theathlete ________________________ (决定退出比 赛). 90. Tomakedonations orfor moreinformation, please ________________________ (按以下地址和我们联系). 774淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 91. Pleasecome here at ten tomorrowmorning________________________ (如果你方 便的话). 775淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2007年6月23日四级参考答案 PartIWriting 四级英语参考范文： Part IIReading Comprehension(Skimming andScanning) 1. Y 2. Y 3. N. 4. Y. 5. NG 6. N 7. Y 8. unwelcome emails 9. names and contact information 10. economicgain Part III Listening Comprehension 11. C 12. D 13. B 14. A 15. C 16. D 17. D 18. A 19. C 20. B 21. A 22. C 23. B 24. A 25. C 26. C 27. B 28. D 29. C 30. A 31. B 32. D 33. A 34. B 35. D 36. meaning 37. adjusting 776淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 38. aware 39. competition 40. standards 41. accustomed 42. semester 43. inquire 44. at theirworst ,they may threaten to taketheirchildren out ofcollege orcut offfunds 45. think it only right and natural that they determine what their children do with their lives 46. who are now young adults must, be the ones responsible for what they do and what they are 15.10 Part IVReading Comprehension(Reading inDepth) 47. L 48. G 49. I 50. D 51. O 52. F 53. B 54. M 55. J 56. C 57. D 58. B 59. C 60. B 61. A 62. B 63. A 64. C 65. D 66. C PartVCloze 67. A 68. B 69. D 70. C 71. B 72. C 73. D 74. A 75. D 76. B 77. C 78. A 79. B 80. C 81. D 82. A 83. C 84. B 85. D 86. A PartVITranslation(5 minutes) 777淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 87. takepeople’ssleep quality intoaccount 88. thefield (where) wecan cooperate/ thefield in which we can cooperate 89. decided toquit thematch 90. contact us at the following address 91. ifitis convenient foryou / at your convenience 778